Epicor10 TRPostEngine 102700

Epicor ERP
Posting Engine Technical

Reference Guide
10.2.700
Disclaimer
This document is for informational purposes only and is subject to change without notice. This document and its
contents, including the viewpoints, dates and functional content expressed herein are believed to be accurate as of its
date of publication. However, Epicor Software Corporation makes no guarantee, representations or warranties with
regard to the enclosed information and specifically disclaims any applicable implied warranties, such as fitness for a
particular purpose, merchantability, satisfactory quality or reasonable skill and care. As each user of Epicor software is
likely to be unique in their requirements in the use of such software and their business processes, users of this document
are always advised to discuss the content of this document with their Epicor account manager. All information contained
herein is subject to change without notice and changes to this document since printing and other important information
about the software product are made or published in release notes, and you are urged to obtain the current release
notes for the software product. We welcome user comments and reserve the right to revise this publication and/or
make improvements or changes to the products or programs described in this publication at any time, without notice.
The usage of any Epicor software shall be pursuant to an Epicor end user license agreement and the performance of
any consulting services by Epicor personnel shall be pursuant to Epicor's standard services terms and conditions. Usage
of the solution(s) described in this document with other Epicor software or third party products may require the purchase
of licenses for such other products. Where any software is expressed to be compliant with local laws or requirements
in this document, such compliance is not a warranty and is based solely on Epicor's current understanding of such laws
and requirements. All laws and requirements are subject to varying interpretations as well as to change and accordingly
Epicor cannot guarantee that the software will be compliant and up to date with such changes. All statements of
platform and product compatibility in this document shall be considered individually in relation to the products referred
to in the relevant statement, i.e., where any Epicor software is stated to be compatible with one product and also
stated to be compatible with another product, it should not be interpreted that such Epicor software is compatible
with both of the products running at the same time on the same platform or environment. Additionally platform or
product compatibility may require the application of Epicor or third-party updates, patches and/or service packs and
Epicor has no responsibility for compatibility issues which may be caused by updates, patches and/or service packs
released by third parties after the date of publication of this document. Epicor® is a registered trademark and/or
trademark of Epicor Software Corporation in the United States, certain other countries and/or the EU. All other
trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. Copyright © Epicor Software Corporation 2020.
All rights reserved. Not for distribution or republication. Information in this document is subject to Epicor license
agreement(s).
DOC0091E9
10.2.700
Revision: October 16, 2020 5:45 a.m.
Total pages: 972
sys.ditaval
Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Contents
Contents
Introduction..........................................................................................................................33
Purpose of this Guide.....................................................................................................................................33
Intended Audience.........................................................................................................................................33
How it is Organized.......................................................................................................................................33
The Posting Engine...............................................................................................................35
Book Components.........................................................................................................................................36
Posting Process Components.........................................................................................................................38
Posting Engine Elements................................................................................................................................39
Available Modes.....................................................................................................................................39
Posting Engine Process............................................................................................................................39
GL Transactions......................................................................................................................................40
Multi-Company Considerations...............................................................................................................41
Output Data...........................................................................................................................................41
Posting Engine Process Stages........................................................................................................................42
Stage 1 Business Transactions Generate..................................................................................................43
Stage 2 Run Posting Rules.......................................................................................................................43
Stage 3 Run Automatic Procedures.........................................................................................................44
Stage 4 Transaction Review....................................................................................................................45
Primary Components............................................................................................................47
Account Segment Values...............................................................................................................................47
Program Location and Modifiers.............................................................................................................47
Logic/Algorithms.....................................................................................................................................49
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................49
Books............................................................................................................................................................49
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................51
Chart of Accounts..........................................................................................................................................52
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................56
Chart of Account Categories..........................................................................................................................57
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................59
Chart of Accounts Maps................................................................................................................................59
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................61
Multi-Currency...............................................................................................................................................61
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 3

Contents Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................66
Fiscal Calendars.............................................................................................................................................67
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................68
General Ledger Accounts...............................................................................................................................68
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................69
GL Control Types...........................................................................................................................................70
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................71
GL Controls...................................................................................................................................................72
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................73
GL Reference Type.........................................................................................................................................74
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................75
GL Transaction Type.......................................................................................................................................75
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................77
Journal Codes................................................................................................................................................77
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................79
Lookup Tables................................................................................................................................................79
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................81
Review Journal...............................................................................................................................................81
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................82
Rounding Engine...........................................................................................................................................82
Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................84
Self-Balancing Segments................................................................................................................................84
4 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Example(s)..............................................................................................................................................85
The GL Transaction Type Environment...............................................................................87
GL Transaction Types in Detail........................................................................................................................87
GL Transaction Type Components..................................................................................................................89
Revisions.................................................................................................................................................90
Incoming Document Templates...............................................................................................................91
Selection Criteria....................................................................................................................................92
Posting Codes.........................................................................................................................................92
Functions................................................................................................................................................92
Posting Booking Rules.............................................................................................................................93
Operations..............................................................................................................................................93
Variables.................................................................................................................................................96
Posting Rule Reference.........................................................................................................97
Posting Rule Data Types.................................................................................................................................97
Basic Data Types.....................................................................................................................................97
Complex Data Types...............................................................................................................................97
Containers.....................................................................................................................................................98
Transaction Header Containers...............................................................................................................98
Transaction Lines Containers...................................................................................................................99
Constants......................................................................................................................................................99
Conditional Operators..................................................................................................................................100
System Functions.........................................................................................................................................101
Modifiable Items..........................................................................................................................................101
Expression............................................................................................................................................101
Value....................................................................................................................................................102
Lookup (variant 1).................................................................................................................................102
Lookup (variant 2).................................................................................................................................103
Lookup (variant 3).................................................................................................................................103
Convert................................................................................................................................................103
End of Period........................................................................................................................................104
Validation.............................................................................................................................................104
Get Account.........................................................................................................................................105
Book-Specific Account..........................................................................................................................105
Get Segment........................................................................................................................................106
Select Amount......................................................................................................................................106
Concatenate Strings.............................................................................................................................107
User-Defined Fields in GL Transactions.........................................................................................................108
Add User-Defined Tables and Fields......................................................................................................108
Regenerate Data Model........................................................................................................................109
GL Transaction Type Reference.........................................................................................111
AP Adjustment.............................................................................................................................................111
AP Adjustment Posting Elements..........................................................................................................111
AP Adjustment Posting Codes.......................................................................................................111
Company Parameters.............................................................................................................111
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 5

Details....................................................................................................................................112
Invoice...................................................................................................................................113
Supplier..................................................................................................................................114
AP Adjustment Amounts...............................................................................................................114
Adjustment............................................................................................................................114
AP Adjustment - Rule Set......................................................................................................................115
AP Adjustment - Functions............................................................................................................115
AP Adjustment - Combine String............................................................................................115
AP Adjustment - Posting Rules.......................................................................................................115
Book Adjustment Amount to Payables and Clearing Accounts................................................115
Set up main GL journal data...................................................................................................116
AP Apply Debit Memo.................................................................................................................................117
AP Apply Debit Memo Posting Elements...............................................................................................117
AP Apply Debit Memo Posting Codes............................................................................................117
Currency................................................................................................................................118
Debit Memo...........................................................................................................................118
Details....................................................................................................................................119
Prepayment............................................................................................................................120
Supplier..................................................................................................................................120
AP Apply Debit Memo Amounts....................................................................................................121
Applied..................................................................................................................................121
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line Posting Elements...............................................................................121
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line Posting Codes............................................................................121
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line Amounts....................................................................................123
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line Posting Elements........................................................123
AP Apply Debit Memo - Rule Set...........................................................................................................126
AP Apply Debit Memo - Functions.................................................................................................126
AP Apply Debit Memo - Posting Rules............................................................................................126
Post Amount Applied to Invoice.............................................................................................127
Post Currency Difference Amount...........................................................................................127
Post Payment Taxes................................................................................................................128
Post Total Applied Amount.....................................................................................................129
Post Withholding Taxes..........................................................................................................130
Reverse Invoice Interim Tax and Post it to Accrual...................................................................131
Set up main GL Journal data...................................................................................................132
AP Invoice....................................................................................................................................................132
AP Invoice Posting Elements..................................................................................................................132
AP Invoice Posting Codes...............................................................................................................132
Central Payment Company.....................................................................................................133
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................135
Details....................................................................................................................................135
EuroFinance...........................................................................................................................137
Linked Subsidiary Company....................................................................................................138
6 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Supplier..................................................................................................................................138
AP Invoice Amounts......................................................................................................................139
Balance..................................................................................................................................139
Expense..................................................................................................................................139
Invoice...................................................................................................................................140
Rounding Difference..............................................................................................................140
Tax.........................................................................................................................................140
AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge Posting Elements........................................................................140
AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge Posting Codes.....................................................................140
AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge Amounts.............................................................................142
Line...............................................................................................................................................143
Expense..................................................................................................................................143
Job Charge.............................................................................................................................148
AP Invoice - Line Posting Codes..............................................................................................149
AP Invoice - Line Amounts......................................................................................................159
AP Invoice - Tax Line Posting Elements...........................................................................................160
AP Invoice - Tax Line Posting Codes........................................................................................160
AP Invoice - Tax Line Amounts................................................................................................163
AP Invoice - Rule Set.............................................................................................................................163
AP Invoice - Functions....................................................................................................................163
- Calculate Advanced Payment Account..................................................................................164
- Calculate Clearing Account..................................................................................................164
AP Invoice--Line--Expense - Calculate Expense Account..........................................................164
- Calculate Header Mischellaneous Charge Account...............................................................167
AP Invoice - Combine String...................................................................................................168
AP Invoice - Posting Rules..............................................................................................................168
Book EU Amount Rule............................................................................................................168
Book Gain/Loss Amount to Advanced Payment Account.........................................................170
Book Gain/Loss Amount to Currency Accounts.......................................................................170
Book Job Miscellaneous Charge Amount................................................................................171
Book Line Expense Amount....................................................................................................172
Book Payable amount Rule.....................................................................................................173
Book Unreceived Line Expense Amount..................................................................................174
Clear Logged Invoice Expense Suspense Amount....................................................................175
Clear Logged Invoice Payable Suspense Amount.....................................................................176
Post Allocated Non-Deductible Tax.........................................................................................176
Clear Logged Invoice Suspense Tax Amount...........................................................................177
Post Header Charge to Header Expense Account....................................................................178
Post Rounding Difference to Rounding Difference Account.....................................................179
Post Tax Amount to AP/AR Tax Accrual Account.....................................................................180
Post Witholding Tax Amount AP Tax Accrual Account............................................................181
AP Invoice - Pre-Posting Rules........................................................................................................182
Default Expense Line GL Control.............................................................................................183
Header Miscellaneous Charge GL Control...............................................................................183
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 7

AP Invoice Tax Adjustment...........................................................................................................................184

AP Invoice Tax Adjustment Posting Elements.........................................................................................184
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment Posting Codes......................................................................................184
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................185
Details....................................................................................................................................186
Supplier..................................................................................................................................187
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment Amounts.............................................................................................188
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line Posting Elements..................................................................188
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line Posting Codes...............................................................188
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line Amounts.......................................................................190
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Rule Set....................................................................................................191
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Functions...........................................................................................191
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Combine String..........................................................................191
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Posting Rules.....................................................................................191
Post Use Tax Amount to AP Tax Accrual/AP Tax Contra Accounts...........................................191
AP Logged Invoice.......................................................................................................................................193
AP Logged Invoice Posting Elements.....................................................................................................193
AP Logged Invoice Posting Codes..................................................................................................193
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................194
Details....................................................................................................................................194
Supplier..................................................................................................................................196
AP Logged Invoice Amounts..........................................................................................................197
Balance..................................................................................................................................197
Discount.................................................................................................................................197
Invoice...................................................................................................................................197
Total Expenses........................................................................................................................197
Total Taxes.............................................................................................................................198
AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Elements...............................................................................198
AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Codes............................................................................198
AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line Amounts...................................................................................200
AP Logged Invoice - Rule Set.................................................................................................................201
AP Logged Invoice - Functions.......................................................................................................201
AP Logged Invoice - Combine String.......................................................................................201
AP Logged Invoice - Posting Rules..................................................................................................201
Post Expense Amount to Suspense Expense Account..............................................................202
Post Invoice Amount to Payables Suspense Account...............................................................202
Post Invoice Balance Amount to Payables Account..................................................................203
Post Tax Amount to Tax Accrual Accounts..............................................................................204
Post Total Tax Amount to Tax Suspense Account....................................................................205
Post Withholding Tax Amount to AP Tax Accrual Account......................................................206
Setup GL Journal Main Data...................................................................................................207
AP Payment.................................................................................................................................................207
8 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Payment Posting Elements...............................................................................................................207

AP Payment Posting Codes............................................................................................................207
Bank......................................................................................................................................208
Check....................................................................................................................................208
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................210
Supplier..................................................................................................................................211
AP Payment Amounts....................................................................................................................211
Check Amount.......................................................................................................................212
AP Payment - Bank Fee Posting Elements.......................................................................................212
AP Payment - Bank Fee Posting Codes....................................................................................212
AP Payment - Bank Fee Amounts............................................................................................213
AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements................................................................214
AP Payment - Line Posting Elements...............................................................................................216
AP Payment - Line Posting Codes...........................................................................................216
AP Payment - Line Amounts...................................................................................................219
AP Payment - Line - Tax Line Posting Elements........................................................................220
AP Payment - Rule Set..........................................................................................................................223
AP Payment - Functions.................................................................................................................223
AP Payment - Combine String................................................................................................223
AP Payment - Function to Calculate Bank Cash/Pending Account............................................223
AP Payment--Bank Fee - Function to Calculate Bank Fee Account...........................................224
AP Payment--Line - Function to calculate Discount Account....................................................224
AP Payment--Line - Function to calculate Expense Account for Miscellaneous Payment...........225
AP Payment--Line - Function to calculate Prepayment Account...............................................225
AP Payment - Posting Rules...........................................................................................................225
Post Bank Fee Amount...........................................................................................................226
Post Bank Fee Tax Amount.....................................................................................................226
Post Check Amount to Bank Cash/Pending Account...............................................................228
Post Gain/Loss Amount..........................................................................................................228
Post Invoice Tax Discount Adjustment Amount to Discount Account.......................................229
Post Invoice Tax Discount Adjustment Amount to Tax Account...............................................230
Post Operational Amount to Paybles/Expense Account............................................................231
Post Payment Discount Amount to Discount Account.............................................................232
Post Payment Taxes................................................................................................................233
Post Withholding Taxes..........................................................................................................234
Reverse Invoice Interim Tax and Post it to Accrual...................................................................235
Set up GL Journal main data...................................................................................................236
AP Payment - Pre-Posting Rules.....................................................................................................236
Calculate Default Bank Fee Account.......................................................................................236
Calculate Default Misc Payment Expense Account..................................................................237
Calculate Default Prepayment Account...................................................................................237
AP PI Payment..............................................................................................................................................238
Payment Instrument Posting Elements...................................................................................................238
Payment Instrument Posting Codes................................................................................................238
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 9

Currency Master.....................................................................................................................238
Details....................................................................................................................................239
Status.....................................................................................................................................239
Type-Status............................................................................................................................240
Payment Instrument Amounts.......................................................................................................240
PI Amount..............................................................................................................................240
Payment Instrument - Line Posting Elements..................................................................................241
Payment Instrument - Line Posting Codes...............................................................................241
Payment Instrument - Line Amounts.......................................................................................242
AP PI Payment - Rule Set.......................................................................................................................242
AP PI Payment - Functions.............................................................................................................242
AP PI Payment - Posting Rules........................................................................................................242
Book Currency Gain/Loss........................................................................................................242
Book Invoice Payment............................................................................................................243
Book PI Total..........................................................................................................................244
Define GL Journal Properties...................................................................................................244
AP PI Status Change....................................................................................................................................245
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................245
Details....................................................................................................................................246
New Status.............................................................................................................................246
Old Status..............................................................................................................................247
PI Amount..............................................................................................................................247
AP PI Status Change - Rule Set..............................................................................................................249
AP PI Status Change - Functions....................................................................................................249
AP PI Status Change - Posting Rules...............................................................................................249
Move PI Total.........................................................................................................................250
AP PI Voiding...............................................................................................................................................250
Details....................................................................................................................................251
PI Amount..............................................................................................................................252
AP PI Voiding - Rule Set........................................................................................................................253
AP PI Voiding - Functions...............................................................................................................253
AP PI Voiding - Posting Rules.........................................................................................................253
10 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Reverse Currency Gain...........................................................................................................254
Reverse Currency Loss............................................................................................................255
Reverse Invoice Payment.........................................................................................................255
Reverse PI Total......................................................................................................................256
Apply Credit Memo.....................................................................................................................................257
Apply Credit Memo Posting Elements...................................................................................................257
Apply Credit Memo Posting Codes................................................................................................257
Bank Account.........................................................................................................................257
BillTo Customer......................................................................................................................258
Credit Memo Header..............................................................................................................258
Currency................................................................................................................................259
Deposit Invoice.......................................................................................................................259
Deposit Payment....................................................................................................................260
Details....................................................................................................................................261
Apply Credit Memo Amounts........................................................................................................262
Total Applied..........................................................................................................................262
Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax Posting Elements.......................................................................262
Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax Posting Codes....................................................................262
Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax Amounts............................................................................264
Apply Credit Memo - Line Posting Elements...................................................................................265
Apply Credit Memo - Line Posting Codes................................................................................265
Apply Credit Memo - Line Amounts........................................................................................266
Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax Posting Elements...................................................................266
Apply Credit Memo - Rule Set...............................................................................................................269
Apply Credit Memo - Functions.....................................................................................................269
- Reverses sign of the given Amount.......................................................................................270
Apply Credit Memo - Posting Rules................................................................................................270
Book Invoice Tax....................................................................................................................270
Post Currency Difference Amount...........................................................................................271
Post to Invoice is Accounts Receivable.....................................................................................272
Post Total Applied amount.....................................................................................................273
Reverse Deposit Tax Amount..................................................................................................273
Set up main GL Journal data...................................................................................................274
AP Void Logged Invoice...............................................................................................................................275
AP Void Logged Invoice Posting Elements.............................................................................................275
AP Void Logged Invoice Posting Codes..........................................................................................275
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................276
Details....................................................................................................................................276
Supplier..................................................................................................................................278
AP Void Logged Invoice Amounts..................................................................................................279
Balance..................................................................................................................................279
Discount.................................................................................................................................279
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 11

Invoice...................................................................................................................................279
Total Expenses........................................................................................................................279
Total Taxes.............................................................................................................................279
AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Elements.......................................................................280
AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Codes....................................................................280
AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line Amounts...........................................................................282
AP Void Logged Invoice - Rule Set.........................................................................................................283
AP Void Logged Invoice - Functions...............................................................................................283
- Withholding.........................................................................................................................283
AP Void Logged Invoice - Posting Rules..........................................................................................283
Post Expense Amount to Suspense Expense Account..............................................................284
Post Invoice Amount to Payables Suspense Account...............................................................284
Post Invoice Balance Amount to Payables Account..................................................................285
Post Tax Amount to Tax Accrual Accounts..............................................................................286
Post Total Tax Amount to Tax Suspense Account....................................................................287
Setup GL Journal Main Data...................................................................................................287
AP Void Payment.........................................................................................................................................288
AP Void Payment Posting Elements.......................................................................................................288
AP Void Payment Posting Codes....................................................................................................288
Bank......................................................................................................................................288
Check....................................................................................................................................289
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................290
Supplier..................................................................................................................................291
AP Void Payment Amounts............................................................................................................292
Check Amount.......................................................................................................................292
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee Posting Elements...............................................................................292
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee Posting Codes............................................................................292
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee Amounts....................................................................................293
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements........................................................293
AP Void Payment - Line Posting Elements.......................................................................................296
AP Void Payment - Line Posting Codes....................................................................................296
AP Void Payment - Line Amounts...........................................................................................298
AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line Posting Elements................................................................299
AP Void Payment - Rule Set..................................................................................................................301
AP Void Payment - Functions.........................................................................................................302
AP Void Payment - Posting Rules...................................................................................................302
Post Bank Fee Amount...........................................................................................................302
Post Bank Fee Tax Amount.....................................................................................................303
Post Check Amount to Bank Cash/Pending Account...............................................................304
Post Discount Tax Adjustment Amount...................................................................................305
Post Gain/Loss Amount..........................................................................................................305
Post Operational Amount to Paybles/Expense Account............................................................306
Post Payment Discount Amount to Discount Account.............................................................307
Post Tax Amount....................................................................................................................308
Post Total Discount Adjustment to Discount Account..............................................................309
12 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Withholding Tax.............................................................................................................309

AR Invoice....................................................................................................................................................311
AR Invoice Posting Elements.................................................................................................................311
AR Invoice Posting Codes..............................................................................................................311
BillTo Customer......................................................................................................................311
Central Collection Company...................................................................................................312
Deposit..................................................................................................................................313
Details....................................................................................................................................314
Invoice Currency.....................................................................................................................317
site.........................................................................................................................................317
Project....................................................................................................................................318
Project Sales Category............................................................................................................319
Sales Order.............................................................................................................................319
SoldTo Customer....................................................................................................................320
AR Invoice Amounts......................................................................................................................320
Invoice...................................................................................................................................320
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit Posting Elements............................................................................321
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit Posting Codes.........................................................................321
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit Amounts.................................................................................323
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax Posting Elements.............................................................323
AR Invoice - Line Posting Elements.................................................................................................326
AR Invoice - Line Posting Codes..............................................................................................326
AR Invoice - Line Amounts......................................................................................................333
AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Posting Elements...................................................................334
AR Invoice - Line - Tax Posting Elements.................................................................................335
AR Invoice - Rule Set.............................................................................................................................337
AR Invoice - Functions...................................................................................................................338
- Combines Transaction text from Invoice Number, Invoice Suffix and Customer Name...........338
AR Invoice--Line - Defines context of project Billing GL Control used to book Project Billing
Revenue based on Line Project Billing Charge Type............................................................338
AR Invoice--Line - Defines if Invoice Line is Project Billing Retention Line based on Line Project
Billing Charge Type...........................................................................................................339
AR Invoice--Line - Function to detemine Returns/Rebate Account for Line Type Part................339
AR Invoice--Line - Function to determine Sales Account for Line Type Part..............................340
- Reverses sign of the given Amount.......................................................................................340
AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either prepayment
account for deposit invoices or revenue account for advance billing invoices.....................341
AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either revenue
account or sales dicsount account depending on the value of Appropriate Context
parameter.........................................................................................................................341
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 13

AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either revenue

account or sales dicsount account depending on the value of Appropriate Context
parameter.........................................................................................................................342
AR Invoice - Posting Rules..............................................................................................................342
Post Advance Billing Amount as Deferred Revenue.................................................................342
Post Currency Difference........................................................................................................343
Post Deposit Amount (Deposit Invoices)..................................................................................344
Post Discount Amount (All Invoice Types, Call)........................................................................345
Post Discount Amount (All Invoice Types, Contract)................................................................345
Post Discount Amount (All Invoice Types, Part)........................................................................346
Post Extended Price Amount (All Invoice Types, Contract).......................................................347
Post Extended Price Amount (All Invoices, Call).......................................................................348
Post Extended Price Amount (Credit Memo, Part)...................................................................349
Post Extended Price Amount (Project Billing)...........................................................................350
Post Extended Price Amount (Regular Invoice, Part).................................................................351
Post Extended Price amount as Financial Charge.....................................................................352
Post Invoice Amount to Accounts Receivable..........................................................................352
Post Less Advance Billing Amount..........................................................................................353
Post Less Deposit Amount to Prepayment Account.................................................................354
Post Misc Charge Amount......................................................................................................355
Post Prepaid Amount for Deposit Invoices created from Deposit Payments..............................356
Post Rounding Difference Amount.........................................................................................357
Post Tax Amount....................................................................................................................357
Post Withholding Tax Amount................................................................................................359
Reverse Deposit Tax Amount..................................................................................................359
Reverse Manually Recognized Amount (Project Billing)............................................................360
Set up GL journal main data...................................................................................................361
AR Invoice - Pre-Posting Rules........................................................................................................362
Rule to Calculate Default Account for Misc Invoice Line..........................................................362
AR Invoice Adjustment.................................................................................................................................363
AR Invoice Adjustment Posting Elements...............................................................................................363
AR Invoice Adjustment Posting Codes............................................................................................363
BillTo Customer......................................................................................................................363
Details....................................................................................................................................364
Invoice...................................................................................................................................366
AR Invoice Adjustment Amounts...................................................................................................366
Adjustment Amount...............................................................................................................367
AR Invoice Adjustment - Rule Set..........................................................................................................367
AR Invoice Adjustment - Functions.................................................................................................367
AR Invoice Adjustment - Combine String................................................................................367
AR Invoice Adjustment - Posting Rules...........................................................................................367
Post Adjustment Amount.......................................................................................................368
AR Payment.................................................................................................................................................369
14 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Header Posting Elements..................................................................................................369

Cash Receipt Header Posting Codes...............................................................................................369
Bank Account.........................................................................................................................370
Company AR Parameters........................................................................................................370
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................371
Customer...............................................................................................................................371
Details....................................................................................................................................372
Sales Order.............................................................................................................................374
Cash Receipt Header Amounts......................................................................................................374
Payment.................................................................................................................................374
Payment Less Tax...................................................................................................................374
Unapplied Cash......................................................................................................................374
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Elements..........................................................................375
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Codes.......................................................................375
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Amounts..............................................................................376
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements...................................................377
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Elements.................................................................................379
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Codes..............................................................................379
Cash Receipt Header - Line Amounts......................................................................................381
Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Elements..................................................................382
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Elements............................................................385
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Codes.........................................................385
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Amounts.................................................................388
AR Payment - Rule Set..........................................................................................................................388
AR Payment - Functions.................................................................................................................388
- Function to determine Bank Fee account..............................................................................388
AR Payment - Posting Rules...........................................................................................................388
Book Bank Fee.......................................................................................................................389
Book Bank Fee Tax.................................................................................................................389
Book Debit Note.....................................................................................................................391
Book Deposit Payment Credit.................................................................................................391
Book Discount Tax Adjustment...............................................................................................392
Book Discount Tax Adjustment Total......................................................................................393
Book Invoice Payment Credit..................................................................................................393
Book Invoice Tax....................................................................................................................394
Book Misc Payment Credit......................................................................................................395
Book Misc Payment Tax..........................................................................................................396
Book Misc Payment Withholding Tax......................................................................................397
Book Payment Discount..........................................................................................................397
Book Total Payment Debit......................................................................................................398
Book Unapplied Cash.............................................................................................................399
Book Withholding Tax............................................................................................................399
Reverse Deferred Tax..............................................................................................................400
Setup GL Journal Properties....................................................................................................401
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 15

AR Payment - Pre-Posting Rules.....................................................................................................401

Default Bank Fee Account......................................................................................................401
Default Credit Account for Deposit Payment...........................................................................402
AR PI Payment.............................................................................................................................................403
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................403
Details....................................................................................................................................404
Status.....................................................................................................................................404
Type-Status............................................................................................................................405
Applied PI Amount.................................................................................................................405
AR PI Payment - Rule Set.......................................................................................................................407
AR PI Payment - Functions.............................................................................................................407
AR PI Payment - Posting Rules........................................................................................................407
Book PI Total..........................................................................................................................408
AR PI Status Change....................................................................................................................................410
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................410
Details....................................................................................................................................411
New Status.............................................................................................................................411
Old Status..............................................................................................................................412
AR PI Status Change - Rule Set.............................................................................................................414
AR PI Status Change - Functions....................................................................................................414
AR PI Status Change - Posting Rules..............................................................................................414
Move PI Total.........................................................................................................................415
AR PI Voiding...............................................................................................................................................416
Details....................................................................................................................................416
16 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Unapplied PI Amount.............................................................................................................417
AR PI Voiding - Rule Set........................................................................................................................419
AR PI Voiding - Functions...............................................................................................................419
AR PI Voiding - Posting Rules.........................................................................................................419
Reverse Invoice Payment.........................................................................................................421
Reverse PI Total......................................................................................................................421
AR PI Write-off.............................................................................................................................................422
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................422
Current Status........................................................................................................................423
Details....................................................................................................................................424
Type-Status............................................................................................................................424
Write-off Details.....................................................................................................................425
Payment Instrument - Line - Tax Posting Elements...................................................................427
AR PI Write-off - Rule Set......................................................................................................................430
AR PI Write-off - Functions............................................................................................................430
AR PI Write-off - Posting Rules.......................................................................................................430
Post AR Invoice Tax................................................................................................................432
Post AR Invoice Withholding Tax............................................................................................434
Post PI Total to Write-off Account...........................................................................................434
Reverse AR Invoice Interim Tax................................................................................................435
Withdraw PI Total from PI Receivable......................................................................................436
Bank Adjustment.........................................................................................................................................436
Bank Adjustment Posting Elements.......................................................................................................436
Bank Adjustment Posting Codes....................................................................................................436
Bank Account.........................................................................................................................437
Company GL Parameters........................................................................................................437
Details....................................................................................................................................438
Bank Adjustment Amounts............................................................................................................438
Adjustment Amount...............................................................................................................438
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 17

Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Posting Elements....................................................................438

Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Posting Codes.................................................................438
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Amounts.........................................................................440
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank Fee Tax Posting Elements.....................................440
Bank Adjustment - Rule Set..................................................................................................................442
Bank Adjustment - Functions.........................................................................................................442
Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line - Function to calculate Bank Fee/Adjustment Account......442
Bank Adjustment - Posting Rules...................................................................................................443
Book Adjustment Amount......................................................................................................443
Book Bank Fee Tax.................................................................................................................443
Book Cash Amount................................................................................................................445
Setup GL Transaction Properties.............................................................................................445
Bank Adjustment - Pre-Posting Rules.............................................................................................446
Get Defaults for Bank Adjustment..........................................................................................446
Bank Funds Transfer.....................................................................................................................................447
Bank Funds Transfer Posting Elements..................................................................................................447
Bank Funds Transfer Posting Codes...............................................................................................447
Source Bank...........................................................................................................................447
Target Bank............................................................................................................................448
Transaction............................................................................................................................448
Bank Funds Transfer Amounts.......................................................................................................450
Transfer Amount....................................................................................................................450
Bank Funds Transfer - Rule Set..............................................................................................................450
Bank Funds Transfer - Functions....................................................................................................450
Bank Funds Transfer - Posting Rules...............................................................................................450
Post the movement from Bank Cash to Transfer Account.......................................................450
Post the movement from Transfer Account to Cash Account..................................................451
Bank Reconciliation......................................................................................................................................453
Bank Reconciliation Posting Elements....................................................................................................453
Bank Reconciliation Posting Codes.................................................................................................453
Bank......................................................................................................................................453
Company AP Parameters........................................................................................................454
Company GL Parameters........................................................................................................454
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................455
Details....................................................................................................................................455
Bank Reconciliation Amounts........................................................................................................457
AP Checks Variance................................................................................................................457
Closing Balance......................................................................................................................457
Opening Balance....................................................................................................................457
PayRoll Checks Varience.........................................................................................................458
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing Posting Elements.............................................................458
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing Posting Codes..........................................................458
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing Amounts..................................................................459
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee Posting Elements.....................................460
18 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Posting Elements................................................................464

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Posting Codes.............................................................464
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Amounts.....................................................................465
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee Posting Elements...............................465
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line Posting Elements.......................................469
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing Posting Elements.............................................................472
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing Posting Codes..........................................................472
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing Amounts.................................................................474
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee Posting Elements....................................474
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse Posting Elements.....................................................................477
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse Posting Codes..................................................................477
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse Amounts..........................................................................478
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee Posting Elements....................................479
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line Posting Elements...........................................483
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement Posting Elements................................................................487
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement Posting Codes.............................................................487
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement Amounts.....................................................................488
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee Posting Elements...............................488
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line Posting Elements......................................492
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment Posting Elements...............................................................496
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment Posting Codes............................................................496
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment Amounts....................................................................497
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank Fee Tax Posting Elements.................................497
Bank Reconciliation - Rule Set...............................................................................................................499
Bank Reconciliation - Functions......................................................................................................499
Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee - Function to determine Bank Fee account
for a cleared AP check.......................................................................................................499
Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee - Function to determine Bank Fee account
for a cleared AR check.......................................................................................................500
Bank Reconciliation - Get PI Bank Fee Account From Bank Fee GL Control..............................500
Bank Reconciliation - Posting Rules................................................................................................500
AP Check Clearing - Book AP Bank Fee..................................................................................501
AP Check Clearing - Book AP Bank Fee Tax............................................................................501
AP Check Clearing - Post AP Checks Pending Amount to Bank...............................................503
AP PI - Book Bank Fee............................................................................................................503
AP PI - Book Bank Fee Tax......................................................................................................504
AP PI - Book Settlement..........................................................................................................505
AP PI - Post AP Invoice Tax......................................................................................................505
AP PI - Post AP Invoice Withholding Tax..................................................................................507
AP PI - Reverse AP Invoice Interim Tax.....................................................................................507
AR Check Clearing - Book AR Bank Fee..................................................................................508
AR Check Clearing - Book AR Bank Fee Tax............................................................................509
AR Check Clearing - Post AR Check Pending Amount to Bank................................................509
AR PI - Book Bank Fee............................................................................................................510
AR PI - Book Bank Fee Tax......................................................................................................511
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 19

AR PI - Book Settlement.........................................................................................................512
AR PI - Post AR Invoice Tax.....................................................................................................512
AR PI - Post AR Invoice Withholding Tax.................................................................................514
AR PI - Reverse AR Invoice Interim Tax....................................................................................514
AR PI Reverse - Restore Interim Tax.........................................................................................515
AR PI Reverse - Reverse AR Invoice Tax....................................................................................516
AR PI Reverse - Reverse AR PI Bank Fee...................................................................................516
AR PI Reverse - Reverse AR PI Bank Fee Tax.............................................................................517
Bank Adjustment - Book Bank Fee Tax....................................................................................518
Bank Adjustment - Post Adjustment Amount to Bank.............................................................519
Reconciliation - Post AP Checks Variance Amount..................................................................520
Reconciliation - Post Payroll Checks Variance Amount to Bank................................................521
Cancel AR Invoice........................................................................................................................................522
Cancellation Invoice Posting Elements...................................................................................................522
Cancellation Invoice Posting Codes................................................................................................522
BillTo Customer......................................................................................................................523
Cancelled Invoice...................................................................................................................523
Details....................................................................................................................................524
Invoice Currency.....................................................................................................................525
site.........................................................................................................................................525
SoldTo Customer....................................................................................................................526
Cancellation Invoice Amounts........................................................................................................526
Currency Difference...............................................................................................................526
Invoice...................................................................................................................................526
Less Deposit...........................................................................................................................527
Cancellation Invoice - Line Posting Elements..................................................................................527
Cancellation Invoice - Line Posting Codes...............................................................................527
Cancellation Invoice - Line Amounts.......................................................................................528
Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Posting Elements.....................................................529
Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax Posting Elements...................................................................530
Cancel AR Invoice - Rule Set.................................................................................................................532
Cancel AR Invoice - Functions........................................................................................................532
Determine Tax Account for Allocated Deposit and given Context............................................533
Determine Current Revenue/Returns Account for Given Context.............................................533
- Reverses sign of the given amount.......................................................................................533
Cancel AR Invoice - Posting Rules..................................................................................................534
Reverse Less Deposit Amount.................................................................................................534
Reverse posting Currency Difference amount..........................................................................535
Reverse posting Rounding Difference Amount........................................................................535
Reverse posting to Accounts Receivable..................................................................................536
Reverse posting to Deferred Revenue Account........................................................................537
Reverse posting to Discount Account......................................................................................537
20 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reverse posting to Misc Charge Account................................................................................538

Reverse posting to Prepayment Account.................................................................................539
Reverse posting to Sales Account...........................................................................................539
Reverse posting to Tax Account..............................................................................................540
Set up GL journal main data...................................................................................................541
CompleteStorno..........................................................................................................................................541
CompleteStorno - Rule Set....................................................................................................................541
CompleteStorno - Functions..........................................................................................................542
COSAndWIP................................................................................................................................................542
COSAndWIP Posting Elements..............................................................................................................542
COSAndWIP Posting Codes...........................................................................................................542
Company...............................................................................................................................542
Details....................................................................................................................................544
COSAndWIP Amounts...................................................................................................................545
COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales Posting Elements................................................................................545
COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales Posting Codes.............................................................................545
COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales Amounts....................................................................................550
COSAndWIP - Labor Posting Elements...........................................................................................551
COSAndWIP - Labor Posting Codes........................................................................................551
COSAndWIP - Labor Amounts................................................................................................557
COSAndWIP - PartTran Posting Elements.......................................................................................557
COSAndWIP - PartTran Posting Codes....................................................................................557
COSAndWIP - PartTran Amounts............................................................................................584
COSAndWIP - Rule Set..........................................................................................................................586
COSAndWIP - Functions................................................................................................................586
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Account For Referenced PartTran And Given Context.......586
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine AP Clearing Account For PartTran....................................587
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Asset Account For site Transfer........................................587
COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales - Determine COS Account For Cost Of Sales Detail......................587
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine COS Account For site Transfer..........................................588
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine COS Account For Shipment..............................................589
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Cost of Returns Account For PartTran..............................590
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine DMR Write Off Account For PartTran...............................590
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Inspection/DMR Account For PartTran..............................591
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Inventory Account For PartTran........................................591
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Inventory Adjustment Account For PartTran.....................591
- Determine Manufacturing Variance Account........................................................................592
Determine Manufacturing Variance Account for Given Contact and Plant Division..................592
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine site Transfer Contra Account (Contra COS, Contra
Revenue, Contra Asset).....................................................................................................593
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine site Transfer Revenue Account.........................................593
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Purchase Variance Account..............................................594
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Purchase Variance Context Prefix.....................................594
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Purchase Variance Target Account...................................594
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Supplier Expense Account For PartTran............................595
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 21

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Supplier Landed Cost Account For PartTran......................596

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Variance Account For site Transfer...................................596
COSAndWIP--Labor - Determine WIP Account For Labor Detail...............................................596
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine WIP Account For PartTran................................................597
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine WIP Account For PartTran (Target Job).............................598
- Disable Segments Substitution.............................................................................................598
- General Function to Determine Inventory Account................................................................599
- General Function to Determine Inventory Adjustment Account.............................................599
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Get Part Class GL Control from Part or Part Class..............................600
- Invert Amount Sign..............................................................................................................600
- Invert Amount Sign..............................................................................................................600
COSAndWIP - Posting Rules...........................................................................................................601
ADJ-CST: Post Extended Cost to Purchase Variance and Inventory Accounts...........................601
ADJ-CST/ADJ-QTY: Post Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and Inventory Accounts.......602
ADJ-DRP: Post Extended Cost to Purchase Variance and Drop Ship Accounts..........................603
ADJ-MTL: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Adjustment Accounts.............................................604
ADJ-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts............................................605
ADJ-PUR: Post Extended Cost to A/P Clearing and Variance Accounts.....................................606
ADJ-SUB: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Adjustment Accounts.............................................607
ADJ-SUB: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts.............................................608
AST-STK: Post Extended Cost to Inventory And Asset Clearing Account..................................609
Cost of Sales: Post Burden Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts.........................................609
Cost of Sales: Post Labor Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts...........................................610
Cost of Sales: Post Material Burden Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts...........................611
Cost of Sales: Post Material Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts.......................................612
Cost of Sales: Post Rounding Amount to COS and AR Clearing Accounts...............................613
Cost of Sales: Post Subcontract Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts.................................614
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts........................................615
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Labor Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts..........................................616
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts..........................617
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Material Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts......................................618
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and DMR Accounts..............................619
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts................................620
DMR-MTL: Post Extended Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts.....................................................621
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Rounding Amount to WIP and DMR Accounts................622
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Labor Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts............................623
DMR-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts...........................................624
DMR-REJ: Post Extended Cost to DMR Write-Off and DMR Accounts......................................625
DMR-STK: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and DMR Accounts..............................................626
Header Rule...........................................................................................................................627
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts..........................628
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts............629
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Material Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts........................630
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts..................631
INS-DMR (Rcpt/Misc NonConf): Post Extended Cost to Inspection and DMR Accounts.............632
22 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

INS-DMR (RMA): Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and DMR Accounts...........................633
INS-MTL: Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and WIP Accounts........................................634
INS-MTL: Post Extended Cost to Inspection and WIP Accounts................................................635
INS-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts.............................................636
INS-REJ: Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and DMR Write Off Accounts........................637
INS-STK: Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and Inventory Accounts................................638
INS-STK: Post Extended Cost to Inspection and Inventory Accounts.........................................639
INS-SUB: Post Extended Cost to Inspection and WIP Accounts................................................640
Labor Detail: Post Burden Cost to Applied Overhead and WIP Accounts..................................641
Labor Detail: Post Indirect Burden Cost to Applied Overhead and COS Accounts....................642
Labor Detail: Post Indirect Labor Cost to Applied Labor and COS Accounts.............................643
Labor Detail: Post Labor Charges (Project Billing).....................................................................644
Labor Detail: Post Labor Cost to Applied Labor and WIP Accounts..........................................645
MFG-CUS: Post Burden Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts..............................................646
MFG-CUS: Post Burden Cost to WIP and COS Accounts..........................................................647
MFG-CUS: Post Labor Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts.................................................648
MFG-CUS: Post Labor Cost to WIP and COS Accounts............................................................649
MFG-CUS: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts.................................650
MFG-CUS: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and COS Accounts............................................651
MFG-CUS: Post Material Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts.............................................652
MFG-CUS: Post Material Cost to WIP and COS Accounts........................................................653
MFG-CUS: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and COS Accounts................................................654
MFG-CUS: Post Rounding to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts..................................................655
MFG-CUS: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Account........................................656
MFG-CUS: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and COS Accounts..................................................657
MFG-PLT: Post Burden Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts....................................................658
MFG-PLT: Post Labor Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts......................................................659
MFG-PLT: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts......................................660
MFG-PLT: Post Material Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts..................................................661
MFG-PLT: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and In Transit Accounts..........................................662
MFG-PLT: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts............................................663
MFG-STK: Post Burden Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts...................................................664
MFG-STK: Post Labor Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts.....................................................665
MFG-STK: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts.....................................666
MFG-STK: Post Material Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts.................................................667
MFG-STK: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and Inventory Accounts..........................................668
MFG-STK: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts............................................669
MFG-VAR: Post Burden Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts...................................................670
MFG-VAR: Post Labor Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts......................................................672
MFG-VAR: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts......................................673
MFG-VAR: Post Material Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts..................................................675
MFG-VAR: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and Variance Accounts..........................................676
MFG-VAR: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts............................................678
MFG-WIP: Post Burden Cost to WIP (Burden) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts...........................679
MFG-WIP: Post Labor Cost to WIP (Labor) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts................................680
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 23

MFG-WIP: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP (Material Burden) and WIP2 (Material)
Accounts...........................................................................................................................681
MFG-WIP: Post Material Cost to WIP (Material) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts........................682
MFG-WIP: Post Rounding Amount to WIP (Rounding) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts..............683
MFG-WIP: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP (Subcontract) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts.............684
MTL-INS: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Inspection Accounts................................................685
MTL-INS: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts.............................................686
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to AP Transfer and Contra AP Accounts........687
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to AR Transfer and Contra AR Accounts........688
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to Contra Asset and Variance Accounts........689
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to Revenue and Contra Revenue Accounts....690
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Other Cost to Contra Asset and In Transit Accounts.............691
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Other Cost to COS and Contra COS Accounts......................692
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Other Cost to In Transit and Variance Accounts....................693
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post site Cost to Asset and Variance Accounts.............................694
PUR-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to Applied Material Burden/Landed Cost and WIP
Accounts...........................................................................................................................695
PUR-MTL: Post Material Cost to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts..............................................696
PUR-MTL: Post Rounding Amount to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts......................................697
PUR-STK/PUR-INS: Post Extended Cost to A/P Clearing And Inventory/Expense/Inspection
Accounts...........................................................................................................................699
PUR-STK/PUR-INS/PUR-SUB/PUR-UKN: Post Material Burden Cost to Applied Material
Burden/Landed Cost and A/P Clearing Accounts................................................................700
PUR-SUB: Post Extended Cost to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts.............................................702
PUR-UKN/PUR-DRP: Post Extended Cost to AP Clearing and Expense/Drop Ship Accounts.......703
Revert Amount Posted to Converted1 Account.......................................................................704
Revert Amount Posted to Converted10 Account.....................................................................705
Revert Applied Material Burden Cost......................................................................................720
Revert Burden Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account................................................................721
Revert Burden Cost Posted to COS Account............................................................................722
Revert Burden Cost Posted to Inventory Account....................................................................723
24 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account............................................................................724

Revert Extended Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account.............................................................725
Revert Extended Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.............................................................726
Revert Extended Cost Posted to Expense Account...................................................................727
Revert Extended Cost Posted to Inspection Account................................................................728
Revert Extended Cost Posted to Inventory2 Account...............................................................729
Revert Labor Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account...................................................................730
Revert Labor Cost Posted to COS Account..............................................................................731
Revert Labor Cost Posted to Inventory Account.......................................................................732
Revert Labor Cost Posted to WIP Account...............................................................................733
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account...................................................734
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account...................................................735
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to COS Account..............................................................736
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to Inventory Account.......................................................737
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to Landed Cost Account..................................................738
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account...............................................................739
Revert Material Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account...............................................................740
Revert Material Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account...............................................................741
Revert Material Cost Posted to COS Account..........................................................................742
Revert Material Cost Posted to Inventory Account...................................................................743
Revert Material Cost Posted to WIP Account...........................................................................744
Revert Rounding Amount Posted to AP Clearing Account.......................................................745
Revert Rounding Amount Posted to AR Clearing Account.......................................................746
Revert Rounding Amount Posted to COS Account..................................................................747
Revert Rounding Amount Posted to Inventory Account...........................................................748
Revert Rounding Amount Posted to WIP Account...................................................................749
Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.........................................................750
Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to COS Account....................................................................751
Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to Inventory Account.............................................................752
Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to WIP Account.....................................................................753
STK-ASM/STK-MTL: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and WIP Material Accounts....................754
STK-ASM/STK-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP (Material) and WIP2 (Material Burden)
Accounts...........................................................................................................................755
STK-AST: Post Extended Cost to Inventory And Asset Clearing Account..................................756
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Burden Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts.....................................756
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and AR Clearing Accounts.......................757
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Labor Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts........................................758
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Material Burden Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts........................759
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Material Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts....................................760
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Rounding Amount to Inventory and COS Accounts............................761
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Subcontract Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts..............................762
STK-INS: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and Inspection Accounts.........................................763
STK-KIT: Post Extended Cost to Inventory (Part) and Inventory (Kit Parent Part) Accounts........764
STK-PLT: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and In Transit Accounts..........................................765
STK-STK: Post Extended Cost to Source and Target Inventory Accounts..................................766
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 25

STK-UKN: Post Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and Inventory Accounts.....................767

SVG-STK: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts.................................................768
SVG-STK: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP (Material) and WIP (Material Burden) Accounts....769
UKN-CUS/DRP-CUS/PUR-CUS: Post Extended Cost to Expense/AP Clearing and COS/AR
Clearing Accounts.............................................................................................................770
Deferred Expense Recognition......................................................................................................................772
Deferred Expense Recognition Posting Elements....................................................................................772
Deferred Expense Recognition Posting Codes................................................................................772
Recognition............................................................................................................................772
Deferred Expense Recognition - Rule Set...............................................................................................782
Deferred Expense Recognition - Functions......................................................................................782
Combine Text from Invoice Number and Supplier Name.........................................................782
Combine Text from Journal Number and Journal Line Number and Description.......................783
Get Currency GL Control........................................................................................................783
Reverse Sign of the Amount...................................................................................................783
Deferred Expense Recognition - Posting Rules................................................................................784
Post Gain/Loss Amount (AP Invoice Miscellaneous Line)..........................................................784
Post Gain/Loss Amount (GL Journal Line)................................................................................785
Recognize Expense Amount (AP Invoice Miscellaneous Line)...................................................786
Recognize Expense Amount (GL Journal Line).........................................................................787
Reverse Deferred Expense Amount (AP Invoice Miscellaneous Line).........................................788
Reverse Deferred Expense Amount (GL Journal Line)...............................................................789
Set up GL Journal Main Data..................................................................................................790
Fixed Asset...................................................................................................................................................791
Asset Posting Elements.........................................................................................................................791
Asset Posting Codes......................................................................................................................791
Asset Class.............................................................................................................................791
Asset Group...........................................................................................................................792
Details....................................................................................................................................793
Posting Details........................................................................................................................793
Asset Amounts..............................................................................................................................794
Asset - Addition Posting Elements..................................................................................................794
Asset - Addition Posting Codes...............................................................................................794
Asset - Addition Amounts......................................................................................................795
Asset - Depreciation Posting Elements............................................................................................795
Asset - Depreciation Posting Codes........................................................................................795
Asset - Depreciation Amounts................................................................................................796
Asset - Disposal Posting Elements..................................................................................................796
Asset - Disposal Posting Codes...............................................................................................796
Asset - Disposal Amounts.......................................................................................................797
Asset - Impairment Posting Elements.............................................................................................798
Asset - Impairment Posting Codes..........................................................................................798
Asset - Impairment Amounts..................................................................................................799
Asset - Revaluation Posting Elements.............................................................................................799
26 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Asset - Revaluation Posting Codes..........................................................................................799

Amount.................................................................................................................................800
Fixed Asset - Rule Set............................................................................................................................801
Fixed Asset - Functions..................................................................................................................801
Fixed Asset - Posting Rules.............................................................................................................801
Header Rule...........................................................................................................................801
Post Addition Cost.................................................................................................................802
Post Addition Depreciation Amount.......................................................................................802
Post Addition Grant Amount..................................................................................................803
Post Depreciation Charge.......................................................................................................804
Post Disposal Cost Amount....................................................................................................805
Post Disposal Depreciation Amount........................................................................................805
Post Impairment Loss Amount................................................................................................806
Post Impairment Revaluation Surplus Amount.........................................................................807
Post Proceeds Amount...........................................................................................................807
Post Profit/Loss amount..........................................................................................................808
Post Revaluation Accumulated Depreciation...........................................................................809
Post Total Grant Amount........................................................................................................809
Post Unrecognized Grant Amount..........................................................................................810
GL Allocations..............................................................................................................................................810
GL Allocations - Rule Set.......................................................................................................................810
GL Allocations - Functions.............................................................................................................811
GLRevaluation..............................................................................................................................................811
GLRevaluation - Rule Set.......................................................................................................................811
GLRevaluation - Functions.............................................................................................................811
MultiGLJrn...................................................................................................................................................811
GL Journal Entry Posting Elements........................................................................................................811
GL Journal Entry Posting Codes.....................................................................................................811
GL Journal Entry Head............................................................................................................812
GL Journal Entry Amounts.............................................................................................................813
GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail Posting Elements.........................................................................813
GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail Posting Codes......................................................................813
GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail Amounts..............................................................................815
MultiGLJrn - Rule Set............................................................................................................................815
MultiGLJrn - Functions...................................................................................................................815
Payroll Check...............................................................................................................................................816
Payroll Check Posting Elements.............................................................................................................816
Payroll Check Posting Codes..........................................................................................................816
Bank Account.........................................................................................................................816
Details....................................................................................................................................817
Employee...............................................................................................................................817
Payroll Check Amounts..................................................................................................................818
Check Amount.......................................................................................................................818
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Elements...................................................................................818
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Codes................................................................................818
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 27

Payroll Check - Deduction Amounts........................................................................................820

Payroll Check - Line Posting Elements............................................................................................820
Payroll Check - Line Posting Codes.........................................................................................820
Payroll Check - Line Amounts.................................................................................................823
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Elements.............................................................................................824
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Codes..........................................................................................824
Payroll Check - Tax Amounts..................................................................................................826
Payroll Check - Rule Set........................................................................................................................826
Payroll Check - Functions...............................................................................................................826
Payroll Check - Posting Rules.........................................................................................................826
Accrual Deduction..................................................................................................................827
Credit Bank Account..............................................................................................................827
Employer Expense Tax............................................................................................................828
Gross Pay...............................................................................................................................828
Premium Pay..........................................................................................................................829
Setup GL Journal properties....................................................................................................830
Shift Pay.................................................................................................................................830
Special Deduction...................................................................................................................831
Tax.........................................................................................................................................831
Undistributed Gross Pay.........................................................................................................832
PeriodicConsolidation..................................................................................................................................833
PeriodicConsolidation - Rule Set............................................................................................................833
PeriodicConsolidation - Functions..................................................................................................833
PO Release...................................................................................................................................................833
PO Posting Elements.............................................................................................................................833
PO Posting Codes..........................................................................................................................833
Details....................................................................................................................................834
Supplier..................................................................................................................................835
PO Amounts..................................................................................................................................835
PO - Line Posting Elements............................................................................................................835
PO - Line Posting Codes.........................................................................................................835
PO - Line Amounts.................................................................................................................837
PO - Line - Release Posting Elements.......................................................................................837
PO Release - Rule Set............................................................................................................................840
PO Release - Functions...................................................................................................................840
PO Release - Pre-Posting Rules.......................................................................................................841
Calculate PO Release GL Control............................................................................................841
Header Rule...........................................................................................................................843
Revaluation..................................................................................................................................................844
Revaluation Posting Elements................................................................................................................844
Revaluation Posting Codes.............................................................................................................844
Company...............................................................................................................................844
Details....................................................................................................................................845
Revaluation Amounts....................................................................................................................846
28 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revaluation - Doc Currency Posting Elements.................................................................................846

Revaluation - Doc Currency Posting Codes..............................................................................846
Revaluation - Doc Currency Amounts.....................................................................................847
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice Posting Elements......................................................847
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice Posting Elements......................................................849
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account Posting Elements.................................................851
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Payable Posting Elements...........................853
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Receivable Posting Elements......................855
Revaluation - Rule Set...........................................................................................................................857
Revaluation - Functions..................................................................................................................858
- Add Amount to Total...........................................................................................................858
Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice - AP Invoice Revalue Text............................................858
Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice - AR Invoice Revalue Text...........................................858
Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account - Bank Revalue Text..............................................859
Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Payable - PI Payable Revalue Text.................859
Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable - PI Receivable Revalue Text........860
Revaluation - Posting Rules............................................................................................................860
A/P Invoice - Balance Adjustment............................................................................................860
A/P Invoice - Realized Gain.....................................................................................................861
A/P Invoice - Realized Loss......................................................................................................862
A/P Invoice - Unrealized Gain..................................................................................................863
A/P Invoice - Unrealized Loss..................................................................................................863
A/R Invoice - Balance Adjustment...........................................................................................864
A/R Invoice - Realized Gain.....................................................................................................865
A/R Invoice - Realized Loss......................................................................................................866
A/R Invoice - Unrealized Gain.................................................................................................867
A/R Invoice - Unrealized Loss..................................................................................................867
Bank Account - Balance Adjustment.......................................................................................868
Bank Account - Realized Gain.................................................................................................869
Bank Account - Realized Loss.................................................................................................870
Bank Account - Unrealized Gain.............................................................................................871
Bank Account - Unrealized Loss..............................................................................................871
Header...................................................................................................................................872
PI Payable - Balance Adjustment.............................................................................................873
PI Payable - Realized Gain.......................................................................................................874
PI Payable - Realized Loss........................................................................................................875
PI Payable - Unrealized Gain...................................................................................................875
PI Payable - Unrealized Loss....................................................................................................876
PI Receivable - Balance Adjustment.........................................................................................877
PI Receivable - Realized Gain...................................................................................................878
PI Receivable - Realized Loss...................................................................................................879
PI Receivable - Unrealized Gain...............................................................................................879
PI Receivable - Unrealized Loss................................................................................................880
Revenue Recognition...................................................................................................................................881
Revenue Posting Elements....................................................................................................................881
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 29

Revenue Posting Codes.................................................................................................................881

Details....................................................................................................................................882
Revenue Amounts.........................................................................................................................883
Revenue - Project Posting Elements................................................................................................883
Revenue - Project Posting Codes.............................................................................................883
Revenue - Project Amounts....................................................................................................885
Revenue Recognition - Rule Set.............................................................................................................886
Revenue Recognition - Functions...................................................................................................887
Revenue - Define COS Account for Given Context..................................................................887
Revenue - Define Recognized Account for Given Project Billing Context and Optional AR
Account Context...............................................................................................................887
Revenue--Project - Define Transaction Text.............................................................................888
Revenue - Define WIP Account for Given Context...................................................................888
- Inverse Amount Sign............................................................................................................888
Revenue Recognition - Posting Rules..............................................................................................889
Book Actual Burden Charge...................................................................................................889
Book Burden Cost..................................................................................................................890
Book Labor Cost.....................................................................................................................890
Book Material Burden Cost.....................................................................................................891
Book Material Cost.................................................................................................................892
Book Other Direct Cost..........................................................................................................893
Book Sales Revenue................................................................................................................893
Book Subcontract Cost...........................................................................................................894
Set Up GL transaction Properties.............................................................................................895
Reverse Cash Receipt...................................................................................................................................896
Cash Receipt Header Posting Elements..................................................................................................896
Cash Receipt Header Posting Codes...............................................................................................896
Bank Account.........................................................................................................................896
Company AR Parameters........................................................................................................897
Currency Master.....................................................................................................................897
Customer...............................................................................................................................898
Details....................................................................................................................................898
Source Cash Header...............................................................................................................900
Cash Receipt Header Amounts......................................................................................................900
Payment.................................................................................................................................901
Payment Less Tax...................................................................................................................901
Unapplied Cash......................................................................................................................901
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Elements..........................................................................901
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Codes.......................................................................901
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Amounts..............................................................................903
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements...................................................903
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Elements.................................................................................906
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Codes..............................................................................906
Cash Receipt Header - Line Amounts......................................................................................908
30 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Elements..................................................................909

Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Elements............................................................912
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Codes.........................................................912
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Amounts.................................................................915
Reverse Cash Receipt - Rule Set............................................................................................................915
Reverse Cash Receipt - Functions...................................................................................................915
Reverse Cash Receipt - Posting Rules.............................................................................................915
Restore Deferred Tax..............................................................................................................915
Reverse Bank Fee....................................................................................................................916
Reverse Bank Fee Tax.............................................................................................................917
Reverse Deposit Payment Credit.............................................................................................918
Reverse Discount Tax Adjustment...........................................................................................919
Reverse Discount Tax Adjustment Total...................................................................................919
Reverse Invoice Payment Credit..............................................................................................920
Reverse Misc Payment Credit..................................................................................................921
Reverse Misc Payment Tax......................................................................................................921
Reverse Payment Discount......................................................................................................922
Reverse Tax............................................................................................................................922
Reverse Total Payment............................................................................................................923
Reverse Unapplied Cash.........................................................................................................924
Setup GL Journal Properties....................................................................................................924
SingleGLJrn..................................................................................................................................................925
SingleGlJrn - Rule Set............................................................................................................................925
SingleGlJrn - Functions..................................................................................................................925
Void Payroll Check.......................................................................................................................................926
Payroll Check Posting Elements.............................................................................................................926
Payroll Check Posting Codes..........................................................................................................926
Bank Account.........................................................................................................................926
Details....................................................................................................................................927
Employee...............................................................................................................................927
Payroll Check Amounts..................................................................................................................928
Check Amount.......................................................................................................................928
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Elements...................................................................................928
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Codes................................................................................928
Payroll Check - Deduction Amounts........................................................................................930
Payroll Check - Line Posting Elements............................................................................................930
Payroll Check - Line Posting Codes.........................................................................................930
Payroll Check - Line Amounts.................................................................................................933
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Elements.............................................................................................934
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Codes..........................................................................................934
Payroll Check - Tax Amounts..................................................................................................936
Void Payroll Check - Rule Set................................................................................................................936
Void Payroll Check - Functions.......................................................................................................937
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 31

Void Payroll Check - Posting Rules.................................................................................................937

Reverse Accrual Deduction.....................................................................................................937
Reverse Cash..........................................................................................................................937
Reverse Employer Expense Tax................................................................................................938
Reverse Gross Pay...................................................................................................................939
Reverse Premium Pay..............................................................................................................939
Reverse Shift Pay....................................................................................................................940
Reverse Special Deduction......................................................................................................940
Reverse Tax............................................................................................................................941
Reverse Undistributed Gross Pay.............................................................................................941
Setup GL Journal properties....................................................................................................942
Posting Rules in Action.......................................................................................................943
GL Transaction Type Conversions.................................................................................................................943
Standard GL Transaction Types.............................................................................................................944
Standard GL Transaction Types with Customizations.............................................................................947
Standard GL Transaction Types with Two or More GL Books.................................................................950
Modifying Posting Rules...............................................................................................................................953
Amend Posting Rules and View the Results...........................................................................................953
Posting Engine Troubleshooting.......................................................................................958
Error Handling.............................................................................................................................................958
Book Validations...................................................................................................................................960
Posting Rule Validations........................................................................................................................961
Tracing.................................................................................................................................................961
Posting Engine Log...............................................................................................................................961
Error Message Log................................................................................................................................962
Common Error Messages......................................................................................................................963
Tools............................................................................................................................................................965
System Monitor....................................................................................................................................965
Review Journal......................................................................................................................................966
PE Log Viewer.......................................................................................................................................967
Check Syntax Functionality...................................................................................................................967
Best Practices...............................................................................................................................................968
Creating a New Posting Rule.................................................................................................................968
Checklist for Creating Posting Rules......................................................................................................968
Tips for Creating Posting Rules..............................................................................................................968
Further Steps...............................................................................................................................................969
Gather Information for Support............................................................................................................970
32 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Introduction
Introduction
Purpose of this Guide
The Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide explores how the Epicor application processes financial transactions
for display within financial reports and the general ledger. When the Epicor application installs, it uses a default
series of posting rules to run this process.
You can however, create multiple books for different financial needs. Each book, in turn, can have a different
set of posting rules which affect how the financial transactions it contains display within the general ledger.
You can modify the posting process for a book through two methods. If you need to make minor changes to
this process, you should use chart of accounts mapping to link, or map, one source COA to a target COA. The
target COA can then be updated as needed to satisfy the changes you need in the target book. Most posting
process changes are minor, so you typically will use the COA mapping functionality.
If you need to make more complex changes to the posting process, however, you can create, modify, and delete
posting rules. The application uses a series of general ledger transaction types, like AP Invoice and AR Invoice
Adjustment, to process and record financial (business) transactions. Each GL transaction type contains a series
of posting rules, called a rule set, that define how transactions for the specific type post. You can make precise
changes to the posting rules by create a revision within the GL transaction type. When you finish changing the
posting rules, you activate the revision. This active revision is then used for all business transactions for the GL
transaction type.
This guide explains how you can customize the posting logic to match the needs of a specific book.
Intended Audience
This guide is for individuals within your company responsible or partially responsible for accounts receivable,
accounts payable, cash management, and any other financial areas of responsibility.
Employees who may find this guide useful include:
• Controllers
• Business Managers
• Accountants
• Financial Planners
How it is Organized
This guide first explores the structure of the financial functionality within the Epicor application. It then explains
the stages of the posting process and the various components which impact the financial results.
The guide then continues by documenting the transaction type environment within GL Transaction Type
Maintenance, the primary program you use to modify and create posting rules. The guide concludes with a series
of sections which details the GL transaction types.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 33

Introduction Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
The main sections of this guide:

• The Posting Engine- This section contains an overview of both the financial functionality and how this
functionality interacts with the posting process.
• Primary Components-- The main records used during the posting process are documented in this section.
These records include GL control types, business entities, chart of accounts, fiscal calendars, books, and more.
• The GL Transaction Type Environment-- This section explores the items you can modify and create within
each GL transaction type. The purpose of selection criteria, variables, posting rules, posting codes, and so on
is explored.
• Posting Rule Reference-- Use this section to review the primary items which you can modify to create new
posting rules or modify existing ones.
• GL Transaction Type Reference-- GL transaction types contain the incoming document templates (business
transactions) and the posting rules used to record transactions within a specific book. This section documents
the default set of GL transaction types and their posting rules.
• Posting Rules in Action-- Use this section to review examples which show how the posting engine arrives
at its results.
• Posting Engine Troubleshooting -- Use this section to help with the understanding and troubleshooting
of errors you may receive when creating posting rules.
34 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide The Posting Engine
The Posting Engine
The posting process is the core financial functionality within your Epicor application. It first collects financial data
and then evaluates this information to create appropriate general ledger (GL) transactions.
Depending on the current transactions and your chart of accounts structure, the transactions can post through
one or multiple books to the general ledger. The functionality which runs this process is the Posting Engine. It
provides a unified process for all business transactions, and it is a flexible rule-based system you can modify to
define which accounts you want to populate for which amounts.
The posting engine functionality runs independently for each company created within the Epicor application. A
company can also have multiple books defined for specific financial requirements, and each book, in turn, can
be mapped to a source chart of accounts (COA) or have a unique set of posting rules which you define. These
account maps and posting rules indicate how the business transactions are posted as GL transactions to various
accounts. You have complete control over the financial processing needed for each company. You can define
the specific data that populates dynamic segments, create automatically self-balancing segments, and convert
and round currency amounts based on up-to-date exchange rates.
The posting process runs through a number of stages, pulling input data from a series of generated business
transactions (sometimes called business documents). It then uses the account maps and posting rules (sometimes
called booking rules) created specifically for each book to post the results. Your Epicor application provides default
GL transaction types that generate all business transactions which then post as GL transactions to the general
ledger; you can extend these GL transaction types to include more data or alternate posting methods.
Your organization will have unique reasons for leveraging the posting engine. Some typical uses for this
functionality include:
• If your company requires multiple books, like one for taxing purposes and another for accounting purposes,
you can set up posting rules to reflect the different purposes of these books.
• If your organization works in a multi-company environment, you can set up unique posting rules for an
intermediate book which transforms the financial data into a format usable by the receiving company.
• During company acquisitions, posting rules can be configured so that the acquired company can maintain
their old books, fiscal calendar, and so on during the transition year.
• Your company may require multiple books for payroll to track employee costs in separate locations. These
locations, for example, may require different currencies.
• If your chart of accounts uses dynamic segments, you can directly assign this dynamic segment in a GL control
or use some other posting rule combination. Typically however, you do not assign a dynamic segment value
in a GL control, so you will modify a posting rule instead.
• If you customize the application, use the posting engine to handle the automatic posting needs of the additional
data you enter through these custom programs.
By default, the Epicor application uses the posting rules originally defined for the 8.03 application. Because of
this, 8.03 users can upgrade with no changes to their posting rules. These standard posting rules insures that a
base set of rules is always initially available within each company. The standard posting rules contain the department
and division account segments used within the 8.03 application. Later you can delete or modify these posting
rules as you need.
If this is a first time installation, however, you will most likely install the extended posting rules. This set contains
a more open series of rules which do not contain department and division hierarchies, so you have a flexible
framework to begin reflecting the specific posting needs of your organization.
Tip If your organization is upgrading from Vantage but still wants to leverage the flexibility of the extended
rule set, Epicor recommends you first set up a book using the standard rules to conduct your normal
business transactions. At the same time, create a second book and import the extended rule set into it.
Use this second book for a soft conversion process where you gradually post specific business transactions
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 35

The Posting Engine Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
into it when users are ready to make the change. Your consultant can help you set up a soft conversion
process so that your company can gradually leverage the extended rule set.
Regardless of the rule set installed, you can create new account maps, posting codes, posting rules, and other
user extensions to the default GL transaction type structure. These modifications are called revisions, and they
either are based on an original rule structure or on a unique rule structure you define. You have complete control
over these posting rule revisions. To help you during the development of your posting rules, you assign status
levels to them in order to control when the revisions are implemented on your financial records.
By leveraging this powerful toolset, you can set up the posting processes you need to create accurate financial
records which address the internal realities of your organization and the legal requirements of the localities inside
which you conduct business.
Book Components
This section describes how various components are used with each book.
Review this graphic and the brief descriptions which follow to become familiar with the book functionality:
36 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

The following list briefly explains how each item interacts with a book. Use this list to gain a beginning
understanding of each item; all of these components are described in more detail later in this guide within the
Primary Components section. Book components:
• Account Segment Values- These components define values for both dynamic and controlled segments. You
can also use them to define options for natural account values and indicate the effective dates for these
segment values. Account segments are applied to GL control types as account contexts.
• Books- A component which contains a unique set of financial records created for a specific purpose, like
budgeting or alternate currency calculations. Each company can have as many books as it needs. A book
defines the currency, chart of accounts, and fiscal calendar used to process its financial transactions; it can
also map to a source COA and contain a unique set of posting rules.
• Business Entities- Business entities define various items within the company, like Customer, Supplier, and
Part. These static tables contain the data related to these items. You can select business entities on GL control
types.
• Chart of Accounts- These components define a set of accounts used to organize the financial results of
business activity within a company. The posting engine places the GL transactions in the accounts specified
for the COA you select for a specific book.
• COA Categories- Categories link natural accounts to specific values you define with Account Segment Values
Maintenance. They group accounts which track similar functions. Use these items to determine how balances
are maintained for linked accounts and the structure and form of financial statements generated for a specific
chart of accounts.
• Currencies- You must select a specific currency to use with the transactions generated through a specific
book. Each currency record also contains the values it needs for rounding amounts on specific transactions.
• Fiscal Calendars- A component which determines the periods during which GL transactions post during a
fiscal year. Each book can have a unique fiscal calendar assigned to it.
• GL Control Types- A component which groups account contexts, journal contexts, and business entities. GL
control types are templates for GL controls. GL control types determine the overall account and journal contexts
used for transactions with a selected GL control. They determine the business entities used with each GL
control to generate their specific account information. You select the GL control type you need on each GL
control. The GL controls use these contexts and business entities to define the specific account string and
journal code to use with each GL transaction.
• GL Controls- A component which defines the account strings and journal codes available to a specific record
(part, customer, marketing campaign, and so on) during the posting process. These items identify each account
through a string value which then displays within financial reports and trackers. GL controls are used in three
ways. Reusable GL controls are controls users link to setup (maintenance) records; only reusable GL controls
use business entities. Instance GL controls are used with specific items within the database; the instance GL
control links a unique account (like a purchase order account) to the specific item. Reference GL controls are
hidden from users; they populate the TranGLC table with system records.
• Journal Codes- Journal codes define the codes used to group journals. These codes help you track and report
on journals, and they are applied to GL control types as journal contexts.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 37

Posting Process Components
This section describes how various components work together to post financial transactions. Review this posting
process graphic and the brief descriptions which follow to better understand how the posting engine works with
other components within the Epicor application.
Posting process components:

• Book- A component which contains a unique set of financial records created for a specific purpose - like
budgeting or alternate currency calculations. A book defines the currency, chart of accounts, and fiscal calendar
used to process its financial transactions. It contains the transactions generated by financial activity for the
book.
• Chart of Account Maps- You use COA maps (or account segment maps) to automatically transform one
chart of accounts to another chart of accounts during the posting process. These items link, or map, accounts
and journal codes across multiple books. The posting rules within GL transaction types use these maps to
transform the COAs into the correct structure. You typically use COA maps when you only need to make
minor posting changes between two books.
• GL Transaction Types- Transaction types define all the posting codes, functions, pre-posting rules, posting
rules, reference rules, and other items required to pull in a business transaction and post its data as a GL
transaction. The application installs with a series of GL transaction types you can access through GL Transaction
Type Maintenance. You create revisions for each GL transaction type and then create, modify, and delete
posting rules and other items as you need. You typically use this functionality when you need to make more
complex changes to the posting process for a specific book.
• Lookup Tables- These components link any number of source fields to any number of target values. These
target values can be a segment, an account, or some other value. They pull in specific data required for the
posting rules.
• Posting Process- This four stage process pulls in the financial transactions from a specific book and records
it using the COA maps, default posting rules, and modified posting rules contained within GL transaction
types. This complex process can be run manually whenever you need or automatically through a schedule
you define for each entry program which posts to the general ledger.
• Financial Reports-- The resulting financial transactions can be viewed on various financial reports which
display the posted transactions.
• General Ledger-- The company general ledger records the financial transactions. It uses the account structure
and calculations defined for the book within its GL transaction types.
38 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Elements
This section of the guide describes the primary elements which make up the posting engine process.
Available Modes
The posting engine process runs in the following modes:

• Pre-Post Mode - This mode is used when some accounts must be calculated before actual posting occurs.
This mode calculates and outputs data used later during the posting process. Pre-posting rules pull in the data
required for each GL transaction type.
• Validation Mode- Use this mode to test your posting rule modifications. This mode generates entries for
the Review Journal; use this program to preview the GL transactions generated in books when you post source
business transactions. The transactions are not yet posted to the general ledger, so you can make changes
to the transactions, COA maps, and posting rules as you need. You can also print edit lists and use the Review
Journal to view the results. When you are satisfied with the results in the Review Journal, you can then post
them from within this program out to the general ledger.
• Open Invoice Mode- Run this mode when you use the Open Invoice Load program in either AP or AR. This
mode populates reference GL controls without creating GL transactions. You use Open Invoice Load when
you are first pulling in financial data from another application. After you post the invoices, you then use these
reference GL controls with your current financial data.
• Regular Posting Mode- This mode posts a source business transaction (or document) to create a GL
transaction. The posting engine process uses this mode when a user enters a record within an entry program.
After the posting process is complete, the source business transaction is marked as posted. This mode can
output calculated accounts for just GL transactions or both GL transactions and GL controls.
Posting Engine Process
The posting process can be run immediately against a group of transactions (for example, AR invoices) or run
through a regular, automated schedule on the system agent. To leverage system agent functionality, you first
create the recurring schedule you need within System Agent Maintenance and then select this schedule on the
specific posting process you need.
The posting process can be run immediately against a group of transactions (for example, AR invoices) or run
through a regular, automated schedule on the system agent. To leverage system agent functionality, you first
create the recurring schedule you need within System Agent Maintenance and then select this schedule on the
specific posting process you need.
When the posting engine runs, it assigns the following status levels to business entities:
1. The application first blocks adjustments to the corresponding business entity and designates the entity as
in process for being posted.
2. Business transactions (or documents) generate for this business entity.
3. When the posting process completes successfully, each business transaction is defined as posted and the
result GL transactions are available for display. All tracker programs display the posted status for the business
transactions.
4. When the posting process fails, however, the Review Journal displays both the errors and warnings for the
transactions. At this point, you can cancel the results, which indicates that the business transaction is
unposted. You can then adjust the source business transaction and re-post them.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 39

Depending on how your application is set up, the transactions post to a single book or multiple books. The
journals uses the chart, currency, and fiscal calendar from the posting rules defined for the GL transaction type
which generates the business transaction. When transactions post to multiple books, you must set up either COA
maps or posting rules to indicate for which books the transactions post. Likewise, you can also set up posting
rules for Red Storno and reversing journals.
GL Transactions
As described previously, when the posting engine runs, it creates GL transactions for one book or multiple books.
A single input document, defined within a GL transaction type, creates a single GL transaction in every affected
book.
You modify the COA maps and/or posting rules needed to process the transactions for the methods required in
each book:
• COA Maps are user-defined items that link the source chart of accounts from one book to the target chart
of accounts of another book. The posting engine then creates a GL transaction in one book by mapping the
same GL transaction from another book. A GL transaction created in one book through a mapping table
cannot be applied again later by a GL transaction type. You create COA maps to handle minor differences in
the posting processes for separate books.
• Posting Rules are either default or user modified rules; they can a sequence of instructions on how to generate
a GL transaction within a specific book using the data from the input business transaction. You can add, edit,
and delete the posting codes, functions, posting rules, and other items needed to post business transactions
for each GL transaction type. You modify posting rules to handle more complex changes required in the
posting process for a single book or multiple books.
In some cases, the posting engine process also handles rounding differences that occur after converting currencies,
auto-balancing segments, and validating transactions. You can configure these procedures to match your business
environment, and the application executes them as automatic procedures.
The primary components which control the posting engine process are the GL transaction types. Each GL transaction
type gathers the data input required for the posting engine process. The application contains a series of GL
transaction types which it uses as default templates for generating GL transactions. You can modify these
transaction types as you need within GL Transaction Type Maintenance by creating revisions. You can modify
nearly every aspect of a revision and then use it as the default for the GL transaction type.
Each business transaction belongs to a specific GL transaction type. The application supports various types of
business transactions, such as inventory issues and payments. Because of this, Invoice Payment is a GL transaction
type, while a specific payment by check number XXX for the invoice number YYY is considered a single business
transaction. The GL transaction type describes the entire business transaction and provides data that determines
how GL transactions are constructed for this type.
The structure of a GL transaction type is unique. Each has a different number of rule levels, and posting codes
and amounts are also unique at each level. This structure enables each GL transaction type to correctly reflect
the business transaction. The standard structure also provides a common way for posting (also called booking)
rules to access data.
Each GL transaction type has a rules structure which contains:
• A Header posting rules level
Note Only one header rule is available for each GL book.
• An extensive number of Detail posting rules levels.

• Functions- These rules define various operations which are used across all of the posting rules for the specific
GL transaction type. They include the rules required to populate account segments for divisions, departments,
and charts.
40 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• An optional pre-posting rules level which contains rules that populate the data needed before the GL
transaction type runs.
Each level contains posting code and amount elements. During posting, posting rules use data pulled from these
posting elements, depending on the rule level for which the posting element is defined.
• Amounts- These values are a collection of named amounts available at a specific level of the transaction type
hierarchy. For example, an AR Invoice transaction type contains an Extended Price and Discount Amount
which are available at the Invoice Line child level.
• Posting Codes- Posting codes are grouped in posting entities. Each posting entity is data used by the posting
rules; each posting code within the entity usually corresponds to a field within that data table. For example,
the Part business entity may contain a group of fields from the Part table; these fields are useful when the
application creates a GL transaction for the given business event.
You can define posting rules that use additional data by modifying the transaction type which generates the
document. To do this, you extend the transaction type templates by first adding new elements, like posting codes,
functions, operations, logical conditions, and so on. You can then construct the posting rules which access these
new elements.
By modifying the transaction types within GL Transaction Type Maintenance, you can customize the posting
process to generate GL transactions that reflect the business needs of your company. These transactions display
as GL journals.
You can quickly navigate from the current posting rule or function to the user-defined function definition by
clicking the Go to Function Definition selection from the Context menu. A rule or function operation which
calls a user-defined function is marked with a specific icon . You can go back to the posting rule or function
by clicking the related link displayed on the user-defined function's operation tab.
Multi-Company Considerations
The posting engine does not interact directly with the multi-company functionality. When the engine runs, it
posts transactions to any accounts defined as a multi-company account.
Then at a later time, the multi-company functionality pulls this account information from the source company
and updates it within the target company.
This process works the same if you require an intermediate book in order to transform the amounts from a
currency used by the source company into the currency used by the target company. In this case, the posting
engine runs and stores the transactions in the intermediate book. At a later time, the multi-company functionality
pulls the account information from intermediate book at the source company into the corresponding intermediate
book within the target company. These amounts then update the target book within the target company.
Output Data
The posting process creates GL transactions and calculated accounts; these transactions and accounts are used
in subsequent processing.
During the posting process, business transactions (sometimes called source documents) are evaluated by the
posting engine. The process then creates, or outputs, the results into the multiple locations you define through
mapping and posting rules. A single business transaction can generate a number of successive GL transactions
in all books configured to receive them. For example, one AR invoice detail line can post to multiple books, and
the GL transaction can be placed into different accounts within each book.
The posting process can output:
• A GL transaction
• A number of calculated accounts
• Both a GL transaction and a number of calculated accounts
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 41

The calculated accounts are stored within the TranGLC table within the database. These accounts then display
in the respective books which generated them during the posting process.
This process also outputs single or multiple calculated accounts and returns them as GL controls. A GL control is
an item which stores a set of account strings and journal codes available to a specific business transaction during
the posting process. You define all the specific account strings used during posting within each GL control. These
primary components are discussed in more detail later in this guide.
As an output data example, you create a payment on an invoice where the payment business transaction affects
the same AR account calculated in the previous invoice business transaction. Another example is when you use
a pre-posting rule, which is used by the posting process to calculate a default account overridden before the
source business transaction posts to GL.
Posting Engine Process Stages
The Posting Engine runs its process through a series of stages. Each stage builds on the data generated during
the previous stage.
The posting process stages:
• Stage 1: The business transactions generate.
• Stage 2: Both default and user modified posting rules execute. This two-part stage first runs posting rules and
then maps the corresponding GL transactions.
• Stage 3: The automatic procedures execute.
• Stage 4: You can review the posting process results. An optional stage, you typically perform this stage when
you need to validate modified maps/rules or when posting errors occur.
The next sections contain more detail on what occurs during each processing stage.
42 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Stage 1 Business Transactions Generate
The posting process begins when the application creates a business transaction for a specific business event. A
business event type is first detected and then an incoming template loads for this event type.
The loading process first takes the default structure and then extends it with any modified posting elements
(posting codes, functions, and so on) you may have created.
Next, the template populates with the business event data. It becomes a business transaction which will be
processed during the subsequent posting stages.
The following illustration shows the process flow for creating business transactions:
Stage 2 Run Posting Rules
During this stage, the business transaction is then used to generate GL transactions in the company books which
record this business transaction. The GL transactions are generated through two methods.
The first method (Stage IIa) directly applies posting rules to the incoming business transaction. You define posting
rules for books separately so that each book can have its own rule set for every GL transaction type. Each rule
constructs a single GL transaction detail or a pair of transaction details which balance each other, creating an
entire GL transaction. When this stage is complete, the GL transactions for the source business transaction
generate in all books which have posting rules that handle the specific business transactions. You use this method
when you need to make more complex changes to the posting process.
The second method (Stage 11b) maps GL transactions generated by the posting rules from one source book to
one or more target books. When a GL transaction is created for a source book, it can also be mapped to other
target books. You map a source book to target books when you can reuse the same set of posting rules to
construct GL transactions in other books. Use this method for minor posting changes.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 43

Tip GL transactions are not validated (verified) during this stage. They may be unbalanced, may contain
invalid accounting segments, or invalid combinations of segments in the account.
Stage 3 Run Automatic Procedures
During this stage, several procedures are applied against unverified transactions in all affected books.
These procedures validate the transactions generated through Stage 2. When Stage 3 completes, the GL
transactions either update the book journals and account balances or are posted to the Review Journal - where
you can adjust, validate, confirm, or cancel them.
The procedures run in the following order:
1. Balance Validation- Verifies that the transaction total debit equals total credit. If the process cannot
complete the balance validation, the Posting Engine raises a logic error.
2. Account Validation- Verifies that all accounts are valid. This process is a complex review which includes
verifying an account exists and is active, its combination of segments is valid, and that all mandatory segments
are specified. If an account is invalid, the Posting Engine raises a logic error.
3. Transaction Summarization- An optional process which runs only if you summarize the GL transaction
type. When you activate the summary process, all transaction details which affect the same account summarize
using one of the following methods:
• The application replaces its details with a single detail. This detail amount is calculated by subtracting
the total credit amount from the total debit amount for all the summarized lines. If a negative amount
calculates, the resulting detail credits the account; if a positive amount is calculated, the resulting detail
debits the account. Note that even if a negative amount is calculated, the resulting detail contains it as
a positive amount-- but in the Credit field.
44 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Debits and credits generate separately by the application and will create one debit detail and one credit
detail. It creates the debit details by summing up all the details that debit the account; it creates the
credit detail by summing up all the details that credit the account. Note that the summarized credit or
debit detail is created only if the sum is a non-zero amount. The original lines are kept separately as
details of the summarized lines maintain the integrity of the references. This process is similar to what
is done for summarized inventory transactions.
4. Automatic Posting of Rounding Difference- All rounding calculations, both the original amount and the
rounding difference values, are captured by the Epicor application before the posting process. Then when
the process runs, the posting engine updates both the rounded amount and the difference amount per
each detail line (for example, on a sales order). Then these values map to a total account which sums the
amounts on each detail line.
5. Self-balancing Segments - This procedure makes sure that all accounting segments defined as self-balanced
are actually balanced. If unbalanced segments are detected and the Posting Engine is configured to
automatically balance such segments, it creates additional lines to balance these segments. If the automatic
balancing of accounting segments is not enabled, the Posting Engine generates a logic error.
6. Final Validations- Several validation rules defined on each book are applied against the GL transactions in
order to verify each transaction. If a validation rule finds that a transaction is invalid, it either generates a
logic error or a warning, depending on the setup of the rule.
Each GL transaction in the affected book is eventually evaluated as either a valid or an invalid transaction. Valid
transactions update the balances in books, while invalid transactions are sent to the Review Journal for manual
processing. Note that if a transaction is evaluated in one book as invalid, the entire posting session is then
considered invalid and the transactions go to the Review Journal.
Stage 4 Transaction Review
This optional stage occurs when a business transaction produces an invalid GL transaction or when you indicate
that valid GL transactions can also post to the Review Journal. You activate the second procedure when you
either want to manually confirm posted journals or when you need to verify that modified posting rules run
correctly.
Note however, that the Review Journal displays the posting results; the GL transactions created in validation
mode appear in the edit list for the specific entry program (for example, AR Invoice Entry) and not in the Review
Journal.
During this phase, the application stores the GL transaction in an intermediate journal, called a transaction review
journal . You can review, adjust, cancel, and confirm transactions while they are in the Review Journal. Confirmed
transactions become permanent journal transactions and later post to GL.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 45

The only correction you can make directly in the Review Journal is to change the account code. All other changes
must be made in GL Transaction Type Maintenance or within the entry record itself. When you have made the
changes, run the posting process again (Stage 3) and evaluate the results in the Review Journal.
Note that when you are satisfied that the posting rules work correctly, you can indicate on the revision that you
no longer want transactions to automatically display in the Review Journal. Then valid transactions will post
straight to the book and only invalid transactions are captured by the Review Journal.
46 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Primary Components
Primary Components
The components required for configuring the posting engine -- like books, business entities, and lookup tables
-- are explored in the following section. Many of these components were explained briefly in the previous Book
Components and Posting Process Components section, and are now described in more detail here.
Account Segment Values
Account Segment Values define the value you need for both dynamic and controlled account segments. You
can also define options for natural account values and indicate the effective dates for these segment values.
To begin using this functionality, you first create the segments you need within Chart of Accounts Maintenance.
When you finish defining the segments you need for a specific COA, you then launch Account Segment Values
Maintenance to define the values you want for each segment. Use this functionality to define:
• Natural Accounts-- Natural account values typically reflect the structure of the financial statements for the
current company. You can associate COA categories with natural accounts. This association determines how
the application maintains account balances, as the application zeros balances in income statement accounts
and maintains balances for balance sheet accounts. You can also determine whether journals which use this
account segment are summarized - reducing the number of records stored within the database. A natural
account segment can also contain currency revaluations which occur when a transaction currency is different
from the reporting currency. When reports are run, the application captures exchange rate gains and losses
for natural account segments which have currency accounts linked to them. Lastly, you can prevent manual
journal entry for a specific natural account segment.
• Controlled Segments-- These segments define a specific business activity within the current company. The
controlled segment values you define in this program are available when users enter accounts in programs
such as AP Adjustment and Cash Receipts Entry.
• Dynamic Segments and GL Reference Types-- You can associate a dynamic segment with a GL reference
type. You use reference types to define items within the current company that have a limited life span, like
marketing campaigns and projects. When you associate a reference type with a chart of account (COA)
segment, you can select a segment value for a posted transaction.
• Effective Dates-- You define a date for a segment to indicate when the segment value is no longer active.
The COA can then reflect changes. For example, you can set a segment used for a product line to expire on
the date when the product line is discontinued.
You link a segment to a business entity to use its values as dynamic segment values. Business entities define
tables within the application which hold primary data like customer and supplier records. You can select these
entities for a dynamic segment.
Program Location and Modifiers
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Account Segment Values functionality
from the Main Menu. It also describes the values you can change for this item.
Use the Account Segment Values Maintenance to create the segment values you need for a specific chart of
account. To launch this program from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/Account Segment Values
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 47

Primary Components Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
Modifiers you define in this program:

• Accrual Account- A natural account option, this value defines the account to which reversing entries post.
If no account is specified, reversing entries created by the exchange post to the currency account.
• Allowed-- A natural account option, this check box indicates that the currency account can keep the balance
using the value in the specific currency.
• Blocked-- A restricted function option, this check box determines whether the natural account can appear
in manual journal entries processed by the function. When you select this check box, it excludes the account
from displaying within manual journals.
• Category-- Defines the COA category you want linked to the current account segment value. This value
determines how the application maintains both account balances and the accounts which provide financial
statement values.
• Credit-- Defines the currency exchange rate used to revalue amounts posted to credit accounts. Typically,
accounts payable and other credit accounts use a buy rate.
• Currency Account-- A natural account option, this designates the natural account as a currency account.
When you select this check box, the Epicor application converts transaction currencies to a selected reporting
currency. Financial reports can then reflect exchange gains and losses resulting from revaluation at the time
the report is run.
• Debit-- A natural account option, this value defines the currency exchange rate used to revalue amounts
posted to debit accounts. Typically, accounts receivable and other debit accounts use a sell rate.
• Effective From Date-- Indicates the date from which the segment value can first be used for posting. By
defining an Effective From Date, you cause the COA to reflect business changes in the current company.
However, if you do not enter a date in this field, you can use this value to post the segment immediately.
• Entry Control-- Used for natural accounts, these values defines how the segment is used with the natural
account. Available options:
• Mandatory (Controlled Segments)-- When you select this check box for a controlled segment, users
must enter and use this segment in any account codes which use the natural account.
• Mandatory (Dynamic Segments)-- When you select this check box for a dynamic segment, users must
enter and use this segment in any account codes which use the natural account. The GL control which
uses the account code also requires that a business entity must be linked to the segment.
• Optional-- Select this check box to indicate that this segment is available, but not required, for using the
natural account.
• Not Used-- Indicates that the current segment is not used with the natural account.
• Function-- A restriction function option, this value identifies the function itself. You create the restricted
functions which display on this drop-down list by using Restricted Function Maintenance.
• Gain Account- A natural account option, this value defines the account used to capture gains occurring from
currency exchanges.
• Loss Account- A natural account option, this value defines the account used to capture losses occurring from
currency exchanges.
• Normal Balance-- Indicates whether the current account segment generates debit or credit values. You can
only select this value for natural accounts.
• Reference Type-- Indicates the GL reference type used to group values for the segment. These account
segments are then associated with the GLCOARefType business entity within Chart of Account Maintenance.
• Revalue Option-- A natural account option, this check box designates whether the application captures
gains, losses, or both when exchanges involve the currency. When you select this check box, revaluation
occurs.
• Summarization-- A natural account modifier, this check box determines whether the application summarizes
the journal details when a transaction posts to an account which uses this segment. When you summarize
48 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

an account segment, this reduces the number of records stored in the database. You have the following
options:
• Summarize-- Posts a single journal which summarizes the debits and credits for the account.
• Summarize Debits and Credits Separately-- Posts one journal that summarizes the account's debits
and one journal that summarizes the account's credits.
• Not Summarize-- Posts journal details to the account.
• To Date- Defines the final date on which the segment value can no longer be used for posting. By defining
a To Date, you cause the COA to reflect business changes in the current company. However, if you do not
enter a date in this field, you can use this value to post indefinitely.
Logic/Algorithms
The Account Segment Values functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
Account segment values define the account contexts used on GL control types.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Account Segment Values functionality.
You need to create a controlled segment that designates company divisions in the account codes. To do this,
you define the values TOOLS, SERVICES, FINANCE, and OEM for the segment. The controlled segment values are
then available when users enter accounts in programs such as AP Adjustment and Cash Receipts Entry.
Books
Each company can have one or multiple books, and each book can in turn have a different currency, chart of
accounts, and fiscal calendar.
These unique values are then applied against journals which post to the specific book and these values are also
used when you generate financial reports within the book.
Books can either record financial transactions or consolidate other books. A standard book records the financial
activity of a company. Consolidation books, however, provide a preview which displays the financial results when
multiple books are combined within the source company.
The fiscal calendar for the book determines valid apply dates. The application maintains periodic balances for
segments based on the fiscal calendar.
The currency used to post to the book displays on financial reports and in consolidations. All journal amounts
post in the book currency. Books also store journals for currency accounts using transaction currencies instead
of the book currency. You use these accounts as you need for reporting.
You can also use the same COA by mapping it between two or more books. Each book can also, however, use
a unique set of chart of accounts. The COA defines valid general ledger accounts, available dynamic segments,
and balance maintenance for any segments other than the natural account (The natural account maintains
continuous balances). The book defines the retained earnings account.
You can also implement validation rules for each book to correct posting errors which may occur. You can cause
the validation rules to raise a warning, automatically correct an issue, or ignore the error condition. When you
post a group (or batch) through an entry program, the application blocks the posting of any invalid journals and
continues to process the remaining journals in the group. You investigate error transactions in the Review Journal.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 49

Typically, a company uses multiple books to display the same financial information for multiple purposes. Use
multiple books to value items differently in financial and statutory reports. For example, an insurance company
might use GAAP to value investments and other items for one report, but use National Association of Insurance
Commissioners guidelines within another book. State, province, or other governing localities might also impact
your financial reporting, requiring multiple books.
Tip Before you implement multiple books, carefully consider the role each book plays in the financial
management and reporting within the current company.
New Book Setup

Whenever you create a new book, you can either set up new posting rules for the book or use mappings instead
of the posting rules. When the two books share the same COA, you can use COA Mapping to link a COA from
a source book into the new target book. Because the new book uses the same posting rules, no changes need
to be made to them. Typically when a COA is pretty much identical between books and the accounting methods
are also the same but use different currencies, fiscal calendars, or level of details, consider using mappings instead
of posting rules. The mappings are easier to maintain than user modified posting rules.
If you need to create more complex posting process changes, however, you can create these changes for a specific
book by modifying GL transaction types. For example, if you conduct business in Russia, you could set up the
posting rules to accommodate Red Storno accounting. The posting engine produces GL transactions within each
book based on the unique GL transaction type revisions defined for each book.
You can change a book's settings until a journal is posted to its COA. After a journal posts to the COA selected
on the book, only the book description can change.
Retained Earnings
You leverage the Retained Earnings functionality to designate the standard account used for retained earnings
for each book. The Epicor application continually updates the retained earnings account balance with postings
to the revenue and expense accounts for the selected COA. Because of this, the balance sheet always reflects
the current balance. At year-end closing, the application transfers account balances to the next fiscal year.
Balance sheets report the balance in the standard retained earnings account. You can further divide the reported
retained earnings balance by substituting a segment in the retained earnings account for a corresponding segment
in the income statement. You can then split retained earnings by division, department, or any other mandatory
controlled account segment.
Account masks designate the relationship between the split segment and the retained earning accounts that
displays the balances. Often, a book that uses segment substitution also uses self-balancing segments. When
you designate a self-balancing segment in Self-Balancing Segment Maintenance, you cause the balancing journals
within a segment to automatically balance. This makes sure the book to which the journals post maintains a
balanced set of records within the account segment.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Books functionality from the Main Menu.
It also describes the values you can change for this item.
Use Book Maintenance to create new books or modify existing books.
Navigate to this program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > Book
• Account Mask-- A Retained Earnings modifier, this value creates an account mask so the account's balances
can transfer to multiple retained earnings accounts. The application substitutes the segment in the income
statement account for the corresponding segment in the retained earnings account.
50 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Action-- A validation rules modifier, this value defines how the application handles invalid journals that post
to the book. Available options:
• Error-- Blocks posting of the journal. You can view the transaction in the Review Journal.
• Warning-- Causes the journal to post, but a warning message appears in the error log.
• Ignore-- Causes the journal to post, but no entry appears in the error log. This option is the default setting
for most posting errors.
• Autocorrect-- Select this option to cause the application to use a pre-defined process to correct the error.
For example, if a journal has an Apply Date which occurs in a closed period, the application changes the
Apply Date to the current period. A warning message displays in the Review Journal detailing the automatic
change.
• Book Currency-- Select the currency you wish to use with the book from this drop-down list. The book
currency can be used on financial reportsand in consolidations. All journal amounts post in the currency you
select on the book. For multi-currency reporting, books can also store journals using transaction currencies
as needed for multi-currency reporting.
• Calendar-- Select the fiscal calendar you wish to use with the current book. These calendars define the fiscal
periods used by the application to record transactions. You create fiscal calendars within Fiscal Period
Maintenance.
• Chart of Account-- Defines the chart of account (COA) you wish to use with the book. Each book can have
a different COA or several books can share the same COA. The COA defines valid general ledger accounts,
available dynamic segments, and balance maintenance for segments other than the natural account. You
create chart of accounts within Chart of Account Maintenance.
• Main Book-- Indicates whether the book is the default book for the current company. This book automatically
display on all reports and trackers for the current company.
• Retained Earnings Account-- A retained earnings option, this value creates an account mask for a retained
earnings account so it can display balances from a split COA segment. The application substitutes the segment
in the retained earnings account for the corresponding segment in the income statement account.
• Standard Account-- Designates a balance sheet account as the standard account used for retained earnings
for the book. The application updates the retained earnings account balance with postings to the COA's
revenue and expense accounts.
• Type-- Determines the primary function of the book.You can use books to either record financial transactions
or consolidate other books.
Logic/Algorithms
The Books functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.

Books contain a fiscal calender, a chart of accounts, and a book currency. GL transaction types use these items
to calculate the financial results for each book.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Books functionality.
A book uses a COA with a second mandatory segment that defines two divisions, LA and MP. The third segment
is optional and defines cost centers. You use segment substitution to split the balance in the standard retained
earnings account 3070. At year-end close, the following balances exist in COA revenue and expense accounts.
Account Amount
4010-MP-100 240
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 51

4010-MP-200 500
4020-MP-100 100
4020-LA-100 300
3010-LA-100 -500
3010-MP-100 -1200
The application updates the retained earnings account when transferring opening balances to the new fiscal
year.
Account Retained Earnings Account Amount
4010-MP 3070-MP 740
4020-MP 3070-MP 100
3010-MP 3070-MP -1200
Total to 3070-MP -360
4020-LA 3070-LA 300
3010-LA 3070-LA -500
Total to 3070-LA -200
Chart of Accounts
The Epicor application uses a chart of accounts structure (COA) to control the entry of accounts. Each book must
have a COA selected on it so that journals can post to the book.
The account structure and segment values used for the book is then defined by its selected chart of accounts.
Each book can either have its own COA, or multiple books can also share the same COA through COA mapping.
A chart of accounts consists of controlled and dynamic segments. A controlled segment does not change as
transactions are applied against it, so controlled segments record the primary financial history of the company.
You use dynamic segments to record temporary, unique business activity.
You create and modify COAs within Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance. Be sure before you modify or
create a COA that you carefully consider the purpose each book and chart of accounts has for the financial
management within the current company. Once a COA is used for a transaction, you can no longer add a
controlled segment to it. You can, however, always add dynamic segments to a COA, as these segments do not
affect the validity of the account.
52 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Segment Characteristics
Use Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance to define the segments and their overall characteristics which will
be used on the COA. The characteristics you define here indicate how a segment interacts with other segments.
COA accounts can contain as many as 20 segments, each of which contains as many as 50 characters. Then each
account code can contain up to 240 characters maximum, including their separator characters. Options you
define for each segment:
• Where they get their values- The application validates controlled segments posted to the COA against
values defined as valid in general ledger programs. Values defined for controlled segments are available in
fields used for entry of general ledger accounts. Dynamic segments set segment values based on values in
posted transactions or on user input. The application uses entity references, posting rules, and user input to
set dynamic segment values.
• Whether they are required in COA accounts- When you indicate that a controlled segment is required or
optional, this value applies to all accounts which use this controlled segment.
• Account Length-- You indicate how long each account will be within this program.
• Alpha or Alphanumeric-- You indicate whether the accounts can contain letters or both letters and numbers.
• Balance Options-- You indicate how each segment maintains balances on this sheet. These balances then
appear on financial reports.
Tip To define more specific characteristics for each segment, use Account Segment Values Maintenance,
Self-Balancing Segment Maintenance, or General Ledger Account Maintenance. These programs are also
described in this section of the guide. For example, the application always designates the first segment in
the COA as the natural account segment. You must define natural account values in Account Segment
Values Maintenance. In that program, you define revaluation settings and segment requirements for each
account segment.
Dynamic Segments - Setting Values

The Epicor application sets values for dynamic segments through the following methods:
• Accounting Rules-- Dynamic segments without a business entity use lookup tables and posting rules to set
the value of a segment based on values in a posted transaction. Account Segment Values define the segment
values, which are selected programmatically when a transaction posts.
• Record Identifiers-- By using the identifier for a Customer, Supplier, Part, or other system business entity,
the dynamic segment can define subsidiary ledgers for accounts receivable and accounts payable control
accounts. Account segments can reference the same entities used with GL control types. A GL control based
on a type can expose the dynamic segment to the posting process for the entity. Because of this, the posting
rules for the process can set the value of the segment.
• Reference-Type Identifiers -- Use a reference-type segment to classify campaigns, projects, and other items
with a fixed life span. You use GL COA Reference Types to define reference types and the accounts with
which they are used. Account Segment Values define the type values. You determine the value of a
reference-type segment when a transaction posts.
Business Entities
Business entities define the overall primary items within each company database, like customer, supplier, part,
and part class. Your Epicor application installs with primary business entities; each business entity is essentially a
static table which contains the overall database structure used to record transactions against the specific item.
When a transaction is placed against a record contained by a specific business entity (for example, customer), it
populates the fields contained within the business entity table. You can configure how the existing entities can
be used to match your business needs.
Business entities are at the top of the hierarchy which generates accounts during the posting process. The items
directly below business entities in the hierarchy are GL control types. Each GL control type is linked to a specific
business entity, and so the business entity defines what areas of the database the GL control type updates through
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 53

its account and journal contexts. GL control types are templates used by the third and final level of this hierarchy
-- GL controls. A GL control uses the account contexts specified through the GL control type to defines the specific
accounts which update for each transaction.
To reflect any changes to the database, your Epicor application will automatically update the primary business
entities through each service pack and release. These business entities are required by the application, so you
cannot change them.
The Use Business Entity check box defines whether a business entity can be used for a dynamic segment. When
this check box is selected, it indicates you can associate the business entity with a dynamic segment within Chart
of Accounts Maintenance.
Master Chart of Accounts

The Master COA for a company defines the general ledger accounts available for manual entry of general ledger
accounts. You define the Master COA for a company within Company Configuration. The application uses the
Master COA to do the following:
• Define available values in fields used for general ledger account entry. For example, the application limits
entries in the GL Account field in AP Adjustment to only Master COA accounts. Because of this, the Master
COA must define all accounts needed to post from these fields.
• Define default accounts available for manual journal entry in multi-book mode. This mode applies to a journal
group defined in Journal Entry and results in the Master COA being used with all the journals in the group.
• Provide a means of specifying the COA to which other types of transactions post. Optionally, you can limit
posting from AR Invoice, AP Voucher, and other programs to Master COA accounts. The general ledger control
associated with the program sets the limitation.
• Define available accounts when upgrading to the Epicor application. The COA used prior to the upgrade
supplies the general ledger accounts used by the Master COA. The upgrade creates a Main Book associated
with the Master COA in order to maintain default posting processes.
• Determine which COA displays when general ledger maintenance programs open. These programs open with
the Master COA displayed by default.
Typically, the Master COA maintains a complete set of accounts used to post journals from all programs to the
Master Book for the company. Other books use amounts posted to the Master COA. You can map book segments
and define posting rules to enable the transfer of amounts between books.
Alternatively, you can use the Master COA to capture journals for other books. For example, you define two
books with different COAs, neither of which have enough details to derive accounts from each other. The master
COA combines the COAs in the two books so all accounts are available to both books.
Balance Settings
Options in the Balance Options area of Chart of Accounts Maintenance affect balance processing for the selected
segment. Available options:
• Store balances for segments for use in reports and trackers. The natural account segment always maintains
balances, but the application can store balances for other segments. Use the Include in Detail Balances and
Include in Summary Balances check boxes to determine how the application maintains segment balances for
use on reports and trackers. In addition, consolidation processes create journals for source COA segments
that maintain balances.
• Carry balances forward for revenue and expense accounts. By default, the application zeros balances in
temporary accounts at year end. When you select the Opening Balance on P/L option, the income statement
balances independently from the fiscal year. For example, you apply the option to a segment used to post
project revenue. As a result, the application maintains period-to-date revenue data by project for use in
multi-year analysis and reporting.
54 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Chart of Accounts functionality from the
Main Menu. It also describes the values you can change for this item.
Use Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance to create new COAs or modify existing COAs. To launch this
program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > Chart of Accounts
• Master-- Indicates whether this COA is the Master Chart of Accounts for the current company.
• Chart Length-- Defines the length of the chart.
• Separator Character-- Defines the character used to separate the various segments within the chart.
• Display Order-- Use this sheet to modify the order in which controlled segments and dynamic segments
display.
• Dynamic-- Select this check box to indicate the segment is dynamic. The Epicor application then defines the
value of the dynamic segment based on entity references and posting rules. If this check box is clear, the
segment is controlled and cannot be automatically changed by the application.
• Maximum Length-- Defines the largest number of characters which can be used for the segment. Each
segment can contain as many as 50 characters
• Minimum Length-- Defines the smallest number of characters which can be used for the segment. Each
segment must have a minimum of 1 character.
• Name-- Use this field to enter the name you wish to use for the segment. Typically Segment 1 is often named
Natural. Examples of other segment names: Department, Product, Customer, and so on.
• Use Business Entity-- Select this check box to indicate the current segment uses a business entity to define
the segment value. If this check box is clear, it indicates the application uses posting rules and lookup tables
to define the segment value.
• Business Entity - Defines the business entity referenced by a dynamic segment. This segment type can define
subsidiary ledgers for accounts receivable and accounts payable control accounts. All primary business entities
are available for selection on this drop-down list when you select the Use Business Entity check box.
When you select a customer, supplier, part or other business entity, you indicate the segment uses the values
recorded within the business entity's table and fields to calculate the segment values. The posting rules which
reference the business entity set the segment values during the posting process.
• Segment Value Field - Defines the database table used for the business entity. You can select tables which
contain a single-value primary key.
• Description Field Name - Defines the database field for the business entity. All the fields available in the
table you selected for the Segment Value Field display on this list.
• Create Segment Values-- Select this check box to indicate that dynamic segment values are created
automatically. This causes segment values to be automatically added when a system business entity record is
created. If this check box is clear, you must manually update the business entity values for this segment.
• Balance Options-- A number of options are available in this section:
• Include in Detail Balance-- Indicates that the application maintains segment balances for display on
reports and trackers.
• Include in Summary Balance-- Indicates that the application summarizes segment balances for display
on reports and trackers.
• Opening Balances on P/L-- Indicates that the application maintains year-end segment balances for
expense and revenue accounts. By default, the application zeros balances in temporary accounts at year
end. If you select this option, you can maintain an income statement independent of the fiscal year.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 55

• Alphanumeric-- Select this check box to indicate the account segment can include both letters and numbers.
• Entry Control-- Use this drop-down list to indicate whether the current segment must appear within general
ledger account codes. Available options:
• Mandatory-- This segment must be included in general ledger accounts.
• Natural Account-- The segment can be either optional or mandatory for each natural account value. You
define this option within Account Segment Values Maintenance.
• Optional-- If you wish, you may post general ledger accounts using this segment.
• Reference Account Mask-- The segment can be either optional or mandatory, depending on the account
mask defined in GL COA Reference Type Maintenance.
Logic/Algorithms
The Chart of Accounts functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
A chart of accounts contains the account structure used to generate accounts for a specific book.
Business entities define various items, like customers and projects, which are required for system GL control types.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Chart of Accounts functionality, including business entities.
Example One
Government regulations require reports that use an account structure different than the one used for corporate
reporting. In this case, company D can define two books. One book uses a COA for government reporting; the
other uses a COA for corporate reporting.
Example Two
COAs used by the subsidiaries within a company can supply values to a management COA that contains a limited
number of accounts.
Example Three
You use a required controlled segment to define the departments within the current company. Values for each
department are defined within Account Segment Values Maintenance. Then you define the valid combinations
of the department segment and other controlled segments within General Ledger Account Maintenance.
Example Four
Customer is a business entity, and so the static table it contains is the CustID table. Its Description Field Name
value is Name. When a GL control type is linked to the Customer business entity, the GL control type's account
and journal contexts only evaluate data contained in the CustID table. The account and journal contexts defined
on the GL control type then filter the accounts and journal codes generated for each of its child GL controls.
56 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Chart of Account Categories
Categories link natural accounts to specific values you define with Account Segment Values Maintenance.
Use this program to determine how balances are maintained for associated accounts and the structure and form
of financial statements generated for a specific chart of accounts. You modify and create these categories within
COA Category Maintenance.
You set up these categories to determine how balances are maintained for associated accounts. The application
zeros balances in income statement accounts and maintains balances for balance sheet accounts.
You also use this program to define the structure and formatting of financial statements. The GL Report Wizard
uses entries in this program to automatically create the company's balance sheet and income statement. Entries
in this program define descriptions that appear in the reports and also indicates whether an entry displays as a
debit or credit.
You can create sub-categories which are the children of parent categories, and you can create as many
sub-categories as you need. Typically you will do this by running the Copy COA Categories command from the
Actions menu. Use this functionality to copy a set of categories from one COA to create another set of COA
categories. The previous categories are then used as a template, and will often save you work. You can modify
the categories copied from the template to create a set of categories appropriate to the COA.
Tip This process is one method you can use to define financial statements. You can set up financial
statements without the use of categories or the GL Report Wizard.
Through COA Category Maintenance, you also designate the balance sheet category used to report net income
from the income statement. Corporate balance sheets typically use Retained Earnings to describe this category.
When you select the Net Income check box for a category, it defines it as the retained earnings entry on reports.
Predefined Categories
Predefined categories added to new COAs can help you create financial statements and define natural accounts.
When you create a COA, the application automatically creates the following default balance sheet and income
statement categories:
Balance Sheet Categories Income Statement Categories
Assets Sales/Revenue
Current Assets Cost of Sales
Property and Equipment Gross Profit
Liabilities Expenses
Current Liabilities Operating Income
Long Term Liabilities Other Income/Expenses
Profit, Liabilities Net Income before Taxes
Equity Tax Provisions and Net Income
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 57

If you need, you can edit and delete all of the predefined categories.
Consolidation Types
Consolidation types and consolidation rate types determine the exchange rates and balance amounts used during
consolidations. Typically, consolidations involve posting consolidation journals from a subsidiary book to an
intermediate book or from a target book of the source book. These settings apply when the currency of the
source book differs from the currency of the book to which the journals post.
Consolidation rate types determine the exchange rate used during consolidations. You can use the period-end
method to apply a specific exchange rate or the daily-average method to apply an average exchange rate for a
consolidation period. Exchange rate groups supply values and effective dates used in the calculation of consolidation
exchange rates.
Consolidation types determine the method used to calculate account balances and the consolidated rate type
applied to them. Calculation methods are used to generate balances or period movements. The balance method
uses year-to-date balances to determine period balances for an account. Period movements use period balances
to calculate account amounts.
Consolidation rate types apply to consolidation types and to consolidation definitions. Consolidation types apply
to account categories which you define in COA Category Maintenance. The consolidation definition supplies
default exchange rates applied to consolidation journals posted from the source book.
The following table lists typical applications of consolidation rate types and consolidation types:
Typically applies to... Consolidation Rate Type Consolidation Type
COA categories for income statement accounts Daily Average Period Movement
The default consolidation rate type for income statement Daily Average N/A
accounts. This value applies to the source book in a
consolidation definition.
COA categories used with monetary balance sheet accounts Period End Balance
COA categories used with non-monetary balance sheet Either Period End or Daily Period Movement
accounts. This includes fixed assets, inventory, and equity Average
accounts, including retained earnings.
The default consolidation rate type for balance sheet Period End N/A
accounts. This value applies to the source book in a
consolidation definition.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Chart of Account Categories functionality
Use Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance to create new COAs or modify existing COAs. To launch this
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/COA Category
• Chart of Account-- Use this drop-down list to select the COA for which you want to add or update a category.
58 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Consolidation Type-- Use this drop-down list to define the exchange rate settings used when consolidation
journals generate from the selected COA.
• Net Income-- Indicates whether the category reports net income values. Typically corporate balance sheets
use Retained Earnings to describe this category.
• Normal Balance-- Use these options to define whether this category carries either a Debit or a Credit balance.
• Parent Category-- Use this drop-down list to define the main category under which this child category
displays. The GL Report Writer uses this field to structure statements. You can define as many subcategory
levels as you need.
• Sequence-- Determines the position of the current category in relation to the other child categories on
financial statements.
• Type-- Determines whether accounts associated with the category are temporary or permanent. You have
two options -- Balance Sheet and Income Statement. At year end, the application zeros balances in income
statement accounts and maintains balances in balance sheet accounts. The GL Report Wizard uses the type
to determine the financial statement where the category appears.
Logic/Algorithms
The Chart of Account Categories functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
COA categories define the natural accounts used for account segment values.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Chart of Account Categories functionality.
You use this program and the GL Report Wizard to create a corporate balance sheet. First, you define Assets,
Liabilities, and Equity categories. The Assets category has a normal balance of debit while Liabilities and Equity
have credit balances. These settings ensure the correct placement of the categories on the report. These categories
have no parent. On the balance sheet, they group other categories and display a total of their sub-accounts.
You define a category named Accounts Payable, select Liabilities as its parent, and set it as the first entry in the
Liabilities category. As a result, the balance of the account associated with the Accounts Payable category is used
to calculate the total for the Liabilities category. Typically, you would define sub-categories for Accounts Payable.
Chart of Accounts Maps
You use COA maps (or account segment maps) to automatically transform one chart of accounts to another
chart of accounts during the posting engine process. Leverage this functionality when the differences between
books are minor.
For example, if two books share accounting methods but use different currencies, you can map the COA from
one source book for use within the other target book. You create these maps within the Chart of Accounts
Mapping program and then reference this map within the posting rules for the GL transaction type.
Epicor recommends you use COA maps as much as possible. Maps are easier to maintain than user-defined
posting rules. If you have a situation where you can reflect the function of a new book by mapping an existing
COA to it, you should always create the map. Mapping transforms a portion of one COA to a portion of another
COA and eliminates the need to redefine posting rules that create journals. You can use COA maps to:
• Create consolidation journals. The consolidation process uses the maps to link accounts from a source book
to a target book. Consolidation Definition Maintenance specifies the map used in a consolidation.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 59

• Automatically transfer posted journals between books. You associate maps with a book and its rules in GL
Transaction Type Maintenance .
Each logical map links two books by defining which COA is the original, or source, and which COA is the receiving,
or target. This functionality transforms an account from the COA in one book to the COA in another book. You
can then easily transfer accounting transactions between both books, as their COAs have similar structures.
You do this by associating each value of an account segment from the source COA with a single account segment
from the target COA. This functionality automatically transfers an accounting transaction line from one book to
another by replacing each segment in the accounting string with a corresponding segment from the COA in the
target book. Each set of associations between segment values of two particular COA is treated as a single logical
map.
During the posting process, the posting engine evaluates posting rules first, followed by any COA maps available
within the application.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Chart of Accounts Maps functionality from
the Main Menu. It also describes the values you can change for this item.
Use Chart of Accounts Mapping to create maps that transfer one COA to another COA. To launch this program
from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/Account Segment Mapping
• Map Type-- Defines how the map links the two COAs. Available options:
• Account Segment Map-- Links the source and target COAs through their account segments.
• GL Account Map-- Links the source and target COAs using entire GL accounts.
• Source Chart of Account-- Designates the source COA for the map. Transactions posted to accounts in this
COA also posts to the target COA.
• SourceGLAccount-- Specifies a general ledger account in the source COA. Transactions posted to this account
post to the corresponding target account.
• Source Segment-- Specifies a segment in the source COA. Values defined for this segment map to values
in the target segment.
• Source Segment Value-- Specifies a value in the source segment. Transactions posted to this segment post
to the corresponding target segment.
• Target Chart of Account-- Designates the receiving, or target, COA for the map. Transactions posted to
accounts in the source COA also post to the target COA.
• Target Company-- Defines the company to which the target COA is used. A source COA can transfer
transactions to target COAs in multiple companies.
• TargetGLAccount-- Specifies a general ledger account in the target COA. Transactions posted to the
corresponding source account post to this account.
• Target Segment-- Specifies a segment in the target COA. Values defined for this segment map to values in
the source segment.
• Target Segment Value-- Specifies a value in the target segment. Transactions booked to the corresponding
source segment book to this segment.
60 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Logic/Algorithms
The Chart of Accounts Maps functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
COA maps are used by GL transaction types to move values from one COA in a source book to another COA in
a target book.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Chart of Accounts Maps functionality.
The company has a financial and a legal book that use different COAs. You want to post the same accounts
payable journals to both COAs. To do this, you create a map with the financial book's COA as the source COA.
The map links natural account segment values for AP accounts in the two COAs.
You access the GL transaction type used to post accounts payable journals. This transaction type contains rules
used to create the journals for the financial book. You associate the COA map with the financial book. As a
result, journals booked to AP accounts in the financial book also post to the COA in the legal book.
Multi-Currency
You use the multi-currency functionality to enter and maintain the currencies through which each company in
your database does business.
The multi-currency functionality affects transactions throughout the entire application. As exchange rates between
currencies change (as often as daily), your transactions can be automatically revalued using the current, active
exchange rates, ensuring that your monetary amounts on all your transactions are up to date.
You can also lock in the exchange rates on specific records. These records then ignore exchange rate fluctuations
and maintain the original conversion amounts for all transactions linked to them.
Currency Types
The application organizes currencies through different types. Available types:
• Transactional- A currency used on a specific document, or record, in order to conduct business on that
record. Transactional currencies are used for records created for external transactions with customers and
suppliers, and internal transactions with sites and companies within your organization. A transactional currency
is also called a Document currency; you can have as many document currencies as you need for the localities
in which you conduct business.
• Reporting- A currency your company uses to store, or report, amounts for financial reports. These currencies
are used to calculate the final income and expense amounts generated by the business of a specific company.
These amounts are officially expressed through a reporting currency. You can have up to three reporting
currencies for each company.
• Base- The primary currency used by a company. Technically this currency is also considered a reporting currency
by the application as well (you may see documentation which refers to each company having four currencies).
The base currency is unique, however, as it is the default currency used on all transactions generated within
a specific company. When the application cannot find another currency to use for a transaction, it calculates
the amounts using the base currency defined for the company.
You can enter as many transactional currencies as you need. Each company, however, can only have four reporting
currencies (including the base currency). Business transactions are recorded in all four reporting currencies. Use
these currencies in published reports and financial documents. If your organization conducts business in other
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 61

countries, you run quarterly and annual reports in the base and reporting currencies, displaying financial results
with the correct currency values.
Reporting currency conversion is available in all modules except Fixed Assets, Payroll, and Inventory. For these
modules, however, a currency conversion may happen if the book currency is different from the base currency
for the company. In this case, a conversion does run using the current exchange rate for the currency and its
defined rounding tolerances. As a result, a rounding difference may occur in this situation, and a balancing
amount is generated within the rounding difference account.
Tip Currency conversions do not happen in the posting engine if the business transaction is recorded in
all of the reporting currencies.
Currency Selection
The application locates the specific currency to use on a transaction through a hierarchical structure. It selects
the currency to use depending on the position of the record within the hierarchy. Records lower within the
hierarchy override records in a higher position. Think of the currency hierarchy as a tree, with a primary default
currency at the top and overriding currencies defined on each large branch and then subsequently smaller branch
on this tree.
The primary currency used as the default by the application is the base currency. If another currency is selected
on a maintenance record, like a book or country, this currency is used instead of the base currency. Likewise, if
another currency is selected on a specific record, like a sales order, this currency overrides the currency defined
on the maintenance record.
The currency hierarchy:
1. The base currency defined on the company record (Company Configuration).
2. The currency selected on higher level maintenance records overrides the base currency. If a currency is
selected on a book or a country record, this currency is used for all records linked to the book or country.
3. If a currency is selected on lower level maintenance records, however, it overrides the currency defined on
the higher level maintenance record. Any currencies selected on customer, supplier, or bank account records
are used instead to calculate amounts.
4. Lastly, if a currency or rate type is selected on a specific transactional record, like a sales order or an AP
invoice, this currency or rate type is used to calculate the amounts on the transactional record.
You can leverage this hierarchy to manage currencies through a method that best fits how your company conducts
business. Use the currency hierarchy to select the currencies you need overall, but then modify these default
currencies for any unique business situation that may occur.
Manage Exchange Rates

Exchange rates are used by the application to calculate converted amounts from the source currency to the target
currency. If you need, you can update exchange rates on a daily basis.
You set up the multi-currency functionality by creating currencies and rate types and then defining where these
records are used on customers, books, and other maintenance records. From this point on, you can enter the
active exchange rates for these currencies and the application automatically converts your international transactions
using these rates. You enter these rates through Exchange Rate Entry.
You can also temporarily revalue currencies through the Currency Revaluation Process program. Use this program
to adjust, or revalue, the exchange rate a specific currency pair has within all your open transactions.
All open sales orders, purchase orders, AP invoices, AR invoices, and bank balances that use the selected currency
update with the revised exchange rate. Any gains and losses that occur automatically post to the GL accounts
assigned to the currency.
62 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tip The rate changes you enter in the Currency Revaluation Process program do not update the active
exchange rates defined within Exchange Rate Entry. This program only temporarily changes the exchange
rate.
If you need, you can also temporarily revalue currencies within general ledger accounts through the GL Currency
Revaluation process. This process can be run for each book set up within your company; it updates the Chart of
Account values defined for the book. Any accounts which contain actual values are evaluated through this process,
and any account which contains amounts in a different currency are selected by this process for revaluation.
Override Rates
You have control over the exchange rate used on specific records. You can override an exchange rate on an entry
record and lock this rate for all other transactions created against this record. The primary financial entry programs,
Sales Order Entry , Purchase Order Entry , AR Invoice Entry , and AP Invoice Entry , all contain fields you can use
to override the multi-currency amounts calculated automatically by the application. These fields are located on
the header sheets found within each entry program.
You do this by first selecting the Lock check box on the record header. The Exchange Rate field becomes active,
and you can enter the exchange rate value you need for this specific record. The converted amounts are calculated
using the conversion rule defined for the currency pair and the updated exchange rate.
Now this record is ignored by the multi-currency functionality. As long as the Lock check box is selected, its
exchange rate never updates. Its exchange rate is frozen and all transactions created with this record use the
locked exchange rate. You can then enter any exchange rate that you need on a specific record and maintain
this rate throughout all the transactions calculated against the specific record.
Currency Accounts
Any amounts generated through currency conversion or revaluation are tracked by the Epicor application. Each
reporting currency has its own set of accounts that display these revalued amounts. These accounts are defined
as Gain and Loss accounts. The amounts are further divided into Realized and Unrealized categories.
Usually gains and losses are recognized as Realized when the transaction is either fully or partially complete (in
this case, the partial amount is considered settled). In some cases, however, a transaction is only considered
Realized when a transaction is fully complete.
When gains and losses are considered unrealized, the transaction either is not started or is partially complete
(not settled). These transactions typically need to be reversed at some point. When these amounts are reversed,
they are changed immediately and both the direct and the reversal revaluation are created at the same time. The
appropriate audit records are also created; balances, however, are not affected by the reversed amounts.
When the positive amount is booked as debit, a positive revaluation amount is described as gain, while a negative
revaluation amount is described as loss (for example, an AR invoice). In the opposite case, when a positive amount
is booked as credit, it is described as loss, while a negative revaluation is described as gain (for example, an AP
invoice). Gain amounts are always recorded as credits, while loss amounts are always recorded as debits.
The accounts defined for each currency are:
• Realized Gain
• Realized Loss
• Unrealized Gain
• Unrealized Loss
Rounding
Each currency can additionally be set up to use a series of rounding rules. A rounding rule is available for a specific
value type, like Unit Price, Extended Price, Total, Total Tax, and so on. The rounding rule you define for each
value type indicates the value direction in which the amount will be rounded. Available rounding rules:
• Round Up
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 63

• Round Down
• Round Nearest
• No Round
The rounding rule you select for a value type is then used to calculate the final value of a transaction. For example,
if you indicate the Unit Price for a currency will be rounded up, a Unit Price value will automatically go to the
next highest decimal value. The number of decimals each currency uses is defined on the currency record. If three
decimals are defined for the currency, this rounding rule calculates the next highest amount on the third decimal
value.
You define rounding rules and decimals within Currency Master Maintenance. You enter the decimals allowed
for the currency on the Detail sheet, and set up the rounding rules for each value type on the Rounding sheet.
Rounding rules are mainly used with sales documents, such as invoices where specific requirements exist for
determining how to round values. The multiplier and rules for the rounding total can also be used in AP Invoice
Entry.
Tip For more information on leveraging multiple currencies, review the Currency Management module
documentation.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Multi-Currency functionality from the Main
Menu. It also describes the values you can change for this item.
You launch the following programs to create and manage multiple currencies within the application:
Currency Master Maintenance

Use Currency Master Maintenance to enter and update the currencies available within a company. You define
the currency symbols, number of decimal places, and the rounding rules for each currency. To launch this program
from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/Currency Management/Setup/Currency Master
• Base Currency-- Indicates that the currency is the primary currency used by the company. This currency is
the default used for all transactions within the company. Only one currency can be defined as the base currency
for a company.
• Currency Symbol-- Indicates the special character used for this currency. This value appears on reports and
programs near the currency amounts.
• Global Currency-- Indicates whether this currency can be used by other companies within your organization.
Select this check box if you want to make this currency available across your entire organization.
• Inactive-- Select this check box to indicate the current company can no longer use this currency. Users cannot
create new transactions against this currency, but any previous records that use this currency are maintained
by the application.
• Maintain Rate-- Select this check box to indicate the exchange rate values for this currency can be updated.
Selected by default, this check box activates the exchange rate fields for this currency within Exchange Rate
Entry.
• Number of Decimals-- Defines how many decimals this currency can display for unit cost amounts. You can
have between 0-5 decimals for Cost and Price amounts and 0-3 decimals for General amounts like extended
prices, tax amounts, and any amounts posted through inventory, general ledger, assets, and banks.
• Reporting Currency-- Select this check box to indicate the currency can be used to display amounts on
invoices, purchase orders, sales orders, and other records. You must select at least one currency as a reporting
64 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

currency for each company. This currency then becomes available on Currency lists throughout your Epicor
application.
• Scale Factor-- Defines the value used to modify the actual exchange rate in order to display amounts for a
currency in a more readable format. The actual rates within the database are not changed by this value, but
all display rates are entered by users and are shown using this factor value.
Rate Type Maintenance

Use Rate Type Maintenance to apply conversion rules to currency pairs. A currency pair consists of an original,
or source currency and a resulting, or target currency. Each currency you add through Currency Maintenance is
automatically paired with another currency. This relationship displays in Rate Type Maintenance as undefined;
use this program to then define the conversion rule which applies to the currency pair. You can have multiple
rate types available to reflect different business needs.
To launch this program from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/Currency Management/Setup/Rate Type
• Alternative Cross Rate Currency-- Use this section to define the interim currency for the Alternate Cross-Rate
conversion rule or the Secondary Interim currency for the Double-Cross Rate and Reverse Double-Cross Rate
conversion rules. If you can round values for the Alternative Cross Rate Currency, select the Round check box.
You can then indicate up to how many decimals can be used to round within the Decimals field.
• Conversion Rule-- Use this drop-down list to define the rule used for a selected currency pair. Available rules:
• Direct-- Multiples an amount in the source currency against the exchange rate for the target currency.
• Inverse-- Divides an amount in the source currency against the exchange rate for the target currency.
• Cross-Rate -- Uses an intermediate, or Interim, currency to convert amounts between the source and
target currencies.
• Double Cross-Rate -- Uses two Interim currencies to convert the source amount to the target amount.
This conversion rule runs the Direct calculation to convert the amounts generated between each currency.
• Alternate Cross-Rate -- Users an alternate Interim currency to convert amounts between the source and
target currencies.
• Reverse Double Cross-Rate -- Uses two Interim currencies to convert the source amount to the target
amount. This conversion rule runs the Inverse calculation to convert the amounts generated between each
currency.
• Cross Rate Currency-- Use this section to define the interim currency used for the Cross-Rate conversion
rule or the primary interim currency for the Double-Cross Rate and Reverse Double-Cross Rate conversion
rules. If you can round values for the Cross Rate Currency, select the Round check box. You can then indicate
up to how many decimals can be used to round within the Decimals field.
• Decimals-- Determines how many decimals calculate and display for amounts converted through the current
rate type. You can enter between 0-6 decimal places in this field.
• Fixed Rate-- Indicates whether the rate defined for this currency pair can update the Effective Rate value. If
you select this check box, the rate is locked, or fixed, and the Effective Rate cannot be updated by this
conversion rule. If the check box is clear, however, the application considers that the conversion rule uses a
variable, or float, exchange rate and it can be updated daily.
• Global-- Indicates whether this rate type can be used by other companies within your organization.
• User Base Rate-- Select this check box to indicate if the conversion rules from the parent rate type (if one is
selected) should be used for the currency pair. If you select this check box, all other fields on the Conversion
Rules - Detail sheet become inactive.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 65

Exchange Rate Maintenance

Use Exchange Rate Maintenance to define exchange rates for currency pairs and an effective date for the rate
type to which they belong. The Epicor application uses these rates to convert amounts on multi-currency
transactions.
• Financial Management/Currency Management/General Operations/Exchange Rate Entry
• Effective Date-- Defines the date on which the exchange rates begin.
• Rate Type-- Indicates the Rate Type against which these exchange rates apply. You create rate types within
Rate Type Maintenance.
• Rate Value-- Defines the specific exchange rate value you need for each currency pair.
Logic/Algorithms
The Multi-Currency functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.

• Direct Conversion = Source Currency Amount x Target Currency Exchange Rate
• Inverse Conversion = Source Currency Amount/Target Currency Exchange Rate
• Cross Rate Conversion = (Source Currency Amount x Interim Currency Exchange Rate) x Target Currency
Exchange Rate
• Alternate Cross-Rate Conversion = (Source Currency Amount x Alternate Interim Currency Exchange Rate)
x Target Currency Exchange Rate
• Double Cross-Rate Conversion = ((Source Currency Amount x Interim Currency Exchange Rate) x Alternate
Interim Currency Exchange Rate) x Target Currency Exchange Rate
• Reverse Double Cross-Rate Conversion = ((Source Currency Amount/Interim Currency Exchange
Rate)/Alternate Interim Currency Exchange Rate)/Target Currency Exchange Rate
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Multi-Currency functionality.
You are converting a transaction from Singapore Dollars (SGD) to Japanese Yen (JPY). If you do not use a scale
factor, the conversion values are the following:
• Source Currency: SGD
• Target Currency: JPY
• Actual Rate: 0.007716 (1 JPY = 0.007716 SGD
• Actual Rate: 129.59 (1 SGD = 129.59 JPY)
• Direct Conversion: JPY Amount = SGD Amount * 0.007716
• Inverse Conversion: SGD Amount = JPY Amount * 129.59
If you use scale factors, however, the conversion values are the following:
• Source Currency: SGD
• Source Scale Factor: 1
• Target Currency: JPY
• Target Scale Factor: 100
• Display Rate: 0.7716 (100JPY = 0.7716 SGD)
66 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Display Rate: 1.2959 (1SGD = 129.59 JPY)

• Actual Rate: 0.007716 (1JPY = 0.007716)
• Actual Rate: 129.59 (1SGD = 129.59 JPY)
• Direct Conversion: JPY Amount = SGD Amount * 0.007716
• Inverted Conversion: SGD Amount=JPY Amount * 129.59
Fiscal Calendars
Fiscal Calendars define the company calendar used for financial reporting. You can create multiple calendars and
designate one calendar as the primary company fiscal calendar.
If you use the Asset Management module, a fiscal calendar must be assigned to this functionality. You must also
assign a fiscal calendar to each book. Calendars can start on any date, have any number of periods, and be
whatever length in days is required.
Each fiscal calendar contains a sequence of fiscal years. The fiscal years in one Fiscal Calendar record cannot
overlap; likewise, no gaps between years can occur.
Because periods close for posting independently in different locations, business transactions may occur in one
period in one book and a different period in another book. Each closing period lasts for one day, and if that day
is the final date of the fiscal year, the posting engine can post the transaction to this closing period date.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Fiscal Calendars functionality from the
Fiscal Calendar Maintenance

Use Fiscal Calendar Maintenance to determine the periods during which journals post.
Launch this program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > Fiscal Calendar
• Description-- Displays the concise explanation for the fiscal calendar. Use this text field to help explain the
purpose of the fiscal calendar.
• End Date-- Indicates the last date on which the fiscal calendar is active.
• Start Date-- Indicates the first date on which the fiscal calendar is active.
Logic/Algorithms
The Fiscal Calendars functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
EachThe book must have one fiscal calendar selected for it.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 67

Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Fiscal Calendars functionality.
A business may want to have a calendar that represents their fiscal year according to their operations which runs
from October 1st through September 30th, while their taxes may need to be calculated based on a calendar
year.
General Ledger Accounts
Each COA must contain a valid series of general ledger accounts so that financial information posts correctly.
You create and modify these accounts within General Ledger Account Maintenance.
General ledger accounts contain the natural account segment and other controlled segments. You cannot,
however, include dynamic segments in general ledger accounts, as the posting rules set the value of most dynamic
segments.
You must set up these accounts so that they generate valid entries for a specific COA. The application validates
the general ledger transactions that post to the COA against the accounts you define within General Ledger
Account Maintenance.
You also define which accounts display on GL Account drop-down lists throughout the application. For example,
you can select a GL account within AP Adjustment Entry, but this drop-down list only displays Master COA
accounts. Any GL account you define as a master account within General Ledger Account Maintenance displays
on this list.
Optionally, each account can be limited for use during a time period you specify. Use the Effective From Date
and To Date values to indicate when a specific GL account is active; this causes the COA to reflect changes in
the company's account structure or business needs.
For each account, you also must determine if the account description and active status are preserved during
automatic account updates. Lastly, you also define whether the account is used for inter-company processing.
Inter-company processing updates multi-company accounts defined in the COAs of a parent company and its
subsidiaries.
Tip Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance designates whether a segment is dynamic or controlled.
You use the Account Segment Values program to define the values used for the account segments in
General Ledger Account Maintenance.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the General Ledger Accounts functionality
General Ledger Account Maintenance

Use General Ledger Account Maintenance to define valid general ledger accounts for a selected COA.
Launch this program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > General Ledger Account
• Active-- Indicates whether this GL account is currently used by the Epicor application.
68 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Chart of Accounts-- Use this drop-down list to select the COA for which you want to create general ledger
accounts.
• Description-- Defines the text used for the GL account. This value prints on reports and displays in programs
which use this account. Enter the text you need in this field. By default, this value includes the name of the
natural account and the abbreviated descriptions of the other segments.
• Effective From Date and Effective To Date-- This date range defines the time period during which this GL
account can be used for posting. The From Date defines the first day on which this GL account can be used.
If the To Date field is blank, the current GL account can be used for posting indefinitely (or end when its Active
check box is clear).
• GL Account-- Use this field to either create a new GL account or select an existing GL account. To create a
new account, click the drop-down list and select the chart, division, and department options as you need. To
search for an existing GL account, click the GL Account button to find and select it.
• Multi-Company -- Indicates whether this account is used for inter-company processing. During this process,
all multi-company accounts update within the book COAs of a parent company and its subsidiaries. If you
select this check box, the current GL account is included in this process.
• Preserve Activation-- Indicates whether the current GL account should remain active during automatic
account updates. These updates occur while accounts generate within Chart of Accounts Structure
Maintenance.
• Preserve Description-- Indicates whether the Description text cannot be deleted during automatic account
updates. These updates occur while accounts are generated within Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance.
Logic/Algorithms
The General Ledger Accounts functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
General ledger accounts define the accounts used for posting to the general ledger.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the General Ledger Accounts functionality.
Effective Dates Example

An account is defined to record financial transactions for a product line. This product line will be discontinued
at the end of the year. When you create the account, you set the To Date field to the last day of the year. As a
result, an error occurs if a journal that uses the account is posted to the COA after the end of the year.
Segment Properties Example

The following example illustrates how segment properties affect general ledger account codes. You define the
segments and enter the settings shown in the following table.
Segment COA Settings Valid Values
1 Segment type: Controlled 1000, 2000, 3000 (Segment values defined in the
Account Segment Values program)
Entry control: Natural Account
2 Segment type: Controlled 10, 20 (Segment values defined in the Account

Segment Values program for these Departments)
Entry control: Optional
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 69

3 Segment type: Dynamic Dalton, Addison (Segment values created for these
Customer IDs)
Entry control: Optional
You designate 1000-10 and 2000-20 as valid general ledger accounts in General Ledger Account Maintenance.
The following table shows how the application validates journal account codes when posted to the general
ledger.
Account Code Valid or invalid?
1000-10 Valid combination of defined segment values.
1000-20 Invalid combination of defined segment values.
1000-10-Dalton Valid combination of defined segment values and customer ID.
1000-Dalton Valid combination of a defined segment value and customer ID. The second
segment is optional.
GL Control Types
GL control types and GL controls work together to define the accounts used for all business transactions entered
in the application.
First, GL Control Types work as a template of default values common to all GL controls assigned to each GL
control type. Each type contains a list of account contexts, journal contexts, and business entities available for
all of its child GL controls. Each GL control defines the account strings and journal codes available to a specific
record during the posting process.
Business entities are at the top of the hierarchy which generates the accounts during the posting process. The
items directly below business entities in the hierarchy are GL control types. Each GL control type is linked to a
specific business entity, and so the business entity defines from which database tables the GL control type pulls
information through its account and journal contexts. The items in the third and final level of this hierarchy are
GL controls. A GL control uses the account contexts specified through the GL control type to defines the specific
accounts and journal codes to update for each business transaction.
GL control types define:
• Account Contexts-- GL controls use the account contexts defined for the type to specify the books and
accounts to which journals post. Posting rules also use the account information to define journal details.
• Account Entry Defaults for GL Controls-- The defaults can limit how an account maps to a book; they can
also require using a specific account for all GL controls linked to the GL control type.
• Journal Contexts-- Use journal contexts to associate journal codes with GL controls. During the posting
process, journal codes can group journals to which a GL control applies.
• Entities-- The business entities limit the records accessible by the GL controls. Specific programs can only use
a GL control if its type references the business entity managed by the entry program. For example, if a a GL
control is linked to a type that includes the Customer business entity, this GL control can only be selected
within Customer Maintenance .
You can modify GL control types to extend the posting rules functionality. Before you do this, however, make
sure the new contexts are appropriate for the business entities to which the GL control type applies. Once you
70 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

create new GL control types, you need to modify and create posting rules which then reference the GL control
type and its child GL controls.
The application installs with a default set of GL control types; these GL control types correspond to the programs
that post business transactions. You might, however, need to create a GL control type which supports either a
new accounting process or integration with another financial application.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the GL Control Types functionality from the
GL Control Type Maintenance

Use GL Control Type Maintenance to create and modify GL control types to reflect the account contexts, journal
contexts, and business entities you need for all GL controls. To launch this program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > GL Control Type
• All Books-- Indicates whether the account context can map to multiple books.
• Book-- Optionally, use this drop-down list to select a specific book. This account context can then only be
mapped within the selected book.
• Business Entity-- An Entity modifier, use this drop-down list to define the business entity for which the GL
control type uses. All the available business entities display on this list.
• Context-- Describes the purpose for the account context. Enter the context you need in this field; for example,
bank fee.
• Journal-- A Journal Context modifier, use this drop-down list to define the journal to which the GL control
type uses. All the journal codes available within your application display on this list; you create these codes
within Journal Code Maintenance.
• Required-- Indicates whether an account must be defined for this account context. If you select this check
box, you must define the account for GL codes which use this GL control type.
• User Master Chart-- Indicates whether the current account context requires a master COA. If you select this
check box, you can only use this account context for accounts defined as part of the Master COA. When you
select this check box, the Master COA displays in the accompanying field.
Logic/Algorithms
The GL Control Types functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
GL control types determine whether a GL control is a system GL control or a reference GL control.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the GL Control Types functionality.
The AR Account and AP Account control types reference the Company business entity. You define GL controls
which use both types and apply them to Company A within Company Configuration .
Now a transaction which belongs to Company A is posted. The posting rules use the GL control type and GL
control's account references to generate the accounts for the company journals.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 71

GL Controls
GL controls define all the account strings and journal codes used during the posting process. Each GL control
contains the accounts and journal codes available to a specific record; as part of the posting process, these
accounts generate as needed based on the business transaction which occurred.
Every account or journal code within the GL control has a string identifier that defines the business transaction,
likes Sales or Payable.
To generate accounts and journal entries, each GL control uses the account contexts, journal contexts, and
business entities (for a reusable GL control, instance and reference GL controls do not use business entities)
defined on the GL control type to which it is assigned. The GL controls reflect the COA structure required for a
specific book or multiple books. When a business transaction generates, the application reviews the group of
accounts specified in the GL control and selects the specific account which applies to the business transaction.
You create GL controls within GL Control Maintenance. All posting accounts used in the application are defined
within this program. You can select as many accounts as you need for each GL control. Based on the GL control
type, the journals each business transaction creates is automatically included with the GL control. You can use
GL controls to define an account hierarchy through the posting rules. For example, you can assign a GL control
to a customer and a part class record. You can then set up the posting rules so that if a business transaction is
not valid against a customer record, it will then use the GL control linked to the part class record. Instead of the
GL controls on the customer, the GL controls defined on the part class are used by the application to determine
the accounts.
After you set up the GL controls, you can then select one or more GL controls to a specific record within a
maintenance (setup) program. Although you can select multiple GL controls for each record, each GL control
you select must be linked to a different GL control type. Within Customer Maintenance, for example, you can
select multiple GL controls, each with different GL control types, for a specific customer record. The accounts
and journal codes defined for each GL control then calculate when a business transaction is placed against this
customer record.
Tip You do not use GL controls on programs where you select posting accounts while entering transactions.
Examples of this type of program include AP Adjustment and Cash Receipts . You instead select a GL
account defined as part of the Master COA; these accounts display on the GL Account drop-down lists
within these programs.
Instance, Reference, and Reusable GL Controls

As briefly described previously, the application uses GL controls in three ways:
• Reusable GL Controls-- These GL controls can be modified by users and generate unique results for display
on financial reports. They provide multiple contexts for accounts and journal codes, and they can be assigned
to various maintenance records (for example, customer, supplier, and part records). Only reusable GL controls
use business entities, so the posting results for these GL controls always populate the business entity tables
linked to their parent GL control types.
• Instance GL Controls-- These GL controls define a specific account used for a particular item. Any transactions
which cause accounts to generate master data, operational data, or general settings require instance GL
controls. Typically, instance GL controls generate pre-posting data. They are also used when a posting rule
provides the specific account for a transaction. An example is the instance GL control which generates account
values for a PORel (purchase order release) record.
• Reference GL Controls-- These GL controls generate system level transactions required for the application.
They create automatically by the posting engine during the posting process; they create a link between the
GL transaction and the source business transaction. Hidden from users, reference GL controls populate the
TranGLC table with GL transactions. For example, the source business transaction can be a PartTran (part
transaction) record and reference GL control generates when the Capture COS/WIP GL transaction type posts.
72 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Process
During posting, various posting rules, defined in GL Transaction Type Maintenance , use control values to create
journal details. The rules generate account values through their account contexts. Often, control accounts lack
values for one or more segments. The posting rules use data in posted transactions to define these segment
values. Likewise, the journal contexts associated with the GL control type generate the specific journals codes
defined on the child GL control during the posting process. As a result, you can track and report on journals by
code.
You can create and modify GL controls to extend posting functionality. For example, you add a Landed Cost
account context to the AP Account GL control type so that you can then add a landed cost account to the AP
GL control. You select this GL control to a company record within Company Configuration . The Landed Cost
accounts now automatically generate for this company when landed cost financial transactions calculate.
Important: Be sure the new account contexts are appropriate for the business entities to which a reusable GL
control applies. If you modify or delete an account you need within the GL control, it can cause invalid journals
to generate. Before you go live with your GL control changes, verify that the posting processes which use the
modified reusable GL control create valid accounts after you make account context changes on a GL control type.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the GL Controls functionality from the Main
GL Control Maintenance
Use GL Control Maintenance to create and modify GL controls. You then assign these controls to specific records
within maintenance programs. To launch this program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > GL Control Code
• Account-- Specifies an account referenced by the posting processes to which the control applies. Posting
process rules use this reference to define journal accounts. You can link as many accounts as you need to the
GL control.
• Type-- Use this drop-down list to define the GL control type to which you need to assign the current GL
control.
Logic/Algorithms
The GL Controls functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.

GL controls determine the account strings and journal codes used to record financial transactions for a specific
record.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the GL Controls functionality.
The AR Account and AP Account control types reference the Company business entity. You define GL controls
which use both types. You then select them as GL controls for the Company A record within Company
Configuration . A transaction for Company A posts to the general ledger. The posting rules use the account
strings selected on the GL controls to record both the AP and AR transactions and generate the appropriate
journal codes.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 73

GL Reference Type
GL reference types contain values which classify specific campaigns, projects, and other temporary items within
the current company that have a fixed life span. Reference types define the specific temporary item you need in
an account segment.
Reference type masks determine the general ledger accounts which include the reference type segment. They
also indicate if the specific segment is either required, optional, or blocked from the account generation.
When the posting process runs, the GL reference types automatically generate GL controls which contain the
accounts and corresponding journals required to record the transactions. As a result, posting rules are also not
needed to generate the values for these accounts.
You use GL COA Reference Type Maintenance to first define the reference types and reference type masks you
want to apply to a COA segment. You can then select a specific reference type within the Account Segment
Values program, and, in turn, you can select this account segment within Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance.
You can create a reference-type account segment which contains multiple reference types or create a reference
type account segment linked to a single GL reference type which contains multiple masks. Account masks
determine the general ledger accounts that include the reference-type segment and whether inclusion of the
segment is required or optional.
In some cases, two references types can have masks that match the same account. In this case, the application
uses the type with the mask that most closely matches the account for the transaction. For example, a type that
includes a mask for the account 2008-22-738 takes priority over a type with a mask of 2008-2_-738.
Tip You can define a different set of reference types and masks for each COA, but if you use a standard
set of reference types across multiple COAs, you will have a broader analysis of company data.
When a transaction posts, users determine the value of a reference-type account segment. Because these values
are entered manually, you can use classifications which cannot be set by values within posted journals. For
example, you define a reference type to classify businesses as corporations or sole proprietorships, because this
information is unavailable from customer or supplier records.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the GL Reference Type functionality from the
GL COA Reference Type Maintenance

Use GL Control Maintenance to create and modify GL COA reference types. To launch this program from the
Main Menu:
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/GL COA Reference Type
• Chart of Account-- Use this drop-down list to select the COA you want to contain with the reference type
segment.
• Account Mask-- Determines the general ledger accounts that use the current reference type. You can select
the specific accounts or use the underscore ( _ ) as a wildcard to reference multiple accounts.
• Reference Status-- Use this drop-down list to define whether accounts that match the mask include values
defined for the selected type. Available options:
• Exclude-- Blocks using reference type values with accounts that match the mask.
74 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Optional-- Can use reference type values with accounts that match the mask.
• Required-- Must user reference type values with accounts that match the mask.
Logic/Algorithms
The GL Reference Type functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
GL reference types are used by account segment values to define short term items like marketing campaigns and
projects.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the GL Reference Type functionality.
You want to create a reference type to classify travel expenses incurred by employees. In Chart of Accounts
Maintenance, you define a reference-type segment for the Master COA.
In this program, you select the COA and segment and create a Travel type. You define the mask 2008-___-___.
This mask includes the natural segment account you use for employee vouchers, and the division and department
segments are masked. You indicate the mask status is required.
In Account Segment Values , you select the segment mask and define segment values for the options Lodging,
Air Fare, and Per Diem. Since the mask is required, users must designate their expenses as either Lodging, Air
Fare, or Per Diem when they post them.
GL Transaction Type
GL Transaction Types define the posting rules which run during the posting process for a specific business activity.
Examples of GL transaction types include AP Invoice, AR Invoice, Bank Reconciliation, PO Release, and so on.
Each GL transaction type has a set of posting codes and amounts specific to the posting process; these values
pull in the data needed by the posting rules to build journal details. You modify and create GL transaction types
within GL Transaction Type Maintenance. You can also import and export GL transaction types as .xml files; use
this feature to use modified GL transaction types in different companies within your organization.
The GL multi-book transaction type (MultiGLJrn) includes the standard default set of posting rules for a single
book. The single book is required to be linked to the master chart of accounts (COA) in order for the rules to
work correctly. You can then use this default set of posting rules as a starting point to build on the rules for your
book or for the COA mapping of other books
You modify a GL transaction type by creating revisions. You can add, edit, and delete the posting elements
(posting codes, amounts) and posting rules (functions, pre-posting rules, posting rules, and reference rules) on
each revision. By modifying posting codes and rules, a revision can extend how a specific transaction type posts
its results to financial reports and the general ledger. Posting rules can create a single detail or a pair of balancing
entries; these rules, except for the reference rule, determine the line amount, the account to which it posts, and
whether the amount debits or credits the account. The reference rule is used to set up and populate a reference
GL control with no direct relation to posting any amounts or selecting debit and credit accounts. In some cases,
rules create a GL control used to store accounts and contexts for subsequent processing. Pre-posting rules define
defaults used during manual entry of general ledger accounts.
Each GL transaction type revision can be modified for each book, so a book's chart of accounts, fiscal calendar,
and currency all affect the posting process. The COA mapping you select for the book in the GL transaction type
determines how the accounts are structured. The GL controls used by each book also affect posting results, as
they determine the specific account strings and journal codes used to record each transaction. You can modify
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 75

the posting rules as you need within each book and these specific rules are processed independently. And if you
add a book, you will either need to select a COA map or copy posting rules to it before the new book can post
transactions to the general ledger through the GL transaction type.
You can create a revision which summarizes the journals posted by the transaction type to the book. This limits
the number of financial transactions saved to the general ledger tables, as posting invoices, vouchers, and other
transactions can result in too many detail records being added to the database. Revisions can also define the
posting codes and rules used to post journals. The posting codes determine the attributes used with the journals,
while the posting rules define the journal details.
You can also create revisions which integrate the Epicor application with other financial applications. The posting
rules can prepare the financial data for import into these other applications.
Important Creating, modifying, or deleting posting rules can create invalid journals. Be sure to verify you
are creating valid accounts after you make changes. You should always review the financial results of a
new or modified transaction type on a test server to avoid posting invalid journals to your live data.
Posting Rules Versioning

The virtual business document (VBD) and posting rules are upgraded only if there is an actual change, improving
performance of the conversion program when a new service pack is released.
Important The incoming data structure of a transaction type, was previously referred to as an abstract
business transaction (ABT) and is now identified as a virtual business document (VBD).
Customized revisions also receive updates from the service packs for out-of-the-box rule sets and individual
rules/functions. Users can import individual rule sets into existing revisions, making a manual upgrade. This greatly
simplifies setting up multi-book configurations.
Business Transactions and GL Transactions

When the posting engine runs, it uses the GL transaction types to generate business transactions (sometimes
called business documents). These business transactions hold the actual financial data which will post to the
general ledger.
Each business transaction reflects a specific financial activity within your company. GL Transaction Type Maintenance
provides a single interface where you can modify the settings for posting each business transaction. The posting
rules process a business transaction for each book in the company, and the validation rules defined on each book
verify the results of the posting process. When posting completes, the business transactions are recorded as one
or more GL transactions within the general ledger.
When you are modify a GL transaction type you should review all of the financial information it generates before
actively using the revision. To do this, you select the Manually review all transactions check box on the Revisions
> Revisions Detail sheet; you can then review all the valid and invalid GL transactions in the Review Journal.
Tip GL Transaction Types are only discussed briefly in this section. For details on how to create and modify
transaction types, review the GL Transaction Type Environment section later in this guide.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the GL Transaction Type functionality from the
GL Transaction Type Maintenance

Use GL Transaction Type Maintenance to create and update the posting rules for transaction types. To launch
this program from the Main Menu:
Menu Path: Financial Management > General Ledger > Setup > GL Transaction Type
76 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Important This program is not available in Epicor Web Access.
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/GL Transaction Type Maintenance

• Always a single Active Revision-- Select this radio option to indicate that only one active revision can be
used with this transaction type at a time. You cannot activate other revisions while you are in this mode.
• Detailed Description-- Displays the purpose of the transaction type. For example, Posting AP Logged Invoice.
• Manually review all transactions-- Indicates that all of the GL transactions generated by the current
transaction type will display within the Review Journal. Activate this mode after you have modified or created
a transaction type; you can then use the Review Journal to verify you are generating the results you want.
• Select an Active Revision by Date-- Select this radio option to indicate you can use different active revisions
for the current transaction type. The application uses the Apply Date value on a journal to calculate which
active transaction type to use.
• Transaction Type-- Defines the specific transaction type you are creating or modifying.
Logic/Algorithms
The GL Transaction Type functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
GL transaction types contain the posting rules logic for a specific business activity within your database.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the GL Transaction Type functionality.
You define a rule for a journal generated when an AR invoice posts. The rule pulls in the warehouse ID for the
inventory amount which was sold; this value is puled from the sales order linked to AR invoice. The posting rule
sets the value of a dynamic segment based on the warehouse ID.
Journal Codes
Journal codes define the codes used to group journals. These codes help you track and report on journals.
The journal codes are applied to journals by GL controls. The journals each GL control generates is defined by
the GL control type linked to the GL control; the GL control type defines the journal contexts which each GL
control then uses to define a specific journal code for each transaction. In some cases, posting rules automatically
use default journal codes when a GL control does not contain the needed code.
Consolidation definitions also apply codes to journals posted from source books to intermediate books and target
books. You can then use journal groups to validate and track consolidation journals.
You create journal codes to group:
• Month-End Journals - These journal codes record month end activity.
• Consolidation Journals- These journal codes group journals used with the Consolidate to Parent and Import
Consolidation from Subsidiary programs.
• New Transactions- These transactions are created by new GL transaction types which you create within GL
Transaction Type Maintenance.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 77

Pre-Defined Codes
When you create a new company within Company Configuration, a series of journal codes are automatically
created by default. The following table details these codes:
Code Description Process
AJ Adjustments Journal Adjustment entry in AP or AR
CD Cash Disbursements Journal Check entry in AP
CR Cash Receipts Journal Cash receipt entry in AR
FA Fixed Assets Journal Asset posting process in fixed assets
GJ General Journal Journals entered in Journal Entry
IJ Inventory Journal Capture COS/WIP activity in Job Management
IN Internal Transfer Journal Multi-site consolidation
PJ Purchase Journal Invoice entry in AP
PR Payroll Journal Payroll check entry in Payroll
SJ Sales Journal Invoice entry in AR
Default Journal Codes

Some posting processes use default codes when there is no journal code is supplied by a GL control. The following
table lists programs where default journal codes are defined:
Journal Code Entry of default settings occur in...
Adjustments Journal • The Accounts Receivable- General sheet in Company Configuration

• The AR Account Detail sheet in AR Account Maintenance
• The Detail sheet in Accounts Payable GL Accounts Maintenance
General Journal The General Ledger sheet in Company Configuration
Inventory Journal The Inventory - General sheet in Company Configuration
Purchase Journal The Detail sheet in Accounts Payable GL Accounts Maintenance
78 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Sales Journal • The Accounts Receivable- General sheet in Company Configuration

• The AR Account Detail sheet in AR Account Maintenance
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Journal Codes functionality from the Main
Journal Code Maintenance

Use GL Transaction Type Maintenance to create and update the posting rules for GL transaction types. To launch
this program from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/Journal Code Maintenance
• Description-- Indicates the purpose for the journal code. This text value displays on various reports and
programs.
• Journal Code-- Defines the code you use to identify this journal. When you use a journal code with a GL
control, it applies the journal code to all the journals created through the GL control.
• System Journal-- Select this check box to indicate that this code is applied to default journals generated by
the application.
Logic/Algorithms
The Journal Codes functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
Journal codes determine the journal contexts on GL control types.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Journal Codes functionality.
The pre-defined journal code SJ (Sales Journal) applies to journals that post AR invoices. The code SJ is linked to
the GL control which posts journals from AR Invoice Entry. The application applies the code to journals posted
from the AR Invoice Entry program. Reports and trackers then group sales transactions by the SJ (Sales Journal)
code.
Lookup Tables
Lookup tables map database field values to both segment and account values. You can then modify or create
posting rules which use lookup tables.
The tables define segment and account values for journal details based on values which generate in a business
transaction, which provides the transformation of the source business transaction data into target GL transaction
data.
Posting rules use lookup tables to obtain values for any COA segment. Typically, the tables set values which
define dynamic segments. You can leverage lookup tables to define multiple target values from a source value.
The parameters you define on a posting rule indicate the lookup table columns it uses during the posting process.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 79

Use this functionality to link any source (sometimes called key) value to one or multiple target values. This
functionality:
• Creates and maintains groups of fields with the names and descriptions you assign to them.
• Accesses data from posting rules as a separate logical named lookup table.
Important If you modify or delete a lookup table, invalid journals may generate. After you change a
pre-posting rule, verify that functions which use a lookup table still create valid accounts.
Using lookup tables reduce how many changes you need to make to a posting rule for it to define segment and
account values. You create look up tables within the Lookup Tables Setup program.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Lookup Tables functionality from the Main
Use Lookup Tables Setup to create and update lookup tables used during the posting process. To launch this
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/Lookup Tables Setup
• COA Code-- Designates the COA used in the lookup table map.
• DB Field-- Designates the database field that supplies data for the lookup. Entries include fields in the selected
database table.
• DB Table-- Designates the database table that supplies data for the lookup.
• Name-- Defines the lookup table type. Available options:
• Segment-- Create a lookup table which defines the selected segment values.
• Use Full Account-- Creates a lookup table that sets account values.
• Search Name-- Defines the table. Posting rules you modify and create in GL Transaction Types Maintenance
use this name as a parameter in lookup functions.
• Source Field Name-- Defines a field used to supply the values in the lookup table. The name appears in the
source column header on the Detail sheet.
• Source Value Fields-- Designates the database table and fields that provide the data which populates a
dynamic segment.
• Target Field Name-- Defines the target lookup field. The name appears in the target column header on the
Detail sheet.
• Validate-- Indicates whether the application validates field details entered in this program. If you select this
check box, a warning displays if target value fields on the Detail sheet contain invalid values.
• Value Type-- Describes the type of information contained in the field. This field provides information to users
of this program.
Logic/Algorithms
The Lookup Tables functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
Lookup tables pull in database values required by a GL transaction type.
80 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Lookup Tables functionality.
Example One
You define a rule for a GL transaction which generates when a sales order posts. You want to modify the rule
that obtains the ID of the warehouse from which the inventory came and sets the value of a dynamic segment
based on the ID.
You use the Source Value Fields sheet in Lookup Tables Setup to define the database table and field that store
the ID. You use the Target Value Fields sheet to select the COA. In the Details sheet, you define rows that link
warehouse IDs with the values defined for the dynamic segment.
In GL Transaction Type Maintenance , you add a posting code to return the ID from the posted transaction. The
rule uses the ID and the lookup table to set the segment value.
Example Two
A user assigns a user-defined property color to parts and needs to account for parts differently depending on
their color. A lookup table can associate color codes with accounting segments or accounts. A GL transaction
type revision (and an underlying posting rule) receives a color code as a posting code and uses it to retrieve a
corresponding accounting segment directly from the lookup table. This saves the work of defining the association
in the posting rules.
The table links each particular field of the source value to a field in one of the existing database tables. Posting
rules populate the field with the values from the linked database field. In a similar way, the table links each
particular field of the target value to an accounting segment in a chart of accounts. If such link is created, the
rules can use the values of a linked segment or a whole accounting string as a target value.
Review Journal
The Review Journal is a key tool you leverage while you develop new or modify existing posting rules. When you
first create a new revision within your test environment, you can indicate that all transactions generated by the
revision display within the Review Journal.
To do this, you select the Manually review all transactions check box on a GL transaction type revision; this check
box is located within GL Transaction Type Maintenance on the Revision-Detail sheet. You can then evaluate the
GL transactions generated by the revision and correct any errors the revision may cause. After you finish your
corrections, you can then re-post them from the Review Journal and review the data results.
During normal operation of the application, the Review Journal captures any posting errors which occur. So after
you go live with your new GL transaction type revision, the Review Journal is still an important tool for
troubleshooting issues and monitoring results. You can display error transactions by module, date, and user. You
can then identify the source of the GL transaction, make a change to the record, and re-post. The Review Journal
shows you the results of your change.
You can also directly adjust the account numbers for an entry line. After you complete the adjustments, you can
re-validate the journal and directly post it from the Review Journal. Typically you adjust and post new account
numbers when invalid journals originate from an external application. You can also both cancel and confirm GL
transaction entries. Both actions remove the journal entries from the program. The confirmation process updates
the GL transactions within the books to which they post. If the updated transactions are invalid, the Review
Journal displays the posting errors.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 81

The Review Journal divides the posting results by book. You can then print edit lists to review the results within
each book, so you can generate lists for source business transactions which have generated both internally
through the Epicor application and externally through third party applications.
When you post a single transaction, it can create different journal details in multiple books. A single journal entry
groups all journals posted to all the books by a single GL transaction. The validation settings defined on each
book determine the errors and warnings which display in the Review Journal, so the validation process can
produce different results when you post to different books. One book may ignore a GL transaction that generates
an error or a warning in another book.
If a revision within a specific book is designed to summarize transactions, it affects the adjustments available
within the Review Journal. Summary lines post to both natural accounts and accounting processes. The Review
Journal displays source details for summarized lines.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Review Journal functionality from the Main
Use the Review Journal to verify the results of a posting process. You also use this program to review and correct
posting errors. To launch this program from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/General Ledger/General Operations/Review Journal
• GL Account-- Defines the account to which the amount posted. If you need, you can change this account
and re-post the transaction through the Review Journal.
Logic/Algorithms
The Review Journal functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
The Review Journal has two modes:
• Capture all GL transactions for a modified revision for later review and validation.
• Capture GL transactions for which a warning or an error occurred during the posting process.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Review Journal functionality.
Posting an AR invoice can post a journal with one set of details to the company's financial book and a journal
with completely different lines to the company's legal book. Journal entries displayed in Review Journal group
these separate GL transactions. You can then review these GL transactions to make sure they process correctly.
Rounding Engine
Use the Rounding Engine to define location-specific rounding requirements and rounding-related settings for
specific business areas. This functionality includes currency tolerances, company tolerances, and rounding accounts.
The Rounding Engine controls rounding for currencies, sales documents, customers, payments, and cash receipts.
All rounding calculations, both the original amount and the rounding difference values, are captured by your
Epicor application before the posting process runs. Then during the posting process, the functionality updates
82 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

both the rounded amount and the difference amount per each detail line (for example, on a sales order). The
difference amount, for example, may generate by rounding the maximum difference between the debits and
the credits. These values then map to a total account which sums the amounts on each detail line -- causing the
rounding values to balance.
You activate rounding by defining rounding tolerances for both AR and AP within the Company Configuration
program. You can also define tax amount tolerances on customer records within Customer Maintenance. This
tolerance criteria defines when the Epicor application recognizes when amounts are considered a currency
difference and then posts these amounts to the specified account.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Rounding Engine functionality from the
Currency Master Maintenance

Use Currency Master Maintenance to define rounding settings for a currency. You define the rounding tolerances
for a specific currency on the Rounding sheet. To launch this program from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/Currency Management/Setup/Currency Master
• Multiplier-- Defines the value used when rounding amounts for the value type. This value must be a positive
number. A zero value indicates no rounding calculation occurs. The number of decimals used when entering
multipliers is the same number of decimals defined for the currency on the Currency-Detail sheet.
• Rule-- Use this drop-down list to select the rule you need for each value type. Available options:
• No rounding
• Round up to multiplier
• Round down to multiplier
• Round to nearest multiplier-- For example, round up if the remainder value of dividing the number by
the multiplier is greater or equal to half the value of the multiplier; otherwise, round down.
• Value Type-- Indicates the field values affected by the rounding tolerance. You can define rounding tolerances
for Unit Prices, Unit Taxes, Extended Price, Extended Tax, Total, and Total Tax.
Company Maintenance
You can define rounding tolerances in both AR and AP configuration. Company settings determine whether
customer-specific rounding applies. Rounding rules apply to the net unit price when the company calculates
discounts on unit price in sales programs.
• System Management / Company Maintenance / Company
Customer Maintenance
You can also define rounding parameters on specific customer records. Use Customer Maintenance to define a
tax rounding rule and indicate whether the rule applies to invoice lines or totals. Customer settings override the
rounding defaults defined for the company.
• Financial Management/Accounts Receivable/Setup/Customer
• Financial Management/Multi-Site/Setup/Customer
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 83

• Production Management/Field Service/Setup/Customer

• Production Management/Material Requirements Planning/Setup/Customer
• Sales Management/Customer Relationship Management/Setup/Customer
• Sales Management/Demand Management/Setup/Customer
• Sales Management/EDI/Setup/Customer
• Sales Management/Order Management/Setup/Customer
• Sales Management/Quote Management/Setup/Customer
Logic/Algorithms
The Rounding Engine functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
Provides the logic used to round amounts on specific transactions for a currency.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Rounding Engine functionality.
You map all GL transactions, line by line, so they move from Book A to Book B. Book B is in a different currency,
so this book needs to round the incoming amounts and record the change in a difference account. When the
posting engine updates Book A and Book B, the credit and debit amounts will not balance, and Book B records
the difference.
Self-Balancing Segments
A self-balancing segment is one which automatically posts a balancing journal when a GL transaction occurs
between two values defined for the segment; the sum of these two values must equal a zero balance. This makes
sure that the book linked with the COA maintains a balanced set of records within the segment. Self-balancing
segments use balancing and offset accounts to create the balancing journal. You define which existing segments
are self-balancing within Self-Balancing Segment Maintenance.
All self-balancing segments must have a balancing account. You can also define an offset account for optional
segments in the chart of accounts (COA). When you define an offset account for an optional segment, you can
balance the accounts for mandatory segments.
Segments that define divisions, organizations, departments, and projects are often used as self-balancing segments.
You must first create the segment within Chart of Accounts Structure Maintenance and then select the segment
within this program.
The following section details the location(s) where you can access the Self-Balancing Segments functionality from
the Main Menu. It also describes the values you can change for this item.
Use the Self-Balancing Segment Maintenance program to define segments used for self-balancing journals. To
launch this program from the Main Menu:
• Financial Management/General Ledger/Setup/Self-Balancing Segment
84 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


• Balancing Account-- Defines the natural account used to process balancing journal amounts. Either enter
this account directly or click the Balancing Account button to find and select it.
• Level-- Determines the processing order when a COA has multiple self-balancing segments. The process
begins with a segment which has a "1" value and continues in numeric order.
• Offset Natural Account-- Defines the account which can receive offsetting balances when an optional
segment is self-balancing.
• Self-Balancing -- Indicates whether you want the current segment to self-balance.
Logic/Algorithms
The Self-Balancing Segments functionality uses this logic to calculate its results.
• When a balancing account is present, record the balancing amounts in this account.
• When an offsetting account is present, place the starting value within the balancing account and the opposite
value in the offsetting account.
Example(s)
The following example(s) illustrate how you use the Self-Balancing Segments functionality.
The COA has two controlled segments: a mandatory division segment and an optional project segment. You
define both as self-balancing and use the following accounts.
• A balancing account of 8000 for the division segment.
• A balancing account of 7000 and an offset account of 7001 for the project segment.
A journal credits the revenue accounts for a project owned by Division A and shared with Division B. The journal
contains the following lines:
Account Division Project Amount
2100 A -2500
4010 A 10 1200
4010 B 10 500
4010 A 11 500
4010 A 500
The 500 amount applies to Project 10, which is the project shared by the two divisions, and must transfer from
Division B to Division A to balance the division segment. The balancing process first uses the project segment
accounts to offset balancing account entries.
7000 A 10 -1200
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 85

7000 A 11 -500
7001 A 1700
7000 B 10 -500
7001 B 500
The process can then create the balancing entries for the division segment.
8000 A 500
8000 B -500
86 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide The GL Transaction Type Environment
The GL Transaction Type Environment
This section describes GL transaction types in more detail. It explores the various items like posting codes, functions,
pre-posting rules, posting rules, and reference rules which make up a transaction type.
The section concludes with a section on posting rule tips.
GL Transaction Types in Detail
Your Epicor application contains a unique set of GL transaction types which post financial results to reports,
trackers, and the general ledger. GL transaction types control the posting processes used by each book, and a
posting process uses one or more GL transaction types to generate its financial results.
A GL transaction type uses an incoming document template to pull in a specific business transaction, and then
generates one or multiple GL transactions for it using a set of posting rules to determine how journals and
accounts record the business transaction.
Each book also has settings that affect the posting process. These settings include the chart of accounts, fiscal
calendar, and currency for the book. The GL controls used by the posting process define the accounts used by
the posting rules.
The posting rules can contain default and user modified algorithms to generate GL transactions. You can select
an amount to post and determine which accounts record the selected amount. You can then determine whether
the account can be a debit or a credit and you can also include any transaction text you may need to identify the
results. In the case of reference rules, they are detached from storing account codes for future reference from
the posting rules themselves. This type of rule creates a GL control and links it to a posting entity independently
from creating a actual GL journal detail. In other words, the reference rule sets up and populates a reference GL
control with no direct relation to posting any amounts or selecting debit and credit accounts.
The Epicor application installs with a series of GL transaction types which record the business transactions created
by financial activity in the database. For example, GL transaction types define the posting process for inventory
movements, invoices, and bank reconciliation. You can display and review GL transaction types within GL
Transaction Type Maintenance, a program located on the Main Menu within the General Ledger > Setup folder.
In order to update a GL transaction type to match your posting needs, you create a revision for it. Within the
revision, you can add, modify, and delete posting elements (posting codes, amounts, BAQs, and so on) and
posting rules (functions, pre-posting rules, posting rules, and reference rules) as you need. You typically create
revisions for the following purposes:
• Use COA maps from one source book for use in a new target book.
• Copy posting rules from one source book into a new target book.
• Define the revision used to post GL transactions. This revision applies the posting elements and posting rules
you define for the revision.
• Summarize the journals posted to a book. Posting invoices, vouchers, and other transactions can cause a large
number of detail records to generate in the database. Summary journals reduce the number of financial
transactions saved to general ledger tables.
• Define the posting codes and rules used to post journals. Posting codes determine the attributes used with
the journals, and posting rules define journal details.
• Change and add posting codes to extend the functionality available when journals post.
• Define the posting rules you use to post journals. Pre-posting rules define defaults used in the manual entry
of general ledger accounts. These rules pull in the data needed for the business transaction to post to the
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 87

The GL Transaction Type Environment Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
general ledger. Posting rules can create a single detail or a pair of balancing entries; these rules determine
the line amount, the account to which it posts, and whether the amount debits or credits the account. In
some cases, rules create a GL control used to store journal and account contexts for subsequent processing.
• Create revisions which integrate posting processes from the Epicor application to posting processes within a
third-party financial application.
Important If you change a posting rule, it can create invalid journals. Before you use a modified rule on
your live data, make sure that the posting rule creates valid accounts. Always modify and verify rules on a
test server to avoid the risk of posting invalid journals to the live general ledger.
Virtual Business Document Version

The virtual business document (VBD) and posting rules are upgraded only if there is an actual change, improving
performance of the conversion program when a new service pack is released.
Tip The incoming data structure of a transaction type, was previously referred to as an abstract business
transaction (ABT) and is now identified as a virtual business document (VBD).
The VBD Version field specifies the version of the virtual business document (VBD) and consists of a major and
minor sequence (for example 504.1).
The major sequence increments every time a change is made in the server code that generates the document
and is used to verify the structure of the document is compatible with the server code.
The minor sequence increments every time a change is made to the document structure and is reset to zero each
time the major version increments. It is used to track changes.
The Patch VBD Version specifies the patch version of the virtual business document (VBD) and has the same
structure as the main version. The patch version increments each time a change is released in a patch to a client
between service packs and resets to zero each time a service pack is released.
Rules Set Version

In GL Transaction Type Maintenance, use the Book > Detail sheet to determine how transactions post to a book.
When you select a book on this sheet, you can define its rules. All posting rules, functions, and variables defined
for a single book are a rule set which generates a complete journal for the book.
The Ruleset Version field increments each time a change is made in any underlying rule or function. The Package
field specifies the identifier of a rules package (for example, Standard or Extended).
Your Epicor application comes with two packages of posting rules, in addition to several Country Specific
Functionality (CSF) packages. The Standard package is available for users upgrading from Vantage 8.03. The
Standard package contains all of the account segments used in this previous version, ensuring that previous GL
transactions update into Epicor ERP. The Extended package is available for new users and existing users who
wish to modify their posting processes. The Extended rules package is derived from the Standard rules package,
but all segments are removed so that they do not contain any division or department specific logic. Because of
these changes, this rules package is a better base for modifying the posting process.
Note You should only import CSF posting rules if you have activated the corresponding CSF license for
your company. Refer to the CSF Guides for details on using CSF Posting Rules.
Individual Rule and Function Version

The version control on the rule and function level is used when comparing two rule sets, one of which is about
to be imported and the other already in the system. This provides a way to distinguish between posting rules
and functions that have changed and therefore need to be pulled in. Those that have not changed do not need
to be imported, saving time on the import and conversion.
88 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

The Version field specifies the individual rule or function version. The Version field uses a single numeric sequence
and increments every time a rule or function is changed in a corresponding rule.
The Patch Version field specifies the rule or function patch version. A single numeric sequence is used and it
increments each time a change is released in a patch to a client between service packs. The patch version resets
to zero every time a service pack is released.
GL Transaction Type Components
• Transaction Type-- Displays the transaction type as registered in the application -- for example, AP Invoice
and AR invoice.
• Revisions-- Displays the current revisions for the transaction type. Each node also indicates the current status
of the revision - active, draft, or blocked.
• Incoming Document Templates-- Displays the various business transaction structures available within the
GL transaction type. For example, the AP Invoice transaction type contains the Header Misc. Charge, Line,
and Tax Line document templates.
• Posting Codes-- Displays the specific data values the revision pulls in to process a business transaction. For
example, on the AP Invoice GL transaction type, the default revision pulls in the Central Payment Company,
Company Parameters, Currency Master, Details, EuroFinance, and Supplier database information.
• Amounts-- This node displays the specific amount values pulled in by the revision. For example, on the AP
Invoice GL transaction type, the default revision tracks the Balance, Expense, Invoice, Rounding Difference,
and Tax amounts.
• Rules-- Indicates where all the rules for the GL transaction type revision are contained.
• Book Rules Node-- Displays the rules node for a specific book. The functions, posting rules, and pre-posting
rules for the book display under this node. You can add multiple books to each revision.
• Functions-- Expand this node to display the default functions available within the book. Functions are global
rules which generate default data across all the posting rules within the current book.
• Posting Rules-- Expand this node to display the rules used to post GL transactions for the current book.
• Reference Rules - Expand this node to display the rules used only to post GL transactions with no direct
relation to populating any amounts or selecting debit and credit accounts. This rule type does not create any
GL details.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 89

• Pre-Posting Rules -- Expand this node to display all of the pre-posting rules used to gather data in order for
the posting rules to run correctly within the current book. Pre-posting rules use lookup tables to pull in required
data.
Revisions
To modify transaction types, you create revisions. Only one revision can be active at a time within the book. You
can either create a new revision by copying the existing posting rules, or you can create an entirely new revision
which contains no posting rules and create the posting rules you need.
You can add or update many items within each revision; you can modify posting codes, pre-posting rules, posting
rules, reference rules, functions, book variables, rules variables, operations, and so on.
You can assign one of three status levels to each revision. Each status defines the current state of the revision.
Assign the status on the Revisions > Revision Detail sheet. The Status field has the following options:
• Active - The revision the application currently uses to post GL transactions for the GL transaction type. The
revision is in use, processing GL transactions for all books assigned to it. Only one revision can be active at a
time for each GL transaction type and you cannot modify an active revision.
• Draft - A revision you are currently modifying; this status is the default when you create a new revision. For
as long as the revision stays in the draft status, you can edit it. Once you change its status to Active or Blocked,
it can no longer be updated.
• Blocked - A previous or alternate revision which is no longer in use. The application does not use this revision
to generate GL transactions for the current GL transaction type. Although you cannot modify a blocked
revision, you can change its status back to active and use it to post again. Blocked revisions are also used as
a reference to compare against the active and draft revision(s).
Use different revisions to model and test changes in the accounting logic for each transaction type. For example,
your company uses posting rules to set values for a dynamic segment that defines a product line. The product
line expires at the end of the year. You create a revision that includes new posting rules which record this change
at the same time.
Tip You can delete blocked revisions by archiving them into a specified folder from the Actions > Delete
Revisions menu.
Option to Manually Review Transactions

In addition to creating a new revision and assigning it a status, you can activate the manual review option when
you select the Manually review all transactions check box. This causes the application to capture all GL
transactions generated by the process and log them in the Review Journal. Epicor recommends you select this
option while you are creating and testing a revision; after you are satisfied with the results, clear this check box
option so the Review Journal only captures errors and warnings.
Upgrades and Revisions

Transaction Type Maintenance has a separate and independent version control for different parts of the transaction
type. These include:
• VBD level
• Version and Package ID on the rule set level
• Version on the posting rule/function level
This extended versioning allows limiting imports and updates to the parts of transaction types where actual
changes are present during manual imports and patch upgrades. You can choose to import new revisions in
replace mode or apply updates to already existing revisions.
90 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

When you upgrade the Epicor application through a service pack or patch, you can configure the upgrade in
Update or Replace mode. Refer to the installation guide for detailed instructions.
In the Replace mode, the current active Revision remains Active if there were no changes in the Business
Document Structure. The revision becomes Blocked and a new Active Revision is generated if changes in VBD
were successfully merged. Custom rules of the current revisions are not upgraded. The new out-of-the-box
Revision is installed as blocked. You can then review the blocked version to see if any updates are needed to your
modified revision. If you wish, you can then add your modifications to the new default revision and set its status
to Active.
In the Update mode, the current Active Revision is updated to reflect changes in the Incoming Document
Template. Only out-of-the-box Posting Rules and Functions which have changes are updated. Customized posting
rules/functions are not updated.
Updates are always automatically installed for both the Standard and Expanded packages of rules.
Compare Revisions
Before you make changes to a revision, you can compare revisions to see the different posting elements and
rules between the two versions. To do this, click on the Actions menu and select Compare Revisions. Use this
window to review the differences between the revisions.
Incoming Document Templates
An incoming document template specifies the elements used to gather business transaction data for the posting
rules. Each GL transaction type uses one or more templates, and each template has a set of elements unique to
the posting process for that GL transaction type.
All templates gather both general and specific data about posted business transactions. General information
includes the date the business transaction posts, the business entity involved in the transaction, and the journal
code for the transaction. Each template also contains a set of elements specific to a posting process. For example,
the template used to post invoices defines elements that contain data from the invoice header, invoice lines, and
tax lines.
Templates can combine predefined and custom elements. Predefined elements ensure support for the transaction
type's posting processes. You cannot change or delete predefined elements. You can add custom elements to
provide attributes needed by any new or modified posting rules. You can also modify and delete your custom
elements.
The posting rules for a revision use information from the template elements to define journal details. These rules,
except for the reference rule, determine the detail amount, the account to which the detail posts, and whether
the amount debits or credits the account. The reference rule is used to set up and populate a reference GL control
with no direct relation to posting any amounts or selecting debit and credit accounts.
Each incoming document template contains the following elements:
• Document Lines - Document lines group elements obtained from a portion of the posted transaction. For
example, an accounts receivable invoice template contains document lines for the invoice header, invoice line,
tax line, and miscellaneous charge line.
• Posting Entities - Entities group related posting codes together. An entity holds a posting code collection
and provides default settings used to populate fields.
• Posting Codes - Posting codes define the parameters used with posting rule operations and functions. Posting
rules use posting code values to create journal details. You can add posting codes and modify and delete the
codes you create. Posting codes are grouped under a parent posting entity.
• Amounts - Amount elements hold the transaction amounts used by calculated fields.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 91

Selection Criteria
In GL Transaction Type Maintenance, selection criteria are statements which return specific data from the posting
codes on the revision. The posting rules then use the data to create accounts used in journal details.
The incoming document template contains posting codes unique to its process. The posting codes are grouped
by posting entities and the entities are then grouped by the document lines from the business transaction (incoming
document template).
You can create or update selection criteria to return the posting code data required by a rule. For example, you
want to define a rule which posts an invoice amount to an account segment based on the Warehouse ID. The
incoming document template contains an invoice line element which has the warehouse posting entity which
contains the posting code required for each warehouse. You select Invoice Line in the For Each field and use the
other field in the sheet to create a statement that selects the correct posting code. The result resembles a WHERE
clause in a SQL statement. You then click Add to include the statement in the Selection Criteria field. You use
the And, Or, and Not buttons to insert logical operators into the statement.
Selection criteria can only pull in data from parent tables. Information stored in child tables cannot be pulled in
by using selection criteria from the parent. You must create or modify a posting rule which pulls in data directly
from the child table.
Posting Codes
To add posting codes, you define settings that control how the revision retrieves data used for its posting rules.
These rules includes defining the data source for the posting codes. The application obtains data for posting code
fields by using:
• Entity Fields-- Business entities (do not confuse these items with posting entities) are static database tables
like Part, Customer, and Supplier which contain data a business transaction requires. Because of this, you can
specify a field in the same table to access data in the business entity field.
• Business Activity Queries (BAQs)-- You can pull in more detail into the revision by linking a business activity
query (BAQ) to an incoming document template. The revision then uses selection criteria defined for a posting
rule to obtain data pulled in by the BAQ. The interface can return a value from a single field or a calculated
sum of fields.
Functions
Functions are standard packages of posting rules which contain functionality common across the posting rules
within a revision. They include the rules required to populate account segments for natural accounts, divisions
and departments.
When you install or update the Epicor application, functions are included as part of each GL transaction type
revision. Typically each function contains a series of account and journal contexts. When the posting engine
processes the function, it pulls in a complex piece of data and makes this data available to the pre-posting,
posting, and reference rules for the revision. For example, when the AR Invoice transaction type is run, its functions
pull AR account information out of the database to make this information available to the AR invoice posting
rules.
Each function is an algorithm that gathers the specific data and the function code which processes the information
into a format usable by the pre-posting, posting, and reference rules. The other rules and functions share the
gathered data. You can create, modify, and delete functions as necessary. When you add or modify a function,
you extend the operations list available to the posting rules.
Functions are very useful when you create or update posting rules. You can use functions to avoid writing complex
rules to pull in common financial data. They also help you avoid constantly repeating the GL hierarchy while you
develop posting rules.
92 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Booking Rules
Use the Book Detail sheet to determine how transactions post to a book. You first select a book from either the
tree view or the Booking Rules - List sheet; you can then create, edit, or delete posting rules for the current book.
Use the Book Detail sheet to determine how transactions post to a book. You first select a book from either the
tree view or the Booking Rules - List sheet; you can then create, edit, or delete posting rules for the current book.
All the rules defined for the book create a rule set. When the posting engine runs, it generates a complete journal
for all books contained within the revision -- using the default or modified rule set defined for each book.
Most posting rules create journal details from business transactions. These rules can create one transaction line,
a single journal detail, or a pair of balancing entries. Rules determine the detail amount, the account to which it
posts, and whether the amount debits or credits the account.
As described previously, rules use functions to generate global data across all of its pre-posting and posting rules.
These algorithms provide the data required to populate pre-posting and posting rules with the data required to
generate GL transactions.
Another type of rule, called a pre-posting rule, creates an instance GL control and calculates the default account
which displays and the GL transaction. For example, a pre-posting rule creates the default expense account for
the miscellaneous line on a purchase invoice. Pre-posting rules do not process data from posted transactions,
instead they process the incoming data from the business transaction and places it in the appropriate accounts
required for the posting process.
To generate a GL transaction, a posting rule populates detail fields with appropriate values. The posting rule
builds the detail field-by-field. Posting rules can also create output GL controls. These optional GL controls store
an association between source data, account contexts, and specific accounts. By storing this data through the
output GL control, the application can then use it during later processing.
You can do the following actions with posting rules:
• Determine whether journals are summarized by account when posted. When you summarize the posted
details, it reduces the number of records stored in the database.
• Designate whether mapped segments populate book accounts. The Chart of Accounts Mapping program
defines the maps between COA segments. A map transfers journal details in another book to this book.
Segment maps reduce the need to define the same posting rule in multiple maps. You typically use this
functionality when you only need to make minor changes in the posting process in different books.
• Define the functions referenced by the posting rules. Reusable functions reduce the time needed to program
the rules. For example, the book might use a COA with a mandatory division segment. You define a reusable
function that pulls a posting code value by using a lookup table; the function then returns the segment value.
• Define variables that provide values to the posting rules. The rules use variables to populate fields in a GL
transaction.
Important: Creating, modifying, or deleting posting rules can create invalid journals. Be sure to verify that valid
accounts generate after you make your changes. You should always first generate the results on a test server to
avoid posting invalid journals to live data.
Operations
Operations define the processing sequence used by a posting rule to move the data gathered by pre-posting
rules and functions into financial data which displays on financial reports and the general ledger. The posting
engine uses the values generated by operations to create GL transaction detail lines.
Operations define the processing sequence used by a posting rule to move the data gathered by pre-posting
rules and functions into financial data which displays on financial reports and the general ledger. The posting
engine uses the values generated by operations to create GL transaction detail lines.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 93

You create and update operations within the Booking Rules - Operations sheets. This interface displays all of the
operations which make up the current rule and provides you with a way to edit an existing operation or add a
new one. There are two sheets under the Operations sheet that feature the identical interface for configuring
posting rules. This logic allows you to divide your operations-related activities. You can use either of these sheets
to create and update operations considering the following:
• Use the Operations - Base sheet to configure the base part of the posting rule. During ERP application updates,
only the base part of the posting rule which was not modified is replaced with the one that comes in an
update regardless of whatever changes you made in the customized part. The possibility to configure rules
on this sheet is kept mostly for the purposes of backward compatibility. Usually posting rules are customized
on the Customization sheet.
• Use the Operations - Customization sheet to configure the customized part of the posting rule. It is
recommended to configure the customization, not base, part of the rule as this is the only way to keep
receiving changes from updates. The customization part of the rules is executed right after the base part.
The order in which the operation nodes display represents the order through which these operations run. Each
operation sets a value in a container for the rule. Containers define the line amount, the account to which it
posts, and whether the amount debits or credits the account.
Typically the operation logic runs sequentially, although in some cases they can use conditional branching. Each
operation in the posting rule returns a single value or tests a condition. You can add, update, or delete various
items on operations:
• Variables used by the rules. You might use a variable to store an intermediate value used in calculation of a
field in a rule.
• Functions referenced by the rules. For example, the book might use a COA with a mandatory division segment.
A function pulls in a posting code value used to look up and return the segment value.
• Containers that make fields available to the rules. Use containers to access the GL transaction's journal code,
apply date, and closing period. Containers for a detail include credit account, debit account, book amount,
transaction amount, text, and other transaction-specific containers.
• Selection Criteria that select the posting code to which the rules apply. Use the Selection Criteria sheet to
define the process used to select a posting code from one of the doc lines in the incoming document template.
• Operations that include functions used to set container values. Operations include lookup functions that set
segment values based on attributes in a posted transaction.
Each specific operation can be either a formula, a procedure, or a conditional operator (If/Then/Else). A formula
populates a field of a GL journal detail (Header and Posting Rule) or an account only (Pre-Posting Rule). The syntax
typically used with each operation is the following:
• <Field/Variable> = Formula <Operands>
• Call<system function>
• Comment< Text>
• Conditions
• If <logical expression>
• Else <logical expression>
• Else If<logical expression>
To define accounts, the operations set segment values based on values within an incoming business transaction.
For example, a posting rule could set the value of a dynamic segment which classifies customers by country. The
operation uses the customer's country, data included in the incoming business transaction, to pull in the country
value needed for the segment.
Operations use the following functions to pull in segment values:
• Lookup Tables-- These tables define relationships between database fields and account segments. These
relationships define the key-value pairs used by the posting rules.
94 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• BAQs-- A business activity query (BAQ) obtains data related to the posted GL transaction to use in defining
account codes. To do this, you must define the BAQ within the incoming document template.
Tip Modifying and creating operations is powerful functionality. Although you can create the rules you
need to post a GL transaction type, using this functionality can often be complex and unnecessary. You
should always try COA mapping or lookup tables first to see if you can receive the financial results you
want. The COA mapping defines the maps between segments; the map transfers journal details from one
book to another book. Lookup tables locate a segment value based on a value in a posted transaction. If
using this functionality does not provide you with the results you need, you should next modify or create
posting rules.
Color Key
The editing environment on the Operations sheet of GL Transaction Type Maintenance uses colors to designate
various elements. Colors highlight the various logical elements in the text of an operation. The color legend is
the following.
Element Color Example
Comment Green Comment: Define Transaction and Book

amounts
Standard Container Bold Violet Debit Account.Chart
User-def. Container Violet TestAccount.Chart
Named Constant Maroon Today; Journal Code
Literals & expressions Dark Red "Expense", Today + 3
Posting Element reference Bold Blue Amount Record, Supplier, AccountingCode
Function Keywords, Control Flow Bold Black IF Debit Account Is Valid Then
Operators
Function Parameter (not initialized) Blue Underlined Convert Amount To Currency Using Rate
Type
Function Parameter (initialized) Same color as the actual Convert Debit Amount To "USD" Using
argument Amount Record Invoice Rate Type
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 95

Variables
Variables are temporary fields intended to store the intermediate data results from operations. Several pre-defined
variables are available for each GL transaction type revision, and they can be defined at different locations within
the revision structure.
Variables are temporary fields intended to store the intermediate data results from operations. Several pre-defined
variables are available for each GL transaction type revision, and they can be defined at different locations within
the revision structure. To extend posting functionality, you define variables. Available variable types:
• Book Variable-- A variable usable by all the rules within the current book. These variables are set by the book
when it is initialized and they cannot be modified within a posting rule.
• Function Variable-- A variable only available within the function which contains it. You cannot use a function
variable outside of its parent function.
• Rule Variable-- A variable only available within the posting rule which contains it. You cannot use a rule
variable outside of its parent rule. Rule variables are available for you to use on all operations in the rule which
contains them.
Custom variables can use any of the data types available during the posting process. For example, you might use
a custom variable to store an intermediate value used for calculating a field in a custom posting rule.
The incoming document template for the GL transaction type revision can hold both predefined and custom
variables. The posting process controlled by the GL transaction type uses the pre-defined variables. You can
neither delete nor modify these variables. You can, however, add, modify, and delete custom variables on any
revision you create.
96 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Posting Rule Reference
Posting Rule Reference
This section of the guide contains information on the specific items you can modify within each posting rule
operation. Use these sections as a reference guide to help you understand the items you can modify on posting
rules so that they configure to your business needs.
Posting Rule Data Types
The data type defines which arguments pull in basic data for the posting rule container (items which holds data
generated for the operation) and which arguments calculate more complex data for each container.
Basic Data Types
The following table lists and describes basic data types.
Data Type Description
String This type defines character data. Any value assigned to the string container is trimmed to
remove leading and trailing spaces. You can use posting rules to populate predefined string
fields like GLJrnDtl.Description and user-defined string fields like GLJrnDtl.Character01. The
default value for string field/container is an empty string.
Date This type defines calendar date values. You can use posting rules to populate predefined
date fields like GLJrnDtl.CreateDate and user-defined date fields like GLJrnDtl.Date01. The
default value for the field/container is the unknown (not selected) value.
Numeric This type defines number (including decimal) values. You can use posting rules to populate
predefined numeric fields like GLJrnDtl.FiscalPeriod and user-defined numeric fields like
GLJrnDtl.Number01. The default value for the field/container is the unknown (empty) value.
Complex Data Types
The following table lists and describes complex data types.
Data Type Description
Account The container of an Account data type is defined as a unique structure which stores an account
as a collection of segments; it provides access to the account as a whole as well as to an individual
accounting segment.
Each container of an Account data type requires that a book be selected for it. The COA of that
book is then used as a source for the account segments list. A special option indicates whether
this COA is a Master Chart.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 97

Posting Rule Reference Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
The segments and accounts are synchronized. When and account is assigned, all segments refresh
with new values which derive from the new account value. When a segment is assigned, the
value of the whole account is modified using the new segment value.
The default value is an empty string.
GL Control A GL control is used as a simple string in all operations, but the metadata attached to the GL
control make it a complex type. The metadata stores the GL control type ID, and you use it while
you modify a rule to determine the appropriate list of account and journal contexts which apply
to the GL control.
The default value is an empty string.
Amount A value of type Amount which is retrieved though a function; you select an amount value through
its attributes. An amount is a complex type treated as a structure with the following elements:
• Name- the business name of the amount (Sales, Discount, and so on)
• Value- the numeric value of the amount
• Currency- the currency of the amount (its three-letter ISO currency code)
• Currency Type- which its transactional or reporting currency
• Calculation Method- a free-form string identifier that distinguishes amounts calculated by
different methods (for example, a method can be for different depreciation models or different
inventory costing models)
• Conversion Date- a fixed date for currency conversions (for example, a conversion date is
can be used for a currency contract or forward cover)
Containers
Containers are fields which contain the target data which results from a posting rule operation. You create target
data by populating containers with specific values.
You can set up modified containers for the types described in the following sections.
Transaction Header Containers
The following containers are always the same for the entire GL transaction and are considered part of a transaction
header.
The data type for each container is in square brackets:
• Comment [string]
• Call
• Journal Code [string]
• Apply Date [date]
• Closing Period Num [string]
• Red Storno
98 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Transaction Lines Containers
An accounting transaction line can have one of following containers.

The data type for each container is in square brackets:
• Credit Account [account]
• Debit Account [account]
• Book Amount [amount]
• Transaction Amount [amount]
• Transaction Text [string]
• AR Invoice Num Ref [string]
• AP Invoice Num Ref [string]
• Bank Account [account]
• Bank Slip Ref [string]
• Bank Transaction Num [string]
• Check Num Ref [string]
• Cash Receipt Ref [string]
• Vendor Ref [string]
• Temp Account [account]
• External Account [account]
• Multi Company [string]
• External Company [string]
• Reference Account [account]
• Credit Context [string]
• Debit Context [string]
• Reference Context [string]
Constants
Constants are named values run by the application which are then available for a posting rule. Each constant
must have a fixed value throughout as it executes within the posting rule.
The only exception is the constant Today; this constant is fixed throughout the entire posting process for a single
business transaction.
Within a rule, each constant is treated in the same way as any other value. The following table lists available
constants.
Name Description Type
Today The current system date Date
Book Currency The currency code of the current book String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 99

Default Rate Type Default rate type String
Space A space character String
Empty String A blank string String
Current Book The current book for which GL transactions String

generate
Conditional Operators
The following table details the conditional operators available for each operation. These operators define how
operations for each rule interact with each other.
Keyword Description
If Logical branching operator
Else Logical branching operator, must be preceded by If
Else If Logical branching operator, must be preceded by If
Comment Adds a line into a rule's code which contains text you enter
Log Error Writes a line into the Review Journal which displays as an Error; you can enter a
text description for the error
Raise Error Writes an error into Review Journal and stops the rule from running. The transaction
lines which create or do not create depend on the status of the Debit Account and
Credit Account containers.
Log Warning Writes a line into the Review Journal which displays as a Warning; you can enter a
text description for the warning
End Rule Stops the rule from running. The transaction lines which create or do not create
depend on the status of the Debit Account and Credit Account containers.
Log Debug Message Writes a line into the Review Journal which displays as a Debug message; you can
enter a text description for this message
100 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

System Functions
A list of the system functions is below.

These algorithms define operations common across the GL Transaction Types. Items you can modify are in bold
text.
• A=B
• Value
• Lookup Map name For Field Using arg1, arg2
• Lookup COA map name For Segment Using Segment value
• Lookup Business Data Using Query Field
• Convert Amount To Currency Using Rate Type
• End of Period which includes Date
• Account is Valid
• Account is not Valid
• Value is Available
• Value is not Available
• Get Account From GLControl For Current Book AND Context Context
• Get Segment From GLControl For Current Book AND Context Context
• Select Amount From Doc Line Where Add Condition
• Comment Text
• Log Error: Log Error Text
• Raise error: Error Description
• Log warning: Warning Description
• End Rule
• Log Debug Message: Log Debug Message
• Argument1 and Argument2 is Available
• Lookup COA map name Using Account Account
• Get Book Amount From GLControl For Current Book AND Context Context
• Get External Account From GLControl For Context Context
• Concatenate String + String ...
Modifiable Items
While you modify posting rule operations, you can change the items defined in this section.
Expression
Use these items to enter an arithmetic or string expression; this expression may contain several operators.
Syntax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 101

Expression
Links Functionality
Link Action
Expression Click this link to display a pop-up box with a field for text entry. You can then select
a field (VBD) or a container from a list and insert it into current cursor position.
Return Value Type

Either string, numeric, or a date value. These values are determined by the field or container you select. These
values can be used within any container.
Value
Use these items to enter a single value (a numeric one or a literal or field or container).
Syntax
Value
Links Functionality
Link Action
Value Clicking this link displays a pop-up box you can use to enter a single value. This value
can be one of the following: field (VBD), container, constant, literal
Return Value Type

As the selected value. These values can be used within any container.
Lookup (variant 1)
An item with accesses a user-defined COA map.

Syntax
Lookup map name For field Using argument1, ..., argumentN
Links Functionality
Link Action
map name Display a list of all user maps registered within the company.
field Display a list of field names which make up the target value of the selected
map. This feature only works when the map name is defined.
argument1, ..., argumentN Each link opens a pop-up form for you to enter an argument (a part of the
source value for the selected map).
Return Value Type
102 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Can be either any simple type or Account type (cannot be controlled at design-time). You can use this value for
any container of a basic data type or of an Account (complex) data type.
Lookup (variant 2)
An item with accesses a user-defined COA map linked to the current book.
Syntax
Lookup COA map name Using Account or Segment Account
Links Functionality
Link Action
COA map name Display a list of all those COA maps registered in the company where one of the
charts is the chart of the current book.
Account Link only works if COA map name is specified. Open a pop-up form for entry of a
key value for the lookup, which may be either an account or a segment (string),
defined by the selected map's type.
Return Value Type

Can be either a simple string or Account type (depending on the map type). You can use this value for any
container of types String or Account.
Lookup (variant 3)
An item with accesses a business activity query (BAQ).

Syntax
Lookup Business Data Using Query Field
Links Functionality
Link Action
Query Display a list of all BAQ queries linked to this particular GL transaction type.
Field Display a list of all fields of the selected BAQ. Only works if a business activity query
(BAQ) is specified.
Return Value Type

Any simple type Applicable to any container.
Convert
Currency conversion using a default rate.

Syntax
Convert Amount To Currency Using Rate Type
Links Functionality
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 103

Link Action
Amount Opens a pop-up form which you use to enter or select a reference to one of the
modified or standard containers of type Amount.
Currency Displays a list of currency codes. The list includes the Book Currency.
Rate Type Display a list of currency rate types. The list includes the Default Rate Type.
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type Amount. The elements of this complex type update with the new numeric
value of the amount and the new currency code. The rest of the data is pulled from the Amount value. You can
use this value for any container of type Amount.
End of Period
Returns the end of the fiscal period which contains the date on the business transaction.
Syntax
End of Period which includes Date
Links Functionality
Link Action
Date Opens a pop-up form where you can select either a field (VBD), a container, or the
constant Today.
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type Date. Applicable to containers of type Date.
Validation
Validates an account against the current COA.

Available validation operations:
• Is Valid and Is Not Valid operations are used to validate accounts. An account is considered valid when it
satisfies the following conditions:
1. The account is defined as Active.
2. The transaction date occurs on or between the Effective From Date and the Effective To Date range.
3. The account's static segments match the structure defined within Chart of Accounts Maintenance.
If the account does not satisfy these conditions, it is not considered valid and an error message displays within
the Review Journal.
Note that the validation function accepts any dynamic segments added to the end of the account structure.
Because of this, dynamic segments are included in the validation process and do not return errors.
104 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• Is Available and Is Not Available operations are used to determine if a supplied value is defined. A value
is considered defined if it is a non-empty string for a string data type or a non-undefined value for a date and
numeric data type.
These operations are used in the conditional operators. The "Is Not" operations are basically the same as "Is"
operations. Because the Not operator is used, however, the opposite validation occurs.
Syntax
Account Is Valid
Account Is Not Valid
Value Is Available
Value Is Not Available
Links Functionality
Link Action
Account Display a list of fields (VBD) or containers of type Account
Value Same as the Value function
Return Value Type

Treated as True or False
Get Account
Pulls in an account from a GL control for a given context and the current book.
Syntax
Get Account From GL Control For Context
Links Functionality
Link Action
GL Control Display a list of VBD fields or containers for the GL control
Context Opens a pop-up form for you to either manually enter a string context identifier or
select one of the VBD fields. When the GL control is defined, you can select a context
identifier from the list of default account contexts available on the GL control type.
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type Account Applicable to containers of type Account.
Tip The default account is retrieved when you supply the special context <default context>.
Book-Specific Account
Pulls an account from a GL control for a defined context and the selected book ID.
Syntax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 105

Get Account From GL Control For Book And Context

Links Functionality
Link Action
GL Control Displays a list of VBD fields or containers for the GL control.
Book Lists all books registered in the application with a special additional item for Master
Chart.
Context Opens a pop-up form for you to enter a string context identifier manually or to select
one of the VBD fields. When the GL control is defined, you can select a context
identifier from the list of default account contexts available on the GL control type.
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type Account Applicable to containers of type Account
Tip The default account is retrieved by entering the special context <default context>.
Get Segment
Gets a single segment from an account from GL Control.

Syntax
Get Segment From GL Control For Context
Links Functionality
Link Action
Segment Opens a pop-up form for you to enter segment name manually or to select one of the
VBD fields or one of containers (both of String type).
GL Control Displays a list of VBD fields or containers for the GL Control.
Context Opens a pop-up form where you can enter a string context identifier manually or select
one of the VBD fields. When the GL control is defined, you can select a context identifier
from the list of default account contexts available on the GL control type.
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type String Applicable to containers of type String
Tip The default account is retrieved by entering the special context <default context>.
Select Amount
Selects one of amounts from an Amount record by its parameters.

Syntax
106 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Select Amount From Doc Line Type Where Condition

Links Functionality
Link Action
Doc Line Type The VBD document line type from which you want to select an amount. Each posting
rule evaluates only one VBD line of a specific Doc Line Type, so type is enough to point
to a line.
Condition Displays a popup window you can use to construct a condition based on Currency,
Currency Type, and Calculation Method. All individual conditions combine by using the
AND logical operator. You can define a condition based on just some (not all) of the
fields.
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type Amount Applicable to containers of type Amount.
Concatenate Strings
Constructs text from multiple strings using single formula.

Syntax
Concatenate String + String …
Links Functionality
Link Action
String Opens a pop-up form for entering string text manually or selecting a VBD field or a
container in case they are of type String.
String Opens a pop-up form for entering string text manually or selecting a VBD field or a
container in case they are of type String.
... Adds the next string for concatenation when you click on ... in the formula:
Concatenate String + String + String ...
Return Value Type

The function returns value of type String applicable to containers of type String.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 107

User-Defined Fields in GL Transactions
Follow these steps to store data in user-defined fields linked to GL tables.
Add User-Defined Tables and Fields
Leverage User Defined Column Maintenance to create user-defined tables and add columns to this table extension.
This program is available if your user account has Security Manager or Global Security Manager rights.
The Epicor ERP application tables do not contain UD fields. You use this program to add UD columns (_c) to
tables and make them available for use in your customizations. Through this utility, you select any existing table
and create a user defined table (_UD) that contains columns you define. These UD tables begin as empty tables
with columns SysRowID and ForeignSysRowID, and these default columns link the record back to the associated
record in the main table. You next add the user-defined columns required for your customization.
Important In Epicor Cloud ERP - Multi Tenant or Epicor Cloud ERP - Dedicated Tenancy, this program
or feature may not be available or may operate under certain restrictions.
1. Launch User Defined Column Maintenance.

Menu Path: System Setup > System Maintenance > UD Column Maintenance
Important This program may not be available, or operate under certain restrictions in Epicor Cloud
ERP.
2. Click New Table. The Table Search window displays.
3. Click Search and select the GLJrnDtl table to customize it. Click OK.
Note The Table Name field automatically displays the name of the database table you selected,
adding a "_UD" suffix to the end of this table.
4. Enter a short description for the table in the Description field.
5. The System Code field displays the name of the Epicor application which contains the UD table. Typically
ERP will appear in this field.
6. Click Save.
7. Click New Column. The Column > Detail sheet displays.
8. From the tree view, select the new column.
9. In the Column > Detail sheet, enter a name for the new column in the Column name field.
Note The system assigns a _c suffix to the column name.
10. Enter column description in the Description field.
108 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

11. Accept the defaults for Data type and Format and click Save.
Note After you set up GLJrnDtl UD table, repeat the steps 1-10 to make the same setup for the
RvJrnTrDtl table.
Regenerate Data Model
Do the following to launch the data model regeneration process from the Epicor Administration Console.
To finish adding the user-defined table to the database, you need to regenerate the data model for the Epicor
database. You or your system administrator accesses the server that contains the database, launches the Epicor
Administration Console, and then runs the Regenerate Data Model process.
1. On your server machine, press <Windows> + F to display the Search bar.
2. Use one of these options to launch your search:
a. From the Search drop-down list, select the Everywhere option. In the search field, enter Epicor
Administration Console.
b. Click on the Apps button.

The Apps screen displays.
3. Locate the Epicor Software section on this screen and click the Epicor Administration Console icon.
4. From the tree view, expand the Database Server Management node and the node for the database server
that contains the database you wish to regenerate.
5. Select the database.

The properties for the database displays in the center pane.
6. From either the Action menu or the Actions pane, select Regenerate Data Model.
The Generate Data Model dialog box opens.
7. Adjust or verify the settings in the dialog box:

• Server name - SQL Server server\Instance name where the database is located. Initially populated with
the database server for the selected database.
• Database name - The database for which you are regenerating the database model. Initially populated
with the selected database.
• Authentication - If you select Windows Authentication, the User name and Password default to your
current login values. If you select SQL Server Authentication, enter the user account and password you
use to log into SQL Server.
8. Click Generate.
Important If you receive an error that the .dll file for the data model generation is in use by another
process, end the task. Launch the Internet Information Services Manager by clicking Start > Programs
> Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. Select the Application
Pools node; the center pane displays the application pools available on your system. Right-click your
application server node; from the context menu, select Recycle. You should be able to regenerate
the data model.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 109

Likewise if you receive an error that states some tables did not synchronize, you can review the log
file to see more details about these table errors. The location of this log file displays in the error
message.
When you successfully regenerate the data model, a dialog box displays. Click OK.
9. Now to complete this process, you must pull the latest data model from the database and copy it to the
local application server by recycling the application pool. Recycling the application pool is a mandatory task
after the data model successfully regenerates. To do this, click Start > Programs > Administrative Tools
> Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
10. Expand the tree view and select the Application Pools node.
The center pane displays the application pools available on your system.
11. Right-click on the application pool for your application server; from the context menu, select Recycle.
Tip Optionally you can also recycle the application pool within the Epicor Administration Console.
To do this, expand the Server Management node and select your application server. From the
Actions pane, select the Recycle IIS Application Pool option.
The regenerate process stages the data model in the database. When the application server restarts, the Epicor
ERP application checks the data model on both the disk and the database. If a new data model version is available,
this version is retrieved from staging and the database is updated to include the user-defined table. Epicor users
can now view and enter data in the user-defined columns.
Important When you reference these user-defined columns through either programming or a customization,
the columns appear to be part of the base (primary) table because the data model merges the two tables
into one logical entity. To identify the UD columns, their identifiers all use the "_c" suffix.
If you need to regenerate the data model more often, consider running this process through a command line, a
desktop icon, or a recurring task. These launch options are explained in the Epicor Administration Console help,
Command Line Tools Guide and the System Administration Guide.
The new columns are now available to add through the Customization Tools Dialog. You link custom text
boxes, check boxes, and other controls to these UD columns by using the EpiBinding property. Users can now
enter data in these extended user defined columns through the customized program.
110 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide GL Transaction Type Reference
GL Transaction Type Reference
Your Epicor application provides default templates for each type of business transaction that affects the general
ledger.
The default structure of these document templates is based on the posting rules for the Vantage 8.03 application.
When you use these default transaction types, you populate COAs that have a natural account segment and two
additional controlled segments. These controlled segments were used to designate divisions and departments
within the Vantage 8.03 application.
This section of the guide contains the details about both the default incoming document templates and default
posting rules for each GL transaction type. Use this information as a base for customizing the incoming document
templates and posting rules to reflect the business purposes of your company books.
AP Adjustment
AP Invoice Adjustment
AP Adjustment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Adjustment GL transaction type. Posting elements include
entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
AP Adjustment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Adjustment GL transaction type.
Each posting code pulls in specific data required by the transaction type. Posting codes are organized by posting
entities. Each posting entity groups related posting codes together. For example, the Supplier posting entity
contains the Supplier Name and Supplier Number posting codes; these codes pull in two values from the Supplier
table, Name and Number, required by the transaction type.
In this section, each posting entity table displays. The table details the main attributes this posting entity defines
for all the posting codes contained within its collection.
Each posting code then displays in a separate table. This table details the Qualifier, Description, DataSource, and
CodeType for each posting code.
Company Parameters
Company Parameters
IsDefault IsReference DataSource

true false GLSyst
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 111

GL Transaction Type Reference Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
AP Interface with GL
Qualifier Description DataSource CodeType

AP Interface with GL AP Interface with GL GLSyst.APInterfaced Logical
Details
APTran details

true false APTran
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APTran. GLControl--N--AP Transactions
Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Invoice Number Invoice Number APTran.InvoiceNum String
Number
AP Transaction Number

Number AP Transaction Number APTran.APTranNo Numeric
Red Storno
Red Storno Flag

Red Storno Red Storno Flag APTran.RedStorno Logical
112 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Transaction Date
Transaction Date

Transaction Date Transaction Date APTran.TranDate Date
Invoice
AP Invoice

true false APInvHed
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

AP GL Control AP GL Control APInvHed. GLControl--R--AP Account
Is Debit Memo
A flag indicating whether an invoice is debit memo

Is Debit Memo A flag indicating whether an invoice APInvHed.DebitMemo Logical
is debit memo
Number
Invoice Number

Number Invoice Number APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
Payables GL Control
Payables GL Control

Payables GL Control Payables GL Control APInvHed. GLControl--F--AP Invoice
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 113

Supplier
Supplier

Supplier Supplier APInvHed.VendorNum Numeric
Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
Name
Supplier Name

Name Supplier Name Vendor.Name String
Number
Supplier Number

Number Supplier Number Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
AP Adjustment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Adjustment transaction type.
Amount elements typically hold transaction amounts for use with posting rules.
Adjustment
Adjustment Amount
Qualifier Description
Adjustment Adjustment Amount
114 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Adjustment - Rule Set
The AP Adjustment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Each book contains a separate set of rules for each transaction type. You can create unique sets of rules for each
book you create for a company.
AP Adjustment - Functions
The functions used by the AP Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
Each function is a piece of reusable logic (operation) available for all rules contained within the current rule set.
If you modify a function, this modified code is then run throughout the entire rule set.
AP Adjustment - Combine String
Combine String
Function Parameters
The overall parameters for this function:
Description: Combine String
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AP Adjustment
Function Text
Modifiable items display in bold.
Result = String1 + String2 Result = Result + String 3 Result = Result + String4
AP Adjustment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
The posting rules define the values and operations run against your database. They turn an incoming business
transaction into a GL transaction which then posts to the general ledger for the current book. You can create,
modify, and delete posting rules as you need.
Book Adjustment Amount to Payables and Clearing Accounts
Book Adjustment Amount to Payables and Clearing Accounts
Posting Parameters
The overall parameters for these posting rules:
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Adjustment
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 115

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Adjustment--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment AND Currency = Book
Currency
If Book Amount is not Available Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency
Using Default Rate Type
Comment = Define Debit/Credit Account

Get Account From AP Adjustment--Invoice--Payables GL Control For Current Book
AND Payables Context
If AP Adjustment--Company Parameters--AP Interface with GL If Book Amount.Value
> 0 Payables Account
Get Account From AP Adjustment--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Adjustment Context
Credit Context = Adjustment
Debit Context = Payables
Else
Get Account From AP Adjustment--Details--GL Control For Current Book
AND Adjustment Context
Payables Account
Book Amount.Value * -1
Transaction Amount.Value * -1
Debit Context = Adjustment
Credit Context = Payables
Set up main GL journal data
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Adjustment
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Adjustment--Details
116 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Adjustment--Details--Transaction Date
If Apply Date is not Available Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Adjustment--Invoice--AP GL Control For

Current Book AND Adjustment Context
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Adjustment--Invoice--Number
Vendor Ref = AP Adjustment--Invoice--Supplier
If AP Adjustment--Invoice--Is Debit Memo InvoiceSuffix = DM
Else
InvoiceSuffix = ''
Transaction Text = Combine String from IV: , AP Adjustment--Invoice--Number ,

InvoiceSuffix and AP Adjustment--Supplier--Name
Red Storno = AP Adjustment--Details--Red Storno
AP Apply Debit Memo
Books transactions that should be created as a result of applying a debit memo or prepayment to an invoice or
to a group of invoices
AP Apply Debit Memo Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Apply Debit Memo GL transaction type.Posting elements
include entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
AP Apply Debit Memo Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Apply Debit Memo GL transaction type.
Company Parameters
Contains company parameters

true false Company
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 117

AP Account GL Control

AP Account GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
Currency
Currency Master for the Debit Memo or PrePayment 's Currency

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

Code Currency Code Currency.CurrencyCode String
GL Control
Contains accounts associated with the Currency Code

GL Control Contains accounts associated with the Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Currency Code
Debit Memo
Contains main data for the Debit Memo or PrePayment being applied

true false APInvHed
GL Control
Contains accounts calculated in the process of posting the Debit Memo or PrePayment.

GL Control Contains accounts calculated in the process APInvHed. GLControl--F--AP Invoice
of posting the Debit Memo or PrePayment.
118 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Prepayment
Defines if Debit Memo is Prepayment

Is Prepayment Defines if Debit Memo is APInvHed.PrePayment Logical
Prepayment
Number
Invoice number

Number Invoice number APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
Details
This entity refers directly to to supporting sub-ledger transaction.

true false CheckHed
Apply Date
Apply Date for the GL Journal

Apply Date Apply Date for the GL Journal CheckHed.CheckDate Date
Number
The number of supporting Payment transaction

Number The number of supporting Payment CheckHed.HeadNum Numeric
transaction
Rate Type
Rate Type that should be used for currency conversions

Rate Type Rate Type that should be used for CheckHed.RateGrpCode String
currency conversions
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 119

Prepayment
Reference to original Prepayment APTran transaction

true false APTran
AP Transaction GL Control

AP Transaction GL Control APTran. GLControl--F--AP Transactions
Prepayment ID
Reference to original Prepayment APTran transaction

Prepayment ID Reference to original Prepayment APTran.APTranNo Numeric
APTran transaction
Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
GL Control
Contains accounts associated with the Supplier

GL Control Contains accounts associated with Vendor. GLControl--R--AP Account
the Supplier
Number
Supplier Number

120 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Apply Debit Memo Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Apply Debit Memo transaction type.
Applied
The total amount applied to Debit Memo/Prepayment
Total Applied The total amount applied to Debit Memo/Prepayment
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Apply Debit Memo - Line GL transaction type.Posting
elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Apply Debit Memo - Line GL transaction
type.
Details
Details

true false APTran
Description
Details Description

Description Details Description APTran.Description String
Detail ID
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 121

Detail ID

Detail ID Detail ID APTran.APTranNo Numeric
GL Control
GL Control

Invoice
AP Invoice

true false APInvHed
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

GL Control
Contains accounts calculated when the invoice has been posted

GL Control Contains accounts calculated when the APInvHed. GLControl--F--AP Invoice
invoice has been posted
Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Invoice Number Invoice Number APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
Invoice Currency
Invoice Currency

true false Currency
Code
122 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Currency Code

Code Invoice Currency Code Currency.CurrencyCode String
GL Control

GL Control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Apply Debit Memo - Line transaction type.
Applied
The amount that is applied to the invoice
Applied The amount that is applied to the invoice
Currency Difference
Currency Gain or Loss amount
Currency Difference Currency Gain or Loss amount
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line GL
transaction type.
Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 123

Details

true false TaxDtl
Invoicing Collection Method

Invoicing Collection Method Invoicing Collection Method TaxDtl. Logical
Is EC Acquisition
Indicates if the Tax Line is the second tax line created for EC Aquisition

Is EC Acquisition Indicates if the Tax Line is the second tax TaxDtl. Logical
line created for EC Aquisition
Is Liable on Invoice

Is Liable on Invoice Is Liable on Invoice TaxDtl. Logical
Is Liable on Partial Payment

Is Liable on Partial Payment Is Liable on Partial Payment TaxDtl. Logical
Is Liable When Fully Paid

Is Liable When Fully Paid Is Liable When Fully Paid TaxDtl. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Indicates if the Tax Line is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Indicates if the Tax Line is Reversed TaxDtl.ReverseCharge Logical
Charge
Rate Code
124 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Rate Code

Rate Code Rate Code TaxDtl.RateCode String
Self-Assessment Collection Method

Self-Assessment Collection Self-Assessment Collection TaxDtl. Logical
Method Method
Self-Assessment Dual Collection Method

Self-Assessment Dual Collection Self-Assessment Dual Collection TaxDtl. Logical
Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Code TaxDtl.TaxCode String
Withholding Collection Method

Withholding Collection Method Withholding Collection Method TaxDtl. Logical
Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax

true false APInvTax
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APInvTax. GLControl--F--AP Invoice Tax
Tax Master
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 125

Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Apply Debit Memo - Line - Tax Line transaction type.
Discount Tax Adjustment
Discount Tax Adjustment Discount Tax Adjustment
Tax
Misc Payment Tax Amount
Tax Misc Payment Tax Amount
AP Apply Debit Memo - Rule Set
The AP Apply Debit Memo transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP Apply Debit Memo - Functions
The functions used by the AP Apply Debit Memo transaction type are described in this section.
AP Apply Debit Memo - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Apply Debit Memo transaction type are described in this section.
126 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Amount Applied to Invoice
Posts the amount applied to an Invoice to the Invoice's Accounts Payable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Apply Debit Memo--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line Where Name = Applied AND Currency
Type = Transactional
Select Amount From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line Where Name = Applied AND Currency
= Book Currency
Using AP Apply Debit Memo--Details--Rate Type
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Invoice--Invoice Number
Post Currency Difference Amount
Posts Currency Difference Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Amounts--Currency Difference--Amount--Name###
=###Amount###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Apply Debit Memo--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 127

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Invoice
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line Where Name = Currency Difference
AND Currency = Book Currency
If Book Amount is not Available Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value = 0 Call = End Rule
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Currency--GL Control For Current Book
AND Realized Gain Context
Else
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Currency--GL Control For Current
Book AND Realized Loss Context
Temp Account
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Invoice--Invoice Number
Post Payment Taxes
Post Payment Texes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### =
###False### And ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP
Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice###=###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = Define Transactional and Book Amounts
Select Amount From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND
Currency Type = Transactional
Currency = Book Currency
128 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700



If AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Dual Collection
Method OR AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Reversed Charge If AP
Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account
From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
If AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Collection
Method If AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC
Acquisition Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax
Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Else
If AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Else
Temp Account
Credit Context = Tax
Post Total Applied Amount
Posts the total applied amount to either Accounts Payables or Unapplied Cash account depending on what
account was affected when Debit Memo or PrePayment was posted
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Apply Debit Memo
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 129

Business Entity Table: AP Apply Debit Memo--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Apply Debit Memo Where Name = Applied AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Apply Debit Memo Where Name = Applied AND Currency = Book
Currency
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Debit Memo--GL Control For Current Book
Else
Temp Account
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Apply Debit Memo--Debit Memo--Number
Post Withholding Taxes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### =
###True### And ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
130 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For
Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Reverse Invoice Interim Tax and Post it to Accrual
Reverse Invoice Interim Tax and Post it To Accrual
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method### =
###True### And ###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice### = ###False### And
###AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Invoice Tax--GL Control
For Current Book AND Tax Context
Get Account From AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For
If AP Apply Debit Memo--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition If Book
Amount.Value > 0 Reverse Tax Account
Accrual Tax Account
Else
Reverse Tax Account
Accrual Tax Account
-1 * Book Amount.Value
-1 * Transaction Amount.Value
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 131

Set up main GL Journal data
Set up values for the whole GL journal
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Apply Debit Memo
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Apply Debit Memo--Details
Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Apply Debit Memo--Details--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Apply Debit Memo--Supplier--GL Control
For Current Book AND Adjustment Context
If Journal Code is not Available Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Apply
Debit Memo--Company Parameters--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Adjustment Context
Vendor Ref = AP Apply Debit Memo--Supplier--Number

Check Num Ref = AP Apply Debit Memo--Details--Number
AP Invoice
Books an AP Invoice or a group of AP Invoices
AP Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice GL transaction type. Posting elements include entities
and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
AP Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice GL transaction type.
132 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Central Payment Company
Central Payment Company

true false ExtCompany
Code
Code

Code Code ExtCompany.Company String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control ExtCompany. GLControl--R--External Company
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company
Contains company's default AP accounts and journal codes.

AP Account GL Control Contains company's default AP Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
accounts and journal codes.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 133

AR Account GL Control
Contains company's default AR accounts and journal codes.

AR Account GL Control Contains company's default AR Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Asset GL Control
Contains asset accounts assigned to the company

Asset GL Control Contains asset accounts assigned to Company. GLControl--R--Asset
the company
Inventory COS and WIP GL Control

Inventory COS and WIP GL Inventory COS and WIP GL Company. GLControl--R--Inventory COS
Control Control and WIP
Inventory Interface with GL
A flag indicating whether Inventory is interfaced with GL

Inventory Interface with A flag indicating whether Inventory GLSyst.PostInvtyWipCos Logical
GL is interfaced with GL
Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts

Logged Invoice booked to Logged Invoice booked to APSyst. Logical
Suspense Accounts Suspense Accounts
134 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Code

Code Code Currency.CurrencyCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Details
AP Invoice Header Details

true false APInvHed
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Apply Date
Invoice Apply Date

Apply Date Invoice Apply Date APInvHed.ApplyDate Date
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 135

GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APInvHed. GLControl--F--AP Invoice
Global Company
Global Company. Used in Consolidated Purchasing.

Global Company Global Company. Used in APInvHed.GlbCompany String
Consolidated Purchasing.
Invoice Date
Invoice Date

Invoice Date Invoice Date APInvHed.InvoiceDate Date
Is Central Payment
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a Central Payment Invoice

Is Central Payment A flag indicating whether the invoice is APInvHed.CPay Logical
a Central Payment Invoice
Is Debit Memo
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a Debit Memo

Is Debit Memo A flag indicating whether the invoice APInvHed.DebitMemo Logical
is a Debit Memo
Legal Number
Legal Number

Legal Number Legal Number APInvHed.LegalNumber String
136 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Matched from Logged Invoice
Matched from Logged Invoice

Matched from Logged Invoice Matched from Logged Invoice APInvHed. Logical
Number
Invoice Number

Rate Type
Rate Type

Rate Type Rate Type APInvHed.RateGrpCode String
Red Storno
Red Storno flag

Red Storno Red Storno flag APInvHed. Logical
Supplier Number
Supplier Number

Supplier Number Supplier Number APInvHed.VendorNum Numeric
EuroFinance
EuroFinance integration

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 137

Is Integrated
A flag indicating whether EuroFinance is intergrated

Is Integrated A flag indicating whether EuroFinance ExtCompany. Logical
is intergrated
Linked Subsidiary Company
Linked Subsidiary Company

Code
Code

GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control ExtCompany. GLControl--R--External Company
Supplier
Supplier information.

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

AP GL Control AP GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--AP Account
138 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Name
Supplier Name

Number
Vendor Number

Number Vendor Number Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
Supplier GL Control
Supplier GL Control

Supplier GL Control Supplier GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--Supplier
AP Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice transaction type.
Balance
Invoice Amount - Withholding Taxes
Balance Invoice Amount - Withholding Taxes
Expense
Total Expense Amount (includes rounding difference)
Expense Total Expense Amount (includes rounding difference)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 139

Invoice
Total invoice Amount
Invoice Total invoice Amount
Rounding Difference
Rounding Difference amount.
Rounding Difference Rounding Difference amount.
Tax
Total tax amount for this invoice
Tax Total tax amount for this invoice
AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge GL transaction type.Posting
AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge GL transaction
type.
Charge Master (Purchase)

true false PurMisc
140 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Code
Code

Code Code PurMisc.MiscCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control PurMisc. GLControl--R--Misc
Charge(Purchase)
ISCharge
Indicates whether this charge should be included in the calculation of Intrastat Statistical Value The valid values
are: I, E, P

ISCharge Indicates whether this charge should be included PurMisc.ISCharge String
in the calculation of Intrastat Statistical Value The
valid values are: I, E, P
Details
Header Expense Details

true false APInvExp
Expense Sequence
Expense Sequence

Expense Sequence Expense Sequence APInvExp.InvExpSeq Numeric
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APInvExp. GLControl--N--AP Invoice Expense
Is Manual Charge
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 141

A flag indicating whether the expense were entered manually (not related to Misc Charge)

Is Manual Charge A flag indicating whether the expense were APInvExp. Logical
entered manually (not related to Misc Charge)
Is Misc Charge
A flag indicating whether the expense is related to Misc Charge

Is Misc Charge A flag indicating whether the expense is APInvExp. Logical
related to Misc Charge
Misc Charge
Miscellaneous Charge

true false APInvMsc
Code
Code

Code Code APInvMsc.MiscCode String
Expense Sequence
Expense Sequence

Expense Sequence Expense Sequence APInvMsc.InvExpSeq Numeric
AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice - Header Misc Charge transaction type.
Expense
Header Expense
Expense Header Expense
142 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Line
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice - Line GL transaction type. Posting elements include
Expense
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice - Line - Expense GL transaction type.Posting elements
Allocated Tax
The Allocated Tax entity allocates Non-Deductible Tax amount to the Expense account if the Non-Deductible
Tax account has not been defined.
The following rules apply if you select the PO/AP Tax Reported at Line Level check box, located on the
Company Configuration > Modules > All Modules > Taxes > Detail sheet:
• Non-Deductible account set on GL Control Code:
• PO Receipt Line/ Un-received Line - Non-Deductible tax amount adds to the Expense amount.
• Other Line Types - Non-Deductible amount is reported in the account assigned for Non-Deductible.
• Non-Deductible account not set on GL Control Code:

• PO Receipt Line/ Un-received Line - Non-Deductible tax amount adds to the Expense amount.
• Other Line Types - Non-Deductible amount is reported in the Expense account assigned on the AP
Invoice Entry > Lines > GL Analysis sheet. In this case the Post Allocated Non-Deductible Tax posting
rule executes.
Note If you clear the PO/AP Tax Reported at Line Level check box, the Non-Deductible Header tax
amount is split among lines and the same line level logic applies.
Important The Non-Deductible Tax amount is posted to the GL Account with the following hierarchy:
• First it looks for the Non-Deductible Tax Account Context in Tax GL Control Code.
• If not available, it looks for the Inventory/Expense Account.
Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice - Line - Expense - Allocated Tax
transaction type
Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 143

Is Default Value Type Data Source

true GLControl.Tax SalesTRC
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Sales TRC GLControl.Tax
Rate Code
Name Description Data Source Field Value Type

Rate Code Rate Code Sales TRC RateCode String
Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice - Line - Expense - Allocated Tax transaction type.
Non-Deductible Tax
Non-Deductible Tax Allocated Non-Deductible Tax
Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice - Line - Expense GL transaction
type.

true false PurMisc
Code
Code

Code Code PurMisc.MiscCode String
144 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control PurMisc. GLControl--R--Misc
Charge(Purchase)
ISCharge
Indicates whether this charge should be included in the calculation of Intrastat Statistical Value The valid values
are: I, E, P

ISCharge Indicates whether this charge should be included PurMisc.ISCharge String
in the calculation of Intrastat Statistical Value The
valid values are: I, E, P
Details
Expense Line Details

true false APInvExp
Expense Sequence
Expense Sequence

Expense Sequence Expense Sequence APInvExp.InvExpSeq Numeric
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APInvExp. GLControl--N--AP Invoice Expense
Invoice Line Number
Invoice Line Number

Invoice Line Number Invoice Line Number APInvExp.InvoiceLine Numeric
Is Advanced Payment Part of Gain/Loss
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 145

A flag indicating whether the expense is related to Advanced Payment Part of Gain/Loss

Is Advanced Payment Part of A flag indicating whether the expense is APInvExp. Logical
Gain/Loss related to Advanced Payment Part of
Gain/Loss
Is Currency Unrealized Part of Gain/Loss
A flag indicating whether the expense is related to Currency Unrealized Part of Gain/Loss

Is Currency Unrealized Part A flag indicating whether the expense is APInvExp. Logical
of Gain/Loss related to Currency Unrealized Part of
Gain/Loss
Is Less Advanced Payment
A flag indicating whether expense is related to Less Advanced Payment

Is Less Advanced Payment A flag indicating whether expense is APInvExp. Logical
related to Less Advanced Payment
Is Line Expense
A flag indicating whether expense is related to a Invoice Line

Is Line Expense A flag indicating whether expense is APInvExp. Logical
related to a Invoice Line
Is Linked Subsidiary Invoice Expense
A flag indicating whether the invoice expense is linked to Subsidiary Invoice

Is Linked Subsidiary Invoice A flag indicating whether the invoice APInvExp. Logical
Expense expense is linked to Subsidiary Invoice
Is Misc Charge
A flag indicating whether the expense is related to Misc Charge

Is Misc Charge A flag indicating whether the expense is APInvExp. Logical
related to Misc Charge
Is Multi-Company
146 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

A flag indicating whether expense is Multi-Company

Is Multi-Company A flag indicating whether expense is APInvExp. Logical
Multi-Company
External Company
External Company

Code
Code

GL Control
GL Control [

GL Control GL Control [ ExtCompany. GLControl--R--External Company
ID
ID

ID ID ExtCompany.ExtCompanyID String
Method
Method

Method Method ExtCompany.ExtSystemID String
Misc Charge
Misc Charge

true false APInvMsc
Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 147

Code

Code Code APInvMsc.MiscCode String
Expense Sequence
Expense Sequence

Expense Sequence Expense Sequence APInvMsc.InvExpSeq Numeric
Line Number
Line Number

Line Number Line Number APInvMsc.InvoiceLine Numeric
AP Invoice - Line - Expense Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice - Line - Expense transaction type.
Expense
Expense Amount
Expense Expense Amount
Job Charge
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice - Line - Job Charge GL transaction type. Posting
Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice - Line - Job Charge GL transaction
type.
Details
148 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Job Charge Details

true false APInvJob
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APInvJob. GLControl--F--Job Miscellaneous
Charge
Invoice Line Number
Invoice Line Number

Invoice Line Number Invoice Line Number APInvJob.InvoiceLine Numeric
Job Number
Job Number

Job Number Job Number APInvJob.JobNum String
AP Invoice - Line - Job Charge Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice - Line - Job Charge transaction type.
Extended Cost
Item's ext. cost in the vendors unit of measure. The sum of all APInvJob.ExtCost must equal the total cost of the
related APInvDtl.
Extended Cost Item's ext. cost in the vendors unit of measure. The sum of all APInvJob.ExtCost
must equal the total cost of the related APInvDtl.
AP Invoice - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice - Line GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 149

Customer
Customer

true false Customer
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Number
Number

Number Number Customer.CustNum Numeric
Details
Line Details

true false APInvDtl
Is Less Advanced Payment
Invoice Line has Less Advanced Payment

Is Less Advanced Payment Invoice Line has Less Advanced APInvDtl. Logical
Payment
Number
Line Number

Number Line Number APInvDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
Of Advanced Type
150 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Line Of Advanced Type

Of Advanced Type Invoice Line Of Advanced Type APInvDtl. Logical
Of DMR Type
Invoice Line Of DMR Type

Of DMR Type Invoice Line Of DMR Type APInvDtl. Logical
Of Miscellaneous Type
Invoice Line Of Miscellaneous Type

Of Miscellaneous Type Invoice Line Of Miscellaneous Type APInvDtl. Logical
Of RebateType
Invoice Line Of RebateType

Of RebateType Invoice Line Of RebateType APInvDtl. Logical
Of Receipt Type
Invoice Line Of Receipt Type

Of Receipt Type Invoice Line Of Receipt Type APInvDtl. Logical
Of Type Asset
Indicates whether the invoice line is of type Asset.

Of Type Asset Indicates whether the invoice line is of APInvDtl. Logical
type Asset.
Of Unreceived Type
Invoice Line of Unreceived Type

Of Unreceived Type Invoice Line of Unreceived Type APInvDtl. Logical
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 151

DMR Details
DMR Details

true false DMRActn
Action Number
Action Number

Action Number Action Number DMRActn.ActionNum Numeric
Action Type
Action Type

Action Type Action Type DMRActn.ActionType String
Comment
Comment

Comment Comment DMRActn.CommentText String
Number
Number

Number Number DMRActn.DMRNum Numeric
Part
Part

true false Part
Code
Part Number

Code Part Number Part.PartNum String
152 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Expense GL Control
Expense GL Control

Expense GL Control Expense GL Control Part. GLControl--R--Part
Is Active
A flag indicating whether Part Is Active

Is Active A flag indicating whether Part Is Active Part. Logical
Part Class GL Control

Part Class GL Control Part Class GL Control PartClass. GLControl--R--Part Class
site
site

true false site
Code
site Code

Code site Code site.site String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control site. GLControl--R--Division
PO Release
PO Release

true false PORel
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 153

GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control PORel. GLControl--N--PO Release
PO Line Number
PO Line Number

PO Line Number PO Line Number PORel.POLine Numeric
PO Number
PO Number

PO Number PO Number PORel.PONum Numeric
PO Release Number
PO Release Number

PO Release Number PO Release Number PORel.PORelNum Numeric
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control PIStatus. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Payable
Code
Code

Code Code ProdGrup.ProdCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control ProdGrup. GLControl--R--Product Group
154 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Purchase Type
Purchase Type

true false GLPurch
Code
Code

Code Code GLPurch.PurchCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control GLPurch. GLControl--R--Purchase Type
Is PO Expense
Is PO Expense

Is PO Expense Is PO Expense GLPurch. Logical
Reason Master
Reason Master

true false Reason
Code
Code

Code Code Reason.ReasonCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Reason. GLControl--R--Reason Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 155

Is DMR Type
Is DMR Type

Is DMR Type Is DMR Type Reason. Logical
Rebate Details
Rebate Details

true false RebateDtl
Line Number
Line Number

Line Number Line Number RebateDtl.LineNum Numeric
Rebate ID
Rebate ID

Rebate ID Rebate ID RebateDtl.RebateID String
Rebate Header
Rebate Header

true false RebateHdr
Description
Description

Description Description RebateHdr.RebateDesc String
Rebate ID
Rebate ID

Rebate ID Rebate ID RebateHdr.RebateID String
156 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Rebate Transaction
Rebate Transaction

true false RebateTrans
Line Number
Line Number

Line Number Line Number RebateTrans.LineNum Numeric
Rebate ID
Rebate ID

Rebate ID Rebate ID RebateTrans.RebateID String
Receipt Details
Receipt Details

true false RcvDtl
Packing Slip Line Num
Packing Slip Line Num

Packing Slip Line Num Packing Slip Line Num RcvDtl.PackLine Numeric
Packing Slip Number
Packing Slip Number

Packing Slip Number Packing Slip Number RcvDtl.PackSlip String
Ref Rebate Invoice Line

true false InvcDtl
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 157

Invoice Num
Invoice Num

Invoice Num Invoice Num InvcDtl.InvoiceNum Numeric
Line Num
Line Number

Line Num Line Number InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
Ref GL Control
AR Invoice Line reference GL Control. Contains accounts that were affected by posting of the Invoice Line

Ref GL Control AR Invoice Line reference GL Control. InvcDtl. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Contains accounts that were affected by Line
posting of the Invoice Line
Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Expense GL Control
Expense GL Control

Expense GL Control Expense GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--Supplier
Number
Number

Number Number Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
158 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Warehouse
Warehouse

true false Warehse
Code
Code

Code Code Warehse.WarehouseCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Warehse. GLControl--R--Warehse
AP Invoice - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice - Line transaction type.
Advanced Payment
The amount this line item that is reduced by due to prior advanced payments.
Advanced Payment The amount this line item that is reduced by due to prior advanced
payments.
Currency Difference
Currency Difference Amount. Calculated.
Currency Difference Currency Difference Amount. Calculated.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 159

EU Amount
EU Amount = Extended Cost + Miscellaneous Charges
EU Amount EU Amount = Extended Cost + Miscellaneous Charges
Extended Cost
Extended Cost for the invoice line item. Calculated as the (VendorQty/CostPer) * UnitCost or can be directly
maintained in which case it recalculates the UnitCost value.
Extended Cost Extended Cost for the invoice line item. Calculated as the (VendorQty/CostPer) *
UnitCost or can be directly maintained in which case it recalculates the UnitCost
value.
Total Misc Charge
Total Miscellaneous Charge
Total Misc Charge Total Miscellaneous Charge
AP Invoice - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
AP Invoice - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice - Tax Line GL transaction type.
160 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Tax Line Details

true false APInvTax
Exemption type
Exemption type

Exemption type Exemption type APInvTax.ExemptType Numeric
GL Control
GL Control


Invoicing Collection Method Invoicing Collection Method APInvTax. Logical
Is EC Acquisition
A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a second line which refers to EC Acquisition or Reverse Charge

Is EC Acquisition A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a APInvTax. Logical
second line which refers to EC Acquisition or
Reverse Charge

Is Liable on Invoice Is Liable on Invoice APInvTax. Logical

Is Liable on Partial Payment Is Liable on Partial Payment APInvTax. Logical
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 161

Is Liable When Paid in Full
Is Liable When Paid in Full

Is Liable When Paid in Full Is Liable When Paid in Full APInvTax. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Is Reversed Charge APInvTax.ReverseCharge Logical
Manual
Manual

Manual Manual APInvTax.Manual Logical
Rate Code
Rate Code

Rate Code Rate Code APInvTax.RateCode String
Self-assessment Collection Method

Self-assessment Collection Self-assessment Collection APInvTax. Logical
Method Method
Self-assessment Dual Collection Method

Self-assessment Dual Collection Self-assessment Dual Collection APInvTax. Logical
Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Code APInvTax.TaxCode String
162 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Withholding Collection Method Withholding Collection Method APInvTax. Logical
Tax Accounting
Tax Accounting

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

AP Invoice - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
Tax Amount Tax Amount
AP Invoice - Rule Set
The AP Invoice transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP Invoice - Functions
The functions used by the AP Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 163

- Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Function Parameters
Description: Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Result Type: Account--CONV
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Advance
Payment Context
- Calculate Clearing Account
Calculate Clearing Account
Function Parameters
Description: Calculate Clearing Account
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--AP GL Control For Current Book AND
Clearing ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From AP Invoice--Company
Parameters--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND Clearing ContextIf Result
is not ValidGet Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Inventory COS and
WIP GL Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing Context
AP Invoice--Line--Expense - Calculate Expense Account
Calculate Expense Account
Function Parameters
Description: Calculate Expense Account
Document Line Path: AP Invoice--Line--Expense
164 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Function Text
If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Non-Deductible Tax
If Not AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Receipt Type AND NotAP Invoice--Line--Det
ails--Of Unreceived Type
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Non-Deductible Tax--GL C
ontrol For Current Book AND Non-Deductible Tax Context
If Result is not Valid
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Is Deferred Expense
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Amortization Code--GL Control F
or Current Book AND Deferred Expense Context
If Result is Valid
End Function
Calculate Expense Account for MultiCompany Amount
If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Multi-Company
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Expense--External Company--GL Cont
rol For Current Book AND GL Intercompany Context
Raise error: The External Company ID has an invalid GL Intercompany Account
Else If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Line Expense
Calculate Expense Account for Receipt Line
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Receipt Type
If AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Inventory Interface with GL
Result = Calculate Clearing Account
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control For Curr
ent Book AND Expense Context
Else
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control For Curre
nt Book AND Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Expense GL Control For Cu
rrent Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part Class--Part Class GL Cont
rol For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--Expense GL Control
For Current Book AND Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current
Book AND Expense Context
Else
Calculate Expense Account for Unreceived Line
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Unreceived Type
Else
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control For Curr
ent Book AND Expense Context
Else If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Asset
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Asset GL Control F
or Current Book AND Asset Clearing Context
Else
Calculate Expense Account for Advanced Line
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Advanced Type
Result = Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Else
Calculate Expense Account for DMR
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of DMR Type
If AP Invoice--Line--Reason Master--GL Control is Available
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Reason Master--GL Control For
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 165

Current Book AND Adjustment Context

Else
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Expense GL Control For
Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--Expense GL Control
If Result is not Available
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Curren
t Book AND Expense Context
Else
Calculate Expense Account for Rebate
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of RebateType
If AP Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL Control is Available
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL Control Fo
r Current Book AND Rebate Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Customer--GL Control For Cu
rrent Book AND Rebate Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account G
L Control For Current Book AND Rebate Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL Control
For Current Book AND Returns Context
IfResult is not Valid
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Customer--GL Control For
Current Book AND Returns Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Accoun
t GL Control For Current Book AND Returns Context
Else
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Customer--GL Control For Cur
rent Book AND Rebate Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL
Control For Current Book AND Rebate Context
Substitute Devision Department
Temp Account = Result
Temp Account.Division = Get Division From AP Invoice--Line--Ref Rebate I
nvoice Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Context
If Temp Account is Valid
Result = Temp Account
Temp Account = Result
Temp Account.Department = ''
If Temp Account is Valid
Calculate Expense Account for Miscellaneous Line
Else
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Miscellaneous Type
Calculate Expense for Subsidiary Company Invoice
If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Linked Subsidiary Invoice Expe
nse
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Linked Subsidiary Company--GL Con
trol For Current Book AND AR Intercompany Context
Calculate Misc Line Expense
Else
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Expense GL Control Fo
r Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part Class--Part Class GL
Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--Expense GL Cont
166 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

rol For Current Book AND Expense Context

Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Cur
rent Book AND Expense Context
Calculate Expense Account for Job Misc Charge Non-Deductible Tax
Else
If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Job Type
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Expense GL Control Fo
r Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part Class--Part Class GL
Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Cur
rent Book AND Clearing Context
Else
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--Expense GL Con
trol For Current Book AND Expense Context
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Cu
rrent Book AND Expense Context
Else If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Less Advanced Payment
Calculate Expense Account for less Advanced Payment
Result = Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Else If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Misc Charge
Calculate Expense Account for Line Misc Charge
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Charge Master (Purchase)-
-GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
If AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control is Available
Temp Account = Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control For
Current Book AND Expense Context
Temp Account.Chart = Result.Chart
IfTemp Account is Valid
Else
IF PORelease is not available
If AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control is Available
Result = Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Bo
ok AND Expense Context
- Calculate Header Mischellaneous Charge Account
Calculate Header Mischellaneous Charge Account
Function Parameters
Description: Calculate Header Mischellaneous Charge Account
Document Line Path:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 167

Function Text
Get Account From AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge--Charge Master (Purchase)--GL
Control For Current Book AND Expense ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account
From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
AP Invoice - Combine String
Combine String
Function Parameters
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AP Invoice
Function Text
AP Invoice - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Book EU Amount Rule
Book EU Amount Rule
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--EuroFinance--Is Integrated### = ###True### And ###AP
Invoice--Line--Details--Of Advanced Type### = ###False###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: EU Expense
Debit Context: EU Expense
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Line--Details
168 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Line Where Name = EU Amount AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name =
EU Amount
Comment = Define Credit and Debit Accounts

Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Purchase Type--GL Control For Current Book
AND Credit Context
Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Purchase Type--GL Control For Current Book
AND Debit Context
If AP Invoice--Line--Purchase Type--Is PO Expense and AP Invoice--Company
Parameters--Inventory Interface with GL is Available If AP Invoice--Line--PO
Release--PO Number is Available If AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control
is Available Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--PO Release--GL Control For
Else
If AP Invoice--Line--Part--Is Active and AP Invoice--Line--Part--Code
is Available Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Expense GL Control
For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Get Account From AP
Invoice--Line--Part--Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense
Context
If Temp Account is not Valid If AP Invoice--Company
Parameters--AP Account GL Control is Available Get Account From AP
Invoice--Company Parameters--Inventory COS and WIP GL Control For Current Book
AND Inventory Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--AP GL Control For
If Temp Account is not Valid If AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--AP GL
Control is Available Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--AP
GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--AP Account
If Temp Account is Valid Temp Account
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Credit EU Expense

Debit EU Expense
Else
Credit EU Expense
Debit EU Expense
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 169

Book Gain/Loss Amount to Advanced Payment Account
Book Gain/Loss Amount to Advanced Payment Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ((###AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Inventory Interface with GL### = ###True###) Or
(###AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Unreceived Type### = ###False###)) AND ((###AP
Invoice--Line--Expense--Amounts--Expense--Name### =###Expense###) And (###AP
Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Advanced Payment Part of Gain/Loss### = ###True###))
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice--Line--Expense
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Expense
Debit Context: Expense
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = Define Transaction and Book Amounts
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Line--Expense Where Name = Expense AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Line--Expense Where Currency = Book Currency AND
Name = Expense
Using AP Invoice--Details--Rate Type
Comment = Define Account

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Else
Calculate Advanced Payment Account
Book Gain/Loss Amount to Currency Accounts
Book Gain/Loss Amount to Currency Gain/Loss Accounts
Posting Parameters
(###AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Unreceived Type### = ###False###)) AND ((###AP
170 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice--Line--Expense--Amounts--Expense--Name### =###Expense###) And (###AP

Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Currency Unrealized Part of Gain/Loss### = ###True###))
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Name = Expense

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Invoice--Currency Master--GL Control
For Current Book AND Unrealized Loss Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Currency Master--GL Control For Current Book
AND Unrealized Gain Context
Book Job Miscellaneous Charge Amount
Book Job Miscellaneous Charge Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--Line--Job Charge--Amounts--Extended Cost--Name### =###Extended Cost###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice--Line--Job Charge
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Job Charge
Debit Context: Job Charge
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Line--Job Charge--Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 171

Posting Rules
Comment = Define Transactional and Book Amount
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Line--Job Charge Where Name = Extended Cost AND
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Line--Job Charge Where Currency = Book Currency
AND Name = Extended Cost
Comment = Define Credit and Debit Accounts

If AP Invoice--EuroFinance--Is Integrated Get Account From AP
Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Clearing Context
If Temp Account is not Available Calculate Clearing Account
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Expense GL Control For Current
Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Part--Part
Class GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
If Temp Account is not Valid If AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Inventory
Interface with GL Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control
For Current Book AND Clearing Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Calculate Clearing Account
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Supplier--Expense GL Control
If Temp Account is not Valid Get Account From AP
Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Calculate Clearing Account
Else
Temp Account
Book Line Expense Amount
Book Line expense Amount
Posting Parameters
(###AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Unreceived Type### = ###False###)) AND (###AP
Invoice--Line--Expense--Amounts--Expense--Name### =###Expense###)
Can Post: true
172 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Multi-Company External Company = AP
Invoice--Line--Expense--External Company--ID
External Account = Get External Account From AP
Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--GL Control For External Expense Context

Name = Expense

Get Account From AP Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--GL Control For Current Book
AND Expense Context
If Temp Account is not Available Calculate Expense Account
Else
Temp Account
Book Payable amount Rule
Book Payable amount Rule
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--Amounts--Balance--Name### =###Balance### And Not ( ###AP
Invoice--Details--Matched from Logged Invoice### = ###True### And ###AP Invoice--Company
Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False### )
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Payables
Debit Context: Payables
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 173

Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = Define Transactinal and Book Amounts
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Balance AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Balance

If AP Invoice--Details--Is Central Payment Get Account From AP Invoice--Central
Payment Company--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Intercompany Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Book AND
Payables Context
Else
Temp Account
Book Unreceived Line Expense Amount
Book Unreceived Line Expense Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ((###AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Inventory Interface with GL### = ###False###) AND
(###AP Invoice--Line--Details--Of Unreceived Type### = ###True###)) AND (###AP
Invoice--Line--Expense--Details--Is Line Expense### = ###True###)
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Name = Expense
174 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


If AP Invoice--Line--Details--Is Less Advanced Payment Calculate Advanced Payment
Account
Else
Calculate Clearing Account
Else
Temp Account
Clear Logged Invoice Expense Suspense Amount
Clear Logged Invoice Expense Suspense Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--Amounts--Expense--Name### =###Expense### And ###AP
Invoice--Details--Matched from Logged Invoice### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Clear Expense Suspense
Debit Context: Clear Expense Suspense
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Expense AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Expense

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--GL Control For
Current Book AND Expense Suspense Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Expense Suspense Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 175

Clear Logged Invoice Payable Suspense Amount
Clear Logged Invoice Payable Suspense Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--Amounts--Invoice--Name### =###Invoice### And ###AP
Invoice--Details--Matched from Logged Invoice### = ###True### And ###AP Invoice--Company
Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Clear Payables Suspense
Debit Context: Clear Payables Suspense
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Invoice

Current Book AND Payables Suspense Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Payables Suspense Context
Post Allocated Non-Deductible Tax
Post Allocated Non-Deductible Tax
Posting Parameters
###AP Invoice - Line - Expense - Allocated Tax
Selection Criteria:###AP Invoice - Line - Expense - Allocated Tax
176 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Can Post: true

For Each: AP Invoice - Line - Expense
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice - Line - Expense - Allocated Tax
Posting Rules
Clear Logged Invoice Suspense Tax Amount
Clear Logged Invoice Suspense Tax Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP Invoice--Details--Matched
from Logged Invoice### = ###True### And ###AP Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to
Suspense Accounts### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Clear Tax Suspense
Debit Context: Clear Tax Suspense
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 177

Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Tax AND Currency Type = Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Tax AND Currency = Book Currency

Current Book AND Tax Suspense Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Tax
Suspense Context
Post Header Charge to Header Expense Account
Post Header Charge to Header Expense Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge Where Name = Expense AND
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge Where Currency = Book Currency
AND Name = Expense

Get Account From AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge--Details--GL Control For Current
If Temp Account is not Available If AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge--Details--Is
Manual Charge Call = Log Error: GL Control is not defined for Header
Miscellaneous Charge
Else
178 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Temp Account
Post Rounding Difference to Rounding Difference Account
Post Rounding Difference to Rounding Difference Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice--Amounts--Rounding Difference--Name### =###Rounding Difference###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Rounding Difference
Debit Context: Rounding Difference
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Rounding Difference AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice Where Name = Rounding Difference AND Currency =
Book Currency

Get Account From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Rounding
Difference Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Get Account From AP Invoice--Company Parameters--AP
Account GL Control For Current Book AND Rounding Difference Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Rounding Difference Account
is not defined in company AP Account GL Control
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 179

Post Tax Amount to AP/AR Tax Accrual Account
Post Tax Amount to AP/AR Tax Accrual Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: Not ( ###AP Invoice--Details--Matched from Logged Invoice### = ###True### And ###AP
Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False### ) And ( ###AP
Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###False### And Not ( ( ###AP Invoice--Tax
Line--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method### = ###True### Or ###AP Invoice--Tax
Line--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method### = ###True### ) And ( ###AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is
Liable on Partial Payment### = ###True### Or ###AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable When Paid in Full###
= ###True### ) ) )
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax Amount AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Tax Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name
= Tax Amount

Comment = Define if Tax Collection Method is Self-assessment or Dual
Self-Assessment
If AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method OR AP
Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Reversed Charge If AP Invoice--Tax
Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From AP Invoice--Tax Line--Tax
Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For
Else If AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method If AP

Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From AP Invoice--Tax
Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
180 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else If AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method If AP

Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice Get Account From AP
Invoice--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual
Context
Else
Current Book AND AP Interim Tax Context
Else
Temp Account
Post Witholding Tax Amount AP Tax Accrual Account
Post Witholding Tax Amount AP Tax Accrual Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: Not ( ###AP Invoice--Details--Matched from Logged Invoice### = ###True### And ###AP
Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False### ) And ( ###AP
Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###True### And ###AP Invoice--Tax
Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice### = ###True### )
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax Amount AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Invoice--Tax Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name
= Tax Amount

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Invoice--Tax Line--Tax
Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 181

Else
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Invoice--Details--Apply Date
If Apply Date is not Available Apply Date = AP Invoice--Details--Invoice Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For

Current Book AND Invoicing Context
Comment = closing period num should be set in this line
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Invoice--Details--Number
Vendor Ref = AP Invoice--Details--Supplier Number
If AP Invoice--Details--Is Debit Memo InvoiceSuffix = DM
Else
InvoiceSuffix = ''
Transaction Text = Combine string from IV: , AP Invoice--Details--Number ,

InvoiceSuffix and AP Invoice--Supplier--Name
Red Storno = AP Invoice--Details--Red Storno
AP Invoice - Pre-Posting Rules
The pre-posting rules for the AP Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
The pre-posting rules pull in the default data required for the GL transaction type to post transactions.
182 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Default Expense Line GL Control
Default Expense Line GL Control
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context: Expense
Posting Rules
If Temp Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Error calculating Expense
Control
Temp Account
Header Miscellaneous Charge GL Control
Header Miscellaneous Charge GL Control
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
For Each: AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice--Header Misc Charge--Details
Posting Rules
If Temp Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Error calculating Expense
Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 183

Temp Account
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment
Books an AP Invoice Avalar Tax Adjustment
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment GL transaction type.Posting elements
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment GL transaction
type.
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company

AP Account GL Control Contains company's default AP Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
184 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700




Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Code

Code Code Currency.CurrencyCode String
GL Control
GL Control

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 185

Details
AP Invoice Header Details

true false APInvHed
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Apply Date
Invoice Apply Date

Apply Date Invoice Apply Date APInvHed.ApplyDate Date
GL Control
GL Control

Invoice Date
Invoice Date

Invoice Date Invoice Date APInvHed.InvoiceDate Date
Is Debit Memo
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a Debit Memo

Is Debit Memo A flag indicating whether the invoice APInvHed.DebitMemo Logical
is a Debit Memo
186 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Legal Number
Legal Number

Legal Number Legal Number APInvHed.LegalNumber String
Number
Invoice Number

Rate Type
Rate Type

Rate Type Rate Type APInvHed.RateGrpCode String
Red Storno
Red Storno Flag

Red Storno Red Storno Flag APInvHed. Logical
Supplier Number
Supplier Number

Supplier Number Supplier Number APInvHed.VendorNum Numeric
Supplier
Supplier information.

true false Vendor
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 187

AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Name
Supplier Name

Number
Vendor Number

Number Vendor Number Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
Supplier GL Control
Supplier GL Control

AP Invoice Tax Adjustment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment transaction type.
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line GL
transaction type.
188 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Tax Line Details

true false APInvTax
Exemption type
Exemption type

Exemption type Exemption type APInvTax.ExemptType Numeric
Is EC Acquisition

Is EC Acquisition A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a APInvTax. Logical
Reverse Charge

Is Liable on Invoice Is Liable on Invoice APInvTax. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Is Reversed Charge APInvTax.ReverseCharge Logical
Rate Code
Rate Code

Rate Code Rate Code APInvTax.RateCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 189


Self-assessment Collection Self-assessment Collection APInvTax. Logical
Method Method

Self-assessment Dual Collection Self-assessment Dual Collection APInvTax. Logical
Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Code APInvTax.TaxCode String
Tax Accounting
Tax Accounting

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
190 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Rule Set
The AP Invoice Tax Adjustment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Functions
The functions used by the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Combine String
Combine String
Function Parameters
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AP Invoice Tax Adjustment
Function Text
AP Invoice Tax Adjustment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Invoice Tax Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
Post Use Tax Amount to AP Tax Accrual/AP Tax Contra Accounts
Post Use Tax Amount to AP Tax Accrual/AP Tax Contra Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line--Details--Self-assessment Collection
Method###=###True### And ###AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on
Invoice###=###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 191

Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line Where Name = Tax Amount
AND Currency Type = Transactional
Select Amount From AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line Where Currency = Book
Currency AND Name = Tax Amount
Using AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--Rate Type

If AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account
From AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For Current
Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL
Else
Temp Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Invoice Tax Adjustment
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details
192 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--Apply Date
If Apply Date is not Available Apply Date = AP Invoice Tax
Adjustment--Details--Invoice Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--AP GL

Control For Current Book AND Invoicing Context
Comment = closing period num should be set in this line
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--Number
Vendor Ref = AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--Supplier Number
If AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--Is Debit Memo InvoiceSuffix = DM
Else
InvoiceSuffix = ''
Transaction Text = Combine string from IV: , AP Invoice Tax

Adjustment--Details--Number , InvoiceSuffix and AP Invoice Tax
Adjustment--Supplier--Name
Red Storno = AP Invoice Tax Adjustment--Details--Red Storno
AP Logged Invoice
Posting AP Logged Invoice
AP Logged Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Logged Invoice GL transaction type.Posting elements include
AP Logged Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Logged Invoice GL transaction type.
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false APSyst
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 193

Company AP Account GL Control

AP Account GL Control Company AP Account GL Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
Control
AP Logged Invoices Booked To Suspense Accounts (calculated)

Logged Invoice booked to AP Logged Invoices Booked To APSyst. Logical
Suspense Accounts Suspense Accounts (calculated)
Currency Master
AP Logged Invoice Currency information

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

GL Control
Currency GL Control

GL Control Currency GL Control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Details
AP Logged Invoice Header Details

true false LogAPInv
194 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP GL Control
AP Logged Invoice GL Control

AP GL Control AP Logged Invoice GL Control LogAPInv. GLControl--R--AP Account
Apply Date
AP Logged Invoice Apply Date

Apply Date AP Logged Invoice Apply Date LogAPInv.ApplyDate Date
Date
AP Logged Invoice Date

Date AP Logged Invoice Date LogAPInv.InvoiceDate Date
Is Debit Memo
AP Logged Invoice - Is Debit Memo flag

Is Debit Memo AP Logged Invoice - Is Debit Memo LogAPInv.DebitMemo Logical
flag
Legal Number
AP Logged Invoice Legal Number

Legal Number AP Logged Invoice Legal Number LogAPInv.LegalNumber String
Number
AP Logged Invoice Number

Number AP Logged Invoice Number LogAPInv.InvoiceNum String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 195

PO Number
AP Logged Invoice reference PO number

PO Number AP Logged Invoice reference PO LogAPInv.REFPONum Numeric
number
Rate Type
AP Logged Invoice Rate Type

Rate Type AP Logged Invoice Rate Type LogAPInv.RateGrpCode String
Supplier
AP Logged Invoice Supplier

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
Supplier AP GL Control

AP GL Control Supplier AP GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--AP Account
Expense GL Control
Supplier Expence GL Control

Expense GL Control Supplier Expence GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--Supplier
Name
Supplier Name

196 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Number
Supplier Number

AP Logged Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Logged Invoice transaction type.
Balance
LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.SrcDocTotWithholdingAmt
Balance LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.SrcDocTotWithholdingAmt
Discount
LogAPInv.DocDiscountAmt
Discount LogAPInv.DocDiscountAmt
Invoice
Invoice amount
Invoice Invoice amount
Total Expenses
LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Total Expenses LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 197

Total Taxes
LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Total Taxes LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line GL transaction
type.
Details
Tax Line Details

true false LogAPInvTax
Exemption Type
Tax Line Exemption Type

Exemption Type Tax Line Exemption Type LogAPInvTax.ExemptType Numeric
Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax.CollectionType = 0

Invoicing Collection Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Method LogAPInvTax.CollectionType = 0
Is EC Acquisition
198 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a second line which refers to EC Acquisition

Is EC Acquisition A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is LogAPInvTax. Logical
a second line which refers to EC Acquisition
Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax.Timing = 0

Is Liable on Invoice Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
LogAPInvTax.Timing = 0

Is Liable on Partial Payment Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Is Liable when Fully Paid

Is Liable when Fully Paid Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Is Reversed Charge LogAPInvTax.ReverseCharge Logical
Manual
Tax Line Manual Flag

Manual Tax Line Manual Flag LogAPInvTax.Manual Logical
Rate Code
Tax Line Rate Code

Rate Code Tax Line Rate Code LogAPInvTax.RateCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 199


Self-Assessment Collection Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical

Self-Assessment Dual Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Collection Method LogAPInvTax.CollectionType = 3
Tax Code
Tax Line Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Line Tax Code LogAPInvTax.TaxCode String

Withholding Collection Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Tax Accounting
Tax Line Tax Accounting

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Tax Line GL Control

GL Control Tax Line GL Control SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Logged Invoice - Tax Line transaction type.
200 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tax
Tax Line Amount LogAPInvTax.DocTaxAmt
Tax Tax Line Amount LogAPInvTax.DocTaxAmt
AP Logged Invoice - Rule Set
The AP Logged Invoice transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP Logged Invoice - Functions
The functions used by the AP Logged Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
AP Logged Invoice - Combine String
Combine String
Function Parameters
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AP Logged Invoice
Function Text
AP Logged Invoice - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Logged Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 201

Post Expense Amount to Suspense Expense Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Logged Invoice--Amounts--Total Expenses--Name### =###Total Expenses###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Logged Invoice
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Expense Suspense
Debit Context: Expense Suspense
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Logged Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Expenses AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Expenses AND Currency =
Book Currency
Using AP Logged Invoice--Details--Rate Type
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Logged Invoice--Details--AP GL

Control For Current Book AND Expense Suspense Context
Else
Get Account From AP Logged Invoice--Details--AP GL Control For Current
Book AND Expense Suspense Context
Post Invoice Amount to Payables Suspense Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Logged Invoice--Amounts--Invoice--Name### =###Invoice### And ###AP Logged
Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Payables Suspense
202 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context: Payables Suspense

Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND Currency = Book
Currency

Control For Current Book AND Payables Suspense Context
Else
Book AND Payables Suspense Context
Post Invoice Balance Amount to Payables Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Logged Invoice--Amounts--Balance--Name### =###Balance### And ###AP Logged
Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Balance AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Balance AND Currency = Book
Currency

Control For Current Book AND Payables Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 203

Else
Book AND Payables Context
Post Tax Amount to Tax Accrual Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP Logged
Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False### And ( ###AP
Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###False### And Not (( ###AP Logged
Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Collection Method### = ###True### Or ###AP Logged Invoice--Tax
Line--Details--Self-Assessment Dual Collection Method### = ###True### ) And ( ###AP Logged Invoice--Tax
Line--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment### = ###True### Or ###AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable
when Fully Paid### = ###True### ) ) )
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency =
Book Currency
Comment = Define if Tax Collection Method is Self-assessment or Dual

Self-Assessment
If AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Dual Collection Method
OR AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Reversed Charge If AP Logged
Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From AP Logged
Invoice--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual
Context
Else
Get Account From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control
For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else If AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Collection

Method If AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account
204 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For Current Book

AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Else If AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method If AP

Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice Get Account From AP
Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Tax Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AP
Tax Accrual Context
Else
For Current Book AND AP Interim Tax Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Tax Account
Else
Tax Account
Post Total Tax Amount to Tax Suspense Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Logged Invoice--Amounts--Total Taxes--Name### =###Total Taxes### And ###AP
Logged Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax Suspense
Debit Context: Tax Suspense
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Taxes AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Taxes AND Currency =
Book Currency

Control For Current Book AND Tax Suspense Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 205

Else
Book AND Tax Suspense Context
Post Withholding Tax Amount to AP Tax Accrual Account
Post Withholding Tax Amount to AP Tax Accrual Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP Logged
Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False### And ###AP
Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###True### And ###AP Logged
Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice### = ###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency =
Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Tax

Accounting--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
206 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Setup GL Journal Main Data
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Logged Invoice--Details--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Logged Invoice--Details--AP GL Control

For Current Book AND Invoicing Context
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Logged Invoice--Details--Number
Vendor Ref = AP Logged Invoice--Supplier--Number
Invoice Suffix = Space
If AP Logged Invoice--Details--Is Debit Memo Invoice Suffix = DM
Transaction Text = Combine String from LOGINV: , AP Logged

Invoice--Details--Number , Invoice Suffix and AP Logged Invoice--Supplier--Name
AP Payment
Books AP Payment.
AP Payment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Payment GL transaction type.Posting elements include
AP Payment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Payment GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 207

Bank
Bank

true false BankAcct
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control BankAcct. GLControl--R--Bank Account
ID
ID

ID ID BankAcct.BankAcctID String
Check
Check

true false CheckHed
Apply Date
Apply Date

Apply Date Apply Date CheckHed. Date
208 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Currency
Currency

Currency Currency CheckHed.CurrencyCode String
Date
Check Date

Date Check Date CheckHed.CheckDate Date
Manual Print
Manual Print

Manual Print Manual Print CheckHed.ManualPrint Logical
Number
Check Number

Number Check Number CheckHed.CheckNum Numeric
Rate Type
Rate Type

Rate Type Rate Type CheckHed. String
Supplier Name
Supplier Name

Supplier Name Supplier Name CheckHed.Name String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 209

Use Pending Cash Account

Use Pending Cash Account CheckHed.UsePendAcct Logical
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company

AP Account GL Control AP Account GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

GL Control
GL Control

210 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Expense GL Control
Expense GL Control

Name
Vendor Name

Name Vendor Name Vendor.Name String
Number
Supplier Number

AP Payment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Payment transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 211

Check Amount
Check Amount
Check Amount Check Amount
AP Payment - Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Payment - Bank Fee GL transaction type.Posting elements
AP Payment - Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Payment - Bank Fee GL transaction type.
Bank Fee Master
Bank Fee Master

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

Bank Fee ID Bank Fee ID BankFee.BankFeeID String
GL Control
Bank Fee GL Control

GL Control Bank Fee GL Control BankFee. GLControl--R--Bank Fee
212 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Bank Fee Line details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

Bank Fee ID Bank Fee ID BankTran.BankFeeID String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank Transaction
Tran Num
Transaction Number

Tran Num Transaction Number BankTran.TranNum Numeric
AP Payment - Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Payment - Bank Fee transaction type.
Fee
Bank Fee Amount
Fee Bank Fee Amount
Total Tax
Bank Fee Total Tax Amount
Total Tax Bank Fee Total Tax Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 213

AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction
type.
Details
Bank Fee Tax Details

true false TaxDtl
Bank Tran Number
Bank Tran Number

Bank Tran Number Bank Tran Number TaxDtl.TranNum Numeric

Is EC Acquisition

Is Reversed Charge
214 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Charge
Rate Code
Rate Code


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 215

AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax
Tax Anount
Tax Tax Anount
AP Payment - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Payment - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements include
AP Payment - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Payment - Line GL transaction type.
Details
Payment Line Details

true false APTran
Check ID
Check ID

Check ID Check ID APTran.HeadNum Numeric
Description
Details Description

216 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Detail ID
Detail ID

Detail ID Detail ID APTran.APTranNo Numeric
GL Control
GL Control

Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Is Adjustment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Gain/Loss Adjustment

Is Adjustment A flag indicating whether the line is related APTran. Logical
to Gain/Loss Adjustment
Is Invoice Payment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Invoice Payment

Is Invoice Payment A flag indicating whether the line is APTran. Logical
related to Invoice Payment
Is Miscellaneous Payment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Miscellaneous Payment

Is Miscellaneous Payment A flag indicating whether the line is APTran. Logical
related to Miscellaneous Payment
Is Payment
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 217

A flag indicating whether the line is related to Payment

Is Payment A flag indicating whether the line is APTran. Logical
related to Payment
Is Prepayment
A flag indicating whether the line is Prepayment

Is Prepayment A flag indicating whether the line is APTran. Logical
Prepayment
Invoice
AP Invoice

true false APInvHed
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

GL Control
GL Control

Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Invoice Number Invoice Number APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
Is Debit Memo
A flag indicating whether Invoice is debit Memo

Is Debit Memo A flag indicating whether Invoice is APInvHed.DebitMemo Logical
debit Memo
218 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Payment - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Payment - Line transaction type.
Discount
Discount
Discount Discount
Operational
Operational Amount
Operational Operational Amount
Tax (Invoicing Collection)
Invoice Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Invoicing Collection) Invoice Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Self-Assessment Collection)
Self-Assessment Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Self-Assessment Collection) Self-Assessment Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Withholding Collection)
Withholding Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Withholding Collection) Withholding Collection Tax Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 219

Total Tax Adjustments
Total Tax Adjustments
Total Tax Adjustments Total Tax Adjustments
AP Payment - Line - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Payment - Line - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Payment - Line - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Payment - Line - Tax Line GL transaction
type.
Details
Details

true false TaxDtl

Is EC Acquisition

220 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700




Is Reversed Charge

Charge
Rate Code
Rate Code


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 221

Tax Code


Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax

true false APInvTax
GL Control
GL Control

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

AP Payment - Line - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Payment - Line - Tax Line transaction type.
222 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tax
Misc Payment Tax Amount
Tax Misc Payment Tax Amount
AP Payment - Rule Set
The AP Payment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP Payment - Functions
The functions used by the AP Payment transaction type are described in this section.
AP Payment - Combine String
Combine String
Function Parameters
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AP Payment
Function Text
Result = String1 + String2 Result = Result + String 3 Result = Result +
String4 Result = Result + String5
AP Payment - Function to Calculate Bank Cash/Pending Account
Function to Calculate Bank Cash/Pending Account
Function Parameters
Description: Function to Calculate Bank Cash/Pending Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 223


Document Line Path: AP Payment
Function Text
If AP Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash AccountGet Account From AP
Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Pending Cash ContextIf Result
is not Valid Error Text = Pending Cash Account is not defined for bank: + AP
Payment--Bank--ID Call = Raise error: Error TextElse
Get Account From AP Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Cash
Context
AP Payment--Bank Fee - Function to Calculate Bank Fee Account
Function to Calculate Bank Fee Account
Function Parameters
Description: Function to Calculate Bank Fee Account
Document Line Path: AP Payment--Bank Fee
Function Text
Get Account From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Bank Fee Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND Bank Fee ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From AP
Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
AP Payment--Line - Function to calculate Discount Account
Function to calculate Discount Account
Function Parameters
Description: Function to calculate Discount Account
Document Line Path: AP Payment--Line
Function Text
If AP Payment--Line--Invoice--AP GL Control is not Available Error Text = Payment
+ AP Payment--Check--Number Error Text = Error Text + Invoice Error Text = Error
Text + AP Payment--Line--Invoice--Invoice Number Error Text = Error Text + -
Invoice AP Account is not found Call = Raise error: Error TextElse
Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Invoice--AP GL Control For Current Book
AND Payment Discount Context
224 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Payment--Line - Function to calculate Expense Account for Miscellaneous Payment
Function to calculate Expense Account for Miscellaneous Payment
Function Parameters
Description: Function to calculate Expense Account for Miscellaneous Payment
Function Text
If AP Payment--Supplier--Number is not AvailableGet Account From AP
Payment--Company Parameters--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND Expense
ContextIf Expense Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Expense Account is
not ValidElse
Get Account From AP Payment--Supplier--Expense GL Control For Current Book
AND Expense ContextIf Expense Account is not ValidGet Account From AP
Payment--Supplier--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Expense ContextIf Expense
Account is not ValidGet Account From AP Payment--Company Parameters--AP Account
GL Control For Current Book AND Expense ContextIf Expense Account is not
Valid Call = Raise error: Expense Account is not ValidExpense Account
AP Payment--Line - Function to calculate Prepayment Account
Function to calculate Prepayment Account
Function Parameters
Description: Function to calculate Prepayment Account
Function Text
Get Account From AP Payment--Supplier--AP GL Control For Current Book AND
Prepayment ContextIf Prepayment Account is not ValidGet Account From AP
Payment--Company Parameters--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment
ContextIf Prepayment Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Prepayment Account
is not ValidPrepayment Account
AP Payment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Payment transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 225

Post Bank Fee Amount
Post Bank Fee Amount to Bank Fee and Cash Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash Account### = ###False### And ###AP
Payment--Bank Fee--Amounts--Fee--Name### =###Fee###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Payment--Bank Fee
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Cash
Debit Context: Adjustment/Bank Fee
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Payment--Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Bank Fee Where Name = Fee AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Payment--Bank Fee Where Name = Fee AND Currency = Book
Currency
Using AP Payment--Check--Rate Type

Get Account From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Calculate Bank Fee Account
Get Account From AP Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Post Bank Fee Tax Amount
Post Bank Fee Tax Amount to Tax Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash Account### = ###False### And ###AP
Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
226 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
= Book Currency

If AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method Get
Account From AP Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Get Account From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For
Else
If AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Dual Collection
Method OR AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is Reversed Charge If AP
Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From
AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR
Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Else
If AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Collection
Method If AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is EC
Acquisition Get Account From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From AP Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 227

Post Check Amount to Bank Cash/Pending Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Amounts--Check Amount--Name### =###Check Amount###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Payment
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Payment--Check
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment Where Name = Check Amount AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Payment Where Name = Check Amount AND Currency = Book
Currency

Calculate Bank Cash/Pending Account
If AP Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash Account Credit Context = Pending Cash
Post Gain/Loss Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Amounts--Operational--Name### =###Operational### And ###AP
Payment--Line--Details--Is Adjustment### = ###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Payment--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
228 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Payment--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line Where Currency Type = Transactional AND Name
= Operational
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line Where Name = Operational AND Currency = Book
Currency

Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND
Payables Context
If Gain/Loss Adj to Payables is not Valid Error Text = Payment + AP
Payment--Check--Number
Error Text = Error Text + Invoice
Error Text = Error Text + AP Payment--Line--Invoice--Invoice Number
Error Text = Error Text + - Invoice Payables Account is not found
Call = Raise error: Error Text
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Payment--Currency Master--GL Control

For Current Book AND Realized Gain Context
Temp Account
Gain/Loss Adj to Payables
Else
Get Account From AP Payment--Currency Master--GL Control For Current Book
AND Realized Loss Context
Temp Account
Gain/Loss Adj to Payables
Transaction Text = AP Payment--Line--Details--Description

AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Payment--Line--Details--Invoice Number
Post Invoice Tax Discount Adjustment Amount to Discount Account
Post Invoice Tax Discount Adjustment Amount to Discount Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Discount Tax Adjustment--Name### =###Discount
Tax Adjustment### And ###AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice Payment### = ###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Payment--Line--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Discount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 229

Debit Context: Discount

Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Discount Tax Adjustment

Comment = Adjust Taxes which are due on Payment or Partial Payment and of
Invoicing collection method
Calculate Discount Account
Post Invoice Tax Discount Adjustment Amount to Tax Account
Post Invoice Tax Discount Adjustment Amount to Tax Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Discount Tax Adjustment--Name### =###Discount
Tax Adjustment### And ###AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice Payment### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Discount Tax Adjustment
Debit Context: Discount Tax Adjustment
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice Comment = Adjust
Taxes which are due on Invoice and of Invoicing collection method
If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method Get
Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Invoice Tax--GL Control For Current
230 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book AND Tax Context

If Credit Account is not Available Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax
Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
Comment = Adjust Taxes which are due on Payment or Partial Payment and
of Invoicing collection method
Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Post Operational Amount to Paybles/Expense Account
Post Operational Amount to Paybles, Expense or Prepayment Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Amounts--Operational--Name### =###Operational### And ###AP
Payment--Line--Details--Is Adjustment### = ###FALSE###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line Where Currency Type = Transactional AND Name
= Operational
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line Where Name = Operational AND Currency = Book
Currency

If AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Payment If AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice
Payment Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current
If Temp Account is not Valid Error Text = Combine String from Payment
, AP Payment--Check--Number , Invoice, AP Payment--Line--Invoice--Invoice Number
and - Invoice Payables not found.
Call = Raise error: Error Text
Else
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 231

Else
Temp Account
Else If AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Miscellaneous Payment If AP

Payment--Line--Details--GL Control is Available Get Account From AP
Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
Else
Temp Account
Debit Context = Expense
Else If AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Prepayment If AP

Payment--Line--Details--GL Control is Available Get Account From AP
Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Else
Calculate Prepayment Account
Temp Account
Debit Context = Prepayment
Post Payment Discount Amount to Discount Account
Rule to post Payment Discount Amount to Discount Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Amounts--Discount--Name### =###Discount###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line Where Name = Discount AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line Where Name = Discount AND Currency = Book
Currency
232 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


If AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice Payment Calculate Discount Account
Temp Account
Post Payment Taxes
Post Payment Texes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###False###
And ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And Not ( ###AP Payment--Line--Tax
Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method###=###True### And ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable
on Invoice###=###False### And ###AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice Payment###=###True### )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency =
Book Currency

If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Dual Collection Method
OR AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Reversed Charge If AP
Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From AP
Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax
Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control
Else
If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Self-Assessment Collection
Method If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get
Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book
AND AP Tax Contra Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 233

Else
Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control
Else
If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control
Else
Temp Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###True###
And ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional
Book Currency
234 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current

Reverse Invoice Interim Tax and Post it to Accrual
Reverse Invoice Interim Tax and Post it To Accrual
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method### = ###True### And
###AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on Invoice### = ###False### And ###AP Payment--Line--Tax
Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice Payment### =
###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional
Book Currency

If AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From AP
Payment--Line--Tax Line--Invoice Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Reverse Tax Account
Else
Reverse Tax Account
Else
Get Account From AP Payment--Line--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Accrual Tax Account
Else
Accrual Tax Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 235

Set up GL Journal main data
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Payment
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Payment--Check--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current
Book AND Cash Disbursements Context
Vendor Ref = AP Payment--Supplier--Number
Check Num Ref = AP Payment--Check--Number
Bank Account = AP Payment--Bank--ID
Transaction Text = Py: + AP Payment--Check--Number
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + AP Payment--Supplier--Name
Transaction Text = Combine String from 'Py:' , AP Payment--Check--Number , Space
, AP Payment--Check--Supplier Name and Empty String
AP Payment - Pre-Posting Rules
The pre-posting rules for the AP Payment transaction type are described in this section.
Calculate Default Bank Fee Account
Calculate Default Bank Fee Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
For Each: AP Payment--Bank Fee
236 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context: Adjustment/Bank Fee
Business Entity Table: AP Payment--Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Calculate Bank Fee Account
Calculate Default Misc Payment Expense Account
Rule for calculating Default Misc Payment Expense Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Miscellaneous Payment###=###True###
Can Post: false
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Posting Rules
Temp Account
Calculate Default Prepayment Account
Rule for calculating Default Prepayment Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Payment--Line--Details--Is Prepayment###=###True###
Can Post: false
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 237

Reference Context: Prepayment

Posting Rules
Calculate Prepayment Account
Temp Account
AP PI Payment
PI Payment transaction is booked when PI is posted with one or more AP nvoices linked to it.
Payment Instrument Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payment Instrument GL transaction type.Posting elements
Payment Instrument Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payment Instrument GL transaction type.
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency code

Code Currency code Currency.CurrencyCode String
238 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
Currency code GL control

GL Control Currency code GL control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Details

true false APPNHead
GL Control

GL Control APPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Payable
Group ID

Group ID APPNHead.GroupID String
PI Num

PI Num APPNHead.HeadNum Numeric
Status
PI Status

true false PIStatus
GL Control

GL Control PIStatus. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Payable
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 239

ID
Status ID

ID Status ID PIStatus.PIStatus String
Stage
Stage

Stage Stage PIStatus.PIStage String
Type-Status
PI Type-Status

true false PITypeStat
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control PITypeStat. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Payable
Payment Instrument Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payment Instrument transaction type.
PI Amount
PI Amount
PI Amount PI Amount
240 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Payment Instrument - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payment Instrument - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Payment Instrument - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payment Instrument - Line GL transaction
type.
Details

true false APPNDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice Num APPNDtl.InvoiceNum String
Invoice

true false APInvHed
GL Control
GL Control

Invoice Num

Invoice Num APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 241

Payment Instrument - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payment Instrument - Line transaction type.
Gain/Loss
Currency gain/loss amount
Gain/Loss Currency gain/loss amount
Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
AP PI Payment - Rule Set
The AP PI Payment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP PI Payment - Functions
The functions used by the AP PI Payment transaction type are described in this section.
AP PI Payment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP PI Payment transaction type are described in this section.
Book Currency Gain/Loss
This rule books Currency Gain/Loss
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Line--Amounts--Gain/Loss--Name### =###Gain/Loss###
Can Post: true
For Each: Payment Instrument--Line
242 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payment Instrument--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument--Line Where Name = Gain/Loss AND Currency
= Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value < 0 Get Account From Payment Instrument--Currency Master--GL
Control For Current Book AND Realized Loss Context
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current
Debit Context = Currency Loss
Credit Context = Gain/Loss to Payables
Else
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Currency Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND Realized Gain Context
Debit Context = Gain/Loss to Payables
Credit Context = Currency Gain
Book Invoice Payment
Book part of PI amount as payment for an invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument--Line Where Currency Type = Transactional
AND Name = Invoice Amount
Select Amount From Payment Instrument--Line Where Name = Invoice Amount AND
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 243

Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book

Book PI Total
Book PI Total amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Payment Instrument
Is Header: false
Credit Context: PI Payable
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payment Instrument--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument Where Name = PI Amount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Payment Instrument Where Name = PI Amount AND Currency = Book
Currency
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Type-Status--GL Control For Current Book

AND PI Payable Context
If Credit Account is not Available Get Account From Payment
Instrument--Status--GL Control For Current Book AND PI Payable Context
Define GL Journal Properties
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
244 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--Status--GL Control For
Current Book AND PI Payable Journal Context
Transaction Text = PI: + Payment Instrument--Details--PI Num
AP PI Status Change
PI Payment transaction is booked when PI is posted with one or more AP nvoices linked to it.
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency code

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 245

GL Control
Currency code GL control

GL Control Currency code GL control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Details

true false APPNHead
GL Control

GL Control APPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Payable
Group ID

PI Num

New Status
New Status of PI

true false PIStatus
246 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

Payable
Old Status
Old Status of PI

true false PIStatus
GL Control
GL Control

PI Amount
PI Amount
PI Amount PI Amount
type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 247

Details

true false APPNDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice

true false APInvHed
GL Control
GL Control

Invoice Num

Gain/Loss
248 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
AP PI Status Change - Rule Set
The AP PI Status Change transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP PI Status Change - Functions
The functions used by the AP PI Status Change transaction type are described in this section.
AP PI Status Change - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP PI Status Change transaction type are described in this section.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--New Status--GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 249

For Current Book AND PI Payable Journal Context

Transaction Text = PI: + Payment Instrument--Details--PI Num
Move PI Total
Moves PI Total amount to a different account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument Where Name = PI Amount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Payment Instrument Where Name = PI Amount AND Currency = Book
Currency
Get Account From Payment Instrument--New Status--GL Control For Current Book AND
PI Payable Context
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Old Status--GL Control For Current Book AND
PI Payable Context
AP PI Voiding
PI Voiding transaction is booked when user voids an already posted PI.
250 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details

true false APPNHead
GL Control

GL Control APPNHead. GLControl--F--PI Payable
Group ID

PI GL Control
Payment Instrument GL Control

PI GL Control Payment Instrument GL APPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment
Control Instrument Payable
PI Num

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 251

PI Amount
PI Amount
PI Amount PI Amount
type.
Details

true false APPNDtl
Invoice Num

Ref GL Control
PI Detail reference GL control

Ref GL Control PI Detail reference GL control APPNDtl. GLControl--F--PI Payable Detail
Invoice

true false APInvHed
252 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

Invoice Num

Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
AP PI Voiding - Rule Set
The AP PI Voiding transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP PI Voiding - Functions
The functions used by the AP PI Voiding transaction type are described in this section.
AP PI Voiding - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP PI Voiding transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 253

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--Details--PI GL Control
For Current Book AND PI Payable Journal Context
Reverse Currency Gain
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Book AND Currency Gain Context
Book AND Gain/Loss to Payables Context
Get Book Amount From Payment Instrument--Line--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
254 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Reverse Currency Loss
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Book AND Gain/Loss to Payables Context
Book AND Currency Loss Context
Reverse Invoice Payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 255

Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Payment Instrument--Line--Details--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Payables Context
Reverse PI Total
Reverse PI Total
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
PI Payable Context
Get Transactional Amount From Payment Instrument--Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND PI Payable Context
Get Book Amount From Payment Instrument--Details--GL Control For Current Book
AND PI Payable Context
256 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Apply Credit Memo
Books transactions that should be created as a result of applying a credit memo to an invoice or to a group of
invoices
Apply Credit Memo Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Apply Credit Memo GL transaction type.Posting elements
Apply Credit Memo Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Apply Credit Memo GL transaction type.
Bank Account
Bank Account that is used for Credit Card payments

true false BankAcct
Code
Bank Account Code

Code Bank Account Code BankAcct.BankAcctID String
GL Control
Contains accounts associated with the Bank Account Code

GL Control Contains accounts associated with the BankAcct. GLControl--R--Bank Account
Bank Account Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 257

BillTo Customer
Credit Memo's BillTo Customer

true false Customer
GL Control
Contains accounts associated with the BillTo Customer

GL Control Contains accounts associated with the Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
BillTo Customer
Number
Customer Number

Number Customer Number Customer.CustNum Numeric
Company Parameters
Contains company parameters

true false Company

AR Account GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Credit Memo Header
Contains main data for the Credit Memo being applied

true false InvcHead
258 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
Contains accounts calculated in the process of posting the Credit Memo.

GL Control Contains accounts calculated in the InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
process of posting the Credit Memo.
Number
Credit Memo number

Number Credit Memo number InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Currency
Currency Master for the Credit Memo's Currency

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

GL Control
Contains accounts associated with the Currency Code

GL Control Contains accounts associated with the Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Currency Code
Deposit Invoice
Deposit Invoice

true false InvcHead
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 259

GL Control

GL Control InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Invoice Num

Invoice Num InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Reference

Reference InvcHead.ContractRef String
Deposit Payment
Deposit Payment. Data are also included in VBD in case of Deposit Invoice is created based on Deposit Payment

true false CashHead
Cash Head Num

Cash Head Num CashHead.HeadNum Numeric
GL Control

GL Control CashHead. GLControl--F--AR Check
Reference

Reference CashHead.Reference String
260 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
This entity refers directly to to supporting sub-ledger transaction.

true false CashHead
Apply Date
Apply Date for the GL Journal

Apply Date Apply Date for the GL Journal CashHead.TranDate Date
Is Credit Memo applied
Indicates that Credit Memo is applied

Is Credit Memo applied Indicates that Credit Memo is CashHead. String
applied
Is Deposit Invoice applied
Indicates that Deposit Invoice is applied

Is Deposit Invoice applied Indicates that Deposit Invoice is CashHead. String
applied
Is Deposit Payment applied
Indicates that Deposit Payment is applied

Is Deposit Payment applied Indicates that Deposit Payment is CashHead. String
applied
Number
The number of supporting Cash Receipt transaction

Number The number of supporting Cash Receipt CashHead.HeadNum Numeric
transaction
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 261

Rate Group
Rate Group that should be used currency conversions

Rate Group Rate Group that should be used CashHead.RateGrpCode String
currency conversions
Apply Credit Memo Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Apply Credit Memo transaction type.
Total Applied
The total amount applied to invoices or credit payments
Total Applied The total amount applied to invoices or credit payments
Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax GL transaction type.Posting
Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax GL transaction
type.
Details
Invoice Tax

true false InvcTax
AR Invoice Tax GL Control
262 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AR Invoice Tax GL Control used to book Tax during Deposit Invoice posting

AR Invoice Tax GL AR Invoice Tax GL Control used to book InvcTax. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Control Tax during Deposit Invoice posting Tax
Code
Tax Code

Code Tax Code InvcTax.TaxCode String

Invoicing Collection Method Invoicing Collection Method InvcTax. Logical
Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition

Is EC Acquisition Is EC Acquisition InvcTax. Logical

Is Liable on Invoice Is Liable on Invoice InvcTax. Logical

Is Liable on Partial Payment Is Liable on Partial Payment InvcTax. Logical

Is Liable When Fully Paid Is Liable When Fully Paid InvcTax. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 263

Is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Is Reversed Charge InvcTax.ReverseCharge Logical

Self-assessment Collection Self-assessment Collection InvcTax. Logical
Method Method

Self-assessment Dual Collection Self-assessment Dual Collection InvcTax. Logical
Method Method

Withholding Collection Method Withholding Collection Method InvcTax. Logical
Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Sales Tax

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
associated with the Sales Tax
Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Apply Credit Memo - Deposit Tax transaction type.
264 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tax
Tax
Apply Credit Memo - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Apply Credit Memo - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Apply Credit Memo - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Apply Credit Memo - Line GL transaction type.
Details
Contains

true false CashDtl
Is Credit Payment
A Flag indicating whether the line is an invoice or a credit payment

Is Credit Payment A Flag indicating whether the line is an CashDtl. Logical
invoice or a credit payment
Invoice
Invoice to which the Credit Memo is applied

true false InvcHead
GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 265

Contains accounts calculated when the invoice has been posted

GL Control Contains accounts calculated when the InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
invoice has been posted
Number
Invoice Number

Number Invoice Number InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Apply Credit Memo - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Apply Credit Memo - Line transaction type.
Applied Amount
The amount that is applied to the invoice
Applied Amount The amount that is applied to the invoice
Currency Difference
Currency Gain or Loss amount
Currency Difference Currency Gain or Loss amount
Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax GL transaction type.Posting
Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax GL transaction
type.
266 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Tax details

true false TaxDtl

Is EC Acquisition or Reverse Charge

Is EC Acquisition or Reverse Is EC Acquisition or Reverse TaxDtl. Logical
Charge Charge



Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 267


Self-assessment Collection Self-assessment Collection TaxDtl. Logical
Method Method

Self-assessment Dual Collection Self-assessment Dual Collection TaxDtl. Logical
Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code (key field)

Tax Code Tax Code (key field) TaxDtl.TaxCode String

Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax Details

true false InvcTax
Invoice Line
Invoice Line (key field)

Invoice Line Invoice Line (key field) InvcTax.InvoiceLine Numeric
Reference GL Control

Reference GL Control InvcTax. GLControl--F--AR Invoice Tax
Tax Code
268 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Tax Code Tax Code (key field) InvcTax.TaxCode String
Sales Tax
Sales tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Sales Tax GL Control

GL Control Sales Tax GL Control SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Code (key field) SalesTRC.TaxCode String
Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Apply Credit Memo - Line - Tax transaction type.
Tax
Tax amount for taxes recognised at the moment of payment
Tax Tax amount for taxes recognised at the moment of payment
Apply Credit Memo - Rule Set
The Apply Credit Memo transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Apply Credit Memo - Functions
The functions used by the Apply Credit Memo transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 269

- Reverses sign of the given Amount
Reverses sign of the given Amount
Function Parameters
Description: Reverses sign of the given Amount
Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
AmountAmount.Value * -1
Apply Credit Memo - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Apply Credit Memo transaction type are described in this section.
Book Invoice Tax
Books tax amount for taxes recognised at the moment of payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method###=###False###
And ###Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax###.###.### And ( ###Apply Credit
Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment###=###True### OR ###Apply Credit
Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid###=###True### )
Can Post: true
For Each: Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency =
270 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Currency
Using Apply Credit Memo--Details--Rate Group
If Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method If Not

Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition or Reverse
Charge If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Apply Credit
Memo--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Call = End Rule
Else If Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method

OR Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection
Method If Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition or Reverse
Charge Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
For Current Book AND AR Tax Contra Context
Post Currency Difference Amount
Posts Currency Difference Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Apply Credit Memo--Line--Amounts--Currency Difference###.###.###
Can Post: true
For Each: Apply Credit Memo--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Apply Credit Memo--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Line Where Name = Currency Difference AND
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 271

Else
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Apply Credit
Memo--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Currency--GL Control For Current Book
Else
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Currency--GL Control For Current
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current
Book AND Receivables Context
Post to Invoice is Accounts Receivable
Posts the amount applied to an Invoice to the Invoice's Accounts Recievable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Apply Credit Memo--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Apply Credit Memo--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Line--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book
AND Receivables Context
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Line Where Name = Applied Amount AND
AR Invoice Num Ref = Apply Credit Memo--Line--Invoice--Number
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Line Where Name = Applied Amount AND
If Book Amount.Value < 0 Book Amount.Value * -1
272 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Total Applied amount
Posts the total applied amount to either Accounts Receivables or Unapplied Cash account depending on what
account was affected when Credit Memo was posted
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Apply Credit Memo
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Apply Credit Memo--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Credit Memo Header--GL Control For Current
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo Where Name = Total Applied AND Currency
AR Invoice Num Ref = Apply Credit Memo--Credit Memo Header--Number
Select Amount From Apply Credit Memo Where Name = Total Applied AND Currency =
Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value < 0 Book Amount.Value * -1

Reverse Deposit Tax Amount
The rule posts reversing of Deposit Tax amount. The rule is executed for each tax line of allocated deposit(s)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Apply Credit Memo--Deposit Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 273

Debit Context: Tax

Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Deposit Tax--Details--AR Invoice
Tax GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Get Book Amount From Apply Credit Memo--Deposit Tax--Details--AR Invoice Tax GL
Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
If Book Amount.Value < 0 Reverse Sign of the Transaction Amount

Reverse Sign of the Book Amount
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Deposit Tax--Details--AR Invoice Tax GL
Else
Get Account From Apply Credit Memo--Deposit Tax--Details--AR Invoice Tax
GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Set up main GL Journal data
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Apply Credit Memo
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Apply Credit Memo--Details
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Apply Credit Memo--Details--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Apply Credit Memo--BillTo Customer--GL
Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Apply Credit Memo Context
If Journal Code is not Available Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Apply
Credit Memo--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Adjustment/Apply Credit Memo Context
274 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Ref = Apply Credit Memo--Details--Number
AP Void Logged Invoice
Posting AP Void Logged Invoice
AP Void Logged Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Logged Invoice GL transaction type.Posting elements
AP Void Logged Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Logged Invoice GL transaction type.
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false APSyst
Company AP Account GL Control

AP Account GL Control Company AP Account GL Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
Control
AP Void Logged Invoices Booked To Suspense Accounts (calculated)

Logged Invoice booked to AP Void Logged Invoices Booked To APSyst. Logical
Suspense Accounts Suspense Accounts (calculated)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 275

Currency Master
AP Void Logged Invoice Currency information

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

GL Control
Currency GL Control

GL Control Currency GL Control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Details
AP Void Logged Invoice Header Details

true false LogAPInv
AP GL Control
AP Void Logged Invoice GL Control

AP GL Control AP Void Logged Invoice GL LogAPInv. GLControl--R--AP Account
Control
Apply Date
AP Void Logged Invoice Apply Date

Apply Date AP Void Logged Invoice Apply Date LogAPInv.ApplyDate Date
276 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Date
AP Void Logged Invoice Date

Date AP Void Logged Invoice Date LogAPInv.InvoiceDate Date
Is Debit Memo
AP Void Logged Invoice - Is Debit Memo flag

Is Debit Memo AP Void Logged Invoice - Is Debit LogAPInv.DebitMemo Logical
Memo flag
Legal Number
AP Void Logged Invoice Legal Number

Legal Number AP Void Logged Invoice Legal LogAPInv.LegalNumber String
Number
Logged Invoice GL Control
Logged Invoice GL Control

Logged Invoice GL Control Logged Invoice GL Control LogAPInv. GLControl--F--AP Invoice
Number
AP Void Logged Invoice Number

Number AP Void Logged Invoice Number LogAPInv.InvoiceNum String
PO Number
AP Void Logged Invoice reference PO number

PO Number AP Void Logged Invoice reference PO LogAPInv.REFPONum Numeric
number
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 277

Rate Type
AP Void Logged Invoice Rate Type

Rate Type AP Void Logged Invoice Rate Type LogAPInv.RateGrpCode String
Supplier
AP Void Logged Invoice Supplier

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
Supplier AP GL Control

AP GL Control Supplier AP GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--AP Account
Expense GL Control
Supplier Expence GL Control

Expense GL Control Supplier Expence GL Control Vendor. GLControl--R--Supplier
Name
Supplier Name

Number
Supplier Number

278 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Void Logged Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Logged Invoice transaction type.
Balance
LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.SrcDocTotWithholdingAmt
Balance LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.SrcDocTotWithholdingAmt
Discount
LogAPInv.DocDiscountAmt
Discount LogAPInv.DocDiscountAmt
Invoice
Invoice amount
Invoice Invoice amount
Total Expenses
LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Total Expenses LogAPInv.DocInvoiceAmt - LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Total Taxes
LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Total Taxes LogAPInv.DocTaxAmt
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 279

AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line GL transaction
type.
Details
Tax Line Details

true false LogAPInvTax
Exemption Type
Tax Line Exemption Type

Exemption Type Tax Line Exemption Type LogAPInvTax.ExemptType Numeric
GL Control
GL Control type "AP Invoice Tax"

GL Control GL Control type "AP Invoice LogAPInvTax. GLControl--F--AP Invoice Tax
Tax"

Invoicing Collection Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Is EC Acquisition
280 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a second line which refers to EC Acquisition or Reversed Charge

Is EC Acquisition A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a LogAPInvTax. Logical
Reversed Charge

Is Liable on Invoice Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical

Is Liable on Partial Payment Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical

Is Liable when Fully Paid Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Is Reversed Charge LogAPInvTax.ReverseCharge Logical
Manual
Tax Line Manual Flag

Manual Tax Line Manual Flag LogAPInvTax.Manual Logical
Rate Code
Tax Line Rate Code

Rate Code Tax Line Rate Code LogAPInvTax.RateCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 281


Self-Assessment Collection Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical

Self-Assessment Dual Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Collection Method LogAPInvTax.CollectionType = 3
Tax Code
Tax Line Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Line Tax Code LogAPInvTax.TaxCode String

Withholding Collection Tax Line - calculated flag True if LogAPInvTax. Logical
Tax Accounting
Tax Line Tax Accounting

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Tax Line GL Control

GL Control Tax Line GL Control SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Logged Invoice - Tax Line transaction type.
282 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tax
Tax Line Amount LogAPInvTax.DocTaxAmt
Tax Tax Line Amount LogAPInvTax.DocTaxAmt
AP Void Logged Invoice - Rule Set
The AP Void Logged Invoice transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AP Void Logged Invoice - Functions
The functions used by the AP Void Logged Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
- Withholding
Withholding
Function Parameters
Description: Withholding
Result Type: Logical
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Result = FalseIf AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Withholding
Collection MethodIf AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--Is Liable on
Invoice Result = True
AP Void Logged Invoice - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Void Logged Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 283

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Logged Invoice--Amounts--Total Expenses--Name### =###Total Expenses###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Logged Invoice
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Expense Suspense
Debit Context: Expense Suspense
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Logged Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Expenses AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Expenses AND Currency
= Book Currency
Using AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Rate Type
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Logged

Invoice GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Suspense Context
Else
Get Account From AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Logged Invoice GL Control
For Current Book AND Expense Suspense Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Logged Invoice--Amounts--Invoice--Name### =###Invoice### And ###AP Void
Logged Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Payables Suspense
284 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context: Payables Suspense

Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND Currency =
Book Currency

Invoice GL Control For Current Book AND Payables Suspense Context
Else
For Current Book AND Payables Suspense Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Logged Invoice--Amounts--Balance--Name### =###Balance### And ###AP
Void Logged Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Balance AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Balance AND Currency =
Book Currency

Invoice GL Control For Current Book AND Payables Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 285

Else
For Current Book AND Payables Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP
Void Logged Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###False###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
= Book Currency
Get Account From AP Void Logged Invoice--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For Current
If Book Amount.Value > 0 If Withholding and Is Liable on Invoice Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Else
If Withholding and Is Liable on Invoice Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
286 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Logged Invoice--Amounts--Total Taxes--Name### =###Total Taxes### And
###AP Void Logged Invoice--Company Parameters--Logged Invoice booked to Suspense Accounts### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Taxes AND Currency
Select Amount From AP Void Logged Invoice Where Name = Total Taxes AND Currency
= Book Currency

Invoice GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Suspense Context
Else
For Current Book AND Tax Suspense Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 287

Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--AP GL

AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Number
Vendor Ref = AP Void Logged Invoice--Supplier--Number
Invoice Suffix = Space
If AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Is Debit Memo Invoice Suffix = DM
Transaction Text = VOID LOGINV:

Transaction Text = Transaction Text + AP Void Logged Invoice--Details--Number
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Invoice Suffix
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + AP Void Logged Invoice--Supplier--Name
AP Void Payment
Books AP Void Payment
AP Void Payment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Payment GL transaction type.Posting elements include
AP Void Payment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Payment GL transaction type.
Bank
Bank

true false BankAcct
288 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

ID
ID

ID ID BankAcct.BankAcctID String
Check
Check

true false CheckHed
Apply Date
Apply Date

Apply Date Apply Date CheckHed. Date
Currency
Currency

Currency Currency CheckHed.CurrencyCode String
GL Control

GL Control CheckHed. GLControl--F--AP Check
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 289

Is Cleared Pending
A flag indicating whether the Payment is Cleared Pending

Is Cleared Pending A flag indicating whether the Payment CheckHed.ClearedPending Logical
is Cleared Pending
Number
Check Number

Number Check Number CheckHed.CheckNum Numeric
Rate Type
Rate Type

Rate Type Rate Type CheckHed.RateGrpCode String

Use Pending Cash Account CheckHed.UsePendAcct Logical
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

290 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Expense GL Control
Expense GL Control

Name
Vendor Name

Name Vendor Name Vendor.Name String
Number
Supplier Number

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 291

AP Void Payment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Payment transaction type.
Check Amount
Check Amount
Check Amount Check Amount
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Payment - Bank Fee GL transaction type.Posting
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Payment - Bank Fee GL transaction
type.
Details
Bank Fee Transaction Details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
292 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control GL Control BankTran. GLControl--F--Bank Transaction
Tran Num
Transaction Number

Tran Num Transaction Number BankTran.TranNum Numeric
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Payment - Bank Fee transaction type.
Fee
Fee Amount
Fee Fee Amount
Total Tax
Total Tax Amount
Total Tax Total Tax Amount
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL
transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 293

Details
Tax Details

true false TaxDtl
Bank Tran Number
Bank Transaction Number

Bank Tran Number Bank Transaction Number TaxDtl.TranNum Numeric
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control TaxDtl. GLControl--F--Payment Tax

Is EC Acquisition

Is EC Acquisition A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a TaxDtl. Logical
Reverse Charge

294 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700



Is Reversed Charge

Charge

Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Tax Rate Tax Rate TaxDtl.RateCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 295


AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Payment - Bank Fee - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax
Tax Amount
Tax Tax Amount
AP Void Payment - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Payment - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
AP Void Payment - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Payment - Line GL transaction type.
Details
Payment Line Deyails

true false APTran
Check Number
Check Number

Check Number Check Number APTran.HeadNum Numeric
Description
296 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details Description

GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APTran. GLControl--F--AP Transactions
Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Is Adjustment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Gain/Loss Adjustment

Is Adjustment A flag indicating whether the line is related APTran. Logical
to Gain/Loss Adjustment
Is Invoice Payment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Invoice Payment

Is Invoice Payment A flag indicating whether the line is APTran. Logical
related to Invoice Payment
Is Misc Payment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Miscellaneous Payment

Is Misc Payment A flag indicating whether the line is related APTran. Logical
to Miscellaneous Payment
Is Payment
A flag indicating whether the line is related to Payment

Is Payment A flag indicating whether the line is APTran. Logical
related to Payment
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 297

Number
Details Number

Number Details Number APTran.APTranNo Numeric
AP Void Payment - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Payment - Line transaction type.
Discount
Discount
Operational
Operational Amount
Operational Operational Amount
Tax (Invoicing Collection)
Invoice Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Invoicing Collection) Invoice Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Self-Assessment Collection)
Self-Assessment Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Self-Assessment Collection) Self-Assessment Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Withholding Collection)
Withholding Collection Tax Amount
Tax (Withholding Collection) Withholding Collection Tax Amount
298 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Total Tax Adjustment
Total Tax Adjustment
Total Tax Adjustment Total Tax Adjustment
AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting
AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line GL transaction
type.
Details
Payment Tax Line Details

true false TaxDtl
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control TaxDtl. GLControl--F--Payment Tax

Is EC Acquisition
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 299


Is EC Acquisition A flag indicating whether Invoice Tax Line is a TaxDtl. Logical
Reverse Charge



Is Reversed Charge

Charge
Rate Code
Rate Code


Method Method
300 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code


AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AP Void Payment - Line - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax
Tax
Tax Tax
AP Void Payment - Rule Set
The AP Void Payment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 301

AP Void Payment - Functions
The functions used by the AP Void Payment transaction type are described in this section.
AP Void Payment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AP Void Payment transaction type are described in this section.
Post Bank Fee Amount
Post Bank Fee Amount to Bank Fee and Cash Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Amounts--Fee--Name### =###Fee### And ###AP Void
Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash Account### = ###False###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Payment--Bank Fee
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Adjustment/Bank Fee
Debit Context: Cash
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee Where Name = Fee AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee Where Name = Fee AND Currency =
Book Currency
Using AP Void Payment--Check--Rate Type

Get Account From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Details--GL Control For Current Book
AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Details--GL Control For Current Book
AND Cash Context
302 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Bank Fee Tax Amount
Post Bank Fee Tax Amount to Tax Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP
Void Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash Account### = ###False###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Cash
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND

If AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method Get
Account From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND Cash Context
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For
Current Book AND Tax Context
Else
If AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get
Account From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For Current
Debit Context = Tax
Else
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--GL
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 303

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Payment
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Cash
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Payment--Check
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment Where Name = Check Amount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Void Payment Where Name = Check Amount AND Currency = Book
Currency

If AP Void Payment--Check--Is Cleared Pending Pending Flag = False
Else
If AP Void Payment--Check--Use Pending Cash Account Pending Flag =
True
Else
Pending Flag = False
If Pending Flag If AP Void Payment--Check--GL Control is Available Get Account

From AP Void Payment--Check--GL Control For Current Book AND Pending Cash Context
Else
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book
AND Pending Cash Context
Debit Context = Pending Cash
Else
If AP Void Payment--Check--GL Control is Available Get Account From
AP Void Payment--Check--GL Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Else
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Bank--GL Control For Current Book
304 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AND Cash Context
Post Discount Tax Adjustment Amount
Rule to post Discount Tax Adjustment Amount to AP Tax Accruel Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Discount Tax Adjustment--Name###
=###Discount Tax Adjustment###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Discount Tax Adjustment
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Discount Tax
Adjustment AND Currency Type = Transactional
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Discount Tax
Adjustment AND Currency = Book Currency
Comment = Define Dedit/Credit Account

If AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--GL Control is Available Get Account
From AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Discount Tax Adjustment Context
Else
Temp Account
AP Invoice Num Ref = AP Void Payment--Line--Details--Invoice Number
Posting Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 305

Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Amounts--Operational--Name### =###Operational### And

###AP Void Payment--Line--Details--Is Adjustment### = ###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Payment--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AP Void Payment--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Currency Type = Transactional AND
Name = Operational
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Name = Operational AND Currency
= Book Currency

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Details--GL
Control For Current Book AND Adjustment Context
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book
Else
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND Adjustment Context
Transaction Text = AP Void Payment--Line--Details--Description

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Amounts--Operational--Name### =###Operational### And
###AP Void Payment--Line--Details--Is Adjustment### = ###False###
Can Post: true
306 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Currency Type = Transactional AND
Name = Operational
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Name = Operational AND Currency
= Book Currency

If AP Void Payment--Line--Details--Is Invoice Payment If Book Amount.Value <
0 -1 * Book Amount.Value
Else
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current
If AP Void Payment--Line--Details--Is Misc Payment Get Account From AP Void

Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
Credit Context = Expense
If Book Amount.Value < 0 -1 * Book Amount.Value
Post Payment Discount Amount to Discount Account
Rule to post Payment Discount Amount to Discount Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Amounts--Discount--Name### =###Discount###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 307

Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Name = Discount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Name = Discount AND Currency =
Book Currency

Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Discount Context
Post Tax Amount
Post Tax Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###AP
Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line Where Name = Tax AND Currency
= Book Currency

If AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From
AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Tax
Context
308 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For
Post Total Discount Adjustment to Discount Account
Post Total Discount Tax Adjustment Amount to Discount Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Amounts--Total Tax Adjustment--Name### =###Total Tax
Adjustment###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Name = Total Tax Adjustment AND
Select Amount From AP Void Payment--Line Where Name = Total Tax Adjustment AND

Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Discount Context
Post Withholding Tax
Post Withholding Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--Withholding Collection Method### =
###True### And ###AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax###
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 309


Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Book Currency

Get Account From AP Void Payment--Line--Tax Line--Details--GL Control For Current
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AP Void Payment
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = AP Void Payment--Check--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AP Void Payment--Bank--GL Control For
Current Book AND Cash Disbursements Context
Vendor Ref = AP Void Payment--Supplier--Number
Check Num Ref = AP Void Payment--Check--Number
Bank Account = AP Void Payment--Bank--ID
310 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Transaction Text = Ck + AP Void Payment--Check--Number

Transaction Text = Transaction Text + AP Void Payment--Supplier--Name
AR Invoice
This type processes all types of AR Invoices including Credit Memos that can be created with AR Invoice Entry
program. Note that Apply Credit Memo and AR Adjustment program generates other transaction types.
AR Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities
AR Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice GL transaction type.
BillTo Customer
"BillTo" Customer

true false Customer
GL Control

GL Control Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Is Intercompany
A flag indicating whether the Customer is an Inter-company Customer

Is Intercompany A flag indicating whether the Customer Customer.ICCust Logical
is an Inter-company Customer
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 311

Name
Customer Name

Name Customer Name Customer.Name String
Number
Customer Number

Central Collection Company
Central Collection Company defined in the Company Configuration.

Intercompany GL Control
Intercompany GL Control

Intercompany GL Control Intercompany GL Control ExtCompany GLControl--R--External
Company
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company

312 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

FS Call GL Control
Contains company's default accounts and journal codes for FS Call

FS Call GL Control Contains company's default accounts Company. GLControl--R--FS Call
and journal codes for FS Call
FS Contract GL Control
Contains company's default accounts and journal codes for FS Contract

FS Contract GL Control Contains company's default accounts Company. GLControl--R--FS
and journal codes for FS Contract Contract
Project Billing GL Control
Default Project Billing GL Control

Project Billing GL Control Default Project Billing GL Company. GLControl--R--Project Billing
Control
Deposit
Contains information about received Deposit Payment (Prepayment) in case Deposit Invoice is created based on
it

true false CashHead
AR Check GL Control

AR Check GL Control CashHead. GLControl--F--AR Check
Cash Head Num

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 313

Reference
Reference/Contract Reference

Reference Reference/Contract Reference CashHead.Reference String
Details
This Entity contains all necessary fields from the Invoice Header

true false InvcHead
Invoice Date
Invoice Date

Invoice Date Invoice Date InvcHead.InvoiceDate Date
Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Invoice Number Invoice Number InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Invoice Suffix
Invoice Suffix

Invoice Suffix Invoice Suffix InvcHead.InvoiceSuffix String
Is Advance Billing
A flag indicating whether the invoice is an Advance Billing Invoice

Is Advance Billing A flag indicating whether the invoice is an InvcHead Logical
Advance Billing Invoice
314 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Central Collection Invoice
A flag indicating whether the invoice will be sent to the Central Collection Parent Company

Is Central Collection A flag indicating whether the invoice will be InvcHead Logical
Invoice sent to the Central Collection Parent
Company
Is Consolidated
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a Consolidated Invoice

Is Consolidated A flag indicating whether the invoice is InvcHead.Consolidated Logical
a Consolidated Invoice
Is Credit Memo
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a Credit Memo

Is Credit Memo A flag indicating whether the invoice InvcHead.CreditMemo Logical
is a Credit Memo
Is Deposit Billing
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a deposit billing invoice

Is Deposit Billing A flag indicating whether the invoice is a InvcHead. Logical
deposit billing invoice
Is of Misc Type
Calculated field, True if InvcHead.InvoiceType = “Mis”

Is of Misc Type Calculated field, True if InvcHead. Logical
InvcHead.InvoiceType = “Mis”
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 315

Is of Shipment Type
Calculated field, True if InvcHead.InvoiceType = “Ship”

Is of Shipment Type Calculated field, True if InvcHead. Logical
InvcHead.InvoiceType = “Ship”
Is Project Billing
Indicates that Invoice is Project Billing Invoice

Is Project Billing Indicates that Invoice is Project Billing InvcHead. Logical
Invoice
Is Rebate Credit Memo
A flag indicating whether the invoice is a Rebate Credit Memo

Is Rebate Credit Memo A flag indicating whether the invoice is InvcHead. Logical
a Rebate Credit Memo
Legal Number

Legal Number InvcHead.LegalNumber String
Post To Deferred Revenue
A flag indicating whether a revenue amount for Advance Billing Invoice should be posted to Deferred Revenue
account

Post To Deferred A flag indicating whether a revenue amount InvcHead.DeferredRevenue Logical
Revenue for Advance Billing Invoice should be posted
to Deferred Revenue account
316 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Rate Type
A Rate Type that can be used in currency conversions

Rate Type A Rate Type that can be used in currency InvcHead. String
conversions
Red Storno
Red Storno Flag

Red Storno Red Storno Flag InvcHead. Logical
Invoice Currency
This entity contains Currency Master fields for the Invoice Currency

true false Currency
GL Control
Contains accoutns associated with the invoice currency

GL Control Contains accoutns associated with the Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
invoice currency
ID
Currency ID

ID Currency ID Currency.CurrencyID String
site
site

true false site
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 317

Code
site Code

GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the site

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts site. GLControl--R--Division
associated with the site
Project
Project

true false Project
Billing Type
Project Billing Type: 'Fixed Fee' 'Cost Plus' 'Time and Material' 'Progress Payments'

Billing Type Project Billing Type: 'Fixed Fee' 'Cost Plus' Project. String
'Time and Material' 'Progress Payments'

Project Billing GL Control Project Billing GL Control Project. GLControl--R--Project Billing
ProjectID
ProjectID

ProjectID ProjectID Project.ProjectID String
318 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revenue Recognition Method
Project Revenue Recognition Method: 'None' (also used when Manual Revenue recognition is executed in reversing
mode) 'Manual' 'Labor Update' 'Actual Burden'

Revenue Recognition Project Revenue Recognition Method: 'None' (also Project. String
Method used when Manual Revenue recognition is executed
in reversing mode) 'Manual' 'Labor Update' 'Actual
Burden'
Project Sales Category
Sales Category related to Project

true false SalesCat
Code
Sales Category Code

Code Sales Category Code SalesCat.SalesCatID String
Department GL Control
Department GL Control assigned to Sales Category

Department GL Control Department GL Control assigned SalesCat. GLControl--R--Department
to Sales Category
Sales Order
Sales Order Header, which Invoice is related to. This entity will not be available for a miscellaneous invoice that
doesn't relate to any sales order.

true false OrderHed
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 319

Number
Sales Order number

Number Sales Order number OrderHed.OrderNum Numeric
SoldTo Customer
"SoldTo" Customer

true false Customer
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Customer

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
associated with the Customer
Number
Customer Number

AR Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice transaction type.
Invoice
Invoice amount is calculated according to the following formula:Invoice Amount = Total Extended Price - Total
Discount + Total Tax + Total Miscellaneous Charges - Total Withholding Tax. The amount is positive for regular
invoices and negative for credit memos.
Invoice Invoice amount is calculated according to the following formula:Invoice Amount = Total
Extended Price - Total Discount + Total Tax + Total Miscellaneous Charges - Total
Withholding Tax. The amount is positive for regular invoices and negative for credit
memos.
320 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Rounding Difference
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit GL transaction type.Posting
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit GL transaction
type.
Details

true false
Of Type Invoice
Indicates that Deposit is of Invoice Type (either entered as Deposit Invoice directly, or converted from received
Deposit Payment)

Of Type Invoice Indicates that Deposit is of Invoice Type (either . Logical
entered as Deposit Invoice directly, or converted from
received Deposit Payment)
Of Type Payment
Indicates that Deposit is of Payment Type (received Deposit Payment which is not converted to Deposit Invoice)

Of Type Payment Indicates that Deposit is of Payment Type (received . Logical
Deposit Payment which is not converted to Deposit
Invoice)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 321

Invoice
Allocated Deposit Invoice

true false InvcHead
GL Control

Invoice Num

Reference

Reference InvcHead.ContractRef String
Payment
Allocated Deposit Payment. Data are also included in VBD in case of Deposit Invoice is created based on Deposit
Payment

true false CashHead
Cash Head Num

GL Control

GL Control CashHead. GLControl--F--AR Check
Reference

Reference CashHead.Reference String
322 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit transaction type.
Currency Difference
An amount of gain or loss that may occur on accounting for previously posted deposit
Currency Difference An amount of gain or loss that may occur on accounting for previously
posted deposit
Less Deposit
Contains amount of a previous deposit posted to the same sales order. The amount is positive for regular invoices
and negative for Credit Memos.
Less Deposit Contains amount of a previous deposit posted to the same sales order. The
amount is positive for regular invoices and negative for Credit Memos.
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax GL transaction type.Posting
AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax GL
transaction type.
Details
Invoice Tax

true false InvcTax
AR Invoice Tax GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 323

AR Invoice Tax GL Control used to book Tax during Deposit Invoice posting

AR Invoice Tax GL AR Invoice Tax GL Control used to book InvcTax. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Control Tax during Deposit Invoice posting Tax
Code
Tax Code


Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition




Is Reversed Charge
324 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Reversed Charge


Method Method

Method Method

Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice - Allocated Deposit - Tax transaction type.
Tax
Tax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 325

AR Invoice - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements include
AR Invoice - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice - Line GL transaction type.
Call Type
Call Type for the line of type "Call"

true false FSCallCd
Code
Call Type Code

Code Call Type Code FSCallCd.CallCode String
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Call Type

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts FSCallCd. GLControl--R--FS Call
associated with the Call Type
Contract Type
Contract Type for the line of type "Contract"

true false FSContCd
Code
326 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Contract Code

Code Contract Code FSContCd.ContractCode String
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Contract Type

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts FSContCd. GLControl--R--FS Contract
associated with the Contract Type
Details
Invoice Line Details

true false InvcDtl
GL Control
System GL Control, that keeps manually entered Sales(Returns for Credit Memo) Account for Misc Line

GL Control System GL Control, that keeps manually InvcDtl. GLControl--N--AR Invoice
entered Sales(Returns for Credit Memo) Line
Account for Misc Line
Line Number
Line Number

Line Number Line Number InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
Of Type Call
A flag indicating whether the line is of type "Call"

Of Type Call A flag indicating whether the line is of InvcDtl. Logical
type "Call"
Of Type Contract
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 327

A flag indicating whether the line is of type "Contract"

Of Type Contract A flag indicating whether the line is of InvcDtl. Logical
type "Contract"
Of Type Fin Charge
Indicates whether the line is of type "Financial Charge"

Of Type Fin Charge Indicates whether the line is of type InvcDtl. Logical
"Financial Charge"
Of Type Part
A flag indicating whether the line is of type "Part"

Of Type Part A flag indicating whether the line is of InvcDtl. Logical
type "Part"
Post To Deferred Revenue
A flag indicating whether an advance billing amount has been posted to deferred revenue account

Post To Deferred Revenue A flag indicating whether an advance billing InvcDtl. Logical
amount has been posted to deferred revenue
account
Project Billing Charge Type
Project Billing Charge Type (used only for Project Billing Invoices): Measured Work Employee Labor Contract Labor
Material Subcontract Other Direct Cost Retention Fee Labor Fee Material Fee Subcontract Fee ODC Fee Total
Project Fee Retention Provisional Burden Actual Burden True Up Burden Ceiling Close - Fee Retention Close -
Project Retention Close - Billing Schedule Retention

Project Billing Project Billing Charge Type (used only for Project Billing Invoices): InvcDtl. String
Charge Type Measured Work Employee Labor Contract Labor Material
Subcontract Other Direct Cost Retention Fee Labor Fee Material
Fee Subcontract Fee ODC Fee Total Project Fee Retention
Provisional Burden Actual Burden True Up Burden Ceiling Close
- Fee Retention Close - Project Retention Close - Billing Schedule
Retention
328 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Finance Charge
Finance Charge data. Available for line type of type Fin Charge

true false FinCharge
Code
Fin Charge Code

Code Fin Charge Code FinCharge.ChargeCode String
GL Control
Contains accounts associated with Financial Charge

GL Control Contains accounts associated with FinCharge. GLControl--R--Finance
Financial Charge Charge
Order Line
Sales Order Line

true false OrderDtl
Number
Sales Order Line Number

Number Sales Order Line Number OrderDtl.OrderLine Numeric
Order Line Release
Sales Order Line Shipping Release

true false OrderRel
Number

Number OrderRel. Numeric
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 329

Part
Part

true false Part
Description
Part Description

Description Part Description Part.PartDescription String
Number
Part Number

Number Part Number Part.PartNum String
Product Group
Product Group

true false ProdGrup
Code
Product Group Code

Code Product Group Code ProdGrup.ProdCode String
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Product Group

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts ProdGrup. GLControl--R--Product
associated with the Product Group Group
330 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Contains fields of the AR Invoice Line that was a source transaction for the rebate

true false InvcDtl
Invoice Num
Invoice Num

Invoice Num Invoice Num InvcDtl.InvoiceNum Numeric
Line Num
Line Num

Line Num Line Num InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
Ref GL Control
AR Invoice Line reference GL Control. Contains accounts that were affected by posting of the Invoice Line

Ref GL Control AR Invoice Line reference GL Control. InvcDtl. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Contains accounts that were affected by Line
posting of the Invoice Line
Sales Category
Sales Category

true false SalesCat
Code
Sales Category Code

GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 331

A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Sales Category

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts SalesCat. GLControl--R--Department
associated with the Sales Category
Shipping Detail
Shipping Detail

true false ShipDtl
Packing Slip Line Number

Packing Slip Line Number Packing Slip Line Number ShipDtl.PackLine Numeric
Packing Slip Number
Pack Number

Packing Slip Number Pack Number ShipDtl.PackNum Numeric
SoldTo Customer
A SoldTo Customer for the line of consolidated invoice

true false Customer
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Customer

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
associated with the Customer
Number
Customer Number

332 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Warehouse
Warehouse

true false Warehse
Code
Warehouse Code

Code Warehouse Code Warehse.WarehouseCode String
GL Control
A GL Control that contains accounts associated with the Warehouse

GL Control A GL Control that contains accounts Warehse. GLControl--R--Division
associated with the Warehouse
AR Invoice - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice - Line transaction type.
Discount
Discount
Extended Price
Extended Price amount.
Extended Price Extended Price amount.
Gross Line Amount
Gross Line Amount Extended Price + Misc Charge + Tax - Discount - Advance Billed
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 333

Less Advance Billing
AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge GL transaction type.Posting
AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge GL transaction
type.
Details

true false InvcMisc
Code
Miscellaneous Charge Code

Code Miscellaneous Charge Code InvcMisc.MiscCode String
Description
Line charge description that is entered specifically for this charge line

Description Line charge description that is entered InvcMisc.Description String
specifically for this charge line
Master
AR invoice's Miscellaneous Charge master data

true false MiscChrg
334 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Description
Description of the miscellaneous charge as it is entered in the master file

Description Description of the miscellaneous charge as MiscChrg.Description String
it is entered in the master file
GL control

GL control A GL Control that contains accounts MiscChrg. GLControl--R--Misc
associated with the Sales Tax Charge(Sales)
AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice - Line - Misc Charge transaction type.
Charge
Charge
AR Invoice - Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice - Line - Tax GL transaction type.Posting elements
AR Invoice - Line - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice - Line - Tax GL transaction type.
Details
Invoice Tax

true false InvcTax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 335

Code
Tax Code


Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition




Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge

336 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Method Method

Method Method

Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

AR Invoice - Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice - Line - Tax transaction type.
Tax
Tax
AR Invoice - Rule Set
The AR Invoice transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 337

AR Invoice - Functions
The functions used by the AR Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
- Combines Transaction text from Invoice Number, Invoice Suffix and Customer Name
Combines Transaction text from Invoice Number, Invoice Suffix and Customer Name
Function Parameters
Description: Combines Transaction text from Invoice Number, Invoice Suffix and Customer Name
Result Type: String
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Combined Text = IV: + Invoice Number Combined Text = Combined Text + Invoice
Suffix Combined Text = Combined Text + ' ' Combined Text = Combined Text +
Customer Name Result = Combined Text
AR Invoice--Line - Defines context of project Billing GL Control used to book Project Billing
Revenue based on Line Project Billing Charge Type
Defines context of project Billing GL Control used to book Project Billing Revenue based on Line Project Billing
Charge Type
Function Parameters
Description: Defines context of project Billing GL Control used to book Project Billing Revenue based on Line
Project Billing Charge Type
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AR Invoice--Line
Function Text
Charge Type = AR Invoice--Line--Details--Project Billing Charge TypeIf Charge
Type = Measured Work Result = 'Sales - Measured Work'Else If Charge Type =
Employee LaborIf AR Invoice--Project--Revenue Recognition Method = Labor
Update Result = 'Accrued Labor Charges'Else
Result = 'Sales - Role Labor'Else If Charge Type = Contract LaborIf AR
Invoice--Project--Revenue Recognition Method = Labor Update Result = 'Accrued
Labor Charges'Else
Result = 'Sales - Role Labor'Else If Charge Type = Material Result =
'Sales - Material'Else If Charge Type = Subcontract Result = 'Sales -
Subcontract'Else If Charge Type = Other Direct Cost Result = 'Sales - Project
ODC'Else If Charge Type = Provisional Burden Result = 'Sales - Provisional
338 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Burden'Else If Charge Type = True Up Burden Result = 'Sales - Actual Burden'Else

If Charge Type = Fee Labor Result = 'Sales - Project Fees'Else If Charge Type
= Fee Material Result = 'Sales - Project Fees'Else If Charge Type = Fee
Subcontract Result = 'Sales - Project Fees'Else If Charge Type = Fee ODC Result
= 'Sales - Project Fees'Else If Charge Type = Fee Total Project Result = 'Sales
- Project Fees'Else If Charge Type = Ceiling Result = 'Ceilings'If Is Project
Billing Retention Result = 'Retained Revenue'If Result = Empty String Error
Message = 'Unknown Project Billing Charge Type: ' + Charge Type Call = Log Error:
Error Message
AR Invoice--Line - Defines if Invoice Line is Project Billing Retention Line based on Line Project
Billing Charge Type
Defines if Invoice Line is Project Billing Retention Line based on Line Project Billing Charge Type
Function Parameters
Description: Defines if Invoice Line is Project Billing Retention Line based on Line Project Billing Charge Type
Function Text
Result = False Charge Type = AR Invoice--Line--Details--Project Billing Charge
TypeIf Charge Type = Retention Result = TrueElse If Charge Type = Fee
Retention Result = TrueElse If Charge Type = Close - Fee Retention Result =
TrueElse If Charge Type = Close - Project Retention Result = TrueElse If Charge
Type = Close - Billing Schedule Retention Result = True
AR Invoice--Line - Function to detemine Returns/Rebate Account for Line Type Part
Function to detemine Returns/Rebate Account for Line Type Part
Function Parameters
Description: Function to detemine Returns/Rebate Account for Line Type Part
Function Text
If AR Invoice--Details--Is Rebate Credit MemoGet Account From AR
Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL Control For Current Book AND RebateIf Temp
Account is not AvailableGet Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo Customer--GL Control
For Current Book AND RebateIf Temp Account is not AvailableGet Account From AR
Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
RebateElse
If AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--Is IntercompanyGet Account From AR
Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND ReturnsElse
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL Control For Current
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 339

Book AND ReturnsIf Temp Account is not ValidGet Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo
Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND ReturnsIf Temp Account is not ValidGet
Account From AR Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current
Book AND ReturnsTemp Account
AR Invoice--Line - Function to determine Sales Account for Line Type Part
Function to determine Sales Account for Line Type Part
Function Parameters
Description: Function to determine Sales Account for Line Type Part
Function Text
If AR Invoice--Details--Is ConsolidatedGet Account From AR Invoice--Line--SoldTo
Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND Sales ContextElse If AR Invoice--BillTo
Customer--Is IntercompanyGet Account From AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control
For Current Book AND SalesElse
Comment = Comment: We come here if the invoice is not consolidated and the
customer is not intercompanyGet Account From AR Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL
Control For Current Book AND SalesIf Temp Account is not ValidGet Account From
AR Invoice--SoldTo Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND SalesIf Temp Account
is not ValidGet Account From AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control For Current
Book AND SalesIf Temp Account is not ValidGet Account From AR Invoice--Company
Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND SalesTemp Account
- Reverses sign of the given Amount
Function Parameters
Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
340 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either prepayment

account for deposit invoices or revenue account for advance billing invoices
This function determines account that intended to be either prepayment account for deposit invoices or revenue
account for advance billing invoices
Function Parameters
Description: This function determines account that intended to be either prepayment account for deposit invoices
or revenue account for advance billing invoices
Function Text
Get Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND
Appropriate ContextIf Billing Account is not ValidGet Account From AR
Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Appropriate ContextBilling Account
AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either revenue account
or sales dicsount account depending on the value of Appropriate Context parameter
This function determines account that intended to be either revenue account or sales dicsount account depending
on the value of Appropriate Context parameter
Function Parameters
Description: This function determines account that intended to be either revenue account or sales dicsount
account depending on the value of Appropriate Context parameter
Function Text
If Not AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--Is IntercompanyGet Account From AR
Invoice--Line--Call Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Appropriate
ContextIf Temp Account is not ValidGet Account From AR Invoice--Company
Parameters--FS Call GL Control For Current Book AND Appropriate ContextElse
Comment = Comment: This happens if haven't found call account yet or the
customer is inter-companyGet Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo Customer--GL Control
For Current Book AND Appropriate ContextIf Temp Account is not ValidGet Account
From AR Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Appropriate ContextTemp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 341

AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either revenue account
or sales dicsount account depending on the value of Appropriate Context parameter
This function determines account that intended to be either revenue account or sales dicsount account depending
on the value of Appropriate Context parameter
Function Parameters
Description: This function determines account that intended to be either revenue account or sales dicsount
account depending on the value of Appropriate Context parameter
Function Text
If Not AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--Is IntercompanyGet Account From AR
Invoice--Line--Contract Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Appropriate
ContextIf Contract Account is not ValidGet Account From AR Invoice--Company
Parameters--FS Contract GL Control For Current Book AND Appropriate ContextElse
Comment = Comment: This happens in case we haven't find contract account

yet or the customer is intercompanyGet Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo
Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND Appropriate ContextIf Contract Account
is not ValidGet Account From AR Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL
Control For Current Book AND Appropriate ContextContract Account
AR Invoice - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Post Advance Billing Amount as Deferred Revenue
The rules posts Advance Billing amount to Deferred Revenue account if user chose this for the invoice.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: (###AR Invoice--Details--Is Advance Billing### = ###True###) AND (###AR Invoice--Details--Post
To Deferred Revenue### = ###True###)
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Deferred Revenue
Debit Context: Deferred Revenue
342 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Determine Billing Account For Deferred Revenue Context
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line Where Name = Extended Price AND Currency
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line Where Name = Extended Price AND Currency =
Book Currency
Using AR Invoice--Details--Rate Type
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Comment = Comment: Regular Invoice

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Reverse Sign of the Transaction Amount
Post Currency Difference
The rule posts currency gain/loss that may occur when deposit invoices have been issued.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit Where Name = Currency Difference
Comment = Define Accounts

If AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Details--Of Type Invoice Get Account From AR
Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables
Context
Comment = Account can be not yet available in case Deposit Invoice does not
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 343

exist (was not created), or reference GL Control was not populated

If Prepayment Account is not Available Get Account From AR Invoice--Allocated
Deposit--Payment--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
If Prepayment Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Cannot define Account
of Deposit/Prepayment to post Currency Difference amount
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit Where Name = Currency Difference

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Prepayment Account
Debit Context = Prepayment (Currency Diff)
Get Account From AR Invoice--Invoice Currency--GL Control For Current Book AND
Realized Loss Context
Credit Context = Realized Loss
Else
Get Account From AR Invoice--Invoice Currency--GL Control For Current
Debit Context = Realized Gain
Prepayment Account
Credit Context = Prepayment (Currency Diff)
Post Deposit Amount (Deposit Invoices)
The rule posts deposit amount to prepayment account. The rule is executed once per invoice in assumption that
there can be only one invoice line in deposit invoices.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Details--Is Deposit Billing### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Prepayment
Debit Context: Prepayment
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Determine Billing Account For Prepayment Context
Book Currency

Temp Account
344 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Comment = Comment: Credit Memo
Temp Account
Post Discount Amount (All Invoice Types, Call)
The rule posts discount amount from Invoice Line. The rule is executed per each invoice line of type CONTRACT
and works for both Regular Invoices and Credit Memos.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Call### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Determine Call Account For 'Sales Discount' Context
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line Where Name = Discount AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line Where Name = Discount AND Currency = Book
Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Post Discount Amount (All Invoice Types, Contract)
The rule posts discount amount from Invoice Line. The rule is executed per each invoice line of type CONTRACT
and works for both Regular Invoices and Credit Memos.
Posting Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 345

Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Contract### = ###True###

Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Determine Contract Account For 'Sales Discount' Context
Transactional
Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Post Discount Amount (All Invoice Types, Part)
The rule posts discount amount from Invoice Line. The rule is executed per each invoice line of type PART and
works for both Regular Invoices and Credit Memos.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Part### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
346 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
If AR Invoice--Details--Is Consolidated Get Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo
Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Discount
Else If AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--Is Intercompany Get Account From AR

Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Discount
Else
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Product Group--GL Control For Current
Book AND Sales Discount
If Temp Account is not Available Get Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo
Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Discount
If Temp Account is not Available Get Account From AR Invoice--Company
Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Discount
Transactional
Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Post Extended Price Amount (All Invoice Types, Contract)
The rule to post Extended Price amount from for each invoice line of type CONTRACT. The rule works for invoice
of any type, including Credit Memo.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Contract### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Sales
Debit Context: Sales
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 347

Posting Rules
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Sales/Returns Context
If Temp Account is not Available If AR Invoice--Details--Is Credit
Memo Determine Contract Account For Returns Context
Else
Determine Contract Account For Sales Context
Book Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Post Extended Price Amount (All Invoices, Call)
The rule posts the Extended Price amount from Invoice Line. The rule is executed per each invoice line of type
CALL and works for both Regular Invoices and Credit Memos.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Call### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Temp Account is not Available If AR Invoice--Details--Is Credit
Memo Determine Call Account For Returns Context
Else
348 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Determine Call Account For Sales Context
Book Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Post Extended Price Amount (Credit Memo, Part)
This rule posts extended price amount from Invoice Line of type PART to a returns or a rebate account. The rule
works for Credit Memos only.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: (((###AR Invoice--Details--Is Credit Memo### = ###True###) AND (###AR Invoice--Details--Is
Deposit Billing### = ###False###)) AND (###AR Invoice--Details--Post To Deferred Revenue### = ###False###))
AND (###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Part### = ###True###)
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Temp Account is not Available Determine Returns/Rebate Account for Line Type
Part
Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Comment = Comment: Line copied with reverse sign
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 349

option
Temp Account
Else
Comment = Comment: Normal Credit Memo
Temp Account
Post Extended Price Amount (Project Billing)
This rule posts extended price amount from Invoice Line of Project Billing Invoices.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Details--Is Project Billing###=###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Book Currency
Comment = Get Account From Project Billing GL Control assigned to Project, or

from default Project Billing GL Control
PB Context = Define Project Billing Sales Context
Get Account From AR Invoice--Project--Project Billing GL Control For Current
Book AND PB Context Context
Parameters--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND PB Context Context
Comment = In case of Retentions, Account can be also taken from AR Account GL

Control
If Temp Account is not Available If Is Project Billing Retention Get Account
From AR Invoice--SoldTo Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND PB Retained
Revenue Context
Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND PB Retained Revenue Context
Comment = Comment: Determine whether the account will be debited or credited

350 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Temp Account
Else
Comment = Comment: Line copied with reverse sign option
Temp Account
Post Extended Price Amount (Regular Invoice, Part)
This rule posts extended price amount from Invoice Line of type PART to a revenue account. The rule works only
for Regular Invoices.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: (((###AR Invoice--Details--Is Credit Memo### = ###False###) AND (###AR Invoice--Details--Is
Deposit Billing### = ###False###)) AND (###AR Invoice--Details--Post To Deferred Revenue### = ###False###))
AND (###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Part### = ###True###)
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Temp Account is not Available Determine Sales Account for Line Type Part
Book Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 351

Post Extended Price amount as Financial Charge
Posts Extended Price amount to account defined for Financial Charge. The rule executed only for lines of type
"Financial Charge".
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Fin Charge### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Finance Charge--GL

Control For Current Book AND Finance Charge Context
Else
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Finance Charge--GL Control For Current
Book AND Finance Charge Context
Post Invoice Amount to Accounts Receivable
The rule to post invoice amount to accounts receivable. The rule is executed once per invoice. Rule is not execuuted
for deposit invoices created from deposit payments
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: Not ( ###AR Invoice--Deposit--AR Check GL Control###.###.### )
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice
352 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context: Receivables
Debit Context: Receivables
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
AR Account= Get Account From AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control For Current
Book AND Receivables
If AR Account is not Valid
AR Account= Get Account From AR Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control
For Current Book AND Receivables
If AR Invoice--Details--Is Central Collection Invoice
AR Account= Get Account From AR Invoice--Central Collection Company--Intercompany
GL Control For Current Book AND AR Intercompany Context
Transaction Amount= Select Amount From AR Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND
Book Amount= Select Amount From AR Invoice Where Name = Invoice AND Currency =
Book Currency
If Book Amount is not Available
Book Amount= Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using AR
Invoice--Details--Rate Type
If Book Amount.Value > 0
Comment: Regular Invoice
Debit Account= AR Account
Else
Comment: Credit Memo
Credit Account= AR Account
Transaction Amount= Reverse Sign of the Transaction Amount
Book Amount= Reverse Sign of the Book Amount
Post Less Advance Billing Amount
The rules posts Less Advance Billing Amount for each Invoice Line. The rules works for both Regular Invoices and
Credit Memos.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Amounts--Less Advance Billing--Amount### <> ### 0###
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 353

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If AR Invoice--Line--Details--Post To Deferred Revenue Appropriate Context =
Deferred Revenue
Else
Appropriate Context = Sales
Determine Billing Account For Appropriate Context Context

Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line Where Name = Less Advance Billing AND Currency
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line Where Name = Less Advance Billing AND Currency
= Book Currency

Temp Account
Debit Context = Appropriate Context
Else
Temp Account
Credit Context = Appropriate Context
Post Less Deposit Amount to Prepayment Account
The rule is executed if the Invoice has Less Deposit Amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
354 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Comment = Determine Biling Account for PrePayment Context
If AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Details--Of Type Invoice Get Account From AR
Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables
Context
Comment = Account can be not yet available in case Deposit Invoice does not
exist (was not created), or reference GL Control was not populated
If Temp Account is not Available Get Account From AR Invoice--Allocated
Deposit--Payment--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Cannot define Account of
Deposit/Prepayment to post Less Deposit amount
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit Where Name = Less Deposit AND
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit Where Name = Less Deposit AND

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Post Misc Charge Amount
The rule posts miscellaneous charge amount for each misc charge line.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Line--Misc Charge
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Misc Charge
Debit Context: Misc Charge
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Line--Misc Charge--Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 355

Posting Rules
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Misc Charge--Master--GL control For Current
Book AND Income Context
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line--Misc Charge Where Name = Charge AND Currency
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line--Misc Charge Where Name = Charge AND Currency
= Book Currency
Else
Temp Account
Post Prepaid Amount for Deposit Invoices created from Deposit Payments
The rule to post prepaid amount to debit account credited by deposit payment booking rule. The rule is executed
once per invoice, and replaces rule 'Post Invoice Amount to Accounts Receivable' executed in other cases
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Deposit--AR Check GL Control###.###.###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From AR Invoice--Deposit--AR Check GL Control For Current Book AND
Receivables
Get Transactional Amount From AR Invoice--Deposit--AR Check GL Control For Current
356 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Get Book Amount From AR Invoice--Deposit--AR Check GL Control For Current Book
Post Rounding Difference Amount
This rule posts rounding difference amout.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Amounts--Rounding Difference--Name### =###Rounding Difference###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND
Rounding Difference Context
Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND Rounding Difference Context
Select Amount From AR Invoice Where Name = Rounding Difference AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From AR Invoice Where Name = Rounding Difference AND Currency =
Book Currency
Else
Temp Account
Post Tax Amount
The rule posts Tax amount. The rule is executed for each tax line of invoice line.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###FALSE### And
Not ( ( ###AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method### = ###TRUE### Or ###AR
Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method### = ###TRUE### ) And ( ###AR
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 357

Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment### = ###TRUE### Or ###AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is

Liable When Fully Paid### = ###TRUE### ) )
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = Comment: Determine an appropriate tax account
If AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method OR AR
Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method Is
Self-Assessment Method = True
Else
Is Self-Assessment Method = False
If Is Self-Assessment Method OR AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed

Charge If AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From
AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra
Context
Else
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND AR Tax Contra Context
Else
Comment = Tax has collection method "Invoicing" and Tax is not used in
Reversed Charge Logic
If AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Invoice Get Account From
AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual
Context
Else If AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment OR AR

Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid Get Account From AR
Invoice--Line--Tax--Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Interim Tax Context
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency = Book
Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
358 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Withholding Tax Amount
The rule posts Withholding Tax amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###TRUE### And
###AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Invoice### = ###TRUE###
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From AR Invoice--Line--Tax--Master--GL Control For Current Book AND
AR Tax Accrual Context
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From AR Invoice--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency = Book
Currency

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Reverse Deposit Tax Amount
The rule posts reversing of Deposit Tax amount. The rule is executed for each tax line of allocated deposit(s)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method### =
###FALSE### And Not ( ( ###AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method###
= ###TRUE### Or ###AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method###
= ###TRUE### ) And ( ###AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment### =
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 359

###TRUE### Or ###AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid### = ###TRUE### )

)
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--AR
Invoice Tax GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Get Book Amount From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--AR Invoice Tax
Get Account From AR Invoice--Allocated Deposit--Tax--Details--AR Invoice Tax GL
Reverse Manually Recognized Amount (Project Billing)
This rule reverses manually recognized amount for Project Billing Invoices.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Details--Is Project Billing###=###True### And ###AR Invoice--Project--Revenue
Recognition Method###=###Manual###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Accrued Sales Recognized
Debit Context: Sales Recognized
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Comment = When desired total amount to reverse is gross sales amount (before
retentions) below check and rule termination is needed
Comment = When desired total amount to reverse is net sales amount (after
retention) bekow check and rule termination are NOT NEEDED, and to be removed
from the rule
If Is Project Billing Retention Call = End Rule
360 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Currency
Comment = Get Sales Account From Project Billing GL Control assigned to Project,
or from default Project Billing GL Control
Book AND Sales Recognized Context
If Sales Rec Account is not Available Get Account From AR Invoice--Company
Parameters--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Recognized
Context
Comment = Accrued Recognized Account can be also taken from AR Account GL Control
Book AND Accrued Sales Recognized Context
Parameters--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Accrued Sales
Recognized Context
If Temp Account is not Available Get Account From AR Invoice--SoldTo Customer--GL

Control For Current Book AND PB Accrued Sales Recognized Context

Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND PB Accrued Sales Recognized
Context

Sales Rec Account
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Sales Rec Account
Set up GL journal main data
The rule sets up journal main data, which will be shared by all journal details.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 361

Posting Rules
Apply Date = AR Invoice--Details--Invoice Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL Control

If Journal Code is not Available Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AR
Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND Invoicing
Context
AR Invoice Num Ref = AR Invoice--Details--Invoice Number

Transaction Text = Combine Text From AR Invoice--Details--Invoice Number , AR
Invoice--Details--Invoice Suffix and AR Invoice--BillTo Customer--Name
Red Storno = AR Invoice--Details--Red Storno
AR Invoice - Pre-Posting Rules
The pre-posting rules for the AR Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Rule to Calculate Default Account for Misc Invoice Line
Pre-Posting Rule to Calculate Default Account for Misc Invoice Line
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###AR Invoice--Details--Is of Misc Type###=###True###
Can Post: false
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context: Sales/Returns
Posting Rules
If AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Part If AR Invoice--Details--Is Credit
Memo Determine Returns/Rebate Account for Line Type Part
Else
Determine Sales Account for Line Type Part
Else
If AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Call If AR Invoice--Details--Is
Credit Memo Determine Call Account For 'Returns' Context
Else
Determine Call Account For 'Sales' Context
362 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
If AR Invoice--Line--Details--Of Type Contract If AR
Invoice--Details--Is Credit Memo Determine Contract Account For 'Returns'
Context
Else
Determine Contract Account For 'Sales' Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Call = Raise error: Error Calculating Default
Sales/Returns Account
Else
Temp Account
AR Invoice Adjustment
Books AR Invoice Adjustment
AR Invoice Adjustment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the AR Invoice Adjustment GL transaction type.Posting elements
AR Invoice Adjustment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the AR Invoice Adjustment GL transaction type.
BillTo Customer
BillTo Customer of the adjusted invoice

true false Customer
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 363

GL Control
Contains accounts associated with the Customer

GL Control Contains accounts associated with Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
the Customer
Name
Customer Name

Number
Customer Number

Company Parameters
Company parameters

true false Company
AR Acount GL Control

AR Account GL Control AR Acount GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Details
Data manually entered by user

true false
364 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Adjustment Date
Adjustment Date

Adjustment Date Adjustment Date CashDtl.TranDate Date
Comment
Adjustment Comment

Comment Adjustment Comment . String
Description
Adjustment Description

Description Adjustment Description . String
GL Control
GL Control entered by User

GL Control GL Control entered by User CashDtl. GLControl--N--AR Invoice
Adjustment
Number
Transaction number.

Number Transaction number. . Numeric
Red Storno
Red Storno Flag

Red Storno Red Storno Flag CashDtl.RedStorno Logical
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 365

Invoice
Contains adjusted invoice main data that is stored in the invoice header table.

true false InvcHead
Currency
Invoice Currency

Currency Invoice Currency InvcHead.CurrencyCode String
GL Control
Contains accounts affected when the invoice was posted

GL Control Contains accounts affected when the InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
invoice was posted
Is Credit Memo
Indicates if the invoice is Credit Memo

Is Credit Memo Indicates if the invoice is Credit InvcHead.CreditMemo Logical
Memo
Number
Invoice Number

AR Invoice Adjustment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the AR Invoice Adjustment transaction type.
366 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Adjustment Amount
Contains amount by which the invoice is adjusted
Adjustment Amount Contains amount by which the invoice is adjusted
AR Invoice Adjustment - Rule Set
The AR Invoice Adjustment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AR Invoice Adjustment - Functions
The functions used by the AR Invoice Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
AR Invoice Adjustment - Combine String
Combine String
Function Parameters
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: AR Invoice Adjustment
Function Text
AR Invoice Adjustment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR Invoice Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 367

Post Adjustment Amount
Creates two journal details one affecting invoice's Accounts Receivable and another affecting user-defined
account.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice Adjustment
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice Adjustment--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From AR Invoice Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment Amount AND
Currency Type = Transactional AND Currency = AR Invoice
Adjustment--Invoice--Currency
Select Amount From AR Invoice Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment Amount AND
Currency = Book Currency AND Currency Type = Reporting
If Book Amount.Value = 0 Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using
Default Rate Type
Get Account From AR Invoice Adjustment--Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND
Receivables Context
Get Account From AR Invoice Adjustment--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Adjustment Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 If AR Invoice Adjustment--Invoice--Is Credit
Memo Offset Account
Receivables Account
Else
Receivables Account
Offset Account
Else
Comment = Comment: Negative Book Amount
If AR Invoice Adjustment--Invoice--Is Credit Memo Receivables Account
Offset Account
Else
Offset Account
Receivables Account
368 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Rule that setup fields that shared by all GL Journal Details
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: AR Invoice Adjustment
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: AR Invoice Adjustment--Details
Posting Rules
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AR Invoice Adjustment--BillTo Customer--GL
Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Apply Credit Memo Context
If Journal Code is not Available Journal Code = Get Journal Code From AR Invoice
Adjustment--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Adjustment/Apply Credit Memo Context
Apply Date = AR Invoice Adjustment--Details--Adjustment Date

AR Invoice Num Ref = AR Invoice Adjustment--Invoice--Number
Transaction Text = Combine String from 'ADJ:' , AR Invoice
Adjustment--Invoice--Number , ' ' and AR Invoice Adjustment--BillTo Customer--Name
Red Storno = AR Invoice Adjustment--Details--Red Storno
AR Payment
Books AR payment transaction
Cash Receipt Header Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header GL transaction type.Posting elements
Cash Receipt Header Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 369

Bank Account
Bank Account

true false BankAcct
GL Control
Bank Account GL Control

GL Control Bank Account GL Control BankAcct. GLControl--R--Bank Account
ID
Bank Account ID (key field)

ID Bank Account ID (key field) BankAcct.BankAcctID String
Reconcile Balance
Flag that indicates that a Pending Cash account should be used

Reconcile Balance Flag that indicates that a Pending Cash BankAcct.ReconciledBalance Logical
account should be used
Company AR Parameters
Company-level AR parameters

true false ARSyst
370 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
AR System GL Control

GL Control AR System GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Prorate Discount to Lines
Prorate Discount to Lines (Settlement Discount feature)

Prorate Discount to Lines Prorate Discount to Lines (Settlement ARSyst.ProrateDiscToLine Logical
Discount feature)
Currency Master
Currency details

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

GL Control
Currency GL control

GL Control Currency GL control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Customer
Bill To customer details

true false Customer
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 371

Customer Num
Customer Num (key field)

Customer Num Customer Num (key field) Customer.CustNum Numeric
GL Control
Customer GL Control

GL Control Customer GL Control Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Name
Customer Name

Details
Cash Receipt header details

true false CashHead
Check Date

Check Date CashHead.TranDate Date
Check Ref
Check Reference

Check Ref Check Reference CashHead.CheckRef String
372 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
Cash Receipt header GL Control (system)

GL Control Cash Receipt header GL Control CashHead. GLControl--N--AR Payment
(system)
Group ID
Group ID (key field)

Group ID Group ID (key field) CashHead.GroupID String
Head Num
Head Num (key field)

Head Num Head Num (key field) CashHead.HeadNum Numeric
Rate Type
Cash Receipt rate type

Rate Type Cash Receipt rate type CashHead.RateGrpCode String
Reference
Reference

Reference Reference CashHead.Reference String
Transaction Type
Type of the payment transaction

Transaction Type Type of the payment transaction CashHead.TranType String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 373

Sales Order
Sales Order header (used for Deposit payment)

true false OrderHed
Order Num
Order Number (key field)

Order Num Order Number (key field) OrderHed.OrderNum Numeric
Cash Receipt Header Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header transaction type.
Payment
Payment Amount
Payment Payment Amount
Payment Less Tax
Payment amount excluding tax
Payment Less Tax Payment amount excluding tax
Unapplied Cash
Unapplied Cash amount
Unapplied Cash Unapplied Cash amount
374 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee GL transaction type.Posting
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee GL transaction
type.
Details
Payment bank fee details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
GL Control that contains a bank fee account entered in UI

GL Control GL Control that contains a bank fee BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank
account entered in UI Transaction
Tran Num
Tran Num

Tran Num Tran Num BankTran.TranNum Numeric
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 375

Master
Bank Fee master file

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
Bank Fee GL control

GL Control Bank Fee GL control BankFee. GLControl--R--Bank Fee
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Code Tax Code BankFee.TaxCode String
Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Tax Rate Tax Rate BankFee.RateCode String
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee transaction type.
Fee Amount
Fee Amount
Fee Amount Fee Amount
376 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Total Tax Amount
Total Tax Amount
Total Tax Amount Total Tax Amount
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction
type.Posting elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL
transaction type.
Details
Tax line details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num

Head Num Head Num TaxDtl.HeadNum Numeric

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 377


Charge Charge



Is Liable when Fully Paid Is Liable when Fully Paid TaxDtl. Logical

Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

378 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Tax Master
Tax master table

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Tax master GL control

GL Control Tax master GL control SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax
Tax
Tax Tax
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Line GL transaction
type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 379

AR Invoice
AR Invoice Header details

true false InvcHead
GL Control
Invoice GL Control

GL Control Invoice GL Control InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Invoice Num
Invoice Num (key field)

Invoice Num Invoice Num (key field) InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Debit Note
Debit Note

true false DebNote
ID
Debit Note ID

ID Debit Note ID DebNote.DebitNoteID Numeric
Details
Cash Receipt Line details

true false CashDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice Num Invoice Num (key field) CashDtl.InvoiceNum Numeric
380 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Ref
Invoice Ref (key field)

Invoice Ref Invoice Ref (key field) CashDtl.InvoiceRef Numeric
Reference
Reference

Reference Reference CashDtl.Reference String
Cash Receipt Header - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Line transaction type.
Currency Gain/Loss Amount
Currency Gain/Loss Amount Currency Gain/Loss Amount
Debit Note Amount
Debit Note Amount
Debit Note Amount Debit Note Amount
Discount Rounding Difference
Discount Rounding Difference amount that can appear when discount is prorated to Invoice lines (Settlement
Discount feature)
Discount Rounding Difference Discount Rounding Difference amount that can appear when discount
is prorated to Invoice lines (Settlement Discount feature)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 381

Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount Invoice Amount
Payment Discount
Payment Discount amount
Payment Discount Payment Discount amount
Total Discount Tax Adjustment
Total Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Total Discount Tax Adjustment Total Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax GL transaction type.Posting
Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax GL transaction
type.
Details
Tax details

true false TaxDtl
382 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700



Charge Charge




Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 383



Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax Details

true false InvcTax
Invoice Line


Tax Code

Sales Tax
Sales tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
384 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Tax Code

Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax transaction type.
Tax
Tax Adjustment
Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Tax Adjustment Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax GL transaction
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax GL
transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 385

Details
Tax Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num

Head Num Head Num (key field) TaxDtl.HeadNum Numeric


Charge Charge



386 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code


Sales Tax
Sales Tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 387

Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax transaction type.
Misc Payment Tax
Tax Amount for Miscellaneous payment
Misc Payment Tax Tax Amount for Miscellaneous payment
AR Payment - Rule Set
The AR Payment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AR Payment - Functions
The functions used by the AR Payment transaction type are described in this section.
- Function to determine Bank Fee account
Function to determine Bank Fee account
Function Parameters
Description: Function to determine Bank Fee account
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND Bank Fee ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From Cash Receipt
Header--Bank Account--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
AR Payment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR Payment transaction type are described in this section.
388 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Bank Fee
Books the Bank fee amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--Reconcile Balance### = ###FALSE###
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Bank Fee
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND Bank Fee Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Bank Fee Account
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--GL Control For Current Book
AND Cash Context
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee Where Name = Fee Amount AND
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee Where Currency = Book Currency
AND Name = Fee Amount
Using Cash Receipt Header--Details--Rate Type
Book Bank Fee Tax
Books bank fee taxes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 389

Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--GL Control For Current Book
AND Cash Context
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line Where Currency Type
= Transactional AND Name = Tax
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line Where Currency = Book
Currency AND Name = Tax
Books Currency Gain/Loss amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Currency Gain/Loss Amount--Name###
=###Currency Gain/Loss Amount###
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Transaction Text = Cash Receipt Header--Line--Details--Reference
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND
Name = Currency Gain/Loss Amount
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--AR
Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Currency Master--GL Control For Current
Credit Context = Realized Gain
Debit Context = Receivables
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Currency Master--GL Control For
Current Book AND Realized Loss Context
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--AR Invoice--GL Control For Current
Credit Context = Receivables
Debit Context = Realized Loss
390 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Debit Note
Debits AR with Debot Note amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Debit Note Amount###.###.###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Line--Debit Note
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line Where Currency Type = Transactional
AND Name = Debit Note Amount
Name = Debit Note Amount
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Customer--GL Control For Current Book AND
Receivables Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Company AR
Parameters--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Book Deposit Payment Credit
Credits deposit payment amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Details--Transaction Type### = ###DEPOSIT###
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 391

Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Credit Context
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Name = Payment AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Name = Payment AND Currency = Book
Currency
Book Discount Tax Adjustment
Debits Discount tax adjustment to Tax Payables
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax Adjustment###.###.###
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Invoice Get Account
From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference GL Control For Current
Else
If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
Else If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection

Method OR Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection
Method If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition or
Reverse Charge Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Contra Context
392 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax Where Currency Type =

Transactional AND Name = Tax Adjustment
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax Where Currency = Book Currency
AND Name = Tax Adjustment
Book Discount Tax Adjustment Total
Credits Discount Tax Adjustment total to Receivables
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Total Discount Tax Adjustment--Name### =###Total
Discount Tax Adjustment###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Payment Discount Context
If Credit Account is not Available Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Company
AR Parameters--GL Control For Current Book AND Payment Discount Context
AND Name = Total Discount Tax Adjustment
Name = Total Discount Tax Adjustment
Book Invoice Payment Credit
Credits Invoice payment amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Invoice Amount--Name### =###Invoice Amount###
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 393

Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Name = Invoice Amount
If Transaction Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--AR

Invoice--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--AR Invoice--GL Control For
Current Book AND Receivables Context
Book Invoice Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method###=###False###
And ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax###.###.### And ( ###Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment###=###True### OR ###Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid###=###True### )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency
= Book Currency
394 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method If Not

Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition or Reverse
Charge If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual
Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Call = End Rule
Else If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection

Method OR Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection
Method If Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition or Reverse
Charge Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
For Current Book AND AR Tax Contra Context
Book Misc Payment Credit
Credits miscellameous payment amount (excluding tax)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Details--Transaction Type### = ###MisPay###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Cash Receipt Header--Details--Transaction Type = MisPay Transaction Text =
Py: + Cash Receipt Header--Details--Check Ref
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Cash Receipt Header--Details--Reference
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 395

Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Credit Context
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Name = Payment Less Tax AND Currency
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Name = Payment Less Tax AND Currency
= Book Currency
Book Misc Payment Tax
Books tax amount for miscellaneous payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method### =
###FALSE###
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Transaction Text = Py: + Cash Receipt Header--Details--Check Ref
If Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Else If Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection

Method OR Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual
Collection Method If Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details--Is EC
Acquisition or Reverse Charge Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Misc
Payment Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax Where Name = Value
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax Where Currency Type =
Value
396 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Misc Payment Withholding Tax
Books misc payment withholding tax amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method### =
###TRUE###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax Where Name = Value
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax Where Currency Type =
Value
Book Payment Discount
Debits Payment Discount amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Payment Discount--Name### =###Payment
Discount###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Payment Discount
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 397

Posting Rules
Payment Discount Context
If Debit Account is not Available Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Company
AR Parameters--GL Control For Current Book AND Payment Discount Context
AND Name = Payment Discount
Name = Payment Discount
Book Total Payment Debit
Books the total payment amount payment to bank
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--Reconcile Balance Get Account From Cash

Receipt Header--Bank Account--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Pending Cash
Context
Debit Context = Pending Cash
Else
Debit Context = Cash
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--GL Control For Current
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Currency Type = Transactional AND
Name = Payment
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name
= Payment
398 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Book Unapplied Cash
Books Unapplied Cash amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Amounts--Unapplied Cash--Name### =###Unapplied Cash###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Unapplied Cash Context
If Credit Account is not Valid Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Company
AR Parameters--GL Control For Current Book AND Unapplied Cash Context
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Name = Unapplied Cash AND Currency
Select Amount From Cash Receipt Header Where Name = Unapplied Cash AND Currency
= Book Currency
Book Withholding Tax
Books withholding tax amount for taxes recognised at the moment of payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method### = ###TRUE###
And ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ( ###Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment### = ###TRUE### Or ###Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid### = ###TRUE### )
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 399


Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current
= Book Currency
Reverse Deferred Tax
Writes the tax amount off Interim account and debits it to Tax Payables
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid### = ###TRUE###
Or ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment### = ###TRUE### ) And ###Cash
Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method### = ###TRUE### And ###Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is
EC Acquisition or Reverse Charge### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference GL Control
400 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

= Book Currency
Setup GL Journal Properties
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Cash Receipt Header--Details--Check Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--GL
Control For Current Book AND Cash Receipts Context
Comment = Comment: Assign default Transaction text
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Cash Receipt Header--Customer--Name
AR Payment - Pre-Posting Rules
The pre-posting rules for the AR Payment transaction type are described in this section.
Default Bank Fee Account
This rule determines the default Bank Fee account (which can be changed in UI)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 401

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context: Bank Fee
Posting Rules
Bank Fee Account
Default Credit Account for Deposit Payment
Default Credit Account for Deposit Payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context: Credit
Posting Rules
Prepayment Context
If Reference Account is not Available Get Account From Cash Receipt
402 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Header--Company AR Parameters--GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
AR PI Payment
PI Payment transaction is booked when PI is posted with one or more AR Invoice linked to it.
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency code

GL Control
Currency master GL control

GL Control Currency master GL control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 403

Details

true false ARPNHead
GL Control

GL Control ARPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Receivable
Group ID

Group ID ARPNHead.GroupID String
PI Num

PI Num ARPNHead.HeadNum Numeric
Status
PI Status

true false PIStatus
GL Control

Receivable
ID
Status ID

404 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Stage
Stage

Type-Status
PI Type-Status

GL Control
GL Control

Receivable
Applied PI Amount
Applied PI Amount
type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 405

Details

true false ARPNDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice Num ARPNDtl.InvoiceNum Numeric
Invoice

true false InvcHead
GL Control

Invoice Num

Gain/Loss
406 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
AR PI Payment - Rule Set
The AR PI Payment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AR PI Payment - Functions
The functions used by the AR PI Payment transaction type are described in this section.
AR PI Payment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR PI Payment transaction type are described in this section.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Line--Amounts--Gain/Loss--Name### =###Gain/Loss###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Book Currency
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 407


Credit Context = Gain/Loss to Receivables
Else
Debit Context = Gain/Loss to Receivables
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument--Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND

Book PI Total
Book PI Total amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
408 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: PI Receivable
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument Where Name = Applied PI Amount AND Currency
= Book Currency

AND PI Receivable Context
If Debit Account is not Available Get Account From Payment Instrument--Status--GL
Control For Current Book AND PI Receivable Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 409

Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--Status--GL Control For
Current Book AND PI Receivable Journal Context
AR PI Status Change
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency code

410 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

Details

true false ARPNHead
GL Control

Receivable
Group ID

PI Num

New Status
New Status

true false PIStatus
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 411

GL Control
GL Control

Receivable
Old Status
Old Status

true false PIStatus
GL Control
GL Control

Receivable
Applied PI Amount
Applied PI Amount
type.
412 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details

true false ARPNDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice

true false InvcHead
GL Control

Invoice Num

Gain/Loss
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 413

Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
AR PI Status Change - Rule Set
The AR PI Status Change transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AR PI Status Change - Functions
The functions used by the AR PI Status Change transaction type are described in this section.
AR PI Status Change - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR PI Status Change transaction type are described in this section.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
414 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--New Status--GL Control
For Current Book AND PI Receivable Journal Context
Move PI Total
Moves PI Total amount to a different account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Book Currency
Get Account From Payment Instrument--New Status--GL Control For Current Book AND
PI Receivable Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 415

Get Account From Payment Instrument--Old Status--GL Control For Current Book AND
AR PI Voiding
PI Voiding transaction is booked when user voids an already posted PI.
Details

true false ARPNHead
GL Control

GL Control ARPNHead. GLControl--F--PI Receivable
Group ID

416 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PI GL Control
Payment Instrument GL Control

PI GL Control Payment Instrument GL ARPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Control Receivable
PI Num

Applied PI Amount
Applied PI Amount
Unapplied PI Amount
Unapplied PI Amount
type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 417

Details

true false ARPNDtl
Invoice Num

Ref GL Control
PI Detail reference GL Control

Ref GL Control PI Detail reference GL Control ARPNDtl. GLControl--F--PI Receivable
Detail
Invoice

true false InvcHead
GL Control

Invoice Num

Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
418 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AR PI Voiding - Rule Set
The AR PI Voiding transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AR PI Voiding - Functions
The functions used by the AR PI Voiding transaction type are described in this section.
AR PI Voiding - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR PI Voiding transaction type are described in this section.
Set Up GL Journal Properties
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 419

Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--Details--PI GL Control
For Current Book AND PI Receivable Journal Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Book AND Gain/Loss to Receivables Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
420 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Book AND Gain/Loss to Receivables Context
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Payment Instrument--Line--Details--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Reverse PI Total
Reverse PI Total
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 421

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND
Get Transactional Amount From Payment Instrument--Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND PI Receivable Context
Get Book Amount From Payment Instrument--Details--GL Control For Current Book
AR PI Write-off
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
422 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Code
Currency code

GL Control

Current Status
Current PI Status

true false PIStatus
GL Control

Receivable
ID
Status ID

Post to GL
Post to GL

Post to GL Post to GL PIStatus.PostToGL Logical
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 423

Stage
Stage

Details

true false ARPNHead
GL Control

Receivable
Group ID

PI Num

Type-Status
PI Type-Status

424 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

Receivable
Write-off Details
Write-off Details

true false
GL Control
GL Control that contains a write-off account entered in UI

GL Control GL Control that contains a write-off . GLControl--N--AR PI Write-Off
account entered in UI
Write-off Date
Write-off Date (entered in the UI)

Write-off Date Write-off Date (entered in the UI) . Date
Applied PI Amount
Applied PI Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 425

type.
Details

true false ARPNDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice

true false InvcHead
GL Control

Invoice Num

426 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Gain/Loss
Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
Payment Instrument - Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payment Instrument - Line - Tax GL transaction type.Posting
Payment Instrument - Line - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payment Instrument - Line - Tax GL transaction
type.
Details
Tax details

true false TaxDtl
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 427


Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition

Is EC Acquisition Is EC Acquisition TaxDtl. Logical



Is Liable When Fully Paid Is Liable on Partial Payment TaxDtl. Logical
Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge

Is Reversed Charge Is Reversed Charge TaxDtl. Logical

Method Method
428 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Method Method
Tax Code


Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax Details

true false InvcTax
Invoice Line


Tax Code

Sales Tax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 429

Sales tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Payment Instrument - Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payment Instrument - Line - Tax transaction type.
Tax
AR PI Write-off - Rule Set
The AR PI Write-off transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
AR PI Write-off - Functions
The functions used by the AR PI Write-off transaction type are described in this section.
AR PI Write-off - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the AR PI Write-off transaction type are described in this section.
430 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Current Status--Post to GL###=###False### And ###Payment
Instrument--Line--Amounts--Gain/Loss###.###.###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Book Currency
Credit Context = Gain/Loss to Receivables
Else
Debit Context = Gain/Loss to Receivables
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Current Status--Post to GL###=###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 431

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument--Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Payment Instrument--Write-off Details--Write-off Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payment Instrument--Current Status--GL

Control For Current Book AND PI Receivable Journal Context
Post AR Invoice Tax
Posting Parameters
432 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method###=###False###

And ###Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Invoice###=###False### And ###Payment
Instrument--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax###.###.###
Can Post: true
For Each: Payment Instrument--Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax Where Name = Tax AND Currency
= Book Currency
If Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method If Not

Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed Charge Get Account From
Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR
Tax Accrual Context
Else
Call = End Rule
Else
If Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection
Method OR Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed
Charge If Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get
Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current
Else
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control
Else
If Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection
Method If Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC
Acquisition Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Else
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL
Else
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 433

Temp Account
Post AR Invoice Withholding Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection Method###=###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current
= Book Currency
Post PI Total to Write-off Account
Write-off the PI total
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
434 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Write-off Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND Write-Off Context
= Book Currency
Reverse AR Invoice Interim Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method###=###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Book Currency

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Invoice
Tax--Reference GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Else
Get Account From Payment Instrument--Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 435

Withdraw PI Total from PI Receivable
Withdraw PI Total from PI Receivable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payment Instrument--Current Status--Post to GL###=###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Book Currency

If Credit Account is not Available Get Account From Payment Instrument--Current
Status--GL Control For Current Book AND PI Receivable Context
Bank Adjustment
Books bank adjustment transaction
Bank Adjustment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Adjustment GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Bank Adjustment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Adjustment GL transaction type.
436 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Account
Bank Account Details

true false BankAcct
GL Control
Bank Account GL control

GL Control Bank Account GL control BankAcct. GLControl--R--Bank Account
ID
Bank Account ID

ID Bank Account ID BankAcct.BankAcctID String
Company GL Parameters

true false GLSyst
AP Interfaced with GL

AP Interfaced with GL GLSyst.APInterfaced Logical
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 437

GL Control
Default GL control

GL Control Default GL control Company. GLControl--R--GLSyst
Details
Bank Adjustment Group Details

true false BankGrp
Red Storno
Red Storno Flag

Red Storno Red Storno Flag BankGrp.RedStorno Logical
Bank Adjustment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Adjustment transaction type.
Adjustment Amount
Total Adjustment Amount to Cash
Adjustment Amount Total Adjustment Amount to Cash
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line GL transaction type.Posting
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line GL
transaction type.
438 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Fee
Bank Fee details

true false BankFee
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control BankFee. GLControl--R--Bank Fee
ID
Bank Fee ID

ID Bank Fee ID BankFee.BankFeeID String
Details
Adjustment Line details

true false BankTran
GL Control
Adjustment Line GL control

GL Control Adjustment Line GL control BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank Transaction
Line Num
Adjustment Line number

Line Num Adjustment Line number BankTran.TranNum Numeric
Reference
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 439

Transaction Reference

Reference Transaction Reference BankTran.TranRef String
Transaction Date
Transaction Date

Transaction Date Transaction Date BankTran.TranDate Date
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line transaction type.
Adjustment Amount Less Tax
Adjustment Amount Less Tax
Adjustment Amount Less Tax Adjustment Amount Less Tax
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank Fee Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank Fee Tax GL transaction
Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank Fee Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank
Fee Tax GL transaction type.
Details
Tax Details

true false TaxDtl
440 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Invoicing Collection Method TaxDtl. Logical
Is EC Acquisition

Is Reversed Charge

Charge

Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code

Tax Code TaxDtl.TaxCode String
Tax Master
Tax master table

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 441


Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank Fee Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line - Bank Fee Tax transaction
type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
Bank Adjustment - Rule Set
The Bank Adjustment transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Bank Adjustment - Functions
The functions used by the Bank Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line - Function to calculate Bank Fee/Adjustment Account
Function to calculate Bank Fee/Adjustment Account
Function Parameters
Description: Function to calculate Bank Fee/Adjustment Account
Document Line Path: Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line
Function Text
Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Details--GL Control For Current
Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From Bank
Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee
ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From Bank Adjustment--Bank Account--GL
Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
442 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Adjustment - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Bank Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
Book Adjustment Amount
This rule books the adjustment amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Adjustment/Bank Fee
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line Where Name = Adjustment
Amount Less Tax AND Currency Type = Transactional
Select Amount From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line Where Name = Adjustment
Amount Less Tax AND Currency = Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Calculate Bank Fee/Adjustment Account
Else
Calculate Bank Fee/Adjustment Account
Book Bank Fee Tax
This rule books the bank fee tax amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 443

For Each: Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax

Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax Where Name =
Tax Amount AND Currency Type = Transactional
Select Amount From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax Where Name =
Tax Amount AND Currency = Book Currency
If Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Self-Assessment Dual

Collection Method OR Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Is
Reversed Charge If Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Is
EC Acquisition Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee
Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Tax
Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
If Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Self-Assessment
Collection Method If Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee
Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment
Line--Bank Fee Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra
Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Tax
Else
If Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Invoicing
Collection Method Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank
Fee Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
Temp Account
444 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Cash Amount
This rule books the cash amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Cash
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment Amount AND Currency
Select Amount From Bank Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment Amount AND Currency
= Book Currency
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Bank Account--GL

Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Bank Account--GL Control For Current
Setup GL Transaction Properties
This rule defines Apply date and Journal code for the whole GL transaction
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 445

Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Details--Transaction Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Bank Adjustment--Bank Account--GL Control
For Current Book AND Bank Transactions Context
Transaction Text = Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Details--Reference
Red Storno = Bank Adjustment--Details--Red Storno
Bank Adjustment - Pre-Posting Rules
The pre-posting rules for the Bank Adjustment transaction type are described in this section.
Get Defaults for Bank Adjustment
This rule defines a default Bank Adjustment Credit account which can be modified through UI
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context: Adjustment/Bank Fee
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Adjustment Line--Bank Fee--GL Control For
Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
If Temp Account is not Valid Get Account From Bank Adjustment--Bank Account--GL
446 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

If Temp Account is Valid Temp Account
Bank Funds Transfer
Books Bank Funds Transfer transaction.
Bank Funds Transfer Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Funds Transfer GL transaction type.Posting elements
Bank Funds Transfer Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Funds Transfer GL transaction type.
Source Bank
Source Bank

true false BankAcct
Currency
Currency

Currency Currency BankAcct.CurrencyCode String
GL Control
GL Control

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 447

ID
Bank ID

ID Bank ID BankAcct.BankAcctID String
Target Bank
Target Bank

true false BankAcct
Currency
Currency

Currency Currency BankAcct.CurrencyCode String
GL Control
GL Control

ID
Bank ID

Transaction
Bank Funds Transfer Transaction

true false BankTran
448 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Number
Transaction Number

Number Transaction Number BankTran.TranNum Numeric
Rate Group
Rate Group

Rate Group Rate Group BankTran. String
Reference
Reference

Reference Reference BankTran.TranRef String
Source Bank ID
Source Bank ID

Source Bank ID Source Bank ID BankTran.BankAcctID String
Target Bank ID
Target Bank ID

Target Bank ID Target Bank ID BankTran. String
Trans Apply Date
Transaction Apply Date

Trans Apply Date Transaction Apply Date BankTran. Date
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 449

Transfer Date
Transfer Date

Transfer Date Transfer Date BankTran.TranDate Date
Bank Funds Transfer Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Funds Transfer transaction type.
Transfer Amount
Transfer Amount
Transfer Amount Transfer Amount
Bank Funds Transfer - Rule Set
The Bank Funds Transfer transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Bank Funds Transfer - Functions
The functions used by the Bank Funds Transfer transaction type are described in this section.
Bank Funds Transfer - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Bank Funds Transfer transaction type are described in this section.
Post the movement from Bank Cash to Transfer Account
Post the movement of Transfer Amount from Source Bank Cash to Transfer Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
450 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Can Post: true

For Each: Bank Funds Transfer
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Funds Transfer--
Posting Rules
Comment = Please select variable and value or function
Bank Transaction Num = Bank Funds Transfer--Transaction--Number
Select Amount From Bank Funds Transfer Where Name = Transfer Amount AND Currency
= Bank Funds Transfer--Source Bank--Currency AND Currency Type = Source
= Book Currency AND Currency Type = Base
If Book Amount is not Available Comment = Please select variable and value or
function
Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using Bank Funds
Transfer--Transaction--Rate Group
Comment = Set up GL Journal data

Bank Account = Bank Funds Transfer--Source Bank--ID
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Bank Funds Transfer--Source Bank--GL Control
Get Account From Bank Funds Transfer--Source Bank--GL Control For Current Book
AND Transfer Context
AND Cash Context
If Credit Account is not Valid Call = Log Error: Source Bank Transfer Account
is not Valid. Cannot transfer.
Post the movement from Transfer Account to Cash Account
Post the movement of Transfer Amount from Source Bank Transfer Account to Target bank cash Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Funds Transfer--
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 451

Posting Rules
= Bank Funds Transfer--Target Bank--Currency AND Currency Type = Target
= Book Currency AND Currency Type = Base
If Book Amount is not Available Comment = Please select variable and value or
function
Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using Bank Funds
Transfer--Transaction--Rate Group
Comment = Set up GL Journal data

Bank Account = Bank Funds Transfer--Target Bank--ID
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Bank Funds Transfer--Target Bank--GL Control
Get Account From Bank Funds Transfer--Target Bank--GL Control For Current Book
AND Cash Context
AND Transfer Context
If Credit Account is not Valid Call = Log Error: The Credit Account for the
Source Bank is not valid.Can not transfer.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Bank Funds Transfer--Transaction--Trans Apply Date
If Apply Date is not Available Apply Date = Bank Funds
Transfer--Transaction--Transfer Date
452 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Transaction Text = Bank Funds Transfer--Transaction--Reference

Bank Reconciliation
Bank Reconciliation
Bank Reconciliation Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Bank Reconciliation Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation GL transaction type.
Bank
Bank

true false BankAcct
Balance Updated on Payment
A falg indicating whether Bank Balance Updated on Payment

Balance Updated on A falg indicating whether Bank Balance BankAcct. Logical
Payment Updated on Payment
Balance Updated on Reconciliation
A falg indicating whether Bank Balance Updated on Reconciliation

Balance Updated on A falg indicating whether Bank Balance BankAcct. Logical
Reconciliation Updated on Reconciliation
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 453

GL Control
GL Control

ID
Bank ID

Reconcile Balance
Reconcile Balance

Reconcile Balance Reconcile Balance BankAcct.ReconciledBalance Logical
Company AP Parameters

true false APSyst
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AP Account

true false GLSyst
454 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


AP Interface with GL AP Interface with GL GLSyst.APInterfaced Logical
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Company. GLControl--R--XASyst
Currency Master
Currency Master

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

GL Control
GL Control

Details
Cash Book Details

true false CashBHed
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 455

Apply Date
Apply Date

Apply Date Apply Date CashBHed.ApplyDate Date
Bank Slip Number
Bank Slip Number

Bank Slip Number Bank Slip Number CashBHed.Bankslip Numeric
Closing Date
Closing Date

Closing Date Closing Date CashBHed.ClosingDate Date
Currency
Currency

Currency Currency CashBHed.CurrencyCode String
Description
Description

Description Description CashBHed.Description String
Number
Cash Book Number

Number Cash Book Number CashBHed.CashBookNum Numeric
456 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Opening Date
Opening Date

Opening Date Opening Date CashBHed.OpeningDate Date
Rate Group
Rate Group

Rate Group Rate Group CashBHed.RateGrpCode String
Bank Reconciliation Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation transaction type.
AP Checks Variance
AP Checks Variance
AP Checks Variance AP Checks Variance
Closing Balance
Closing Balance
Closing Balance Closing Balance
Opening Balance
Opening Balance
Opening Balance Opening Balance
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 457

PayRoll Checks Varience
PayRoll Checks Varience
PayRoll Checks Varience PayRoll Checks Varience
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing GL
transaction type.
Check

true false CheckHed
Apply Date

Apply Date CheckHed.CheckDate Date
Currency

Currency CheckHed.CurrencyCode String
Date

Date CheckHed.CheckDate Date
458 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control CheckHed. GLControl--R--Bank Account
Number

Number CheckHed.CheckNum Numeric
Rate Type

Rate Type CheckHed.RateGrpCode String
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control CheckHed. GLControl--F--AP Check
Flag that indicates if the payment amount is booked to Pending Cash account

Use Pending Cash Flag that indicates if the payment CheckHed.UsePendAcct Logical
Account amount is booked to Pending Cash
account
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing transaction type.
Pending
Pending
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 459

Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing -
Bank Fee GL transaction type.
Details
Bank Fee details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
GL Control that contains Bank Fee account entered in UI

GL Control GL Control that contains Bank Fee BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank
Tran Num
Tran Num

Master
460 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Fee master

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
Bank Fee GL control

Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee transaction
type.
Fee Amount
Fee Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 461

Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line
GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing -
Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction type.
Details
Bank Fee Tax Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num


Is EC Acquisition

Is Reversed Charge
462 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Charge

Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Tax GL Control

GL Control Tax GL Control SalesTRC. GLControl--R--Tax
Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line
transaction type.
Tax Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 463

Tax Amount
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement GL transaction type.Posting
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement GL
transaction type.
AP Payment Instrument
AP Payment Instrument

true false APPNHead
PI GL Control
PI GL Control

PI GL Control PI GL Control APPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Payable
PI Number
PI Number

PI Number PI Number APPNHead.HeadNum Numeric
464 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Reference GL Control Reference GL Control APPNHead. GLControl--F--PI Payable
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement transaction type.
PI Total
PI Total
PI Total PI Total
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee GL
transaction type.Posting elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP
PI Bank Fee GL transaction type.
Details
Details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID

Bank Fee ID BankTran.BankFeeID String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 465

GL Control

GL Control BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank Transaction
Tran Num

Tran Num BankTran.TranNum Numeric
Master

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID

Bank Fee ID BankFee.BankFeeID String
GL Control
GL Control

Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee transaction
type.
Fee Amount
466 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Fee Amount
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee - AP PI Fee Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee - AP PI
Fee Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus
amounts.
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee - AP PI Fee Tax Line Posting Codes
PI Bank Fee - AP PI Fee Tax Line GL transaction type.
Details
Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num



Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 467


Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee - AP PI Fee Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Bank Fee - AP PI Fee
Tax Line transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
468 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line Posting Codes
PI Line GL transaction type.
Details
AP PI Line Details

true false APPNDtl
ID

ID APPNDtl.APPNDtlLine Numeric
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line transaction
type.
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line - Tax GL
Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line - Tax Posting Codes
PI Line - Tax GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 469

Details
Details

true false TaxDtl

Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition




Is Reversed Charge
470 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Reversed Charge


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code


Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax

true false APInvTax

Reference GL Control APInvTax. GLControl--F--AP Invoice Tax
Tax Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 471


Tax Code Tax Code (key field) APInvTax.TaxCode String
Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement - AP PI Line - Tax transaction
type.
Tax
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing GL
transaction type.
472 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Check
Check

true false CashHead
Currency
Check Currency

Currency Check Currency CashHead.CurrencyCode String
Date
Check Date

Date Check Date CashHead.TranDate Date
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control CashHead. GLControl--R--Bank Account
Number
Check Number

Number Check Number CashHead.HeadNum Numeric
Rate Type
Rate Type

Rate Type Rate Type CashHead.RateGrpCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 473

Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing transaction type.
Pending
Pending amount
Pending Pending amount
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing -
Details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
GL Control that contains Bank Fee account entered in UI

GL Control GL Control that contains Bank Fee BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank
474 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tran Num
Tran Num

Master

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID

Bank Fee ID BankFee.BankFeeID String
GL Control
Bank Fee GL control

Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee transaction
type.
Fee Amount
Fee Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 475

Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line
Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing -
Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction type.
Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num

Head Num TaxDtl.HeadNum Numeric

Invoicing Collection Method TaxDtl. Logical


Tax Code
476 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax master table

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR Check Clearing - Bank Fee - Tax Line
transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse GL transaction type.Posting
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse GL
transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 477

AR Payment Instrument

true false ARPNHead
PI GL Control
PI GL Control

PI GL Control PI GL Control ARPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Receivable
PI Number
PI Number

PI Number PI Number ARPNHead.HeadNum Numeric

Reference GL Control Reference GL Control ARPNHead. GLControl--F--AR PI Settlement
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse transaction type.
PI Total
PI Total
PI Total PI Total
478 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee GL
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI
Details
Details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
GL Control

Ref GL Control
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Ref GL Control BankTran. GLControl--F--Bank Transaction
Tran Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 479

Tran Num

Master
Bank Fee Master

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
GL Control

Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee transaction
type.
Fee Amount
480 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Fee Amount
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI
Fee Tax GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Posting Codes
Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax GL transaction type.
Details
Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num



Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 481


Ref GL Control
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Ref GL Control TaxDtl. GLControl--F--Payment Tax
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee
Tax transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
482 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line Posting Codes
Line GL transaction type.
Details
AR PI Line Details

true false ARPNDtl
ID
ID

ID ID ARPNDtl.HeadNum Numeric
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line transaction type.
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line - Tax GL
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line - Tax Posting Codes
Line - Tax GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 483

Details
Tax details

true false TaxDtl

Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition




Is Reversed Charge
484 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Reversed Charge

Ref GL Control
Ref GL Control


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code


Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax Details

true false InvcTax
Invoice Line
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 485



Tax Code

Sales Tax
Sales tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Reverse - AR PI Line - Tax transaction
type.
Tax
486 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement GL transaction type.Posting
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement GL
transaction type.

true false ARPNHead
PI GL Control
PI GL Control

PI GL Control PI GL Control ARPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment Instrument
Receivable
PI Number
PI Number

PI Number PI Number ARPNHead.HeadNum Numeric
Referenece GL Control
Referenece GL Control

Referenece GL Control Referenece GL Control ARPNHead. GLControl--F--PI Receivable
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 487

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement transaction type.
PI Total
PI Total
PI Total PI Total
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee GL
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR
PI Bank Fee GL transaction type.
Details
Details

true false BankTran
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
488 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

Tran Num
Tran Num

Master
Bank Fee Master

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

GL Control
GL Control

Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 489

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee transaction
type.
Fee Amount
Fee Amount
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee - AR
PI Fee Tax Line GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities and their associated posting codes, plus
amounts.
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Line Posting Codes
PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Line GL transaction type.
Details
Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num

490 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700




Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
GL Control

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI Fee Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Bank Fee - AR PI
Fee Tax Line transaction type.
Tax Amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 491

Tax Amount
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line GL transaction
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line Posting Codes
PI Line GL transaction type.
Details
AR PI Line Details

true false ARPNDtl
ID
ID

ID ID ARPNDtl.HeadNum Numeric
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line transaction
type.
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line - Tax GL
Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line - Tax Posting Codes
492 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PI Line - Tax GL transaction type.
Details
Tax details

true false TaxDtl

Is EC Acquisition
Is EC Acquisition



Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 493


Is Reversed Charge
Is Reversed Charge


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code


Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax Details

true false InvcTax
Invoice Line
494 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700



Tax Code

Sales Tax
Sales tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - AR PI Settlement - AR PI Line - Tax transaction
type.
Tax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 495

Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment GL transaction type.Posting
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment GL
transaction type.
Details

true false BankTran
Apply Date

Apply Date BankTran.TranDate Date
GL Control

GL Control BankTran. GLControl--N--Bank Transaction
Number

Number BankTran.TranNum Numeric
Rate Group

Rate Group BankTran.RateGrpCode String
Reference

Reference BankTran.GLRefCode String
496 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Transfer Date

Transfer Date BankTran.TranDate Date
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment transaction type.
Adjustment
Adjustment
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank Fee Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank Fee Tax GL
Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank Fee Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank
Fee Tax GL transaction type.
Details
Details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 497


Is EC Acquisition

Is Reversed Charge

Charge

Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Master
Tax Master

true false SalesTRC
498 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control
GL Control

Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank Fee Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Bank Reconciliation - Bank Adjustment - Bank Fee Tax transaction
type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
Bank Reconciliation - Rule Set
The Bank Reconciliation transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Bank Reconciliation - Functions
The functions used by the Bank Reconciliation transaction type are described in this section.
Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee - Function to determine Bank Fee account
for a cleared AP check
Function to determine Bank Fee account for a cleared AP check
Function Parameters
Description: Function to determine Bank Fee account for a cleared AP check
Document Line Path: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 499

Function Text
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Master--GL
Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account
From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee - Function to determine Bank Fee account
for a cleared AR check
Function to determine Bank Fee account for a cleared AR check
Function Parameters
Description: Function to determine Bank Fee account for a cleared AR check
Document Line Path: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee
Function Text
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Master--GL
Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account
From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
Bank Reconciliation - Get PI Bank Fee Account From Bank Fee GL Control
Get PI Bank Fee Account From Bank Fee GL Control
Function Parameters
Description: Get PI Bank Fee Account From Bank Fee GL Control
Document Line Path: Bank Reconciliation
Function Text
Get Account From Bank Fee GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee
ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL
Bank Reconciliation - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Bank Reconciliation transaction type are described in this section.
500 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Check Clearing - Book AP Bank Fee
Book AP Bank Fee
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee Where Currency
Type = Transactional AND Name = Fee Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee Where Currency
= Book Currency AND Name = Fee Amount
Using Bank Reconciliation--Details--Rate Group

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Details--GL
Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
If Debit Account is not Valid AP Bank Fee Account
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Cash
Context
AP Check Clearing - Book AP Bank Fee Tax
Book AP Bank Fee Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 501

Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Where Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Tax Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Tax Amount

If Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax
Line--Details--Self-Assessment Dual Collection Method OR Bank Reconciliation--AP
Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is Reversed Charge If Bank
Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is EC
Acquisition Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank
Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax
Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
Line--Details--Self-Assessment Collection Method If Bank Reconciliation--AP
Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account
From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank
Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
Line--Details--Invoicing Collection Method Get Account From Bank
Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book
AND Cash Context
Call = End Rule
Else
Temp Account
502 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Check Clearing - Post AP Checks Pending Amount to Bank
Post AP Checks Pending Amount to Bank Pending/Cash Accounts
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Amounts--Pending--Name### =###Pending###
And ###Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Check--Use Pending Cash Account### = ###TRUE###
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Pending Cash
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Check
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing Where Name = Pending
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing Where Name = Pending

Context
If Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Check--Ref GL Control is Available Get
Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP Check Clearing--Check--Ref GL Control For
Current Book AND Pending Cash Context
Else
AND AP Pending Cash Context
AP PI - Book Bank Fee
Book AP PI Bank Fee
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 503

For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee

Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee Where
Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Fee Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee Where
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Fee Amount

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank
Fee--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Get PI Bank Fee Account From Bank
Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--Master--GL Control
Context
AP PI - Book Bank Fee Tax
Book AP PI Bank Fee Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--AP PI Fee Tax Line
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--AP PI Fee Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--AP PI
Fee Tax Line Where Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Tax Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--AP PI
Fee Tax Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Tax Amount
504 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700



Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Bank Fee--AP PI
Fee Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Context
AP PI - Book Settlement
Book AP PI Settlement
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement
Is Header: false
Debit Context: PI Payable
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP Payment Instrument
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP Payment
Instrument--Reference GL Control For Current Book AND PI Payable Context
Context
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement Where Name = PI Total
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement Where Name = PI Total
AP PI - Post AP Invoice Tax
Post AP Invoice Tax Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection
Method###=###False### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Invoice###=###False### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI
Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax###.###.###
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 505

For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax

Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax Where
Name = Tax AND Currency Type = Transactional
Name = Tax AND Currency = Book Currency

If Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing
Collection Method If Not Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI
Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed Charge Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP
PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP
Tax Accrual Context
Else
Call = End Rule
Else
If Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI
Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method OR Bank
Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed
Charge If Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Is
EC Acquisition Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP
PI Line--Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI
Line--Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
If Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI
Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method If Bank
Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Is EC
Acquisition Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP
PI Line--Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Line--Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
506 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Temp Account
AP PI - Post AP Invoice Withholding Tax
Post AP Invoice Withholding Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection
Method###=###True### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Tax
AP PI - Reverse AP Invoice Interim Tax
Reverse AP Invoice Interim Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method###=###True### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AP PI Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 507


Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AP PI
Settlement--AP PI Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference GL Control For Current Book
AND Tax Context
Else
Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
AR Check Clearing - Book AR Bank Fee
Book AR Bank Fee
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee Where Currency
508 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Type = Transactional AND Name = Fee Amount

Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee Where Currency
= Book Currency AND Name = Fee Amount

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Details--GL
If Debit Account is not Valid AR Bank Fee Account
Context
AR Check Clearing - Book AR Bank Fee Tax
Book AR Bank Fee Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Where Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Tax Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Tax Amount

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Tax
Context
AR Check Clearing - Post AR Check Pending Amount to Bank
Post AR Check Pending Amount to Bank Pending/Cash Accounts
Posting Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 509

Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--Bank--Reconcile Balance###=###True###

Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Pending Cash
Debit Context: Cash
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Check
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing Where Name = Pending
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing Where Name = Pending

Context
If Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Check--GL Control is Available Get
Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR Check Clearing--Check--GL Control For Current
Book AND AR Pending Cash Context
Else
AND AR Pending Cash Context
AR PI - Book Bank Fee
Book AR PI Bank Fee
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--Details
510 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee Where
Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Fee Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee Where
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Fee Amount

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank
Fee--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Get PI Bank Fee Account From Bank
Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--Master--GL Control
Context
AR PI - Book Bank Fee Tax
Book AR PI Bank Fee Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI Fee Tax Line
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI Fee Tax Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI
Fee Tax Line Where Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Tax Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI
Fee Tax Line Where Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Tax Amount

Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI
Fee Tax Line--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 511

Context
AR PI - Book Settlement
Book AR PI Settlement
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Cash
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR Payment Instrument
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR Payment
Instrument--Referenece GL Control For Current Book AND PI Receivable Context
Context
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement Where Name = PI Total
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement Where Name = PI Total
AR PI - Post AR Invoice Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection
Method###=###False### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Invoice###=###False### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
512 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context: Tax

Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax Where
If Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing

Collection Method If Not Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI
Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed Charge Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR
PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR
Tax Accrual Context
Else
Call = End Rule
Else
If Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI
Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Dual Collection Method OR Bank
Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed
Charge If Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is
EC Acquisition Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR
PI Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI
Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
If Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI
Line--Tax--Details--Self-assessment Collection Method If Bank
Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is EC
Acquisition Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR
PI Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Contra Context
Else
Line--Tax--Sales Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 513

AR PI - Post AR Invoice Withholding Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Withholding Collection
Method###=###True### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Sales
Tax--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax Accrual Context
AR PI - Reverse AR Invoice Interim Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method###=###True### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
514 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context: Tax

Reference Context:
Posting Rules

If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI
Settlement--AR PI Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference GL Control For Current Book
AND Tax Context
Else
Line--Tax--Invoice Tax--Reference GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
AR PI Reverse - Restore Interim Tax
Books the tax amount back to Interim account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Invoice###=###False### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed
Charge###=###True### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method###=###True###
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Ref
Get Transactional Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI
Line--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 515

Get Book Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI

AR PI Reverse - Reverse AR Invoice Tax
Reverses tax amount for taxes recognised at the moment of payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ( ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method###=###True### And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Reversed
Charge###=###False### ) Or ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection
Method###=###False### ) And ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Invoice###=###False###
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI
Get Book Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR
PI Line--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI
AR PI Reverse - Reverse AR PI Bank Fee
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee
516 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--Details--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--Details--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Get Transactional Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank
Fee--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
Get Book Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank
Fee--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
AR PI Reverse - Reverse AR PI Bank Fee Tax
Reverses bank fee taxes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI Fee Tax--Details--Invoicing
Collection Method###=###True### And ( ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI Fee
Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment###=###True### Or ###Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank
Fee--AR PI Fee Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid###=###True### )
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI Fee Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI Fee
Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Get Transactional Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank
Fee--AR PI Fee Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 517

Get Book Amount From Bank Reconciliation--AR PI Reverse--AR PI Bank Fee--AR PI

Fee Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Bank Adjustment - Book Bank Fee Tax
Book Bank Fee Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax
Is Header: false
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax Where
Currency Type = Transactional AND Name = Tax Amount
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax Where
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Tax Amount

If Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Self-Assessment
Dual Collection Method OR Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee
Tax--Details--Is Reversed Charge If Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank
Fee Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank
Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AR Tax
Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Tax
Else
If Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee
Tax--Details--Self-Assessment Collection Method If Bank Reconciliation--Bank
Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition Get Account From Bank
Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current
Book AND AP Tax Contra Context
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee
Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current Book AND AP Tax Accrual Context
Else
518 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

If Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee

Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method Get Account From Bank
Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Bank Fee Tax--Tax Master--GL Control For Current
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Details--GL Control
For Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Get Account From Bank
Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
Call = End Rule
Else
Temp Account
Debit Context = Tax
Bank Adjustment - Post Adjustment Amount to Bank
Post Bank Adjustment Amount to Bank Cash/Adjustment Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Amounts--Adjustment--Name###
=###Adjustment###
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment Where Currency Type =
Transactional AND Name = Adjustment
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment Where Name = Adjustment

If Bank Reconciliation--Company GL Parameters--AP Interface with GL Get Account
From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Details--GL Control For
Current Book AND Adjustment/Bank Fee Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 519

If Adjustment Account is not Valid Get Account From Bank

Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
Adjustment Account
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control

For Current Book AND Cash Context
Adjustment Account
Credit Context = Adjustment/Bank Fee
Else
Adjustment Account
Cash Account
Credit Context = Cash
Debit Context = Adjustment/Bank Fee
Bank Transaction Num = Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Details--Number

Transaction Text = Bank Reconciliation--Bank Adjustment--Details--Reference
Bank Account = Bank Reconciliation--Bank--ID
Reconciliation - Post AP Checks Variance Amount
Post AP Checks Variance Amount to Bank Cash/Variance Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--Amounts--AP Checks Variance--Name### =###AP Checks Variance###
Can Post: true
For Each: Bank Reconciliation
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Bank Reconciliation--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation Where Name = AP Checks Variance AND
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation Where Name = AP Checks Variance AND

If Bank Reconciliation--Company GL Parameters--AP Interface with GL If Book
Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For
Current Book AND Cash Context
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current Book AND
Variance Context
520 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Credit Context = Variance
Else
Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For Current
Book AND Variance Context
Cash Context
Debit Context = Variance
Transaction Text = A/P CHECK - RECONCILIATION ADJUSTMENT
Reconciliation - Post Payroll Checks Variance Amount to Bank
Post Payroll Checks Variance Amount to Bank Cash/Pending Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Bank Reconciliation--Amounts--PayRoll Checks Varience--Name### =###PayRoll Checks
Varience###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation Where Name = PayRoll Checks Varience AND
Select Amount From Bank Reconciliation Where Name = PayRoll Checks Varience AND
Transaction Text = PAYROLL CHECK - RECONCILIATION ADJUSTMENT

If Book Amount.Value >= 0 Get Account From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control
Variance Context
Credit Context = Variance
Else
AND Variance Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 521

Cash Context
Debit Context = Variance
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Bank Reconciliation--Details--Apply Date
If Apply Date is not Available Apply Date = Bank
Reconciliation--Details--Closing Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Bank Reconciliation--Bank--GL Control For
Current Book AND Bank Transactions Context
Bank Account = Bank Reconciliation--Bank--ID
Bank Slip Ref = Bank Reconciliation--Details--Bank Slip Number
Cancel AR Invoice
This type posts Cancellation Invoice that reverses a posted AR Invoice.
Cancellation Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cancellation Invoice GL transaction type.Posting elements
Cancellation Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cancellation Invoice GL transaction type.
522 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

BillTo Customer
"BillTo" Customer

true false Customer
GL Control

GL Control AR Account GL Control Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Is Intercompany
A flag indicating whether the Customer is an Inter-company Customer

Is Intercompany A flag indicating whether the Customer Customer.ICCust Logical
is an Inter-company Customer
Number
Customer Number

Cancelled Invoice
Contains fields of cancelled invoice header

true false InvcHead
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 523

Legal Number
Legal Number

Legal Number Legal Number InvcHead.LegalNumber String
Number
Invoice Number

Ref GL Control
Contains accounts associated with invoice header that were affected when invoice was posted

Ref GL Control Contains accounts associated with invoice InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
header that were affected when invoice
was posted
Company Parameters
Company master file

true false Company

AR Account GL Control AR Account GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Details
This Entity contains all necessary fields from the Invoice Header

true false InvcHead
524 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Date
Invoice Date

Invoice Date Invoice Date InvcHead.InvoiceDate Date
Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Invoice Number Invoice Number InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Legal Number

Legal Number InvcHead.LegalNumber String
Invoice Currency
This entity contains Currency Master fields for the Invoice Currency

true false Currency
ID
Currency ID

ID Currency ID Currency.CurrencyID String
site

true false site
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 525

Code
site Code

SoldTo Customer
"SoldTo" Customer

true false Customer
Number
Customer Number

Cancellation Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cancellation Invoice transaction type.
Currency Difference
An amount of gain or loss that may occur on accounting for previously posted deposit
Currency Difference An amount of gain or loss that may occur on accounting for previously
posted deposit
Invoice
Invoice amount is calculated according to the following formula:Invoice Amount = Total Extended Price - Total
Discount + Total Tax + Total Miscellaneous Charges - Total Withholding Tax. The amount is positive for regular
invoices and negative for credit memos.
Invoice Invoice amount is calculated according to the following formula:Invoice Amount = Total
Extended Price - Total Discount + Total Tax + Total Miscellaneous Charges - Total
Withholding Tax. The amount is positive for regular invoices and negative for credit
memos.
526 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Less Deposit
Contains amount of a previous deposit posted to the same sales order. The amount is positive for regular invoices
and negative for Credit Memos.
Less Deposit Contains amount of a previous deposit posted to the same sales order. The
amount is positive for regular invoices and negative for Credit Memos.
Rounding Difference
Cancellation Invoice - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cancellation Invoice - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Cancellation Invoice - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cancellation Invoice - Line GL transaction type.
Cancelled Invoice Line
Contains fields of Cancelled Invoice line

true false InvcDtl
Number
Line Number

Number Line Number InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
Ref GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 527

Contains accounts associated with invoice line that were affected when invoice was posted

Ref GL Control Contains accounts associated with invoice InvcDtl. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
line that were affected when invoice was Line
posted
Details
Invoice Line Details

true false InvcDtl
Line Number
Line Number

Line Number Line Number InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
Cancellation Invoice - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cancellation Invoice - Line transaction type.
Discount
Discount
Extended Price
Extended Price amount.
Extended Price Extended Price amount.
528 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge GL transaction
Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge GL
transaction type.
Cancelled Misc Charge
Contains fields of Cancelled Invoice Line Miscellaneous Charge

true false InvcMisc
Ref GL Control
Contains accounts associated with invoice miscellaneous charge that were affected when invoice was posted

Ref GL Control Contains accounts associated with invoice InvcMisc. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
miscellaneous charge that were affected Misc Charge
when invoice was posted
Details

true false InvcMisc
Code
Miscellaneous Charge Code

Code Miscellaneous Charge Code InvcMisc.MiscCode String
Description
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 529

Line charge description that is entered specifically for this charge line

Description Line charge description that is entered InvcMisc.Description String
specifically for this charge line
Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cancellation Invoice - Line - Misc Charge transaction type.
Charge
Charge
Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax GL transaction type.Posting
Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax GL transaction
type.
Cancelled Tax
Contains fields of Cancelled Invoice Tax

true false InvcTax
Ref GL Control
Contains accounts associated with invoice tax that were affected when invoice was posted

Ref GL Control Contains accounts associated with invoice InvcTax. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
tax that were affected when invoice was Tax
posted
530 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Invoice Tax

true false InvcTax
Code
Tax Code



Is EC Acquisition or Reverse Is EC Acquisition or Reverse InvcTax. Logical
Charge Charge



Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 531


Method Method

Method Method

Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cancellation Invoice - Line - Tax transaction type.
Tax
Tax
Cancel AR Invoice - Rule Set
The Cancel AR Invoice transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Cancel AR Invoice - Functions
The functions used by the Cancel AR Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
532 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Determine Tax Account for Allocated Deposit and given Context
Determine Tax Account for Allocated Deposit and given Context
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Tax Account for Allocated Deposit and given Context
Result Type: Account.Master
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice Alloc
Deposit--Tax--Effective Tax Rate--GL Contro l For Current Book AND Given Context
Context

Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice Alloc
Deposit--Tax--Master--GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context Context
Determine Current Revenue/Returns Account for Given Context
Determine Current Revenue/Returns Account for Given Context
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Current Revenue/Returns Account for Given Context
Result Type: Account.Master
Document Line Path:
Function Text
If Cancellation Invoice--Line--Latest Deferred Rev Move--Ref GL Control is
Available
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Latest Deferred Rev Move--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context
If Result is not Available

Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled Invoice Line--Ref GL
Control For Current Book AND Given Context
- Reverses sign of the given amount
Reverses sign of the given amount
Function Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 533

Description: Reverses sign of the given amount

Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Cancel AR Invoice - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Cancel AR Invoice transaction type are described in this section.
Reverse Less Deposit Amount
The rules reverses posting that was made to Prepayment Account (Less Deposit amount) using reference GL
Control of type AR Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Cancellation Invoice
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cancellation Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Get Book Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice--Ref GL Control For
Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Get Transactional Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice--Ref GL
Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled
Invoice--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Else
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Reverse sign of the Book Amount
534 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reverse sign of the Transaction Amount
Reverse posting Currency Difference amount
The rules reverses posting Currency Difference Amount using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Current Book AND Prepayment (Currency Difference) Context
Invoice--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment (Currency Difference)
Context
Credit Context = Prepayment (Currency Difference)
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice--Ref GL Control For
Current Book AND Realized Gain Context
Debit Context = Realized Gain
Else
Current Book AND Prepayment (Currency Difference) Context
Debit Context = Prepayment (Currency Difference)
Credit Context = Realized Loss
Reverse posting Rounding Difference Amount
The rules reverses posting Rounding Difference Amount using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 535

Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Invoice--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Rounding Difference Context
Else
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled Invoice--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Rounding Difference Context
Reverse posting to Accounts Receivable
The rules reverses posting that was made to Accounts Receivable using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
536 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Reverse posting to Deferred Revenue Account
The rules reverses posting that was made to Deferred Revenue Account using reference GL Control of type AR
Invoice Line
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Cancellation Invoice--Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Deferred Revenue
Debit Context: Deferred Revenue
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cancellation Invoice--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled Invoice
Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Deferred Revenue Context
Get Book Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled Invoice Line--Ref GL
Control For Current Book AND Deferred Revenue Context
If Book Amount is not Available Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using
Cancellation Invoice--Details--Rate Type
Else
Reverse posting to Discount Account
The rules reverses posting that was made to Discount Account using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice
Line
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 537


Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Control For Current Book AND Discount Context
Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Discount Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled
Invoice Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Discount Context
Else
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled Invoice Line--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Discount Context
Reverse posting to Misc Charge Account
The rules reverses posting that was made to Misc Charge Account using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice
Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Cancellation Invoice--Line--Misc Charge
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Misc Charge
Debit Context: Misc Charge
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cancellation Invoice--Line--Misc Charge--Details
Posting Rules
Get Book Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Misc Charge--Cancelled Misc
Charge--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Misc Charge Context
Get Transactional Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Misc Charge--Cancelled
Misc Charge--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Misc Charge Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Misc
Charge--Cancelled Misc Charge--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Misc Charge
Context
Else
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Misc Charge--Cancelled Misc
Charge--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Misc Charge Context
538 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reverse posting to Prepayment Account
The rules reverses posting that was made to Prepayment Account (Deposit or Less Deposit amount) using reference
GL Control of type AR Invoice Line
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled
Invoice Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Else
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Cancelled Invoice Line--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Prepayment Context
Reverse posting to Sales Account
The rules reverses posting that was made to Sales Account using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice Line
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 539


Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Control For Current Book AND Sales Context
Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Sales Context
If Book Amount is not available Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using
Cancellation Invoice--Details--Rate Type

Credit Account= Determine Current Revenue/Returns Account for 'Sales' Context
Else
Reverse posting to Tax Account
The rules reverses posting that was made to Tax Account using reference GL Control of type AR Invoice Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Cancellation Invoice--Line--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Tax
Debit Context: Tax
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Cancellation Invoice--Line--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Get Book Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Tax--Cancelled Tax--Ref GL
Get Transactional Amount From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Tax--Cancelled Tax--Ref
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cancellation
Invoice--Line--Tax--Cancelled Tax--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Else
Get Account From Cancellation Invoice--Line--Tax--Cancelled Tax--Ref GL
540 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Cancellation Invoice--Details--Invoice Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Cancellation Invoice--BillTo Customer--GL

If Journal Code is not Available Journal Code = Get Journal Code From
Cancellation Invoice--Company Parameters--AR Account GL Control For Current Book
AND Invoicing Context
AR Invoice Num Ref = Cancellation Invoice--Details--Invoice Number

Transaction Text = 'Cancellation Invoice for ' + Cancellation Invoice--Cancelled
Invoice--Number
CompleteStorno
Complete Storno. This is dummy transaction type. It needs for using standart Review journal features. Booking
rules logic are hardcoded in PrePost file.
CompleteStorno - Rule Set
The CompleteStorno transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 541

CompleteStorno - Functions
The functions used by the CompleteStorno transaction type are described in this section.
COSAndWIP
Inventory, COS and WIP transactionsCreated from PartTran, Labor Details, and A/R Invoice Details (COS) records
COSAndWIP Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the COSAndWIP GL transaction type.Posting elements include
COSAndWIP Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the COSAndWIP GL transaction type.
Company
Company

true false Company
Company level (default) A/P Account GL Control

AP Account GL Control Company level (default) A/P Company. GLControl--R--AP Account
Account GL Control
542 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Company level (default) A/R Account GL Control

AR Account GL Control Company level (default) A/R Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Account GL Control
Asset GL Control
Conatins asset accounts defined at the company level

Asset GL Control Conatins asset accounts defined at Company. GLControl--R--Asset
the company level
FS Call GL Control
Company level (default) Field Service Call GL Control

FS Call GL Control Company level (default) Field Service Company. GLControl--R--FS Call
Call GL Control
FS Contract GL Control
Company level (default) Field Service Contract GL Control

FS Contract GL Control Company level (default) Field Service Company. GLControl--R--FS Contract
Contract GL Control
FS Warranty GL Control
Company level (default) Field Service Warranty GL Control

FS Warranty GL Control Company level (default) Field Service Company. GLControl--R--FS Warranty
Warranty GL Control
GL Has Inventory Interface
Company specific flag which defines if Inventory, COS and WIP is interfaced with GLWhen Inventory, COS and
WIP is not interfaced with GL, Inventory, COS and WIP Transactions does not update GL directly, but can be used
for review.Flag also affects some booking rules, not only in Invenrory, COS and WIP transactions, but also in
other transaction types, such as A/P Invoices
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 543


GL Has Company specific flag which defines if Inventory, COS GLSyst.PostInvtyWipCos Logical
Inventory and WIP is interfaced with GLWhen Inventory, COS and
Interface WIP is not interfaced with GL, Inventory, COS and WIP
Transactions does not update GL directly, but can be used
for review.Flag also affects some booking rules, not only
in Invenrory, COS and WIP transactions, but also in other
transaction types, such as A/P Invoices
Inventory COS And WIP GL Control
Inventory, COS And WIP GL Control

Inventory COS And WIP GL Inventory, COS And WIP GL Company. GLControl--R--Inventory COS

Control
Details
Document Run-Time Parameters

true false
Apply Date
Typically, the same as Transaction DateIn case some transactions are outdated (that is Transaction Dates are in
previous or closed periods or date ranges), can be defined by user

Apply Date Typically, the same as Transaction DateIn case some . Date
transactions are outdated (that is Transaction Dates are in
previous or closed periods or date ranges), can be defined
by user
544 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Creation Date
Date VBD Document is created

Creation Date Date VBD Document is created . Date
Red Storno
Red Storno Flag

Red Storno Red Storno Flag . Logical
Tran Date
Transaction Date. When VBD is created, all related data (from PartTran, Labor and Cost of Sales Details) are
grouped by Transaction Date (Payroll Date, Invoice Apply Date). Separate VBD Document is created then for each
Transaction Date.

Tran Date Transaction Date. When VBD is created, all related data (from . Date
PartTran, Labor and Cost of Sales Details) are grouped by
Transaction Date (Payroll Date, Invoice Apply Date).Separate
VBD Document is created then for each Transaction Date.
COSAndWIP Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the COSAndWIP transaction type.
COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales GL transaction type.Posting elements
COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales GL transaction
type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 545

Customer
Customer

true false Customer
Customer AR Account GL Control

AR Account GL Control Customer AR Account GL Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Control
Code
Customer Code (CustNum)

Code Customer Code (CustNum) Customer.CustNum Numeric
Is InterCompany
Flag defines if Customer is InterCompany

Is InterCompany Flag defines if Customer is Customer.ICCust Logical
InterCompany
Details
AR Invoice Details

true false InvcDtl
Invoice Num
A/R Invoice Number

Invoice Num A/R Invoice Number InvcDtl.InvoiceNum Numeric
Is COS Posting Required
546 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is COS Posting Required

Is COS Posting Required Is COS Posting Required InvcDtl.COSPostingReqd Logical
Line Num
A/R Invoice Line Number

Line Num A/R Invoice Line Number InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Numeric
site
site

true false site
Code
site Code

Division GL Control
Division of site (GL Control)

Division GL Control Division of site (GL Control) site. GLControl--R--Division
Product Group
Product Group related to Invoice Details

true false ProdGrup
Code
Product Group Code (ProdCode)

Code Product Group Code (ProdCode) ProdGrup.ProdCode String
GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 547

Product Group GL Control

GL Control Product Group GL Control ProdGrup. GLControl--R--Product Group
Sales Category
Sales Category related to Invoice Details

true false SalesCat
Code
Sales Category Code (SalesCatID)

Code Sales Category Code (SalesCatID) SalesCat.SalesCatID String
Department of Sales Category (GL Control)

Department GL Control Department of Sales Category (GL SalesCat. GLControl--R--Department
Control)
Service Call Details

true false FSCallDt
Call Num
Service Call Number

Call Num Service Call Number FSCallDt.CallNum Numeric
Line Num
Service Call Line Number

Line Num Service Call Line Number FSCallDt.CallLine Numeric
Warranty Code
548 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Warranty Code of Service Call

Warranty Code Warranty Code of Service Call FSCallDt.WarrantyCode String
Service Call Type
Service Call Type

true false FSCallCd
Code
Service Call Type Code (CallCode)

Code Service Call Type Code (CallCode) FSCallCd.CallCode String
GL Controll
Field Service Call GL Control

GL Controll Field Service Call GL Control FSCallCd. GLControl--R--FS Call
Service Contract
Service Contract

true false FSContCd
Code
Service Contract Code

Code Service Contract Code FSContCd.ContractCode String
GL Control
Field Service Contract GL Control

GL Control Field Service Contract GL Control FSContCd. GLControl--R--FS Contract
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 549

Warehouse
Warehouse

true false Warehse
Code
Warehouse Code

Division GL Control
Division of Warehouse (GL Control)

Division GL Control Division of Warehouse (GL Warehse. GLControl--R--Division
Control)
COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the COSAndWIP - Cost Of Sales transaction type.
Burden Cost
Burden Cost
Clearing Cost
Clearing Cost
Labor Cost
Labor Cost
550 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Material Burden Cost
Material Cost
Material Cost
Rounding
Rounding
Subcontract Cost
Subcontract Cost
COSAndWIP - Labor Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the COSAndWIP - Labor GL transaction type.Posting elements
COSAndWIP - Labor Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the COSAndWIP - Labor GL transaction type.
Details
Labor Details

true false LaborDtl
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 551

Detail Seq
LaborDtl Key Segment (2)

Detail Seq LaborDtl Key Segment (2) LaborDtl.LaborDtlSeq Numeric
Head Seq
LaborDtl Key Segment (1)

Head Seq LaborDtl Key Segment (1) LaborDtl.LaborHedSeq Numeric
Job
Job

true false JobHead
Job Num
Job Number

Job Num Job Number JobHead.JobNum String
Job Costing Department

true false JCDept
Code
Job Costing Department Code (JCDept)

Code Job Costing Department Code JCDept.JCDept String
(JCDept)
552 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Department of Job Costing Department (GL Control)

Department GL Control Department of Job Costing JCDept. GLControl--R--Department
Department (GL Control)
Division GL Control
Division of Job Costing Department (GL Control)

Division GL Control Division of Job Costing Department JCDept. GLControl--R--Division
(GL Control)
Job Product Group
Product Group related to Job

true false ProdGrup
Code

GL Control

Labor Expense
Labor Expense

true false LabExpCd
Code
Expense Code

Code Expense Code LabExpCd.ExpenseCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 553

Indirect Labor GL Control
Indirect Labor GL Control

Indirect Labor GL Control Indirect Labor GL Control LabExpCd. GLControl--R--Indirect Labor
site
site

true false site
Code
site Code

Division GL Control

Project
Project

true false Project
Project Billing GL Control assigned to Project

Project Billing GL Control Project Billing GL Control assigned Project. GLControl--R--Project Billing
to Project
ProjectID
ProjectID

ProjectID ProjectID Project.ProjectID String
554 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revenue Recognition Method
Project Revenue Recognition Method: 'None' (also used when Manual Revenue recognition is executed in reversing
mode) 'Manual' 'Labor Booking' 'Actual Burden'

Revenue Recognition Project Revenue Recognition Method: 'None' (also Project. String
Method used when Manual Revenue recognition is executed
in reversing mode) 'Manual' 'Labor Booking' 'Actual
Burden'
Project Sales Category
Sales Category related to Project

true false SalesCat
Code
Sales Category Code

Department GL Control assigned to Sales Category

Department GL Control Department GL Control assigned SalesCat. GLControl--R--Department
to Sales Category

true false FSCallDt
Call Line

Call Line Service Call Line Number FSCallDt.CallLine Numeric
Call Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 555

Service Call Number

Warranty Code

Service Call Type
Service Call Type

true false FSCallCd
Code

GL Control

GL Control Field Service Call GL Control FSCallCd. GLControl--R--FS Call
Service Contract
Service Contract

true false FSContCd
Code

GL Control
556 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


COSAndWIP - Labor Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the COSAndWIP - Labor transaction type.
Burden Cost
Burden Cost
Extended Price
Extended Price
Extended Price Extended Price
Labor Cost
Labor Cost
COSAndWIP - PartTran Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the COSAndWIP - PartTran GL transaction type.Posting elements
COSAndWIP - PartTran Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the COSAndWIP - PartTran GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 557

Adjustment Reason
Adjustment Reason

true false Reason
Adjustment Source
Adjustment Source [PartTran.InvAdjSrc] converted to:- 'P' --> 'Physical Inventory Count'- 'C' --> 'Cycle Inventory
Count'- 'O' --> 'Other Adjustment' -'U' --> 'UOM Split/Merge'

Adjustment Source Adjustment Source [PartTran.InvAdjSrc] converted to:- Reason. String
'P' --> 'Physical Inventory Count'- 'C' --> 'Cycle
Inventory Count'- 'O' --> 'Other Adjustment' -'U' -->
'UOM Split/Merge'
Code
Adjustment Reason Code

Code Adjustment Reason Code Reason.ReasonCode String
Reason Code GL Control
Reason Code GL Control

Reason Code GL Control Reason Code GL Control Reason. GLControl--R--Reason Code
AP Invoice
AP Invoice

true false APInvHed
Contains GL Accounts attached to AP Invoice

AP Account GL Control Contains GL Accounts attached APInvHed. GLControl--R--AP Account
to AP Invoice
Invoice Num
558 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Supplier Invoice Number

Invoice Num Supplier Invoice Number APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
AP Invoice Job
A/P Invoice Job

true false APInvJob
Job Misc Charge GL Control

Job Misc Charge GL Control APInvJob. GLControl--F--Job Misc Charge
Line Num
Supplier Invoice Line Number

Line Num Supplier Invoice Line Number APInvJob.InvoiceLine Numeric
Container
Container

true false ContainerHeader
Container Class
Container Class

Container Class Container Class ContainerHeader.ContainerClass String
Container ID
Container ID

Container ID Container ID ContainerHeader.ContainerID Numeric
Landed Cost GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 559

Landed Cost GL Control related to Container

Landed Cost GL Control Landed Cost GL Control related ContainerHeader. GLControl--N--Landed
to Container Cost
Customer
Customer

true false Customer
Customer AR Account GL Control

AR Account GL Control Customer AR Account GL Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Control
Code
Customer Code (CustNum)

Code Customer Code (CustNum) Customer.CustNum Numeric
Is InterCompany
Flag defines if Customer is InterCompany

Is InterCompany Flag defines if Customer is Customer.ICCust Logical
InterCompany
Details
Details

true false PartTran
Base Cost Method
560 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PartTran.BaseCostMethod (new field) , converted to:- 'A' --> 'AVG' (Average Cost)- 'S' --> 'STD' (Standard Cost)-
'T' --> 'LOT' (Lot)- 'L' --> 'LAST' (Last Cost)- 'F' --> 'FIFO'- 'O' --> 'LOT FIFO'This is the Cost method defined for
Part and site combination at the time of PartTran creation

Base Cost PartTran.BaseCostMethod (new field) , converted to:- 'A' --> PartTran. String
Method 'AVG' (Average Cost)- 'S' --> 'STD' (Standard Cost)- 'T' -->
'LOT' (Lot)- 'L' --> 'LAST' (Last Cost)- 'F' --> 'FIFO'- 'O' -->
'LOT FIFO'This is the Cost method defined for Part and site
combination at the time of PartTran creation
Description
Description

Description Description PartTran.PartDescription String
Is Inventory Tran
Is Inventory Transaction

Is Inventory Tran Is Inventory Transaction PartTran.InventoryTrans Logical
Is Reverted
Flag indicates that this Transaction is reverted by another (both original and compensating transactions are
marked)

Is Reverted Flag indicates that this Transaction is reverted by PartTran. Logical
another (both original and compensating
transactions are marked)
Legal Number
LegalNumber

Legal Number LegalNumber PartTran.LegalNumber String
Quantity
Transaction Quantity

Quantity Transaction Quantity PartTran.TranQty Numeric
System Date
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 561

PartTran Key Segment (1)

System Date PartTran Key Segment (1) PartTran.SysDate Date
System Time

System Time PartTran Key Segment (2) PartTran.SysTime Numeric
Tran Num

Tran Num PartTran Key Segment (3) PartTran.TranNum Numeric
Tran Reference
Transaction Reference

Tran Reference Transaction Reference PartTran.TranReference String
Tran Type
PartTran Transaction Type

Tran Type PartTran Transaction Type PartTran.TranType String
UOM
Unit Of Measure

UOM Unit Of Measure PartTran.UM String
Use AR Clearing
Use AR Clearing Account

Use AR Clearing Use AR Clearing Account PartTran.COSPostingReqd Logical
562 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Variance Target

Variance Target PartTran.VarTarget String
DMR Details

true false DMRActn
Action Num

Action Num DMRActn.ActionNum Numeric
DMR Num

DMR Num DMRActn.DMRNum Numeric
DMR Reason

true false Reason
Code

Code Reason.ReasonCode String
GL Control

GL Control Reason. GLControl--R--Reason Code
Drop Shipment Details
Drop Shipment Details Only created in case PartTran.PackType is 'DS' (Drop Shipment)

true false DropShipDtl
Line Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 563

Supplier Packing Slip Line Number (Drop Shipment)

Line Num Supplier Packing Slip Line Number DropShipDtl.PackLine Numeric
(Drop Shipment)
Slip Num
Supplier Packing Slip Number (Drop Shipment)

Slip Num Supplier Packing Slip Number (Drop DropShipDtl.PackSlip String
Shipment)
Slip Type
Packing Slip Type [PartTran.PackType] converted to:- 'DS' --> 'Drop Shipment'

Slip Type Packing Slip Type [PartTran.PackType] PartTran. String
converted to:- 'DS' --> 'Drop Shipment'
Euro Fin Purchase Type
Euro Financials Purchase Type

true false GLPurch
Code
Purchase Type Code

Code Purchase Type Code GLPurch.PurchCode String
GL Control
Is Purchase Expense

GL Control Is Purchase Expense GLPurch. GLControl--R--Purchase Type
Is Purchase Expense
Indicates if Purchase Type Code Is Purchase Expense

Is Purchase Expense Indicates if Purchase Type Code Is GLPurch.POExp Logical
Purchase Expense
564 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Job
Job

true false JobHead
Assembly Seq
Assembly Sequence [PartTran.AssemblySeq]

Assembly Seq Assembly Sequence PartTran. Numeric
[PartTran.AssemblySeq]
Job Num
Job Number

Job Operation Seq
Job Operation Sequence [PartTran.JobSeq] used with Seq Type <> 'Material'

Job Operation Seq Job Operation Sequence [PartTran.JobSeq] PartTran. Numeric
used with Seq Type <> 'Material'
Material Seq
Material Sequence [PartTran.JobSeq] used with Seq Type = 'Material'

Material Seq Material Sequence [PartTran.JobSeq] used PartTran. Numeric
with Seq Type = 'Material'
Seq Type
Sequence Type [PartTran.JobSeqType] converted to:- 'M' --> 'Material' [JobMtl]- 'S' --> 'SubContract Operation'
[JobOper]- 'O' --> 'Inside Operation' [JobOper]

Seq Type Sequence Type [PartTran.JobSeqType] converted to:- PartTran. String
'M' --> 'Material' [JobMtl]- 'S' --> 'SubContract
Operation' [JobOper]- 'O' --> 'Inside Operation'
[JobOper]
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 565

Job Product Group
Product Group related to Job

true false ProdGrup
Code

GL Control

Job2

true false JobHead
Assembly Seq
Assembly Sequence [PartTran.AssemblySeq2]

Assembly Seq Assembly Sequence PartTran. Numeric
[PartTran.AssemblySeq2]
Job Num
Job Number

Job2 Product Group

true false ProdGrup
566 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Code

Code ProdGrup.ProdCode String
GL Control

GL Control ProdGrup. GLControl--R--Product Group
Job2 Service Call Detail

true false FSCallDt
Call Num

Call Num FSCallDt.CallNum Numeric
Line Num

Line Num FSCallDt.CallLine Numeric
Warranty Code

Warranty Code FSCallDt.WarrantyCode String
Job2 Service Call Type

true false FSCallCd
Code

Code FSCallCd.CallCode String
GL Control

GL Control FSCallCd. GLControl--R--FS Call
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 567

Job2 Service Contract

true false FSContCd
Code

Code FSContCd.ContractCode String
GL Control

GL Control FSContCd. GLControl--R--FS Contract
Kit Parent Part
Kit Parent Part Used only with 'STK-KIT' Transaction type

true false Part
Code
Parent Kit Part Code (PartNum)

Code Parent Kit Part Code (PartNum) Part.PartNum String
GL Control Type 'Part Class' related to Parent Kit Part

Part Class GL Control GL Control Type 'Part Class' related Part. GLControl--R--Part Class
to Parent Kit Part
Part GL Control
Parent Kit Part GL Control

Part GL Control Parent Kit Part GL Control Part. GLControl--R--Part
568 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Kit Parent Part Class
Part Class of Kit Parent Part Used only with 'STK-KIT' Transaction type

true false PartClass
Code
Kit Parent Part5 Class Code )ClassID)

Code Kit Parent Part5 Class Code )ClassID) PartClass.ClassID String
GL Control
Part Class GL Control related to Kit Parent Part Class

GL Control Part Class GL Control related to Kit PartClass. GLControl--R--Part Class
Parent Part Class
NonConformance Details

true false NonConf
Move Costs To DMR

Move Costs To DMR NonConf.MoveCostsToDMR Logical
NonConformance ID

NonConformance ID NonConf.TranID Numeric
Tran Type

Tran Type NonConf.TrnTyp String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 569

Part
Part

true false Part
Code
Part Code (PartNum)

Code Part Code (PartNum) Part.PartNum String
GL Control Type 'Part Class' related to Part

Part Class GL Control GL Control Type 'Part Class' related Part. GLControl--R--Part Class
to Part
Part GL Control

Part GL Control Part. GLControl--R--Part
Part Class
Part Class

Code
Part Class Code (ClassID)

Code Part Class Code (ClassID) PartClass.ClassID String
GL Control
Part Class GL Control related to Part Class

GL Control Part Class GL Control related to Part PartClass. GLControl--R--Part Class
Class
570 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Part Lot
Part Lot

true false PartLot
Lot Num
Part Lot Number

Lot Num Part Lot Number PartLot.LotNum String
Part Product Group
Product Group related to Part

true false ProdGrup
Code

GL Control

Site
Site (related to PartTran.site). For intersite transfer transactions ('*-PLT','PLT-*'), when two sites are involved, this
node has the following meaning:- 'From site' for sending transactions ('STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')- 'To site' for receiving
transactions ('PLT-STK','PLT-ASM','PLT-MTL')

true false site
Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 571

site Code

Division GL Control
Division of Site (GL Control)

Division GL Control Division of Site (GL Control) Site. GLControl--R--Division
site Transfer
site Transfer Properties

true false PlntTranDef
GL Control
site Transfer GL Control

GL Control site Transfer GL Control PlntTranDef. GLControl--R--site Transfer
Is InterDivisional
Flag defines if Transfer is InterDivisional (InterDivisional Accounting is required)

Is InterDivisional Flag defines if Transfer is InterDivisional PlntTranDef.InterDivisional Logical
(InterDivisional Accounting is required)
site Transfer Sales Category
Sales Category related to site Transfer

true false SalesCat
Code

572 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Control)
site2
site (related to PartTran.site2)This node is used ONLY with intersite transfer transactions ('*-PLT','PLT-*'), when
two sites are involved, and has the following meaning:- 'To site' for sending transactions ('STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')-
'From site' for receiving transactions ('PLT-STK','PLT-ASM','PLT-MTL')

true false site
Code
site Code

Division GL Control

PO Receipt Header

true false RcvHead

Landed Cost GL Control Landed Cost GL Control RcvHead. GLControl--N--Landed Cost
Purchase Order Release
Purchase Order Release

true false PORel
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 573

GL Control
PO Release GL Control

GL Control PO Release GL Control PORel. GLControl--N--PO Release
Is Buy to Order
Defnes if PO Release is related to 'Buy To Order'

Is Buy to Order Defnes if PO Release is related to 'Buy PORel. Logical
To Order'
Is Drop Shipment
Defnes if PO Release is related to 'Drop Shipment Order'

Is Drop Shipment Defnes if PO Release is related to 'Drop PORel. Logical
Shipment Order'
Line Num
Purchase Order Line Number

Line Num Purchase Order Line Number PORel.POLine Numeric
Order Num
Purchase Order Number

Order Num Purchase Order Number PORel.PONum Numeric
Release Num

Release Num PORel.PORelNum Numeric
Receiving Detail
Receiving Detail Only created in case PartTran.PackType is 'V' (Supplier)

true false RcvDtl
Has Landed Cost
574 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Indicates that Landed Cost is entered for Receipt

Has Landed Cost Indicates that Landed Cost is entered RcvDtl.LCFlag Logical
for Receipt
Is Misc Receipt
Indicates if this is miscellaneous receipt (Receipt not related to Purchase Order)[RcvDtl.ReceiptType] = 'M'

Is Misc Receipt Indicates if this is miscellaneous receipt (Receipt RcvDtl. Logical
not related to Purchase
Order)[RcvDtl.ReceiptType] = 'M'
Line Num
Supplier Packing Slip Line Number

Line Num Supplier Packing Slip Line Number RcvDtl.PackLine Numeric
Purchase Point
Supplier Purchase Point

Purchase Point Supplier Purchase Point RcvDtl.PurPoint String
Slip Num
Supplier Packing Slip Number

Slip Num Supplier Packing Slip Number RcvDtl.PackSlip String
Slip Type
Packing Slip Type [PartTran.PackType] converted to:- 'V' --> 'Supplier'

Slip Type Packing Slip Type [PartTran.PackType] PartTran. String
converted to:- 'V' --> 'Supplier'
Ref PartTran Details
Reverence to reverting PartTran transaction.Is only available when 'Is Reverted' = True for current Transaction

true false PartTran
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 575

Base Cost Method
PartTran.BaseCostMethod (new field) , converted to:- 'A' --> 'AVG' (Average Cost)- 'S' --> 'STD' (Standard Cost)-
'T' --> 'LOT' (Lot)- 'L' --> 'LAST' (Last Cost)- 'F' --> 'FIFO'- 'O' --> 'LOT FIFO'

Base Cost Method PartTran.BaseCostMethod (new field) , converted to:- PartTran. Numeric
'A' --> 'AVG' (Average Cost)- 'S' --> 'STD' (Standard
Cost)- 'T' --> 'LOT' (Lot)- 'L' --> 'LAST' (Last Cost)- 'F'
--> 'FIFO'- 'O' --> 'LOT FIFO'
Is Inventory Tran

Is Inventory Tran PartTran.InventoryTrans Logical
Is Posted
Indicates whether the PartTran record that is referred by this Entity is posted or not.

Is Posted Indicates whether the PartTran record that is PartTran. Logical
referred by this Entity is posted or not.
Legal Number

Legal Number PartTran.LegalNumber String
PartTran Converted GL Control

PartTran Converted GL Control PartTran. GLControl--F--PartTran Converted
PartTran GL Control

PartTran GL Control PartTran. GLControl--F--PartTran
Quantity

Quantity PartTran.TranQty Numeric
System Date

System Date PartTran.SysDate Date
576 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

System Time

System Time PartTran.SysTime Numeric
Tran Num

Tran Num PartTran.TranNum Numeric
Tran Reference

Tran Reference PartTran.TranReference String
Tran Type

Tran Type PartTran.TranType String
UOM

UOM PartTran.UM String
Use AR Clearing
Use AR Clearing

Use AR Clearing Use AR Clearing PartTran.COSPostingReqd Logical
RMA Details

true false RMADisp
Disposition Num
RMA Disposition Num

Disposition Num RMA Disposition Num RMADisp.RMADisp Numeric
Disposition Type
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 577

Disposition Type

Disposition Type Disposition Type RMADisp.DispType String
Line Num
Line Num

Line Num Line Num RMADisp.RMALine Numeric
Receipt Num
Receipt Num

Receipt Num Receipt Num RMADisp.RMAReceipt Numeric
RMA Num
RMA Num

RMA Num RMA Num RMADisp.RMANum Numeric
Sales Order Detail
Sales Order Detail

true false OrderDtl
Line Num
Sales Order Line Number

Line Num Sales Order Line Number OrderDtl.OrderLine Numeric
Order Num
Sales Order Number

Order Num Sales Order Number OrderDtl.OrderNum Numeric
Release Num
578 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Sales Order Release Number [PartTran.OrderRelNum]

Release Num Sales Order Release Number PartTran. Numeric
[PartTran.OrderRelNum]
Sales Order Product Group
Product Group related to Sales Order Details

true false ProdGrup
Code

GL Control

Sales Order Sales Category
Sales Category related to Sales Order Details

true false SalesCat
Code


Control)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 579


true false FSCallDt
Call Line

Call Line Service Call Line Number FSCallDt.CallLine Numeric
Call Num
Service Call Number

Warranty Code

Service Call Type
Service Call Type

true false FSCallCd
Code

GL Control

GL Control Field Service Call GL Control FSCallCd. GLControl--R--FS Call
580 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Service Contract
Service Contract

true false FSContCd
Code

GL Control

Shipping Details
Shipping Details Only created in case PartTran.PackType is:- 'C' (Customer)- 'M' (Misc)- 'S' (Subcontractor)- 'TO'
(Transfer Order)

true false ShipDtl
Line Num

Line Num Packing Slip Line Number ShipDtl.PackLine Numeric
Line Type
Packing Slip Line Type ('PART'/'CONTRACT")

Line Type Packing Slip Line Type ShipDtl.LineType String
('PART'/'CONTRACT")
Slip Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 581

Packing Slip Number

Slip Num Packing Slip Number ShipDtl.PackNum Numeric
Slip Type
Packing Slip Type [PartTran.PackType] converted to:- 'C' --> 'Customer'- 'M' --> 'Misc'- 'S' --> 'Subcontractor'-
'TO' --> 'Transfer Order'

Slip Type Packing Slip Type [PartTran.PackType] converted to:- PartTran. String
'C' --> 'Customer'- 'M' --> 'Misc'- 'S' -->
'Subcontractor'- 'TO' --> 'Transfer Order'
Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
Supplier AP Account GL Control

AP Account GL Control Supplier AP Account GL Vendor. GLControl--R--AP Account
Control
Code
Supplier Code (VendorNum)

Code Supplier Code (VendorNum) Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
Supplier GL Control
Supplier GL Control

Warehouse
Warehouse (related to PartTran.WarehouseCode)For transfer transactions ('STK-STK','*-PLT','PLT-*'), where two

warehouses are involved, this node has the following meaning:- 'From Warehouse' for sending transactions
('STK-STK' with negative quantity, 'STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')- 'To Warehouse' for receiving transactions ('STK-STK'
with positive quantity, 'PLT-STK','PLT-MTL','PLT-ASM')
582 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


true false Warehse
Bin Num
Bin Num (on Warehouse) [PartTran.BinNum]For transfer transactions ('STK-STK','*-PLT','PLT-*') this field has the
following meaning:- 'From Bin' for sending transactions ('STK-STK' with negative quantity, 'STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')-
'To Bin' for receiving transactions ('STK-STK' with positive quantity, 'PLT-STK','PLT-MTL','PLT-ASM')

Bin Num Bin Num (on Warehouse) [PartTran.BinNum]For transfer PartTran. String
transactions ('STK-STK','*-PLT','PLT-*') this field has the following
meaning:- 'From Bin' for sending transactions ('STK-STK' with
negative quantity, 'STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')- 'To Bin' for receiving
transactions ('STK-STK' with positive quantity,
'PLT-STK','PLT-MTL','PLT-ASM')
Code
Warehouse Code

Division GL Control

Control)
Warehouse2
Warehouse (related to PartTran.WarehouseCode2)This node is used ONLY with transfer transactions

('STK-STK','*-PLT','PLT-*'), when two Warehouses are involved, and has the following meaning:- 'To Warehouse'
for sending transactions ('STK-STK' with negative quantity, 'STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')- 'From Warehouse' for receiving
transactions ('STK-STK' with positive quantity, 'PLT-STK','PLT-MTL','PLT-ASM')

true false Warehse
Bin Num
Bin Num (on Warehouse2) [PartTran.BinNum2]This field is used with transfer transactions ('STK-STK','*-PLT','PLT-*'),
and has the following meaning:- 'To Bin' for sending transactions ('STK-STK' with negative quantity,
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 583

'STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')- 'From Bin' for receiving transactions ('STK-STK' with positive quantity,

Bin Num Bin Num (on Warehouse2) [PartTran.BinNum2]This field is used PartTran. String
with transfer transactions ('STK-STK','*-PLT','PLT-*'), and has the
following meaning:- 'To Bin' for sending transactions ('STK-STK'
with negative quantity, 'STK-PLT','MFG-PLT')- 'From Bin' for
receiving transactions ('STK-STK' with positive quantity,
Code
Warehouse Code

Division GL Control

Control)
COSAndWIP - PartTran Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the COSAndWIP - PartTran transaction type.
Burden Cost
BurdenCost
Burden Cost BurdenCost
Extended Cost
ExtendedCost
Extended Cost ExtendedCost
584 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Labor Cost
LaborCost
Labor Cost LaborCost
MaterialBurdenCost
Material Burden Cost MaterialBurdenCost
Material Cost
MaterialCost
Material Cost MaterialCost
Other Cost
OtherCost
Other Cost OtherCost
site Cost
siteCost
site Cost siteCost
Rounding
Rounding
Rounding Rounding
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 585

Subcontract Cost
SubcontractCost
Subcontract Cost SubcontractCost
COSAndWIP - Rule Set
The COSAndWIP transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
COSAndWIP - Functions
The functions used by the COSAndWIP transaction type are described in this section.
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Account For Referenced PartTran And Given Context
Determine Account For Referenced PartTran And Given Context
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Account For Referenced PartTran And Given Context
Document Line Path: COSAndWIP--PartTran
Function Text
Comment = Comment: If referenced PartTran has been posted in
9.0If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran GL Control is
AvailableGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran
GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context Call = End Function Comment =
Comment: If referenced PartTran has been posted in versions prior to 9.0Get Book
Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted GL
Control For Current Book AND Converted1 Context Comment = Comment: Accept only
if account has been debitedIf Temp Amount.Value > 0Get Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted GL Control For
Current Book AND Converted1 Context Call = End Function Comment = Comment: If
the first account doesn't suit the criteria try the second possible accountGet
Book Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted
GL Control For Current Book AND Converted2 ContextIf Temp Amount.Value > 0Get
Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted GL
Control For Current Book AND Converted2 Context
586 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine AP Clearing Account For PartTran
Determine AP Clearing Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine AP Clearing Account For PartTran
Function Text
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Supplier--AP Account GL Control For Current
Book AND Clearing ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From
COSAndWIP--Company--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND Clearing
ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS
And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing Context
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Asset Account For site Transfer
Determine Asset Account For site Transfer
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Asset Account For site Transfer
Function Text
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PLT-STKDetermine Inventory Account
For PartTranElse
Comment = Comment: PLT-MTL or PLT-ASMDetermine PartTran WIP Account For
Material Cost Context
COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales - Determine COS Account For Cost Of Sales Detail
Determine COS Account For Cost Of Sales Detail
Function Parameters
Description: Determine COS Account For Cost Of Sales Detail
Document Line Path: COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 587

Function Text
Comment = Comment: For Inter-company CustomerIf COSAndWIP--Cost Of
Sales--Customer--Code is AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--Is
InterCompanyGet Account From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Customer--AR Account GL
Control For Current Book AND Given Context Call = End Function Comment = Comment:
If COS Detail has Service Call related dataIf COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Service
Call Details--Call Num is Available Comment = Comment: If Service Call is related
to Service ContractIf COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Service Contract--Code is
AvailableGet Account From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Service Contract--GL Control
For Current Book AND Given ContextElse If COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Service
Call Details--Warranty Code is Available Comment = Comment: If Service Call is
related to WarrantyGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Warranty GL Control
For Current Book AND Given Context Comment = Comment: For Service Call that is
realted either to FS Contract or WarrantyIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call
= End Function Comment = Comment: If COS Account is still not found try account
from FS CallGet Account From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Service Call Type--GL
Controll For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp
Account Call = End Function Comment = Comment: If WIP Account is still not found
try account from Company's DefaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Call
GL Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp
AccountElse
Comment = Comment: Non-Service Call COS Account Comment = Comment: Try
account from Product GroupGet Account From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Product
Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp
Account Call = End Function Comment = Comment: If COS Account is still not found
try account from Company's defaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory
COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is
AvailableTemp Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine COS Account For site Transfer
Determine COS Account For site Transfer
Function Parameters
Description: Determine COS Account For site Transfer
Function Text
Comment = Comment: For Inter-company
CustomerIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--Code is
AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--Is InterCompanyGet Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND Given
Context Call = End Function Comment = Comment: If PartTran has Service Call
related dataIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Details--Call Num is
Available Comment = Comment: If Service Call is related to Service
ContractIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Contract--Code is AvailableGet Account
From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Contract--FS Contract GL Control For Current
Book AND Given ContextElse If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Details--Warranty
Code is Available Comment = Comment: If Service Call is related to WarrantyGet
Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Warranty GL Control For Current Book AND
Given Context Comment = Comment: For Service Call that is realted either to FS
Contract or WarrantyIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
588 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Function Comment = Comment: If COS Account is still not found try account from
FS CallGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Type--FS Call GL Control
For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call =
End Function Comment = Comment: If WIP Account is still not found try account
from Company's DefaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Call GL Control
For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is AvailableTemp AccountElse

account from Product GroupIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PLT-STKGet
Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Part Product Group--GL Control For Current
Book AND Given ContextElse
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job Product Group--GL Control For
Current Book AND Given ContextIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Part Product Group--GL
Control is AvailableGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Part Product Group--GL
Control For Current Book AND Given ContextElse
Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
Function Comment = Comment: If COS Account is still not found try account from
Company's defaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL
Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is AvailableTemp
Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine COS Account For Shipment
Determine COS Account For Shipment
Function Parameters
Description: Determine COS Account For Shipment
Function Text
Comment = Comment: For Inter-company
CustomerIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--Code is
AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--Is InterCompanyGet Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Customer--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND Given
Context Call = End Function Comment = Comment: If PartTran has Service Call
related dataIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Details--Call Num is
From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Contract--GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextElse If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Details--Warranty Code is
Available Comment = Comment: If Service Call is related to WarrantyGet Account
From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Warranty GL Control For Current Book AND Given
Context Comment = Comment: For Service Call that is realted either to FS Contract
or WarrantyIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment =
Comment: If COS Account is still not found try account from FS CallGet Account
From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Type--GL Control For Current Book AND
Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment =
Comment: If WIP Account is still not found try account from Company's DefaultsGet
Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Call GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp AccountElse
account from Product GroupGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Sales Order
Product Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 589

ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment = Comment: If COS Account is still
not found try account from Company's defaultsGet Account From
COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextIf Temp Account is AvailableTemp Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Cost of Returns Account For PartTran
Determine Cost of Returns Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Cost of Returns Account For PartTran
Function Text
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Sales Order Product Group--GL Control is Available Comment
= Comment: First try Cost of Returns from Sales Order's Product GroupGet Account
From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Sales Order Product Group--GL Control For Current
Book AND Cost of Returns ContextElse
Comment = Comment: First try Cost of Returns from Part's Product GroupGet
Book AND Cost of Returns ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
Function Comment = Comment: If Cost of Returns Account is still not found try
account from Company's DefaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory
COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Cost of Returns ContextIf Temp Account
is AvailableTemp Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine DMR Write Off Account For PartTran
Determine DMR Write Off Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine DMR Write Off Account For PartTran
Function Text
Comment = Comment: First try account from Reason CodeGet Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--DMR Reason--GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment
ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment = Comment:
If Account is still not found try one from Part ClassGet Part Class GL Control
For PartTranGet Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND DMR
Write Off ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment
= Comment: If Account is still not found try end up with account from Company's
DefaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control
For Current Book AND DMR Write Off ContextIf Temp Account is AvailableTemp Account
590 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Inspection/DMR Account For PartTran
Determine Inspection/DMR Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Inspection/DMR Account For PartTran
Function Text
Comment = Comment: First try account from Part ClassGet Part Class GL Control
For PartTranGet Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS
And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Inventory Account For PartTran
Determine Inventory Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Inventory Account For PartTran
Function Text
Comment = Comment: Set up data from PartTranCOSAndWIP--PartTran--Part--Part GL
ControlGet Part Class GL Control For PartTranCOSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS
And WIP GL Control Comment = Comment: Invoke the general function to determine
Inventory AccountDetermine Inventory Account Using Part GL Control , Part Class
GL Control , Default GL Control
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Inventory Adjustment Account For PartTran
Determine Inventory Adjustment Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Inventory Adjustment Account For PartTran
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 591

Function Text
Comment = Comment: Set up data from PartTranCOSAndWIP--PartTran--Adjustment
Reason--Reason Code GL ControlCOSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL
Control Comment = Comment: Invoke the general function to determine Inventory
Adjustment AccountDetermine Inventory Adjustment Account Using Reason Code GL
Control , Default GL Control
- Determine Manufacturing Variance Account
Determine Manufacturing Variance Account
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Manufacturing Variance Account
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job Product Group--GL Control For Current
Book AND Variance ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
Function Comment = Comment: If Variance Account is still not defined get account
from AP InvoiceGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL
Control For Current Book AND Variance ContextIf Temp Account is AvailableTemp
Account
Determine Manufacturing Variance Account for Given Contact and Plant Division
Determine Manufacturing Variance Account for Given Contact and Plant Division
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Manufacturing Variance Account for Given Contact and Plant Division
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Temp Account = Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job Product Group--GL Control
For Current Book AND Given Context
If Temp Account is Available
Result = Compile Account From Temp Account And Plant Division
If Result is Valid
End Function
Comment: If Variance Account is still not defined get account from Inventory COS
and WIP
Temp Account = Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL
Control For Current Book AND Given Context
592 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

If Temp Account is Available

Result = Compile Account From Temp Account And Plant Division
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine site Transfer Contra Account (Contra COS, Contra Revenue,
Contra Asset)
Determine site Transfer Contra Account (Contra COS, Contra Revenue, Contra Asset)
Function Parameters
Description: Determine site Transfer Contra Account (Contra COS, Contra Revenue, Contra Asset)
Function Text
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--site Transfer--GL Control For Current Book
AND Given Context
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine site Transfer Revenue Account
Determine site Transfer Revenue Account
Function Parameters
Description: Determine site Transfer Revenue Account
Function Text
Comment = Comment: First try account from Product
GroupIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type <> PLT-STKGet Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Part Product Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Sales
ContextElse
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Part Product Group--GL Control is AvailableGet
Book AND Sales ContextElse
Current Book AND Sales ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
Function Comment = Comment: If Revenue Account is still not found try account
from Company's AR AccountGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--AR Account GL
Control For Current Book AND Sales ContextIf Temp Account is AvailableTemp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 593

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Purchase Variance Account
Determine Purchase Variance Account
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Purchase Variance Account
Function Text
Get Part Class GL Control For PartTranGet Account From Part Class GL Control For
Current Book AND Purchase Price Variance ContextIf Temp Account is not
AvailableGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--AP Invoice--AP Account GL Control
For Current Book AND Variance ContextIf Temp Account is not AvailableGet Account
From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND
Given ContextTemp Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Purchase Variance Context Prefix
Determine Purchase Variance Context Prefix
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Purchase Variance Context Prefix
Result Type: String
Function Text
Variance Target = COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance TargetIf Variance
Target = INS Result = InspectionElse If Variance Target = UKN Result = ExpenseElse
If Variance Target = 'JOB' Result = WIPElse If Variance Target = MTL Result =
WIPElse If Variance Target = SUB Result = WIPElse If Variance Target = DMR Result
= DMRElse If Variance Target = REJ Result = DMR Write-OffElse
Result = Variance
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Purchase Variance Target Account
Determine Purchase Variance Target Account
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Purchase Variance Target Account
594 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Function Text
Variance Target = COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance TargetIf Variance
Target = UKNDetermine Account For Referenced PartTran And Expense (Ext Cost)
ContextIf Result is not AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin Purchase
Type--Is Purchase ExpenseGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin Purchase
Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Debit ContextElse
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Is Misc ReceiptGet Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Purchase Order Release--GL Control For Current Book AND
Expense ContextElse
Determine Supplier Expense Account For PartTran Call = End
FunctionIf Variance Target = 'JOB'If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin Purchase
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Material Context Call = End
FunctionIf Variance Target = MTLDetermine Account For Referenced PartTran And
WIP (Material) ContextIf Result is not AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin
Purchase Type--Is Purchase ExpenseGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro
Fin Purchase Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Debit ContextElse
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Material Context Call = End
FunctionIf Variance Target = SUBDetermine Account For Referenced PartTran And
WIP Subcontract ContextIf Result is not AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro
Fin Purchase Type--Is Purchase ExpenseGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro
Fin Purchase Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Debit ContextElse
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Subcontract Context Call = End
FunctionIf Variance Target = REJDetermine DMR Write Off Account For PartTran Call
= End FunctionIf Variance Target = STKDetermine Inventory Account For
PartTran Call = End FunctionIf Variance Target = VARDetermine Purchase Variance
Account with 'Variance' Default Context Call = End FunctionIf Variance Target
= INSDetermine Account For Referenced PartTran And Inspection (Ext Cost)
ContextIf Result is not AvailableIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin Purchase
Determine Inspection/DMR Account For Inspection Context Call = End
FunctionIf Variance Target = DMRDetermine Inspection/DMR Account For DMR
Context Call = End Function Comment = Comment: Try this if account is not
determined stillDetermine Purchase Variance Account with 'Variance' Default
Context
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Supplier Expense Account For PartTran
Determine Supplier Expense Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Supplier Expense Account For PartTran
Function Text
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Supplier--Supplier GL Control For Current
Book AND Expense ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 595

COSAndWIP--PartTran--Supplier--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND Expense

ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--AP Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Supplier Landed Cost Account For PartTran
Determine Supplier Landed Cost Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Supplier Landed Cost Account For PartTran
Function Text
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Landed Cost ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--AP
Account GL Control For Current Book AND Landed Cost Context
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Variance Account For site Transfer
Determine Variance Account For site Transfer
Function Parameters
Description: Determine Variance Account For site Transfer
Function Text
Comment = Comment: First try account from Part ClassGet Part Class GL Control
For PartTranGet Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Transfer
Cost Variance ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
Function Comment = Comment: If Variance Account is still not found try to get
it from site Trasfer GL ControlGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--site
Transfer--GL Control For Current Book AND Transfer Variance (To site) ContextTemp
Account
COSAndWIP--Labor - Determine WIP Account For Labor Detail
Determine WIP Account For Labor Detail
Function Parameters
Description: Determine WIP Account For Labor Detail
596 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Document Line Path: COSAndWIP--Labor
Function Text
Comment = Comment: If Labor Detail has Service Call related
dataIf COSAndWIP--Labor--Service Call Details--Call Num is Available Comment =
Comment: If Service Call is related to Service
ContractIf COSAndWIP--Labor--Service Contract--Code is AvailableGet Account From
COSAndWIP--Labor--Service Contract--GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextElse If COSAndWIP--Labor--Service Call Details--Warranty Code is
Comment: If WIP Account is still not found try account from FS CallGet Account
From COSAndWIP--Labor--Service Call Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment =
ContextElse
Comment = Comment: Non-Service Call WIP Account Comment = Comment: Try
account from Product GroupGet Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Job Product Group--GL
Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp
COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is
AvailableTemp Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine WIP Account For PartTran
Determine WIP Account For PartTran
Function Parameters
Description: Determine WIP Account For PartTran
Function Text
Comment = Comment: If PartTran has Service Call related
dataIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Details--Call Num is Available Comment
= Comment: If Service Call is related to Service
From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Contract--GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextElse If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Details--Warranty Code is
Comment: If WIP Account is still not found try account from FS CallGet Account
From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Service Call Type--GL Control For Current Book AND
Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment =
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 597

ContextElse
account from Product GroupGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job Product
COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context
COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine WIP Account For PartTran (Target Job)
Determine WIP Account For PartTran (Target Job)
Function Parameters
Description: Determine WIP Account For PartTran (Target Job)
Function Text
Comment = Comment: If PartTran has Service Call related
dataIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job2 Service Call Detail--Call Num is
ContractIf COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job2 Service Contract--Code is AvailableGet
Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job2 Service Contract--GL Control For Current
Book AND Given ContextElse If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job2 Service Call
Detail--Warranty Code is Available Comment = Comment: If Service Call is related
to WarrantyGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Warranty GL Control For
Current Book AND Given Context Comment = Comment: For Service Call that is realted
either to FS Contract or WarrantyIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call =
End Function Comment = Comment: If WIP Account is still not found try account
from FS CallGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job2 Service Call Type--GL
Control For Current Book AND Given ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp
try account from Company's DefaultsGet Account From COSAndWIP--Company--FS Call
GL Control For Current Book AND Given ContextElse
account from Product GroupGet Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Job2 Product
COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context
- Disable Segments Substitution
Disable Segments Substitution
Function Parameters
Description: Disable Segments Substitution
598 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Document Line Path:
Function Text
Comment = Set Result to 'False' to enable segments substitution in booking rules
(legacy Vantage accounting style) Comment = Set Result to 'True' to disable
segments substitution in booking rules, and use only Natural Accounts Result =
False
- General Function to Determine Inventory Account
General Function to Determine Inventory Account
Function Parameters
Description: General Function to Determine Inventory Account
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Comment = Comment: First try Inventory Account from PartGet Account From Part
GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense ContextIf Temp Account is
ValidTemp Account Call = End Function Comment = Comment: Try Inventory Account
from Part ClassGet Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND
Inventory/Expense ContextIf Temp Account is ValidTemp Account Call = End
Function Comment = Comment: End up with default Inventory Account from the Company
ParametersGet Account From Inventory GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory
Context
- General Function to Determine Inventory Adjustment Account
General Function to Determine Inventory Adjustment Account
Function Parameters
Description: General Function to Determine Inventory Adjustment Account
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Comment = Comment: Try Ajustment Account from Reason CodeGet Account From Reason
Code GL Control For Current Book AND Adjustment ContextIf Result is not
Available Comment = Comment: End up with deafult Adjustment Account from the
Company ParametersGet Account From Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current
Book AND Inventory Adjustment Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 599

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Get Part Class GL Control from Part or Part Class
Get Part Class GL Control from Part or Part Class
Function Parameters
Description: Get Part Class GL Control from Part or Part Class
Result Type: GLControl--R--Part Class
Function Text
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Part--Part Class GL ControlIf Result is not
AvailableCOSAndWIP--PartTran--Part Class--GL Control
- Invert Amount Sign
Invert Amount Sign
Function Parameters
Description: Invert Amount Sign
Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
- Invert Amount Sign
Invert Amount Sign
Function Parameters
Description: Invert Amount Sign
Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
600 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

COSAndWIP - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the COSAndWIP transaction type are described in this section.
ADJ-CST: Post Extended Cost to Purchase Variance and Inventory Accounts
ADJ-CST - Adjustment to Stock Cost (as Purchase Variance). Posts Extended Cost to Purchase Variance and
Inventory Accounts.Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-CST### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance Target### = ###VAR### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Reverted### = ###False###
Can Post: true
For Each: COSAndWIP--PartTran
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Extended Cost AND Currency
If Transaction Amount is not Available Call = End Rule
If Transaction Amount.Value = 0 Call = End Rule
If Transaction Amount.Conversion Date is not Available COSAndWIP--Details--Tran

Date
Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using Default Rate Type

Comment = Comment: Determine Accounts
Determine Purchase Variance Account with 'Inventory Adjustment' Default Context
If Inventory Account = Variance Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
before setting up debit and credit accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal
Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Variance Account

Credit Context = Variance (Ext Cost)
Inventory Account
Debit Context = Inventory (Ext Cost)
Else
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 601

Invert Book Amount Sign

Invert Transaction Amount Sign
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Ext Cost)
Variance Account
Debit Context = Variance (Ext Cost)
ADJ-CST/ADJ-QTY: Post Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and Inventory Accounts
ADJ-CST/ADJ-QTY - Adjustment to Stock Cost/Quantity. Posts Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and
Inventory Accounts.Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-CST### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance Target### <> ###VAR### ) Or (
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-QTY### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Adjustment
Reason--Adjustment Source### <> ###UOM Split/Merge### ) ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

If Inventory Account = Temp Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
setting up debit and credit accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Credit Context = Adjustment (Ext Cost)
Inventory Account
Else
602 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Inventory Account
Temp Account
Debit Context = Adjustment (Ext Cost)
ADJ-DRP: Post Extended Cost to Purchase Variance and Drop Ship Accounts
ADJ-DRP - Adjustment to Drop Shipment. Posts Extended Cost to Purchase Variance and Drop Shipment Accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-DRP### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Purchase Order Release--GL Control For
Determine Purchase Variance Account with 'Inventory Adjustment' Default Context
If DS Account = Temp Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before setting
up debit and credit accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule

DS Account
Debit Context = Drop Ship (Ext Cost)
Else
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 603

DS Account
Credit Context = Drop Ship (Ext Cost)
Variance Account
ADJ-MTL: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Adjustment Accounts
Executed for ADJ-MTL transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to WIP and Adjustment accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-MTL### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP and Adjustment Accounts
Determine Target WIP Account For PartTran Using WIP Material Context
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current
If Adjustment Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 WIP Account

Debit Context = WIP (Ext Cost)
Adjustment Account
Else
Adjustment Account
604 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

WIP Account
Credit Context = WIP (Ext Cost)
ADJ-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts
Executed for ADJ-SUB transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and WIP2 accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-MTL### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Material Burden Cost AND

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP and WIP2 Accounts
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Material Context
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Material Burden Context
If Material Account = Material Burden Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
rule before setting up debit and credit accounts - rule does not produce GL
Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Material Burden Account

Debit Context = WIP (Material Burden)
Material Account
Credit Context = WIP2 (Material)
Else
Material Account
Debit Context = WIP2 (Material)
Material Burden Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 605

Credit Context = WIP (Material Burden)
ADJ-PUR: Post Extended Cost to A/P Clearing and Variance Accounts
Executed for ADJ-PUR transactions. Posts Extended Cost to A/P Clearing and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-PUR### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Use AR Clearing### = ###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance Target = 'JOB' Get Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--AP Invoice Job--Job Misc Charge GL Control For Current Book
AND Job Charge Context
Else
Determine AP Clearing Account For PartTran Line
Determine Purchase Variance Target Account

If Clearing Account = Offset Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule
Context Prefix = Determine Purchase Variance Context Prefix

Offset Account Context = Context Prefix + (
Offset Account Context = Offset Account Context + Ext Cost
Offset Account Context = Offset Account Context + )
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Offset Account
Debit Context = Offset Account Context
Clearing Account
606 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = AP Clearing (Ext Cost)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Ext Cost)
Offset Account
Credit Context = Offset Account Context
ADJ-SUB: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Adjustment Accounts
Executed for ADJ-SUB transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to WIP and Adjustment accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-SUB### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP and Adjustment Accounts
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Subcontract Context
If Adjustment Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule

Adjustment Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 607

Else
Adjustment Account
WIP Account
ADJ-SUB: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts
Executed for ADJ-SUB transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and WIP2 accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###ADJ-SUB### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Determine PartTran WIP Account For Subcontract Context
If Subcontract Account = Material Burden Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Subcontract Account
Credit Context = WIP2 (Subcontract)
Else
608 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Subcontract Account
Debit Context = WIP2 (Subcontract)
AST-STK: Post Extended Cost to Inventory And Asset Clearing Account
Executed for AST-STK transaction only. Debits Inventory and credits Asset Clearing accounts with the Extended
Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type###=###AST-STK###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Asset Clearing (Ext Cost)
Debit Context: Inventory (Ext Cost)
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Asset GL Control For Current Book AND Asset
Clearing Context
Cost of Sales: Post Burden Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for each Cost of Sales Detail. Posts Burden Cost to COS and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Burden Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 609

For Each: COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales Where Name = Burden Cost AND Currency
If Transaction Amount.Conversion Date is not Available COSAndWIP--Details--Apply

Date

Book AND AR Clearing Context
Determine COS Account For COS Detail Using COS Burden Context
If Clearing Account = COS Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 COS Account

Debit Context = COS (Burden)
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Burden)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Burden)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Burden)
Cost of Sales: Post Labor Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for each Cost of Sales Detail. Posts Labor Cost to COS and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Labor Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
610 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales Where Name = Labor Cost AND Currency

Date

Determine COS Account For COS Detail Using COS Labor Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = COS (Labor)
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Labor)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Labor)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Labor)
Cost of Sales: Post Material Burden Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for each Cost of Sales Detail. Posts Material Burden Cost to COS and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and
Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Material Burden Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 611

Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales Where Name = Material Burden Cost

Date

Determine COS Account For COS Detail Using COS Material Burden Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = COS (Material Burden)
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Material Burden)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Material Burden)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Material Burden)
Cost of Sales: Post Material Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for each Cost of Sales Detail. Posts Material Cost to COS and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Material Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
612 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales Where Name = Material Cost AND

Date

Determine COS Account For COS Detail Using COS Material Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = COS (Material)
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Material)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Material)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Material)
Cost of Sales: Post Rounding Amount to COS and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for each Cost of Sales Detail. Posts Rounding Amount to COS and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and
Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Rounding Amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 613

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales Where Name = Rounding AND Currency

Date

Determine COS Account For COS Detail Using COS Rounding Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = COS (Rounding)
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Rounding)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Rounding)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Rounding)
Cost of Sales: Post Subcontract Cost to COS and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for each Cost of Sales Detail. Posts Subcontract Cost to COS and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and
Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Subcontract Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
614 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Cost Of Sales Where Name = Subcontract Cost AND

Date

Determine COS Account For COS Detail Using COS Subcontract Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = COS (Subcontract)
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Subcontract)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Subcontract)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Subcontract)
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-ASM and DMR-SUB transactions. Posts Burden Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###DMR-ASM### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###DMR-SUB### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 615

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Burden Cost AND Currency

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP and DMR Accounts
Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Burden Context
Determine Inspection/DMR Account For DMR Context
If DMR Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before setting
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = WIP (Burden)
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Burden)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Burden)
WIP Account
Credit Context = WIP (Burden)
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Labor Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-ASM and DMR-SUB transactions. Posts Labor Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
616 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Labor Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional

Date

Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Labor Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = WIP (Labor)
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Labor)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Labor)
WIP Account
Credit Context = WIP (Labor)
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-ASM and DMR-SUB transactions. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 617

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Material Burden)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Material Burden)
WIP Account
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Material Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-ASM and DMR-SUB transactions. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
618 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Material Cost AND Currency

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = WIP (Material)
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Material)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Material)
WIP Account
Credit Context = WIP (Material)
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-ASM and DMR-SUB transactions. Posts Rounding amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Rounding amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 619

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Rounding AND Currency Type
= Transactional

Date

Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Rounding Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = WIP (Rounding)
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Rounding)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Rounding)
WIP Account
Credit Context = WIP (Rounding)
DMR-ASM/DMR-SUB: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-ASM and DMR-SUB transactions. Posts Subcontract Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
620 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Subcontract Cost AND Currency

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = WIP (Subcontract)
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Subcontract)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Subcontract)
WIP Account
Credit Context = WIP (Subcontract)
DMR-MTL: Post Extended Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-MTL transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit
accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###DMR-MTL### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 621

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Ext Cost)
Else
DMR Account
Debit Context = DMR (Ext Cost)
WIP Account
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Rounding Amount to WIP and DMR Accounts
Executed for INS-DMR transaction (NonConformance Inspections related to Job Operation or Subcontract). Posts
Rounding amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Rounding amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type###=###INS-DMR### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted###=###False### And Not ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--RMA
Details--Disposition Type###.###.### ) And ( Not ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Slip
Type###.###.### ) And ( ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type###=###Operations###
And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Move Costs To DMR###=###True### ) Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type###=###Subcontract### ) )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
622 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 DMR Account

Debit Context = DMR (Rounding)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Rounding)
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Labor Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Labor Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost
amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 623

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = DMR (Labor)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Labor)
DMR-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts
Executed for DMR-MTL transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP(Material Burden) and WIP2(Material)
accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###DMR-MTL### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
624 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Material Account
Else
Material Account
DMR-REJ: Post Extended Cost to DMR Write-Off and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-REJ transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to DMR Write-Off and DMR accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###DMR-REJ### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 625

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Determine DMR Write-Off and DMR Accounts
If DMR Account = WriteOff Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 WriteOff Account

Debit Context = DMR Write-Off (Ext Cost)
DMR Account
Else
DMR Account
WriteOff Account
Credit Context = DMR Write-Off (Ext Cost)
DMR-STK: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and DMR Accounts
Executed for DMR-STK transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inventory and DMR accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###DMR-STK### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
626 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory and DMR Accounts
If DMR Account = Inventory Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Inventory Account

DMR Account
Else
DMR Account
Inventory Account
Header Rule
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: COSAndWIP
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: COSAndWIP--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = Comment: Set up Apply Date
If COSAndWIP--Details--Apply Date is Available Apply Date =
COSAndWIP--Details--Apply Date
Else If COSAndWIP--Details--Tran Date is Available Apply Date =
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 627

COSAndWIP--Details--Tran Date
If Apply Date is not Available Call = Log Error: Can not set up Apply Date
Comment = Comment: Set up Journal Code

Journal Code = Get Journal Code From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP
GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory Context
If Journal Code is not Available Call = Log Error: Can not set up Journal Code
Comment = Set up Transaction Description

Transaction Text = 'Periodic Posting Process'
Red Storno = COSAndWIP--Details--Red Storno
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Material Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost
amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule
628 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Debit Context = DMR (Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Burden)
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the
Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 629

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = DMR (Material Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Material Burden)
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Material Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Material Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost
amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

630 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Call = End Rule

Debit Context = DMR (Material)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Material)
INS-DMR (Oper/Sub NonConf): Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and DMR Accounts
Subcontract Cost amount to WIP and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract
Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 631


Call = End Rule

Debit Context = DMR (Subcontract)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
DMR Account
Credit Context = DMR (Subcontract)
INS-DMR (Rcpt/Misc NonConf): Post Extended Cost to Inspection and DMR Accounts
Executed for INS-DMR transaction (Receipt Inspections and NonConformance Inspections not related to Job
Operation or Subcontract). Posts Extended Cost amount to Inspection and DMR accounts. Debit and Credit
Posting Parameters
Details--Disposition Type###.###.### ) And ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Slip Type###.###.###
Or ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type###<>###Operations### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type###<>###Subcontract### ) )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date
632 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Comment = Comment: Determine Inspection and DMR Accounts
Determine Inspection/DMR Account For Inspection Context
If DMR Account = Inspection Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule

Inspection Account
Credit Context = Inspection (Ext Cost)
Else
Inspection Account
Debit Context = Inspection (Ext Cost)
DMR Account
INS-DMR (RMA): Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and DMR Accounts
Executed for INS-DMR transaction (RMA Inspections). Posts Extended Cost amount to Cost of Returns and DMR
accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted###=###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--RMA
Details--Disposition Type###.###.###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Cost of Returns and DMR Accounts
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 633


If DMR Account = COR Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before setting
Call = End Rule

COR Account
Credit Context = Cost of Returns (Ext Cost)
Else
COR Account
Debit Context = Cost of Returns (Ext Cost)
DMR Account
INS-MTL: Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and WIP Accounts
Executed for INS-MTL transaction (RMA). Posts Extended Cost amount to Cost of Returns and WIP accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###INS-MTL### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--RMA
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Cost of returns and WIP Accounts
634 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

If WIP Account = COR Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before setting
Call = End Rule

COR Account
Else
COR Account
WIP Account
INS-MTL: Post Extended Cost to Inspection and WIP Accounts
Executed for INS-MTL transaction. Posts Extended Cost Amount to Inspection and WIP accounts. Debit and Credit
Posting Parameters
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False### And Not ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--RMA
Details--Disposition Type###.###.### )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Cost of returns and WIP Accounts
If WIP Account = Inspection Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 635

Call = End Rule

Inspection Account
Else
Inspection Account
WIP Account
INS-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts
Executed for INS-MTL transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and WIP2 accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Journal Details
Call = End Rule
636 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Material Account
Else
Material Account
INS-REJ: Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and DMR Write Off Accounts
Executed for INS-STK transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Cost of Returns and DMR Write Off accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###INS-REJ### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Cost of returns and DMR Write Off Accounts
If Write Off Account = COR Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Write Off Account

Debit Context = DMR Write Off (Ext Cost)
COR Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 637

Else
COR Account
Write Off Account
Credit Context = DMR Write Off (Ext Cost)
INS-STK: Post Extended Cost to Cost of Returns and Inventory Accounts
Executed for INS-STK transaction (RMA). Posts Extended Cost amount to Cost of Returns and Inventory accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###INS-STK### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--RMA
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Cost of returns and Inventory Accounts
If Inventory Account = COR Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule

COR Account
638 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
COR Account
Inventory Account
INS-STK: Post Extended Cost to Inspection and Inventory Accounts
Executed for INS-STK transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inspection and Inventory accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###INS-STK### And
Details--Disposition Type###.###.### ) And ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Slip Type### =
###Supplier### Or ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type### <gt; ###Operations###
And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type### <> ###Subcontract### ) )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inspection and Inventory Accounts
If Inventory Account = Inspection Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule

Inspection Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 639

Else
Inspection Account
Inventory Account
INS-SUB: Post Extended Cost to Inspection and WIP Accounts
Executed for INS-SUB transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inspection and WIP accounts. Debit and Credit
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###INS-SUB### And
Details--Disposition Type###.###.### ) And ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Slip Type### =
###Supplier### Or ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type### <> ###Operations###
And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--NonConformance Details--Tran Type### <> ###Subcontract### ) )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inspection and WIP Accounts
If WIP Account = Inspection Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule

Inspection Account
640 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Inspection Account
WIP Account
Labor Detail: Post Burden Cost to Applied Overhead and WIP Accounts
Executed for each Labor Detail related to Job. Posts Burden Cost to Applied Overhead and WIP (Burden) accounts.
Debit and Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Burden Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: COSAndWIP--Labor--Job--Job Num Is Available
Can Post: true
For Each: COSAndWIP--Labor
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: COSAndWIP--Labor--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Labor Where Name = Burden Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional

Date

Book AND Applied Overhead Context
Determine Labor Detail WIP Account For WIP Burden Context
If Applied Burden Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule

Applied Burden Account
Credit Context = Applied Cost (Burden)
Else
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 641


Debit Context = Applied Cost (Burden)
WIP Account
Labor Detail: Post Indirect Burden Cost to Applied Overhead and COS Accounts
Executed for each Indirect Labor Detail related to Project. Posts Burden Cost to Applied Overhead and COS
(Burden) accounts. Debit and Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Burden Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: Not ( ###COSAndWIP--Labor--Job--Job Num Is Available)
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Labor Where Name = Burden Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional

Date

Get Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Labor Expense--Indirect Labor GL Control For
Current Book AND Applied Overhead Context
If Applied Burden Account is not Available Get Account From
COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Applied
Overhead Context
If COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--ProjectID is Available Get Account From

COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND COS
Burden Context
If COS Account is not Available Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Project
Billing GL Control For Current Book AND COS Burden Context
Else
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Labor Expense--Indirect Labor GL Control
For Current Book AND COS Burden Context
642 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

If COS Account is not Available Get Account From

COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND COS
Burden Context
If Applied Burden Account = COS Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule

Credit Context = Applied Cost (Burden)
Else
Debit Context = Applied Cost (Burden)
COS Account
Labor Detail: Post Indirect Labor Cost to Applied Labor and COS Accounts
Executed for each Indirect Labor Detail. Posts Labor Cost to Applied Labor and WIP (Labor) accounts. Debit and
Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Labor Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: Not (COSAndWIP--Labor--Job--Job Num Is Available)
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--Labor Where Name = Labor Cost AND Currency Type =
Transactional

Date

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 643

Get Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Labor Expense--Indirect Labor GL Control For

Current Book AND Applied Labor Context
If Applied Labor Account is not Available Get Account From
COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND Applied
Labor Context
If COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--ProjectID is Available Get Account From

COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND COS
Labor Context
COSAndWIP--Company--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND COS Labor
Context
Else
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Labor Expense--Indirect Labor GL Control
For Current Book AND COS Labor Context
COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND COS
Labor Context
If Applied Labor Account = COS Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule

Applied Labor Account
Credit Context = Applied Cost (Labor)
Else
Debit Context = Applied Cost (Labor)
COS Account
Labor Detail: Post Labor Charges (Project Billing)
Executed for each Labor Detail related to Project. Posts Labor Charges to Sales abd Accrued Sales accounts. Debit
and Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Labor Charge
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:###COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--Revenue Recognition Method###=###Labor Booking###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
644 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Transactional

Date

Get Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--Project Billing GL Control For Current
Book AND Sales - Role Labor Context
If Sales Account is not Available Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Project
Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Sales - Role Labor Context
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Labor--Project--Project Billing GL Control For Current

Book AND Accrued Labor Charges Context
If Accrued Account is not Available Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Project
Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Accrued Labor Charges Context
If Sales Account = Accrued Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Accrued Account

Debit Context = Project Billing Accrued Sales
Sales Account
Credit Context = Project Billing Sales
Else
Sales Account
Debit Context = Project Billing Sales
Accrued Account
Credit Context = Project Billing Accrued Sales
Labor Detail: Post Labor Cost to Applied Labor and WIP Accounts
Executed for each Labor Detail related to Job. Posts Labor Cost to Applied Labor and WIP (Labor) accounts. Debit
and Credit Accounts depend on the sign of the Labor Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--Labor--Job--Job Num Is Available
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 645

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Transactional

Date

Book AND Applied Labor Context
Determine Labor Detail WIP Account For WIP Labor Context
If Applied Labor Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule

Credit Context = Applied Cost (Labor)
Else
Debit Context = Applied Cost (Labor)
WIP Account
MFG-CUS: Post Burden Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Burden Cost amount to WIP and
AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MFG-CUS### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Use
AR Clearing### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
646 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP and Clearing Accounts
If Clearing Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Clearing Account

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Clearing Account
MFG-CUS: Post Burden Cost to WIP and COS Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Burden Cost amount to WIP
and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
AR Clearing### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 647

Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine COS and WIP Accounts
Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Burden Context
If COS Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before setting
Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
MFG-CUS: Post Labor Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Labor Cost amount to WIP and AR
Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
648 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Clearing Account
MFG-CUS: Post Labor Cost to WIP and COS Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Labor Cost amount to WIP and
COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 649

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Labor Context
Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
MFG-CUS: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to
WIP and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
650 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Clearing Account
MFG-CUS: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and COS Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Material Burden Cost amount
to WIP and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 651

Posting Rules

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using WIP Material Burden Context
Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
MFG-CUS: Post Material Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP and
AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
652 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Clearing Account
MFG-CUS: Post Material Cost to WIP and COS Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP
and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 653

Posting Rules

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Material Context
Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
MFG-CUS: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and COS Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Rounding amount to WIP and
COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Rounding amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
654 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Rounding Context
Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
MFG-CUS: Post Rounding to WIP and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Rounding amount to WIP and AR
Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Rounding Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 655

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Clearing Account
MFG-CUS: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and AR Clearing Account
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Subcontract Cost amount to WIP
and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
656 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Clearing Account
MFG-CUS: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and COS Accounts
Executed for MFG-CUS transaction when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Subcontract Cost amount to
WIP and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 657

Posting Rules

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Subcontract Context
Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
MFG-PLT: Post Burden Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts
Executed for MFG-PLT transaction. Posts Burden Cost amount to WIP and Goods In Transit accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MFG-PLT### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
658 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

AND In Transit (From site) Context
If WIP Account = Goods In Transit Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule
Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Goods In Transit Account

Debit Context = In Transit (Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Goods In Transit Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Burden)
MFG-PLT: Post Labor Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts
Executed for MFG-PLT transaction. Posts Labor Cost amount to WIP and Goods In Transit accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 659

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Details
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = In Transit (Labor)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Labor)
MFG-PLT: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts
Executed for MFG-PLT transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and Goods In Transit accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
660 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Determine PartTran WIP Account For Meterial Burden Context
Details
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = In Transit (Material Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Material Burden)
MFG-PLT: Post Material Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts
Executed for MFG-PLT transaction. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP and Goods In Transit accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 661

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Goods In Transit Account
Details
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = In Transit (Material)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Material)
MFG-PLT: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and In Transit Accounts
Executed for MFG-PLT transaction. Posts Rounding amount to WIP and Goods In Transit accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Rounding amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
662 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Details
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = In Transit (Rounding)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Rounding)
MFG-PLT: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and In Transit Accounts
Executed for MFG-PLT transaction. Posts Subcontract Cost amount to WIP and Goods In Transit accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 663

Posting Rules

Date

Details
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = In Transit (Subcontract)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Subcontract)
MFG-STK: Post Burden Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for MFG-STK transaction. Posts Burden Cost amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit and Credit
accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MFG-STK### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
664 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

If Inventory Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = Inventory (Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Burden)
MFG-STK: Post Labor Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for MFG-STK transaction. Posts Labor Cost amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit and Credit
accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 665

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP and Inventory Accounts
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = Inventory (Labor)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Labor)
MFG-STK: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for MFG-STK transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
666 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = Inventory (Material Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Material Burden)
MFG-STK: Post Material Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for MFG-STK transaction. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit and Credit
accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 667

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = Inventory (Material)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Material)
MFG-STK: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for MFG-STK transaction. Posts Rounding amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit and Credit
accounts depend on sign of the Rounding amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
668 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = Inventory (Rounding)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Rounding)
MFG-STK: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for MFG-STK transaction. Posts Subcontract Cost amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 669

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

Debit Context = Inventory (Subcontract)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
Credit Context = Inventory (Subcontract)
MFG-VAR: Post Burden Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts
Executed for MFG-VAR transactions. Posts Burden Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit Accounts
depend on the sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MFG-VAR### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
670 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Legal Number = COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Legal Number
Transaction Amount = Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name
= Burden Cost AND Currency Type = Transactional
If Transaction Amount is not Available
End Rule
If Transaction Amount = 0
End Rule
If Transaction Amount.Conversion Date is not Available
Transaction Amount.Conversion Date= COSAndWIP--Details--Tran
Date
Book Amount = Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using
Default Rate Type
Comment: Determine WIP and Variance Accounts
Plant Division = Get Division From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Plant--Division GL Control For Current Book AND Division
Context
WIP Account = Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Burden Context
And Plant Division
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance Target = VAR
Variance Account = Determine Manufacturing Variance Account
For 'Variance Burden' Context and Plant Division
If Variance Account is not Available
Variance Account = Determine Manufacturing Variance
Account Using Plant Division
Else
Warehouse Division = Get Division From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Warehouse--Division GL Control For Current Book AND Division
Context
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance Target = MAN
Sales Category Department = Get Department From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Project Sales Category--Department GL Control For Current
Book AND Department Context
Else
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Sales Order Sales Category--Department GL Control For Current
Variance Account = Determine COS Account For Shipment Using
COS Burden Context, Warehouse Division, Plant Division , Sales Category
Department
If WIP Account = Variance Account
Comment: When quiting rule before setting up debit and credit
accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
End Rule
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Variance Target <> MAN
VarContext = 'Variance (Burden)'
Else
VarContext = 'Recognition (Burden)'
If Transaction Amount.Value >= 0
Debit Account = Variance Account
Debit Context = VarContext
Credit Account = WIP Account
Else
Transaction Amount = Invert Transaction Amount Sign
Book Amount = Invert Book Amount Sign
Debit Account = WIP Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 671

Credit Account = Variance Account

Credit Context = VarContext
MFG-VAR: Post Labor Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts
Executed for MFG-VAR transactions. Posts Labor Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit Accounts
depend on the sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Transaction Amount = Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Labor
Cost AND Currency Type = Transactional
End Rule
End Rule
Transaction Amount.Conversion Date= COSAndWIP--Details--Tran Date
Book Amount = Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using Default Rate
Type
Plant Division = Get Division From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Plant--Division GL
Control For Current Book AND Division Context
WIP Account = Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Labor Context And Plant
Division
Variance Account = Determine Manufacturing Variance Account For
'Variance Labor' Context and Plant Division
Variance Account = Determine Manufacturing Variance Account Using
Plant Division
Else
Context
672 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Else
Variance Account = Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS
Labor Context, Warehouse Division, Plant Division , Sales Category Department
Comment: When quiting rule before setting up debit and credit
accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
End Rule
VarContext = 'Variance (Labor)'
Else
VarContext = 'Recognition (Labor)'
Else
MFG-VAR: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts
Executed for MFG-VAR transactions. Posts Material Burden Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Transaction Amount = Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Material
Burden Cost AND Currency Type = Transactional
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 673


End Rule
End Rule

Transaction Amount.Conversion Date = COSAndWIP--Details--Tran Date
Type
Plant Division = Get Division From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Plant--Division GL
WIP Account = Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Material Burden Context
And Plant Division

Variance Account = Determine Manufacturing Variance Account For
'Variance Material Burden' Context and Plant Division
Using Plant Division
Else
Context
Else
Variance Account = Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Material
Burden Context, Warehouse Division, Plant Division , Sales Category Department

Comment: When quitting rule before setting up debit and credit accounts
- rule does not produce GL Journal Details
End Rule

VarContext = 'Variance (Material Burden)'
Else
VarContext = 'Recognition (Material Burden)'

Else
674 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


MFG-VAR: Post Material Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts
Executed for MFG-VAR transactions. Posts Material Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit Accounts
depend on the sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Transaction Amount = Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Material
Cost AND Currency Type = Transactional

End Rule
End Rule
Type
Plant Division = Get Division From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Plant--Division GL Control
For Current Book AND Division Context
WIP Account = Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Material Context And Plant
Division

Variance Account = Determine Manufacturing Variance Account For 'Variance
Material Context and Plant Division
Else
Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 675


Else
Variance Account = Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Material
Context, Warehouse Division, Plant Division , Sales Category Department

Comment: When quiting rule before setting up debit and credit accounts
End Rule

VarContext = 'Variance (Material)'
Else
VarContext = 'Recognition (Material)'

Else
MFG-VAR: Post Rounding Amount to WIP and Variance Accounts
Executed for MFG-VAR transactions. Posts Rounding Amountto WIP and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Rounding Amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
676 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Transaction Amount = Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Rounding
End Rule
End Rule
Transaction Amount.Conversion Date = COSAndWIP--Details--Tran Date
Type
Plant Division = Get Division From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Plant--Division GL Control
For Current Book AND Division Context
WIP Account = Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Rounding Context And Plant
Division

Rounding Context and Plant Division
Else
Context
Else
Variance Account = Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Rounding
Context, Warehouse Division, Plant Division, Sales Category Department

End Rule

VarContext = 'Variance (Rounding)'
Else
VarContext = 'Recognition (Rounding)'

Else
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 677


MFG-VAR: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts
Executed for MFG-VAR transactions. Posts Subcontract Cost to WIP and Variance Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on the sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Transaction Amount = Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name =
Subcontract Cost AND Currency Type = Transactional
End Rule
End Rule
Type
Plant Division = Get Division From C OSAndWIP--PartTran--Plant--Division GL
WIP Account = Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP Subcontract Context And
Plant Division

Subcontract Context and Plant Division
Else
Context
678 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Else
Variance Account = Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS
Subcontract Context, Warehouse Division, Plant Division, Sales Category Department

End Rule

VarContext = 'Variance (Subcontract)'
Else
VarContext = 'Recognition (Subcontract)'

Else
MFG-WIP: Post Burden Cost to WIP (Burden) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts
Executed for MFG-WIP transaction. Posts Burden Cost amount to WIP (Burden) and WIP2 (Material) accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MFG-WIP### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 679


Date

If WIP2 Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 WIP2 Account

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
WIP2 Account
MFG-WIP: Post Labor Cost to WIP (Labor) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts
Executed for MFG-WIP transaction. Posts Labor Cost amount to WIP (Labor) and WIP2 (Material) accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional
680 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
WIP2 Account
MFG-WIP: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP (Material Burden) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts
Executed for MFG-WIP transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP (Material Burden) and WIP2
(Material Burden) accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 681


Determine Target WIP Account For PartTran Using WIP Material Burden Context
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = WIP2 (Material Burden)
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
WIP2 Account
Credit Context = WIP2 (Material Burden)
MFG-WIP: Post Material Cost to WIP (Material) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts
Executed for MFG-WIP transaction. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP (Material) and WIP2 (Material) accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

682 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
WIP2 Account
MFG-WIP: Post Rounding Amount to WIP (Rounding) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts
Executed for MFG-WIP transaction. Posts Material Cost amount to WIP (Rounding) and WIP2 (Material) accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 683

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
WIP2 Account
MFG-WIP: Post Subcontract Cost to WIP (Subcontract) and WIP2 (Material) Accounts
Executed for MFG-WIP transaction. Posts Subcontract Cost amount to WIP (Subcontract) and WIP2 (Material)
accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule
684 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
WIP2 Account
MTL-INS: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Inspection Accounts
Executed for MTL-INS transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to WIP Material and Inspection accounts. Debit
and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MTL-INS### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory and Inspection Accounts
If Inspection Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Inspection Account

WIP Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 685

Else
WIP Account
Inspection Account
MTL-INS: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP and WIP2 Accounts
Executed for MTL-INS transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP(Material Burden) and WIP2(Material)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###MTL-INS### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Material Account

686 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Material Account
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to AP Transfer and Contra AP Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Extended Cost amount to AP and Contra AP accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PLT-ASM### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PLT-MTL### Or ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran
Type### = ###PLT-STK### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--site Transfer--Is InterDivisional### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine AR and Contra AR Accounts
AND AP (To site) Context
AND Contra AP Context
If AP Account = Contra AP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Contra AP Account

Debit Context = Contra AP (Ext Cost)
AP Account
Credit Context = Transfer AP (Ext Cost)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 687

Else
AP Account
Debit Context = Transfer AP (Ext Cost)
Contra AP Account
Credit Context = Contra AP (Ext Cost)
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to AR Transfer and Contra AR Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Extended Cost amount to AR Transfer and Contra
AR accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine AR and Contra AR Accounts
AND AR (From site) Context
AND Contra AR Context
If AR Account = Contra AR Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 AR Account

Debit Context = Transfer AR (Ext Cost)
Contra AR Account
688 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = Contra AR (Ext Cost)
Else
Contra AR Account
Debit Context = Contra AR (Ext Cost)
AR Account
Credit Context = Transfer AR (Ext Cost)
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to Contra Asset and Variance Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Extended Cost amount to Contra Asset and Variance
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Determine site Transfer Contra Account For Contra Asset Context
If Contra Asset Account = Variance Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Contra Asset Account
Credit Context = Contra Asset (Ext Cost)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 689

Else
Debit Context = Contra Asset (Ext Cost)
Variance Account
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Extended Cost to Revenue and Contra Revenue Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Extended Cost amount to Revenue and Contra
Revenue accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Revenue and Contra Revenue Accounts
Determine Revenue Account For site Transfer
Determine site Transfer Contra Account For Contra Revenue Context
If Revenue Account = Contra Revenue Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Contra Revenue Account

Debit Context = Contra Revenue (Ext Cost)
Revenue Account
Credit Context = Transfer Revenue (Ext Cost)
690 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Revenue Account
Debit Context = Transfer Revenue (Ext Cost)
Contra Revenue Account
Credit Context = Contra Revenue (Ext Cost)
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Other Cost to Contra Asset and In Transit Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Other Cost amount to Contra-Asset and Goods In
Transit accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Other Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = Other Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Contra Asset Account
Determine site Transfer Contra Account For Contra Asset Context
If Contra Asset Account = Goods In Transit Account Comment = Comment: When
quiting rule before setting up debit and credit accounts - rule does not produce
GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Contra Asset Account

Debit Context = Contra Asset (Other Cost)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 691


Credit Context = In Transit (Other Cost)
Else
Debit Context = In Transit (Other Cost)
Credit Context = Contra Asset (Other Cost)
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Other Cost to COS and Contra COS Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Other Cost amount to COS and Contra COS accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Other Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine COS and Contra COS Accounts
Determine COS Account For Inter-site Transfer Using COS Material Context
Determine site Transfer Contra Account For Contra COS Context
If COS Account = Contra COS Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = COS (Other Cost)
Contra COS Account
692 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = Contra COS (Other Cost)
Else
Contra COS Account
Debit Context = Contra COS (Other Cost)
COS Account
Credit Context = COS (Other Cost)
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post Other Cost to In Transit and Variance Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts Other Cost amount to Variance and Goods In Transit
accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Other Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--site Transfer--Is InterDivisional### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Variance Account
If Variance Account = Goods In Transit Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
Journal Details
Call = End Rule
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 693

Debit Context = Variance (Other Cost)

Credit Context = In Transit (Other Cost)
Else
Debit Context = In Transit (Other Cost)
Variance Account
Credit Context = Variance (Other Cost)
PLT-ASM/PLT-MTL/PLT-STK: Post site Cost to Asset and Variance Accounts
Executed for PLT-ASM, PLT-MTL, PLT-STK transactions. Posts site Cost amount to Asset and Variance accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the site Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type###=###PLT-ASM### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type###=###PLT-MTL### Or ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran
Type###=###PLT-STK### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted###=###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran Where Name = site Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Asset and Variance Accounts
Determine Asset Account For site Transfer Using
If Asset Account = Variance Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before
Call = End Rule
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PLT-STK Asset Context = 'Inventory

(site Cost)'
694 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Asset Context = 'WIP (site Cost)'
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Asset Account

Debit Context = Asset Context
Variance Account
Credit Context = Variance (site Cost)
Else
Variance Account
Debit Context = Variance (site Cost)
Asset Account
Credit Context = Asset Context
PUR-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to Applied Material Burden/Landed Cost and WIP Accounts
Executed for PUR-MTL transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost to Applied Material Burden/Landed Cost and WIP
Accounts. Debit and Credit Accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-MTL### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Deteremine Applied Material Burden Account
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Has Landed Cost Comment = Comment:
When Landed Cost is specified for the Receipt
Applied Cost Context = Landed Cost (Material Burden)
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Container--Landed Cost GL Control is Available Get
Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Container--Landed Cost GL Control For Current
Book AND Landed Cost Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 695

Else If COSAndWIP--PartTran--PO Receipt Header--Landed Cost GL Control is

Available Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--PO Receipt Header--Landed
Cost GL Control For Current Book AND Landed Cost Context
Else
Else
Comment = Comment: When Landed Cost is not specified for the Receipt
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For
Current Book AND Applied Material Burden Context
Comment = Comment: Determine WIP Account

Determine PartTran WIP Account For WIP material Burden Context
If Applied Mtl Burden Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
the rule without setting up amounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Applied Account

Credit Context = Applied Cost Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Applied Account
Debit Context = Applied Cost Context
PUR-MTL: Post Material Cost to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts
Executed for PUR-MTL transaction. Posts Material Cost to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost Amount
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
696 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine WIP Account that is offsetting the Clearing Account
If COSAndWIP--Company--GL Has Inventory Interface If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro
Fin Purchase Type--Is Purchase Expense Get Account From
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin Purchase Type--GL Control For Current Book AND
Debit Context
Else
Else
Comment = Comment: GL has no Inventory interface
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Is Misc Receipt Determine Supplier
Expense Account For PartTran
Else
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Purchase Order Release--GL Control
Call = End Rule

Clearing Account
Credit Context = AP Clearing (Material)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Material)
WIP Account
PUR-MTL: Post Rounding Amount to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts
Executed for PUR-MTL transaction. Posts Rounding Amount to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on sign of the Material Cost Amount
Posting Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 697


Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Debit Context
Else
Else
Else
Call = End Rule

Clearing Account
Credit Context = AP Clearing (Rounding)
Else
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Rounding)
698 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

WIP Account
PUR-STK/PUR-INS: Post Extended Cost to A/P Clearing And Inventory/Expense/Inspection

Accounts
Executed for PUR-STK, PUR-INS transactions. Posts Extended Cost to A/P Clearing and Inventory/Expense Accounts.
Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-STK### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-INS### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determining Receiving Account
Fin Purchase Type--Is Purchase Expense Offset Account Context = Expense
(Ext Cost)
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Euro Fin Purchase Type--Purchase Type
GL Control For Current Book AND Debit Context
Else
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PUR-STK Offset
Account Context = Inventory (Ext Cost)
Else If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PUR-INS Offset Account

Context = Inspection (Ext Cost)
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 699

Else
Comment = Comment: GL has no Inventory Interface
Offset Account Context = Expense
Else
If Receiving Account = Clearing Account Comment = Comment: When quiting the

rule without setting up amounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Receiving Account
Debit Context = Offset Account Context
Else
Receiving Account
Credit Context = Offset Account Context
Clearing Account
PUR-STK/PUR-INS/PUR-SUB/PUR-UKN: Post Material Burden Cost to Applied Material

Burden/Landed Cost and A/P Clearing Accounts
Executed for PUR-STK, PUR-INS, PUR-SUB and PUR-SUB transactions. Posts Material Burden Cost to Applied
Material Burden/Landed Cost and A/P Clearing Accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the
Extended Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-STK### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-INS### Or ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran
Type### = ###PUR-SUB### Or ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-UKN### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Purchase Order Release--Is Buy to Order### <> ###True### ) ) And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
700 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Deteremine Applied Material Burden Account
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Has Landed Cost Comment = Comment:
When Landed Cost is specified for the Receipt
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Container--Landed Cost GL Control is Available Get
Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Container--Landed Cost GL Control For Current
Book AND Landed Cost Context
Else If COSAndWIP--PartTran--PO Receipt Header--Landed Cost GL Control is

Available Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--PO Receipt Header--Landed
Cost GL Control For Current Book AND Landed Cost Context
Else
Else
Comment = Comment: When Landed Cost is not specified for the Receipt
Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For
Current Book AND Applied Material Burden Context
Comment = Comment: Determine AP Clearing Account

Determine A/P Clearing Account For PartTran Line
If Applied Mtl Burden Account = Clearing Account Comment = Comment: When quiting
the rule without setting up amounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Applied Account

Credit Context = Applied Cost Context
Clearing Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Material Burden)
Else
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AP Clearing (Material Burden)
Applied Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 701

Debit Context = Applied Cost Context
PUR-SUB: Post Extended Cost to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts
Executed for PUR-SUB transaction. Posts Extended Cost to AP Clearing and WIP Accounts. Debit and Credit
Accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-SUB### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Debit Context
Else
Else
Else
702 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

If Clearing Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule without
setting up accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Clearing Account
Else
Clearing Account
WIP Account
PUR-UKN/PUR-DRP: Post Extended Cost to AP Clearing and Expense/Drop Ship Accounts
Executed for PUR-UKN/PUR-DRP transaction. Posts Extended Cost to AP Clearing and Expense Accounts. Debit
and Credit Accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost Amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-UKN### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-DRP### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Expense Account that is offsetting the Clearing
Account
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Receiving Detail--Is Misc Receipt Comment = Note: Misc
Receipt can not be created for Drop Shipment/Buy To Orders
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 703

Determine Supplier Expense Account For PartTran
Else
Expense Context = Expense (Ext Cost)

If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PUR-DRP Comment = Alternatively,
context can be defined using type of PO Release (Is Drop Shipment/Is Buy To
Order)
Expense Context = Drop Ship (Ext Cost)
If Clearing Account = Expense Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule

without setting up accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Expense Account

Debit Context = Expense Context
Clearing Account
Else
Clearing Account
Expense Account
Credit Context = Expense Context
Revert Amount Posted to Converted1 Account
The rules reverts an Amount that was Posted to Converted1 Account. This rule reverts transactions that have
been posted in versions before 9.0.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###True### And
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--Is Posted### = ###True### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref
PartTran Details--PartTran GL Control###.###.###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted GL Control is
not Available Call = End Rule
704 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Get Book Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted

GL Control For Current Book AND Converted1 Context
Comment = Comment: End rule if amount for the given context has not been found
Get Transactional Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran

Converted GL Control For Current Book AND Converted1 Context
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran Converted
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Comment = Comment: Amount was booked as debit
Temp Account
Debit Context = Converted1
Else
Comment = Comment: Amount was booked as credit
Temp Account
Credit Context = Converted1
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 705


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
706 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Temp Account
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 707

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
708 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 709

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
710 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 711

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
712 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 713

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
714 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 715

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
716 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 717

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
718 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules


Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 719

Revert Applied Material Burden Cost
The rules reverts Applied Material Burden Cost
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran GL Control is not
Available Call = End Rule
Get Book Amount From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran GL

Control For Current Book AND Applied Cost (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Applied Cost (Material Burden) Context
Get Account From COSAndWIP--PartTran--Ref PartTran Details--PartTran GL Control
For Current Book AND Applied Cost (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = Applied Cost (Material Burden)
Else
Temp Account
720 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = Applied Cost (Material Burden)
Revert Burden Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Burden Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Burden) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 721

Revert Burden Cost Posted to COS Account
The rules reverts Burden Cost Posted to COS Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND COS (Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND COS (Burden) Context
For Current Book AND COS (Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
722 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Burden Cost Posted to Inventory Account
The rules reverts Burden Cost Posted to Inventory Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Burden) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory (Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 723

Revert Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account
The rules reverts Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND WIP (Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND WIP (Burden) Context
For Current Book AND WIP (Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
724 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Extended Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account
The rules reverts Extended Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Ext Cost) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Ext Cost) Context
For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Ext Cost) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 725

Revert Extended Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Extended Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Ext Cost) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Ext Cost) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Ext Cost) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = AR Clearing (Ext Cost)
Else
Temp Account
726 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = AR Clearing (Ext Cost)
Revert Extended Cost Posted to Expense Account
The rules reverts Extended Cost Posted to Expense Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Expense (Ext Cost) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Expense (Ext Cost) Context
For Current Book AND Expense (Ext Cost) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = Expense (Ext Cost)
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 727

Credit Context = Expense (Ext Cost)
Revert Extended Cost Posted to Inspection Account
The rules reverts Extended Cost Posted to Inspection Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inspection (Ext Cost) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inspection (Ext Cost) Context
For Current Book AND Inspection (Ext Cost) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
728 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Extended Cost Posted to Inventory2 Account
The rules reverts Extended Cost Posted to Inventory2 Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory2 (Ext Cost) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory2 (Ext Cost) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory2 (Ext Cost) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = Inventory2 (Ext Cost)
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 729

Credit Context = Inventory2 (Ext Cost)
Revert Labor Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Labor Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Labor) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Labor) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Labor) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
730 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Labor Cost Posted to COS Account
The rules reverts Labor Cost Posted to COS Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND COS (Labor) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND COS (Labor) Context
For Current Book AND COS (Labor) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 731

Revert Labor Cost Posted to Inventory Account
The rules reverts Labor Cost Posted to Inventory Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Ext Cost) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Labor) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory (Labor) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
732 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Labor Cost Posted to WIP Account
The rules reverts Labor Cost Posted to WIP Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND WIP (Labor) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND WIP (Labor) Context
For Current Book AND WIP (Labor) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 733

Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account
The rules reverts Material Burden Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Material Burden) Context
For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Material Burden)
Else
Temp Account
734 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = AP Clearing (Material Burden)
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Material Burden Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material Burden) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 735

Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to COS Account
The rules reverts Material Burden Cost Posted to COS Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND COS (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND COS (Material Burden) Context
For Current Book AND COS (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
736 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to Inventory Account
The rules reverts Material Burden Cost Posted to Inventory Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Material Burden) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 737

Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to Landed Cost Account
The rules reverts Material Burden Cost Posted to Landed Cost Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Landed Cost (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Landed Cost (Material Burden) Context
For Current Book AND Landed Cost (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = Landed Cost (Material Burden)
Else
Temp Account
738 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = Landed Cost (Material Burden)
Revert Material Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account
The rules reverts Material Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND WIP (Material Burden) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND WIP (Material Burden) Context
For Current Book AND WIP (Material Burden) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 739

Revert Material Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account
The rules reverts Material Cost Posted to AP Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Material) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Material) Context
For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Material) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Material)
Else
Temp Account
740 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Credit Context = AP Clearing (Material)
Revert Material Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Material Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 741

Revert Material Cost Posted to COS Account
The rules reverts Material Cost Posted to COS Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND COS (Material) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND COS (Material) Context
For Current Book AND COS (Material) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
742 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Material Cost Posted to Inventory Account
The rules reverts Material Cost Posted to Inventory Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Material) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Material) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory (Material) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 743

Revert Material Cost Posted to WIP Account
The rules reverts Material Cost Posted to WIP Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND WIP (Material) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND WIP (Material) Context
For Current Book AND WIP (Material) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
744 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Rounding Amount Posted to AP Clearing Account
The rules reverts Rounding Amount Posted to AP Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Rounding) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Rounding) Context
For Current Book AND AP Clearing (Rounding) Context
Temp Account
Debit Context = AP Clearing (Rounding)
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 745

Revert Rounding Amount Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Rounding Amount Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Rounding) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Rounding) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Rounding) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
746 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Rounding Amount Posted to COS Account
The rules reverts Rounding Amount Posted to COS Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND COS (Rounding) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND COS (Rounding) Context
For Current Book AND COS (Rounding) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 747

Revert Rounding Amount Posted to Inventory Account
The rules reverts Rounding Amount Posted to Inventory Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Rounding) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Rounding) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory (Rounding) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
748 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Rounding Amount Posted to WIP Account
The rules reverts Rounding Amount Posted to WIP Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND WIP (Rounding) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND WIP (Rounding) Context
For Current Book AND WIP (Rounding) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 749

Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account
The rules reverts Subcontract Cost Posted to AR Clearing Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Subcontract) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Material) Context
For Current Book AND AR Clearing (Subcontract) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
750 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to COS Account
The rules reverts Subcontract Cost Posted to COS Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND COS (Subcontract) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND COS (Subcontract) Context
For Current Book AND COS (Subcontract) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 751

Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to Inventory Account
The rules reverts Subcontract Cost Posted to Inventory Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Subcontract) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory (Subcontract) Context
For Current Book AND Inventory (Subcontract) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
752 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Subcontract Cost Posted to WIP Account
The rules reverts Subcontract Cost Posted to WIP Account.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Control For Current Book AND WIP (Subcontract) Context

GL Control For Current Book AND WIP (Subcontract) Context
For Current Book AND WIP (Subcontract) Context
Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 753

STK-ASM/STK-MTL: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and WIP Material Accounts
Executed for STK-ASM and STk-MTL transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inventory and WIP accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-ASM### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-MTL### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

If Inventory Account = WIP Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule without
Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
WIP Account
754 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

STK-ASM/STK-MTL: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP (Material) and WIP2 (Material Burden)
Accounts
Executed for STK-ASM and STK-MTL transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP (Material) and WIP2
(Material Burden) accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-ASM### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-MTL### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

If Material Account = Material Burden Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing
rule without setting up accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Material Account
Else
Material Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 755

STK-AST: Post Extended Cost to Inventory And Asset Clearing Account
Executed for STK-AST transaction only. Credits Inventory and debits Asset Clearing accounts with the Extended
Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type###=###STK-AST###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Inventory (Ext Cost)
Debit Context: Asset Clearing (Ext Cost)
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Get Account From COSAndWIP--Company--Asset GL Control For Current Book AND Asset
Clearing Context
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Burden Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Burden Cost
amount to Inventory and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Burden Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-CUS### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###KIT-CUS### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is
Reverted### = ###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Use AR Clearing### = ###False###
Can Post: true
756 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory and COS Accounts
Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Burden Context
If Inventory Account = COS Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule without
Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
COS Account
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and AR Clearing Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is used. Posts Extending Cost amount
to Inventory and AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extending Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Reverted### = ###False### And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Use AR Clearing### = ###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 757

Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory and AR Clearing Accounts
If Inventory Account = Clearing Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = AR Clearing (Ext Cost)
Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
Clearing Account
Credit Context = AR Clearing (Ext Cost)
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Labor Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Labor Cost amount
to Inventory and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Labor Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
758 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Labor Context
Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
COS Account
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Material Burden Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Material Burden
Cost amount to Inventory and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Material Burden
Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 759

Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using 'COS Material Burden' Context
Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
COS Account
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Material Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Material Cost
amount to Inventory and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
760 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
COS Account
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Rounding Amount to Inventory and COS Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Rounding Amount
amount to Inventory and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Rounding amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 761

Posting Rules
= Transactional

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Rounding Context
Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
COS Account
STK-CUS/KIT-CUS: Post Subcontract Cost to Inventory and COS Accounts
Executed for STK-CUS and KIT-CUS transactions when AR Clearing Account is not used. Posts Subcontract Cost
amount to Inventory and COS accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Subcontract Cost
amount.
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
762 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Determine COS Account For Shipment Using COS Subcontract Context
Call = End Rule

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
COS Account
STK-INS: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and Inspection Accounts
Executed for STK-INS transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inventory and Inspection accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-INS### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 763

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory and Inspection Accounts
If Inspection Account = Inventory Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Inspection Account

Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
Inspection Account
STK-KIT: Post Extended Cost to Inventory (Part) and Inventory (Kit Parent Part) Accounts
Executed for STK-KIT transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inventory (Part) and Inventory (Kit Parent Part)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-KIT### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
764 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory (Part) Account
Comment = Comment: Determine Inventory (Kit Parent Part) Account
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Kit Parent Part--Part GL Control
COSAndWIP--PartTran--Kit Parent Part--Part Class GL Control
If Part Class GL Control is not Available COSAndWIP--PartTran--Kit Parent Part
Class--GL Control
Determine Inventory Account Using Part GL Control , Part Class GL Control ,

COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control
If Inventory (Part) Account = Kit Parent Part Account Comment = Comment: When
quitiing rule without setting up accounts - rule does not produce GL Journal
Details
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Kit Parent Part Account

Debit Context = Target Inventory (Ext Cost)
Inventory (Part) Account
Else
Inventory (Part) Account
Kit Parent Part Account
Credit Context = Target Inventory (Ext Cost)
STK-PLT: Post Extended Cost to Inventory and In Transit Accounts
Executed for STK-PLT transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to Inventory and InTransit accounts. Debit and
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-PLT### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 765

Posting Rules

Date

If Inventory Account = Goods In Transit Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing
Call = End Rule

Debit Context = In Transit (Ext Cost)
Inventory Account
Else
Inventory Account
Credit Context = In Transit (Ext Cost)
STK-STK: Post Extended Cost to Source and Target Inventory Accounts
Executed for STK-STK transactions. Posts Extended Cost to Source Inventory Account (Credit) and Target Inventory
Account (Debit).
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-STK### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Inventory (Ext Cost)
Debit Context: Inventory2 (Ext Cost)
Reference Context:
766 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Comment = This rule is considered as template. In order to produce Accounting
Transaction, different definition for Source and Target Inventory accounts are
required.
Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule without setting up accounts - rule does
not produce GL Journal Details
Call = End Rule
Comment = Note: To avoid duplication, rule for STK-STK transaction type is

executed only for negative Quantity/Amounts
If Transaction Amount.Value < 0 Call = End Rule
Comment = Defined negative amount can be reverted here for further processing
Date

Comment = In order to produce Accounting Transaction, different definition for
Source and Target Inventory accounts are required.
If Temp Account = Temp Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule without
Call = End Rule
Temp Account
Temp Account
STK-UKN: Post Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and Inventory Accounts
STK-UKN - Miscellaneous Issue. Posts Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and Inventory Accounts.Debit and
Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extended Cost.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###STK-UKN### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 767

Posting Rules
Comment = Comment: Define Amounts

Date

If Inventory Account = Temp Account Comment = Comment: When quitiing rule
Call = End Rule

Temp Account
Else
Temp Account
Inventory Account
SVG-STK: Post Extended Cost to WIP and Inventory Accounts
Executed for SVG-STK transaction. Posts Extended Cost amount to WIP and Inventory accounts. Debit and Credit
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###SVG-STK### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
768 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Call = End Rule

WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
Inventory Account
SVG-STK: Post Material Burden Cost to WIP (Material) and WIP (Material Burden) Accounts
Executed for SVG-STK transaction. Posts Material Burden Cost amount to WIP (Material) and WIP (Material Burden)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###SVG-STK### And
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 769

Posting Rules

Date

Journal Details
Call = End Rule

Material Account
Else
Material Account
UKN-CUS/DRP-CUS/PUR-CUS: Post Extended Cost to Expense/AP Clearing and COS/AR Clearing

Accounts
Executed for UKN-CUS, DRP-CUS and PUR-CUS transactions. Posts Extended Cost amount to Expense/AP Clearing
and COS/AR Clearing accounts. Debit and Credit accounts depend on sign of the Extending Cost amount.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###PUR-CUS### Or
###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type### = ###UKN-CUS### Or ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran
Type### = ###DRP-CUS### ) And ###COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Is Reverted### = ###False###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
770 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules

Date

Comment = Comment: Determine Expense/AP Clearing Account and Context
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PUR-CUS Determine AP Clearing
Account For PartTran Line
Exp Context = AP Clearing (Ext Cost)
Else
Exp Context = Expense (Ext Cost)
If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Tran Type = PUR-DRP Comment =
Alternatively, context can be defined using type of PO Release (Is Drop
Shipment/Is Buy To Order)
Exp Context = Drop Ship (Ext Cost)
Comment = Comment: Determine COS/AR Clearing Account and Context

If COSAndWIP--PartTran--Details--Use AR Clearing Get Account From
COSAndWIP--Company--Inventory COS And WIP GL Control For Current Book AND AR
Clearing Context
Cus Context = AR Clearing (Ext Cost)
Else
Cus Context = COS (Material)
If Exp Account = Cus Account Comment = Comment: When quiting rule before setting
Call = End Rule
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Cus Account

Debit Context = Cus Context
Exp Account
Credit Context = Exp Context
Else
Exp Account
Debit Context = Exp Context
Cus Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 771

Credit Context = Cus Context
Deferred Expense Recognition
The transaction type recognizes expenses according to the Amortization Schedule.
Deferred Expense Recognition Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Deferred Expense Recognition GL transaction type. Posting
elements include entities and their associated posting codes.
Deferred Expense Recognition Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Deferred Expense Recognition GL transaction
type.
Recognition
Recognition

true false
Base Currency
Base Currency
Qualifier Description DataSource

Base Currency Base Currency Currency
Currency Code
Currency Code

Currency Code Currency Code Currency String
GL Control
772 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control Currency GL Control Currency GLControl.Currency
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company

AP Account GL Control Contains company's default AP Company GLControl.AP Account
Deferred Expense Currency
Deferred Expense Currency

Deferred Expense Currency Deferred Expense Currency Company Numeric
Details

true false
Expense Recognition Apply Date
Expense Recognition Apply Date

Expense Recognition Apply Date Expense Recognition Apply Date Date
Rpt1 Currency
Rpt1 Currency

Rpt1 Currency Rpt1 Currency Currency
Currency Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 773

Currency Code

GL Control
GL Control

Rpt2 Currency
Rpt2 Currency

Currency Code
Currency Code

GL Control
GL Control

Rpt3 Currency
Rpt3 Currency

Currency Code
Currency Code

GL Control
774 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

AP Invoice

AP Invoice AP Invoice Doc Line
Details

true false APInvHed
Apply Date
Apply Date

Apply Date Apply Date APInvHed Date
Invoice Number
Invoice Number

Invoice Number Invoice Number APInvHed String
Rate Type
Rate Type

Rate Type A Rate Type that can be used in currency APInvHed String
conversions
Supplier

true false Vendor
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control Vendor GLControl.AP Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 775

Supplier Code
Supplier Code

Supplier Code Supplier Code Vendor Numeric
Supplier Name
Supplier Name

Supplier Name Vendor String
Line

Line Line Doc Line
Amortization Details

true false RASchedCd
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control Amortization Code GL Control RASchedCd GLControl.Amortization
Details

true false APInvDtl
Amortization Code
Amortization Code

Amortization Code Amortization Code APInvDtl String
Is Deferred Expense
Is Deferred Expense

Is Deferred Expense Indicates if Invoice Line has Deferred APInvDtl Logical
Expense enabled
776 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Line Number
Line Number

Line Number Line Number APInvDtl Numeric
Part Description
Part Description

Part Description Part Description APInvDtl String

Reference GL Control Reference GL Control that stores APInvDtl GLControl(Ref).AP Invoice
accounts generated during posting of this Line
invoice line.
Recognition Transaction
Recognition Transaction Doc Line

true false
Details
AP Invoice Line Amortization Schedule

true false APInvDtlDEASch
Legal Number
Legal Number

Legal Number Legal Number APInvDtlDEASch String
Sequence Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 777

Sequence Num

Sequence Num Recognition Transaction Sequence Number that APInvDtlDEASch Numeric
together with Invoice Number and Line Number
uniquely identifies the recognition transaction
Expense
Expense

true false
Details
Expenses

true false APInvExp
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control APInvExp GLControl(Sys).AP Invoice Expense
Is Multi-Company
Is Multi-Company

Is Multi-Company A flag indicating whether expense is APInvExp Logical
Multi-Company
Sequence Num
Sequence Num

Sequence Num APInvExp Numeric
External Company

ID
778 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

External Company ID

ID External Company ID ExtCompany String
GL Journal
GL Journal Doc Line

true false
Details
Details

true false GLJrnHed
BookID
BookID

BookID BookID GLJrnHed String
Line
Line Doc Line

true false

true false RASchedCd
GL Control
Amortization Code GL Control

GL Control Amortization Code GL Control RASchedCd GLControl.Amortization
Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 779

Details

true false GLJrnDtlMnl
Amortization GL Control
Amortization GL Control

Amortization GL Control Amortization GL Control GLJrnDtlMnl GLControl(Ref).Manual GL
Journal Line
Description
Description

Description Description GLJrnDtlMnl String
Is Debit
Is Debit

Is Debit Is Debit GLJrnDtlMnl Logical
Is Deferred Expense
Is Deferred Expense

Is Deferred Expense Is Deferred Expense GlJrnDtlMnl Logical
Is Multi-Company
Is Multi-Company

Is Multi-Company A flag indicating whether expense is GLJrnDtlMnl Logical
Multi-Company
Journal Code
Journal Code

Journal Code Journal Code GLJrnDtlMnl String
Journal Line
780 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Journal Line

Journal Line Journal Line GLJrnDtlMnl Numeric
Journal Num
Journal Num

Journal Num Journal Num GLJrnDtlMnl Numeric
Line GL Control
Line GL Control

Line GL Control Line GL Control GLJrnDtlMnl GLControl(Sys).GLAlcDtl

Reference GL Control Reference GL Control GLJrnDtlMnl GLControl(Ref).Manual GL
Journal Line
Recognition Transaction
Recognition Transaction Doc Line

true false
Details
GL Journal Line Amortization Schedule

true false GLJrnDtlMnlDEASch
LegalNumber
LegalNumber

LegalNumber LegalNumber GLJrnDtlMnlDEASch String
Sequence Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 781

Sequence Num

Sequence Num Amortization Sequence Num GLJrnDtlMnlDEASch Numeric
External Company

ID
External Company ID

ID External Company ID ExtCompany String
Deferred Expense Recognition - Rule Set
The Deferred Expense Recognition transaction type uses the following functions and posting rules.
Deferred Expense Recognition - Functions
The functions used by the Deferred Expense Recognition transaction type are described in this section.
Combine Text from Invoice Number and Supplier Name
Combines Transaction text from Invoice Number and Supplier Name
Function Parameters
Description: Combines Transaction text from Invoice Number and Supplier Name
Result Type: String
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Combined Text= Invoice Number +''
Combined Text= Combined Text + Supplier Name
Result = Combined Text
782 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Combine Text from Journal Number and Journal Line Number and Description
Combines Transaction text from Journal Num and Journal Line and Description
Function Parameters
Description: Combines Transaction text from Journal Num and Journal Line and Description
Result Type: String
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Combined Text= Journal Number + ''
Combined Text= Combined Text + Journal Line Number
Combined Text= Combined Text + ''
Combined Text= Combined Text + Description
Result = Combined Text
Get Currency GL Control
Get GL Control of Book Currency
Function Parameters
Description: Get GL Control of Book Currency
Result Type: GLControl.Currency
Document Line Path:
Function Text
IfRecognition--Base Currency--Currency Code = Book Currency
Result= Recognition--Base Currency--GL Control
Else IfRecognition--Rpt1 Currency--Currency Code = Book Currency
Result= Recognition--Rpt1 Currency--GL Control
Reverse Sign of the Amount
Function Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 783

Result Type: Amount

Document Line Path:
Function Text
Result = Amount
Result Value = Amount.Value *-1
Deferred Expense Recognition - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Deferred Expense Recognition transaction type are described in this section.
Post Gain/Loss Amount (AP Invoice Miscellaneous Line)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition Transaction
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition Transaction--Details
Posting Rules
Determine the amount to post
Transaction Amount= Select Amount From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition
Transaction
Where Name = Currency Gain/Loss Amount AND Currency Type = Transactional
Book Amount= Select Amount From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition
Transaction Where Name = Currency Gain/Loss Amount AND Currency = Book Currency
Currency GL Control= Get Currency GL Control

If Book Amount.Value >= 0
Debit Account= Get Account From Currency GL Control For Current Book AND
Credit Account= Get Account From Recognition--AP
Invoice--Line--Details--Reference GL Control For Current Book AND Deferred Expense
Context
Debit Context= Currency Gain/Loss
Credit Context= Deferred Expense
784 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Credit Account= Get Account From Currency GL Control For Current Book AND
Realized Gain Context
Debit Account= Get Account From Recognition--AP
Invoice--Line--Details--Reference GL Control For Current Book AND Deferred Expense
Context
Credit Context= Currency Gain/Loss
Debit Context= Deferred Expense
AP Invoice Num Ref= Recognition--AP Invoice--Details--Invoice Number
Journal Code= Get Journal Code From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Amortization
Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Recognition Context
If Journal Code is not Available
Journal Code= Get Journal Code From Recognition--AP Invoice--Supplier--GL
Journal Code= Get Journal Code From Recognition--Company Parameters--AP Account
GL Control For Current Book AND Invoicing Context
Transaction Text= Combine Text From Recognition--AP Invoice--Details--Invoice
Number and Recognition--AP Invoice--Supplier--Supplier Name
Legal Number= Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition
Transaction--Details--Legal Number
Vendor Ref= Recognition--AP Invoice--Supplier--Supplier Code
Post Gain/Loss Amount (GL Journal Line)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Recognition Transaction
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Recognition Transaction--Details
Posting Rules
Determine the amount to post
Transaction Amount= Select Amount From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Recognition
Transaction
Where Name = Currency Gain/Loss Amount AND Currency Type = Transactional
Book Amount= Select Amount From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Recognition
Transaction
Where Name = Currency Gain/Loss Amount AND Currency = Book Currency
Currency GL Control= Get Currency GL Control
Comment: Retrieve Deferred Expense account used in the GL Journal posting
If Recognition--GL Journal--Details--BookID = Empty String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 785

Temp Account= Get Account From Recognition--GL

Journal--Line--Details--Amortization GL Control
For Master Chart AND Deferred Expense Context
Else
End Rule
If Book Amount.Value >= 0
Debit Account= Get Account From Currency GL Control For Current Book AND
Credit Account= Temp Account
Debit Context= Currency Gain/Loss
Credit Context= Deferred Expense
Else
Credit Account= Get Account From Currency GL Control For Current Book AND
Realized Gain Context
Debit Account= Temp Account
Credit Context= Currency Gain/Loss
Debit Context= Deferred Expense
Journal Code= Get Journal Code From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Amortization
Details--GL Control
For Current Book AND Recognition Context
If Book Amount.Value < 0
Journal Code= Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Journal Code
Transaction Text= Combine Text From Recognition--GL
Journal--Line--Details--Journal Num
and Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Journal Line and Recognition--GL
Journal--Line--Details--Description
Legal Number= Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Recognition
Transaction--Details--LegalNumber
Recognize Expense Amount (AP Invoice Miscellaneous Line)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Recognition--AP Inv
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Comment: Retrieve Expense account used in the Invoice posting
Temp Account= Get Account From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition
Transaction--Expense--Details--GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Context
786 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Comment: Determine the amount to post

Transaction--Expense Where Name = Recognized Amount AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Book Amount= Select Amount From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition
Transaction--Expense Where Name = Recognized Amount AND Currency = Book Currency

Transaction Amount.Conversion Date= Recognition--AP Invoice--Details--Apply
Date
Book Amount= Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using Recognition--AP
Comment: Determine whether the account will be debited or credited

Else
Comment: Line copied with reverse sign option


Recognize Expense Amount (GL Journal Line)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 787

Posting Rules
Transaction Where Name = Recognized Amount AND Currency Type = Transactional
Transaction Where Name = Recognized Amount AND Currency = Book Currency
Comment: Retrieve GL account used in the GL Journal Entry
If Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Is Debit

If Recognition--GL Journal--Details--BookID =
Debit Account= Get Account From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Line
GL Control For Master Chart AND Debit Context
Else
Debit Account= Get Account From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Line
GL Control For Current Book AND Debit Context
Else
Credit Account= Get Account From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Line
GL Control For Master Chart AND Credit Context
Else
Credit Account= Get Account From Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Line
GL Control For Current Book AND Credit Context

Journal--Line--Details--Journal Num and Recognition--GL
Journal--Line--Details--Journal Line and Recognition--GL

Reverse Deferred Expense Amount (AP Invoice Miscellaneous Line)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Recognition Transaction
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Deferred Expense
Debit Context: Deferred Expense
Reference Context:
788 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rules
Comment: Retrieve Deferred Expense account used in the Invoice posting
Temp Account= Get Account From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line--Details--Reference
GL Control For Current Book AND Deferred Expense Context
Book Amount= Select Amount From Recognition--AP Invoice--Line---Recognition

Transaction Amount.Conversion Date= Recognition--AP Invoice--Details--Apply
Date
Book Amount= Convert Transaction Amount To Book Currency Using Recognition--AP

Else
Comment: Line copied with reverse sign option


Reverse Deferred Expense Amount (GL Journal Line)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 789

Credit Context: Deferred Expense

Debit Context: Deferred Expense
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Comment: Retrieve Deferred Expense account used in the GL Journal posting
Journal--Line--Details--Amortization GL Control For Master Chart AND Deferred
Expense Context
Else
Journal--Line--Details--Amortization GL Control For Current Book AND Deferred
Expense Context


If Recognition--GL Journal--Line--Details--Is Debit
Else

Journal--Line--Details--Journal Num and Recognition--GL
Journal--Line--Details--Journal Line and Recognition--GL
Set up GL Journal Main Data
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Recognition--AP Invoice
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
790 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Recognition--AP Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Apply Date= Recognition--Details--Expense Recognition Apply Date
If Apply Date is not Available
Apply Date= Today
Fixed Asset
Books Fixed Asset transactions
Asset Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Asset GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities and
their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
Asset Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Asset GL transaction type.
Asset Class
Asset Class

true false FAClass
Code
Class Code

Code Class Code FAClass.ClassCode String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 791

Contains Department segment assigned to the Asset Class

Department GL Control Contains Department segment FAClass. GLControl--R--Department
assigned to the Asset Class
Division GL Control
Contains Division segment assigned to the Asset Class

Division GL Control Contains Division segment assigned FAClass. GLControl--R--Division
to the Asset Class
Asset Group
Asset Group

true false FAGroup
Code
Group Code

Code Group Code FAGroup.GroupCode String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control FAGroup. GLControl--R--Asset Group
Company Parameters
Company Parameters and Defaults

true false Company
792 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Asset GL Control
Contains accounts that are defined at the company level.

Asset GL Control Contains accounts that are defined at Company. GLControl--R--Asset
the company level.
Details
Details

true false FAsset
Asset Num
Asset Num

Asset Num Asset Num FAsset.AssetNum String
Description
Asset Description

Description Asset Description FAsset.AssetDescription String
Sequence Num
Sequence Num

Sequence Num Sequence Num FAsset.AssetSeq Numeric
Posting Details
Posting details that are common for all activities that are posted as a single GL Journal

true false
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 793

Apply Date
Apply Date for all Asset Activities that will be posted within a single GL Journal

Apply Date Apply Date for all Asset Activities that will be . Date
posted within a single GL Journal
Asset Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Asset transaction type.
Asset - Addition Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Asset - Addition GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Asset - Addition Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Asset - Addition GL transaction type.
Details
Addition Details

true false FAAddition
Description
Description

Description Description FAAddition.Description String
Num
794 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Addition Number

Num Addition Number FAAddition.AdditionNum Numeric
Asset - Addition Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Asset - Addition transaction type.
Addition Cost
Addition Cost
Addition Cost Addition Cost
Addition Depreciation
Addition Depreciation
Addition Depreciation Addition Depreciation
Grant Amount
Grant Amount
Grant Amount Grant Amount
Asset - Depreciation Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Asset - Depreciation GL transaction type.Posting elements
Asset - Depreciation Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Asset - Depreciation GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 795

Details
Depreciation Details

true false FATran
Num
Depreciation activity unique number

Num Depreciation activity unique number FATran.DetailNum Numeric
Asset - Depreciation Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Asset - Depreciation transaction type.
Depreciation Charge
Depreciation Charge
Depreciation Charge Depreciation Charge
Asset - Disposal Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Asset - Disposal GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Asset - Disposal Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Asset - Disposal GL transaction type.
796 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Disposal Details

true false FADisposal
Description
Description

Description Description FADisposal.Description String
Num
Disposal Number

Num Disposal Number FADisposal.DisposalNum Numeric
Asset - Disposal Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Asset - Disposal transaction type.
Disposal Cost
Disposal Cost
Disposal Cost Disposal Cost
Disposal Profit/Loss
Disposal Profit/Loss
Disposal Profit/Loss Disposal Profit/Loss
Disposal Provision
Disposal Provision
Disposal Provision Disposal Provision
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 797

Proceeds
Proceeds
Proceeds Proceeds
Total Grant
Total Grant
Total Grant Total Grant
Unrecognized Grant
Unrecognized Grant
Unrecognized Grant Unrecognized Grant
Asset - Impairment Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Asset - Impairment GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Asset - Impairment Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Asset - Impairment GL transaction type.
Details
Fixed Asset details

true false FAImpairment
Description
798 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Description

Description Description FAImpairment.Description String
Num
Impairment Num

Num Impairment Num FAImpairment.ImpairNum Numeric
Asset - Impairment Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Asset - Impairment transaction type.
Impairment Cost
Impairment Cost
Impairment Cost Impairment Cost
Asset - Revaluation Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Asset - Revaluation GL transaction type. Posting elements
Asset - Revaluation Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Asset - Revaluation GL transaction type.
Property Type Property Value Property Description
Description
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 799

Description

Description Description FARevalue.Description String
Number
Number

Number Revaluation Number FARevalue.RevalueNum String
Amount
This section displays the amounts used for the Asset - Revaluation transaction type.
Accumulated Depreciation
Accumulated Depreciation
Accumulated Depreciation Accumulated Depreciation
Grant Depreciation
Grant Depreciation
Grant Depreciation Grant Depreciation
Revaluation Loss
Revaluation Loss
Revaluation Loss Revaluation Loss
Revaluation Surplus
Revaluation Surplus
Revaluation Surplus Revaluation Surplus
800 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Unrecognized Grant
Unrecognized Grant
Unrecognized Grant Unrecognized Grant
Fixed Asset - Rule Set
The Fixed Asset transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Fixed Asset - Functions
The functions used by the Fixed Asset transaction type are described in this section.
Fixed Asset - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Fixed Asset transaction type are described in this section.
Header Rule
Sets up Journal Code and Apply Date that are shared for all gl Journal details
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 801

Posting Rules
Apply Date = Asset--Posting Details--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current
Book AND Journal Context
Post Addition Cost
Posts addition costs. The rule produces two details one hits the debit of asset cost account and the other hits
credit of the asset clearing account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Asset--Addition--Amounts--Addition Cost###.###.###
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset--Addition
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Asset Clearing
Debit Context: Addition Cost
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Addition Where Name = Addition Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional
If Transaction Amount is not Available Call = Raise error: There is no
Transaction Amount for Addition Cost
Select Amount From Asset--Addition Where Name = Addition Cost AND Currency =
Book Currency
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Asset Cost
Context
Get Account From Asset--Company Parameters--Asset GL Control For Current Book
AND Asset Clearing Context
Transaction Text = Asset--Addition--Details--Description
Post Addition Depreciation Amount
Posts addition depreciation amoun debiting Provision Control account and crediting Addition Depreciation
accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
802 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context: Addition Depreciation
Debit Context: Provision Control
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Asset Register = Get Asset Register For Current Book
Select Amount From Asset--Addition Where Name = Addition Depreciation AND Currency
Type = Transactional AND Calculation Method = Asset Register
Select Amount From Asset--Addition Where Name = Addition Depreciation AND Currency
= Book Currency AND Calculation Method = Asset Register
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Addition
Provision Context
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Provision
Control Context
Post Addition Grant Amount
Posts ddition Grant amount crediting Grant Control account and debiting Grant accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Grant Control
Debit Context: Addition Grant
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Addition Where Name = Grant Amount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Asset--Addition Where Name = Grant Amount AND Currency = Book
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 803

Currency
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Grant Control
Context
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Grant Context
Post Depreciation Charge
Posts Depreciation charge. The rule produces two details one hits the debit of addition cost account and the
other hits credit of the asset clearing account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset--Depreciation
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Depreciation Provision
Debit Context: Depreciation Charge
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Depreciation Where Name = Depreciation Charge AND
Currency Type = Transactional AND Calculation Method = Asset Register
If Transaction Amount is not Available Call = Raise error: There is no
Transaction Amount for Depreciation Charge
Select Amount From Asset--Depreciation Where Name = Depreciation Charge AND

Currency = Book Currency AND Calculation Method = Asset Register
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Depreciation
Charge Context
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Depreciation
Provision Context
If Debit Account is not Valid Call = Log Error: Invalid Depreciation Charge
Account
If Credit Account is not Valid Call = Log Error: Invalid Depreciation Provision
Account
804 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Transaction Text = Asset--Details--Description
Post Disposal Cost Amount
Post Disposal Cost amount crediting Disposal Cost account.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset--Disposal
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Disposal Cost
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Asset--Disposal--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Disposal Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Disposal Cost AND Currency =
Book Currency
If Transaction Amount is not Available Convert Transaction Amount To Book
Currency Using Default Rate Type
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Disposal
Cost Context
Transaction Text = Asset--Disposal--Details--Description
Post Disposal Depreciation Amount
Posts Disposal Depreciation Amount debiting Disposal Provision account.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Disposal Depreciation
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 805

Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Disposal Provision AND Currency
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Disposal Provision AND Currency
Provision Context
Post Impairment Loss Amount
Posts Impairment amount debiting Impairment Loss and crediting Impairment Cost accounts.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset--Impairment
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Impairment Cost
Debit Context: Impairment Loss
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Asset--Impairment--Details
Posting Rules
Get Asset Register For Current Book
Select Amount From Asset--Impairment Where Name = Impairment Loss AND Currency
Select Amount From Asset--Impairment Where Name = Impairment Loss AND Currency
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Impairment
Loss Context
806 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cost Context
Transaction Text = Asset--Impairment--Details--Description
Post Impairment Revaluation Surplus Amount
Posts portion of the loss amount that is intended to reverse the previously posted revaluation surplus.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset--Impairment
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Impairment Cost
Debit Context: Impairment Revaluation Surplus
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Asset--Impairment--Details
Posting Rules
Get Asset Register For Current Book
Select Amount From Asset--Impairment Where Name = Revaluation Surplus AND Currency
Select Amount From Asset--Impairment Where Name = Revaluation Surplus AND Currency
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Revaluation
Surplus Context
Cost Context
Post Proceeds Amount
Post Proceeds amount debiting Asset Clearing account.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Asset Clearing
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 807

Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Proceeds AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Proceeds AND Currency = Book
Currency
Get Account From Asset--Company Parameters--Asset GL Control For Current Book

AND Asset Clearing Context
Post Profit/Loss amount
Posts Gain/Loss Amount crediting or debiting Disposal Gain/Loss Account depending on amount sign.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Disposal Profit/Loss
Debit Context: Disposal Profit/Loss
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Disposal Profit/Loss AND Currency
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Disposal Profit/Loss AND Currency
Gain/Loss Context
Else
Temp Account
808 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Revaluation Accumulated Depreciation
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Asset--
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Asset--
Posting Rules
Post Total Grant Amount
Posts Total Grant Amount debiting Grant Account.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Total Grant
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Total Grant AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Total Grant AND Currency = Book
Currency
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 809

Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Grant Context
Post Unrecognized Grant Amount
Posts Unrecognized Grant amount crediting Unrecognized Grant account.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Unrecognized Grant
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Unrecognized Grant AND Currency
Select Amount From Asset--Disposal Where Name = Unrecognized Grant AND Currency
Get Account From Asset--Asset Group--GL Control For Current Book AND Unrecognized
Grant Context
GL Allocations
GL Allocations
GL Allocations - Rule Set
The GL Allocations transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
810 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Allocations - Functions
The functions used by the GL Allocations transaction type are described in this section.
GLRevaluation
GLRevaluation
GLRevaluation - Rule Set
The GLRevaluation transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
GLRevaluation - Functions
The functions used by the GLRevaluation transaction type are described in this section.
MultiGLJrn
MultiGLJrn
GL Journal Entry Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the GL Journal Entry GL transaction type. Posting elements include
GL Journal Entry Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the GL Journal Entry GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 811

GL Journal Entry Head

true false GLJrnHed
Apply Date
Apply Date

Apply Date Apply Date GLJrnHed.JEDate Date
Book

Book GLJrnHed.BookID String
Closing Period Num
Closing Period Number

Closing Period Num Closing Period Number GLJrnHed.CloseFiscalPeriod Numeric
Is Multi-Book

Is Multi-Book GLJrnHed. Logical
Journal Code

Journal Code GLJrnHed.JournalCode String
Legal Number

Legal Number GLJrnHed.LegalNumber String
812 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Number

Number GLJrnHed.JournalNum Numeric
Rate Type

Rate Type GLJrnHed.RateGrpCode String
Red Storno

Red Storno GLJrnHed.RedStorno Logical
Reverse

Reverse GLJrnHed.Reverse Logical
GL Journal Entry Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the GL Journal Entry transaction type.
GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail GL transaction type.Posting
GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail GL transaction
type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 813

Journal Detail

true false GLJrnDtlMnl
Credit Description

Credit Description GLJrnDtlMnl. String
Debit Description

Debit Description GLJrnDtlMnl. String
Description
Description

Description Description GLJrnDtlMnl.Description String
External Company ID
External Company ID

External Company ID External Company ID GLJrnDtlMnl.ExtCompanyID String
GL Control

GL Control GLJrnDtlMnl. GLControl--N--GLAlcDtl
Is Debit

Is Debit GLJrnDtlMnl. Logical
Is Multi-Company
Is Multi-Company

Is Multi-Company Is Multi-Company GLJrnDtlMnl.MultiCompany Logical
814 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Line Num

Line Num GLJrnDtlMnl.JournalLine Numeric
Stat Amount

Stat Amount GLJrnDtlMnl. Numeric
UOM

UOM GLJrnDtlMnl. String
GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the GL Journal Entry - Journal Detail transaction type.
Amount
Amount
MultiGLJrn - Rule Set
The MultiGLJrn transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
MultiGLJrn - Functions
The functions used by the MultiGLJrn transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 815

Payroll Check
Books a payroll check for a single employee
Payroll Check Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Payroll Check Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check GL transaction type.
Bank Account
Bank Account

true false BankAcct
GL Control

ID

ID BankAcct.BankAcctID String
816 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Payroll Check head details

true false PRCheck
Check Date
Check Date

Check Date Check Date PRCheck.CheckDate Date
Check Num
Payroll Check Num (key field)

Check Num Payroll Check Num (key field) PRCheck.CheckNum Numeric
Employee
Employee

true false PREmpMas
GL Control
Employee GL Control

GL Control Employee GL Control PREmpMas. GLControl--R--Employee
ID
Employee ID

ID Employee ID PREmpMas.EmpID String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 817

Payroll Check Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check transaction type.
Check Amount
Total check amount
Check Amount Total check amount
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check - Deduction GL transaction type.Posting elements
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check - Deduction GL transaction type.
Alternative Deduction

true false PRClsDed
Class ID

Class ID PRClsDed.ClassID String
Deduction ID

Deduction ID PRClsDed.DeductionID String
818 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control PRClsDed. GLControl--R--Alternative Deduction
Deduction
Deduction

true false PRDeduct
GL Control

GL Control PRDeduct. GLControl--R--Deduction
ID

ID PRDeduct.DeductionID String
Special Type
Special deduction type code

Special Type Special deduction type code PRDeduct.SpecialType String
Details
Payroll Check Deduction

true false PRChkDed
Deduction ID
Deduction ID (key field)

Deduction ID Deduction ID (key field) PRChkDed.DeductionID String
Deduction Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 819

Deduction Num (key field)

Deduction Num Deduction Num (key field) PRChkDed.DeductionNum Numeric
Payroll Check Num

Payroll Check Num Payroll Check Num (key field) PRChkDed.HeadNum Numeric
Payroll Check - Deduction Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check - Deduction transaction type.
Deduction Amount
Deduction Amount
Deduction Amount Deduction Amount
Payroll Check - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Payroll Check - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check - Line GL transaction type.
Details
Payroll Check Line details

true false PRChkDtl
820 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Line Num
Line Num

Line Num Line Num PRChkDtl.LineNum Numeric
Payroll Check Num
Payroll Check Num

Payroll Check Num Payroll Check Num PRChkDtl.HeadNum Numeric

true false JCDept
ID

ID JCDept.JCDept String
Job Shift Costing
Job Shift Costing

true false JCShift
GL Control
Job Shift Costing GL control

GL Control Job Shift Costing GL control JCShift. GLControl--R--Job Shift Costing
Shift ID

Shift ID JCShift.Shift Numeric
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 821

Payment Type

true false PayType
GL Control

GL Control PayType. GLControl--R--Payment Type
ID

ID PayType.PayTypeID String
Payment Type - Labor Code
Link between Payment Type and Labor Code

true false PayTLbr
Expense Code

Expense Code PayTLbr.ExpenseCode String
GL Control

GL Control PayTLbr. GLControl--R--Payment Type - Labor
Code
ID

ID PayTLbr.PayTypeID String
site

true false site
822 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control site. GLControl--R--Division
ID

ID site.site String
Resource Group

true false ResourceGroup
ID

ID ResourceGroup.ResourceGrpID String
Payroll Check - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check - Line transaction type.
Gross Pay
Gross Pay amount
Gross Pay Gross Pay amount
Premium Pay
Premium Pay amount
Premium Pay Premium Pay amount
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 823

Shift Pay
Shift Pay amount
Shift Pay Shift Pay amount
Undistributed Gross Pay
Undistributed Gross Pay amount
Undistributed Gross Pay Undistributed Gross Pay amount
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check - Tax GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check - Tax GL transaction type.
Details
Payroll Check Tax details

true false PRChkTax
GL Control

GL Control PRChkTax. GLControl--R--Payroll Check Tax
Tax Num
824 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tax Num (key field)

Tax Num Tax Num (key field) PRChkTax.HeadNum Numeric
Tax Table ID
Tax table ID (key field)

Tax Table ID Tax table ID (key field) PRChkTax.TaxTblID String
Payroll Class Tax

true false PRClsTax
Class ID

Class ID PRClsTax.ClassID String
GL Control

GL Control PRClsTax. GLControl--R--Payroll Class Tax
Tax Table ID

Tax Table ID PRClsTax.TaxTblID String
Payroll Tax

true false PRTaxMas
Employer Expense
Indicates employer expense

Employer Expense Indicates employer expense PRTaxMas.EmployerExp Logical
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 825

GL Control

GL Control PRTaxMas. GLControl--R--Payroll Tax
Tax Table ID

Tax Table ID PRTaxMas.TaxTblID String
Payroll Check - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check - Tax transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
Payroll Check - Rule Set
The Payroll Check transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Payroll Check - Functions
The functions used by the Payroll Check transaction type are described in this section.
Payroll Check - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Payroll Check transaction type are described in this section.
826 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Accrual Deduction
Accrual deduction
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Payroll Check--Deduction
Is Header: false
Credit Context: Accrual
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payroll Check--Deduction--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Deduction--Deduction--GL Control For Current
Book AND Accrual Account Context
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Deduction Where Name = Deduction Amount AND
Credit Bank Account
Writes the total payment amount off bank account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Payroll Check
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payroll Check--Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 827

Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Bank Account--GL Control For Current Book AND
Cash Context
Select Amount From Payroll Check Where Name = Check Amount AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From Payroll Check Where Name = Check Amount AND Currency = Book
Currency
Check Num Ref = Payroll Check--Details--Check Num
Employer Expense Tax
Employer Expense Tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payroll Check--Tax--Payroll Tax--Employer Expense### = ###TRUE###
Can Post: true
For Each: Payroll Check--Tax
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payroll Check--Tax--Details
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Tax--Payroll Class Tax--GL Control For Current
Book AND Default Context
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Tax Where Name = Tax Amount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Tax Where Name = Tax Amount AND Currency =
Book Currency
Gross Pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Payroll Check--Line
828 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Gross Payment
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Payroll Check--Line--Details
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Gross Pay AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Gross Pay AND Currency =
Book Currency
Get Account From Payroll Check--Line--Payment Type - Labor Code--GL Control For
Current Book AND Default Context
If TestAcc is not Available Get Account From Payroll Check--Line--Payment
Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Default Context
TestAcc
Premium Pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Premium Payment
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Debit Account is not Available Get Account From Payroll Check--Line--Payment
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Premium Pay AND Currency
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Premium Pay AND Currency =
Book Currency
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 829

Setup GL Journal properties
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Payroll Check--Details--Check Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payroll Check--Bank Account--GL Control
For Current Book AND Payroll Processing Context
Shift Pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Shift Payment
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Line--Job Shift Costing--GL Control For Current
Book AND Default Context
Type - Labor Code--GL Control For Current Book AND Default Context
If Debit Account is not Available Get Account From Payroll
Check--Line--Payment Type--GL Control For Current Book AND Default Context
830 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Shift Pay AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Shift Pay AND Currency =
Book Currency
Special Deduction
Books special deduction (employer expense)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payroll Check--Deduction--Deduction--Special Type### = ###ERX### Or ###Payroll
Check--Deduction--Deduction--Special Type### = ###ER401### Or ###Payroll
Check--Deduction--Deduction--Special Type### = ###RR401###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Deduction--Alternative Deduction--GL Control For
If Debit Account is not Available Get Account From Payroll
Check--Deduction--Deduction--GL Control For Current Book AND Expense Account
Context
Tax
Books payroll taxes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 831

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context: Accrual
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Tax--Payroll Tax--GL Control For Current Book
AND Accrual Account Context
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Tax Where Name = Tax Amount AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Tax Where Name = Tax Amount AND Currency =
Book Currency
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context: Undistributed Payment
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Undistributed Gross Pay AND
Select Amount From Payroll Check--Line Where Name = Undistributed Gross Pay AND
832 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PeriodicConsolidation
PeriodicConsolidation
PeriodicConsolidation - Rule Set
The PeriodicConsolidation transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
PeriodicConsolidation - Functions
The functions used by the PeriodicConsolidation transaction type are described in this section.
PO Release
Type to calculate GLControl for PO Release
PO Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the PO GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities and
their associated posting codes, plus amounts.
PO Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the PO GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 833

Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company

AP Account GL Control AP Account GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AP Account


Details
Header Details

true false POHeader
Number
Purchase Order Number

Number Purchase Order Number POHeader.PONum Numeric
834 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Supplier
Supplier

true false Vendor
AP GL Control
AP GL Control

Expense GL Control
Expense GL Control

Number
Number

Number Number Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
PO Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the PO transaction type.
PO - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the PO - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities
PO - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the PO - Line GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 835

Details
PODetail

true false PODetail
Number
PO Detail - Line Number

Number PO Detail - Line Number PODetail.POLine Numeric
Part
Part

true false Part
Code
Part Number

Code Part Number Part.PartNum String
Expense GL Control
Expense GL Control

Expense GL Control Expense GL Control Part. GLControl--R--Part
Is Active
Flag which indicates if the Part Master is considered as "Inactive".

Is Active Flag which indicates if the Part Master is Part. Logical
considered as "Inactive".
836 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Part Class GL Control Part Class GL Control PartClass. GLControl--R--Part Class
Part Class
Part Class

Code
Code

Code Code PartClass.ClassID String
GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control PartClass. GLControl--R--Part Class
PO - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the PO - Line transaction type.
PO - Line - Release Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the PO - Line - Release GL transaction type.Posting elements include
PO - Line - Release Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the PO - Line - Release GL transaction type.
Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 837

PO Release Details

true false PORel
Is Buy To Order
Is Buy To Order

Is Buy To Order Is Buy To Order PORel. Logical
Is Drop Shipment
Drop Shipment Release

Is Drop Shipment Drop Shipment Release PORel. Logical
Job Number
Job Number

Job Number Job Number PORel.JobNum String
PO Line Number
PO Line Number

PO Line Number PO Line Number PORel.POLine Numeric
PO Release Number
PO Release Number

PO Release Number PO Release Number PORel.PORelNum Numeric
Purchase For Job Material
True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-MTL'

Purchase For Job Material True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-MTL' PORel. Logical
Purchase For Job Subcontract
838 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-SUB'

Purchase For Job Subcontract True if PORel.TranType = PORel. Logical
'PUR-SUB'
Purchase For Other
True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-UKN'

Purchase For Other True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-UKN' PORel. Logical
Purchase For Stock
True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-STK'

Purchase For Stock True if PORel.TranType = 'PUR-STK' PORel. Logical
site
site

true false site
Code
site Code

GL Control
GL Control

GL Control GL Control site. GLControl--R--Division
Product Group
Product Group

true false ProdGrup
Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 839

Code

Code Code ProdGrup.ProdCode String
GL Control
ProdGrup - GL Control

GL Control ProdGrup - GL Control ProdGrup. GLControl--R--Product Group
Warehouse
Warehouse

true false Warehse
Code
Warehouse Code

GL Control
Warehouse - GL Control

GL Control Warehouse - GL Control Warehse. GLControl--R--Division
PO - Line - Release Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the PO - Line - Release transaction type.
PO Release - Rule Set
The PO Release transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
PO Release - Functions
The functions used by the PO Release transaction type are described in this section.
840 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PO Release - Pre-Posting Rules
The pre-posting rules for the PO Release transaction type are described in this section.
Calculate PO Release GL Control
Rule for calculating default PO Release GL Control
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: false
For Each: PO--Line--Release
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Business Entity Table: PO--Line--Release--Details
Posting Rules
If PO--Line--Part--Part Class GL Control is Available PO--Line--Part--Part Class
GL Control
Else
PO--Line--Part Class--GL Control
Comment = Inventory is interfaced with GL

If PO--Company Parameters--Inventory Interface with
GL If PO--Line--Release--Details--Purchase For Other Comment = Default For
Drop Shipment
If PO--Line--Release--Details--Is Drop Shipment Get Account From Part
Class GL Control For Current Book AND Drop Shipment Context
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Default from Company
Setup
Get Account From PO--Company Parameters--Inventory COS and WIP GL Control
For Current Book AND Drop Shipment Context
Comment = Default for Buy to Order

Else If PO--Line--Release--Details--Is Buy To Order Get Account From
Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Setup
Get Account From PO--Company Parameters--Inventory COS and WIP GL Control
For Current Book AND Inventory Context
Comment = Default for Regular Order

Else
Comment = Default From Part Class
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 841

Get Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND
Inventory/Expense Context
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Default from Vendor
Expense Account
Get Account From PO--Supplier--Expense GL Control For Current Book AND
Expense Context
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Default from Vendor
AP Account
Get Account From PO--Supplier--AP GL Control For Current Book AND
Expense Context
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Default from
Get Account From PO--Company Parameters--AP Account GL Control For
Else
If PO--Line--Release--Details--Purchase For Stock Comment =
Accounting for Drop Shipment
If PO--Line--Release--Details--Is Drop Shipment Get Account From
Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Drop Shipment Context
Setup
Get Account From PO--Company Parameters--Inventory COS and WIP GL
Control For Current Book AND Drop Shipment Context
Comment = Default for Buy to Order

Else If PO--Line--Release--Details--Is Buy To Order Get Account
From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense Context
Setup
Control For Current Book AND Inventory Context
Comment = Default for Regular Order

Else
Comment = Comment: Default From Part
Get Account From PO--Line--Part--Expense GL Control For Current Book AND
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Comment: Default
From Part Class
Get Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND
From Company GL Parameters - Inventory Context
Control For Current Book AND Inventory Context
Else
If PO--Line--Release--Details--Purchase For Job
Material Comment = Comment: Default From Product Group - WIP Material
Context
Get Account From PO--Line--Release--Product Group--GL Control For Current
Book AND WIP Material Context
From Company GL Parameters - WIP Material Context
842 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Control For Current Book AND WIP Material Context
Else
If PO--Line--Release--Details--Purchase For Job
Subcontract Comment = Comment: Default From Product Group - WIP
Subcontract Context
Get Account From PO--Line--Release--Product Group--GL Control For
Current Book AND WIP Subcontract Context
From Company GL Parameters - WIP Subcontract Context
Control For Current Book AND WIP Subcontract Context
Comment = Comment: Inventory is not interfaced with GL

Else
Comment = Comment: Default From Part
Get Account From PO--Line--Part--Expense GL Control For Current Book AND
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Comment: Default From Part Class
- Expense Context
Get Account From Part Class GL Control For Current Book AND Inventory/Expense
Context
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Comment: Default From Vendor
- Expense Context
Get Account From PO--Supplier--Expense GL Control For Current Book AND
Expense Context
If Expense Account is not Valid Comment = Default from Suppler AP
Account
Get Account From PO--Supplier--AP GL Control For Current Book AND Expense
Context
From Company GL Parameters - Expense Context
Get Account From PO--Company Parameters--AP Account GL Control For
If Expense Account is Valid Expense Account
Else
Call = Raise error: Expense account can not be determined.
Header Rule
Dummy rule to provide posting engine functionality - temporary solution.
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 843

Can Post: false

For Each: PO
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Revaluation
GL Transaction Type for Sub-Ledger Revaluation (A/P Invoices, A/P Invoices, Bank Accounts)
Revaluation Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities
Revaluation Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation GL transaction type.
Company
Company

true false XbSyst
844 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Mgmt Rate Type Code
Cash Management Default Rate Type Code

Cash Mgmt Rate Type Code Cash Management Default Rate XbSyst.CashRateGrp String
Type Code
Details
Contains details of Revaluation Process specified by user on Revaluation Process form

true false
Apply Date
Apply Date specified by user (or defined by default)

Apply Date Apply Date specified by user (or defined by . Date
default)
Creation Date

Creation Date . Date
Exch Rate Date
Exchange Rate Date specified by user (or defined by default)

Exch Rate Date Exchange Rate Date specified by user (or . Date
defined by default)
Journal Code
Journal Code specified by user

Journal Code Journal Code specified by user . String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 845

Reversal Posting

Reversal Posting . Logical
Tran Date
Revaluation Date specified by user

Tran Date Revaluation Date specified by user . Date
Revaluation Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation transaction type.
Revaluation - Doc Currency Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation - Doc Currency GL transaction type.Posting elements
Revaluation - Doc Currency Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation - Doc Currency GL transaction
type.
Details

true false Currency
Code
846 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

User visible Currency Code (typicaly, well known 3-letter currency abbreviation)

Code User visible Currency Code (typicaly, well Currency.CurrencyCode String
known 3-letter currency abbreviation)
GL Control

GL Control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Revaluation - Doc Currency Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation - Doc Currency transaction type.
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice GL transaction
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice GL
transaction type.
Details
A/P Invoice Details

true false APInvHed
AP Account GL Control (Reusable)

AP Account GL Control AP Account GL Control APInvHed. GLControl--R--AP Account
(Reusable)
AP Invoice GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 847

Reference AP Invoice GL Control

AP Invoice GL Control Reference AP Invoice GL APInvHed. GLControl--F--AP Invoice
Control
Invoice Num
Invoice Number

Invoice Num Invoice Number APInvHed.InvoiceNum String
Is Debit Memo
Is Debit Memo flag

Is Debit Memo Is Debit Memo flag APInvHed.DebitMemo Logical
Rate Type Code
Invoice Exchange Rate Type

Rate Type Code Invoice Exchange Rate Type APInvHed.RateGrpCode String
Supplier
Supplier Details

true false Vendor
Code
Supplier Code

Code Supplier Code Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
Name
Supplier Name

848 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - AP Invoice transaction type.
Realized Gain
Realized Gain
Realized Loss
Realized Loss
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Unrealized Loss
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice GL transaction
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice GL
transaction type.
Customer
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 849

Customer Details

true false Customer
Code
Customer Code

Code Customer Code Customer.CustNum Numeric
Name
Customer Name

Details
A/R Invoice Details

true false InvcHead
AR Account GL Control (Reusable)

AR Account GL Control AR Account GL Control InvcHead. GLControl--R--AR Account
(Reusable)
AR Invoice GL Control
Reference AR Invoice GL Control

AR Invoice GL Control Reference AR Invoice GL InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Control
Invoice Num
Invoice Number

Invoice Num Invoice Number InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
Rate Type Code
850 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Invoice Exchange Rate Type

Rate Type Code Invoice Exchange Rate Type InvcHead.RateGrpCode String
Suffix
Invoice Suffix

Suffix Invoice Suffix InvcHead.InvoiceSuffix String
Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - AR Invoice transaction type.
Realized Gain
Realized Gain
Realized Loss
Realized Loss
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Unrealized Loss
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account GL transaction
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account
GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 851

Details
Bank Account Details

true false BankAcct
Code
Bank Account Code

Code Bank Account Code BankAcct.BankAcctID String
GL Control
GL Control related to Bank Account

GL Control GL Control related to Bank BankAcct. GLControl--R--Bank Account
Account
Name
Bank Name

Name Bank Name BankAcct.BankName String
Rate Type Code
Rate Type Code

Rate Type Code Rate Type Code BankAcct. String
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Bank Account transaction type.
852 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Realized Gain
Realized Gain
Realized Loss
Realized Loss
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Unrealized Loss
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Payable Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Payable GL
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Payable Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument
Payable GL transaction type.
Details
Payment Instrument Payable Details

true false APPNHead
Code
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 853

Payment Instrument Code (ID)

Code Payment Instrument Code (ID) APPNHead.APPromNoteID String
Group ID

Payment Instrument Payable GL Control
GL Control Type 'Payment Instrument Payable'

Payment Instrument Payable GL Control Type 'Payment APPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment
GL Control Instrument Payable' Instrument Payable
PI Num

PI Payable GL Control
GL Control Type 'PI Payable' (Reference)

PI Payable GL Control GL Control Type 'PI Payable' APPNHead. GLControl--F--PI Payable
(Reference)
Supplier
Supplier Details

true false Vendor
Code
Supplier Code

Code Supplier Code Vendor.VendorNum Numeric
Name
854 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Supplier Name

Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Payable Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Payable transaction
type.
Realized Gain
Realized Gain
Realized Loss
Realized Loss
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Unrealized Loss
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Receivable Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Receivable
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Receivable Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument
Receivable GL transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 855

Customer
Customer Details

true false Customer
Code
Customer Code

Code Customer Code Customer.CustNum Numeric
Name
Customer Name

Details
Payment Instrument Receivable Details

true false ARPNHead
Code
Payment Instrument Code (ID)

Code Payment Instrument Code (ID) ARPNHead.ARPromNoteID String
Group ID

Payment Instrument Receivable GL Control
GL Control Type 'Payment Instrument Receivable' (Reusable)

Payment Instrument GL Control Type 'Payment ARPNHead. GLControl--R--Payment
Receivable GL Control Instrument Receivable' (Reusable) Instrument Receivable
856 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PI Num

PI Receivable GL Control
GL Control Type 'PI Receivable' (Reference)

PI Receivable GL Control GL Control Type 'PI Receivable' ARPNHead. GLControl--F--PI Receivable
(Reference)
Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Receivable Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revaluation - Doc Currency - Payment Instrument Receivable
transaction type.
Realized Gain
Realized Gain
Realized Loss
Realized Loss
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Unrealized Loss
Revaluation - Rule Set
The Revaluation transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 857

Revaluation - Functions
The functions used by the Revaluation transaction type are described in this section.
- Add Amount to Total
Add Amount to Total
Function Parameters
Description: Add Amount to Total
Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
If Amount is AvailableIf Total is AvailableTotalResult.Value + Amount.ValueElse
AmountElse If Total is AvailableTotal
Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice - AP Invoice Revalue Text
AP Invoice Revalue Text
Function Parameters
Description: AP Invoice Revalue Text
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice
Function Text
Result = Revalue: + Revaluation--Doc Currency--Details--Code Result = Result +
Rate: Result = Result + Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice--Details--Rate
Type Code Result = Result + /If Revaluation--Details--Exch Rate Date is
Available Result = Result + Revaluation--Details--Exch Rate DateElse
Result = Result + Revaluation--Details--Apply Date
Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice - AR Invoice Revalue Text
AR Invoice Revalue Text
Function Parameters
858 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Description: AR Invoice Revalue Text

Result Type: String
Document Line Path: Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice
Function Text
Rate: Result = Result + Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice--Details--Rate
Type Code Result = Result + /If Revaluation--Details--Exch Rate Date is
Available Result = Result + Revaluation--Details--Exch Rate DateElse
Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account - Bank Revalue Text
Bank Revalue Text
Function Parameters
Description: Bank Revalue Text
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account
Function Text
Rate: Result = Result + Revaluation--Company--Cash Mgmt Rate Type Code Result
= Result + /If Revaluation--Details--Exch Rate Date is Available Result = Result
+ Revaluation--Details--Exch Rate DateElse
Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Payable - PI Payable Revalue Text
PI Payable Revalue Text
Function Parameters
Description: PI Payable Revalue Text
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Payable
Function Text
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 859

Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable - PI Receivable Revalue Text
PI Receivable Revalue Text
Function Parameters
Description: PI Receivable Revalue Text
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable
Function Text
Revaluation - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Revaluation transaction type are described in this section.
A/P Invoice - Balance Adjustment
Post A/P Invoice Balance Adjustment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = Calculate Book Amount. Note, that Revaluation Transaction does not
has Transaction Amount by nature
Book Currency
860 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

0
Select Amount From Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice Where Currency = Book
Currency AND Name = Realized Gain
Add Temp Amount to Book Amount
Currency AND Name = Realized Loss
Currency AND Name = Unrealized Gain
Currency AND Name = Unrealized Loss
Comment = Calculate reference fields

Vendor Ref = Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice--Supplier--Code
AP Invoice Num Ref = Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice--Details--Invoice
Num
Transaction Text = IV: + AP Invoice Num Ref
If Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice--Details--Is Debit Memo Transaction
Text = Transaction Text + DM
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + /

Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP
Invoice--Supplier--Name
Comment = Calculate accounts
If Revaluation--Details--Reversal Posting Get Account From Revaluation--Doc
Currency--AP Invoice--Details--AP Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Revaluation Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Revaluation--Doc Currency--AP Invoice--Details--AP Invoice
GL Control For Current Book AND Payables Context
Comment = Generate Transaction

Else
Temp Account
A/P Invoice - Realized Gain
Post Realized Gain Amount of A/P Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 861

Posting Rules
Comment = Calculate Account/Transaction Text

Transaction Text = AP Invoice Revalue Text
Get Account From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Details--GL Control For Current Book
Else
Temp Account
A/P Invoice - Realized Loss
Post Realized Loss Amount of A/P Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

862 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Temp Account
A/P Invoice - Unrealized Gain
Post Unrealized Gain Amount of A/P Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
A/P Invoice - Unrealized Loss
Post Unrealized Loss Amount of A/P Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 863

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

AND Unrealized Loss Context
Else
Temp Account
A/R Invoice - Balance Adjustment
Post A/R Invoice Balance Adjustment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice--Details
Posting Rules
864 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Book Currency
0
Select Amount From Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice Where Currency = Book

AR Invoice Num Ref = Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice--Details--Invoice
Num
Transaction Text = IV: + AR Invoice Num Ref
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR
Invoice--Details--Suffix
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR
Invoice--Customer--Name
Currency--AR Invoice--Details--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Revaluation Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Revaluation--Doc Currency--AR Invoice--Details--AR Invoice
GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Else
Temp Account
A/R Invoice - Realized Gain
Post Realized Gain Amount of A/R Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 865

Posting Rules

Transaction Text = AR Invoice Revalue Text
Else
Temp Account
A/R Invoice - Realized Loss
Post Realized Loss Amount of A/R Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

866 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Else
Temp Account
A/R Invoice - Unrealized Gain
Post Unrealized Gain Amount of A/R Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
A/R Invoice - Unrealized Loss
Post Unrealized Loss Amount of A/R Invoice
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 867


Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
Bank Account - Balance Adjustment
Post Bank Account Balance Adjustment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account--Details
Posting Rules
Book Currency
868 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

0
Select Amount From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account Where Currency = Book

Bank Account = Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account--Details--Code
Transaction Text = Bank: + Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account--Details--Name
Get Account From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Bank Account--Details--GL Control
Else
Temp Account
Bank Account - Realized Gain
Post Realized Gain Amount of Bank Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 869


Transaction Text = Bank Revalue Text
Else
Temp Account
Bank Account - Realized Loss
Post Realized Loss Amount of Bank Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
870 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Account - Unrealized Gain
Post Unrealized Gain Amount of Bank Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
Bank Account - Unrealized Loss
Post Unrealized Loss Amount of Bank Account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 871

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
Header
Header Rule
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revaluation
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Revaluation--Details
Posting Rules
Comment = # Apply Date
If Revaluation--Details--Apply Date is Available Apply Date =
Revaluation--Details--Apply Date
Else
872 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Apply Date = Revaluation--Details--Tran Date
If Apply Date is not Available Call = Log Error: Can not define Apply Date
Comment = # Journal Code

Journal Code = Revaluation--Details--Journal Code
If Journal Code is not Available Call = Log Error: Can not define Journal Code
PI Payable - Balance Adjustment
Post Payment Instrument Payable Balance Adjustment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Payable
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Payable--Details
Posting Rules
Book Currency
0
Select Amount From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Payable Where
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Realized Gain
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Realized Loss
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Unrealized Gain
Currency = Book Currency AND Name = Unrealized Loss

Transaction Text = PI + Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument
Payable--Details--Code
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment
Instrument Payable--Supplier--Name
Currency--Payment Instrument Payable--Details--Payment Instrument Payable GL
Control For Current Book AND Revaluation Accrual Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 873

Else
Get Account From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument
Payable--Details--PI Payable GL Control For Current Book AND PI Payable Context

Else
Temp Account
PI Payable - Realized Gain
Post Realized Gain Amount of Payment Instrument Payable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Transaction Text = PI Payable Revalue Text
Else
Temp Account
874 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PI Payable - Realized Loss
Post Realized Loss Amount of Payment Instrument Payable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
PI Payable - Unrealized Gain
Post Unrealized Gain Amount of Payment Instrument Payable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 875

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
PI Payable - Unrealized Loss
Post Unrealized Loss Amount of Payment Instrument Payable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
876 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Else
Temp Account
PI Receivable - Balance Adjustment
Post Payment Instrument Receivable Balance Adjustment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Business Entity Table: Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable--Details
Posting Rules
Book Currency
0
Select Amount From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable Where

Transaction Text = PI + Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument
Receivable--Details--Code
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 877

Instrument Receivable--Customer--Name
Currency--Payment Instrument Receivable--Details--Payment Instrument Receivable
GL Control For Current Book AND Revaluation Accrual Context
Else
Get Account From Revaluation--Doc Currency--Payment Instrument
Receivable--Details--PI Receivable GL Control For Current Book AND PI Receivable
Context

Else
Temp Account
PI Receivable - Realized Gain
Post Realized Gain Amount of Payment Instrument Receivable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Transaction Text = PI Receivable Revalue Text
Else
Temp Account
878 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PI Receivable - Realized Loss
Post Realized Loss Amount of Payment Instrument Receivable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
PI Receivable - Unrealized Gain
Post Unrealized Gain Amount of Payment Instrument Receivable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 879

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules

Else
Temp Account
PI Receivable - Unrealized Loss
Post Unrealized Loss Amount of Payment Instrument Receivable
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
880 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Else
Temp Account
Revenue Recognition
Project revenue recognition transaction
Revenue Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revenue GL transaction type.Posting elements include entities
Revenue Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revenue GL transaction type.
Company Parameters
Company Parameters

true false Company
AR GL Control
AR GL Control

AR GL Control AR GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 881

Inventory GL Control
Inventory GL Control

Inventory GL Control Inventory GL Control Company. GLControl--R--Inventory COS and
WIP

Control
Details
Details of the Revenue Recognition transaction

true false
Date
Recognition date

Date Recognition date . Date
Recognition Type
Recognition Type is either 'Manual' or 'Actual Burden' depending on the process that prepares VBD instance and
calls PE. 'Manual' is called by Manual Revenue Recognition workbench that is available from action menu of
Project Entry form, and fills all Amounts except 'Actual Burden Charge'. 'Actual Burden' is called by Actual Burden
Revenue Recognition available from action menu of Burden Code Actual Percentage Maintenance the form, and
fills only 'Actual Burden Charge' Amount.

Recognition Recognition Type is either 'Manual' or 'Actual Burden' depending on . String
Type process that prepares VBD instance and calls PE. 'Manual' is called
by Manual Revenue Recognition workbench that is available from
action menu of Project Entry form, and fills all Amounts except 'Actual
Burden Charge'. 'Actual Burden' is called by Actual Burden Revenue
Recognition available from action menu of Burden Code Actual
Percentage Maintenance the form, and fills only 'Actual Burden
Charge' Amount.
882 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revenue Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revenue transaction type.
Revenue - Project Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Revenue - Project GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Revenue - Project Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Revenue - Project GL transaction type.
Details
Project Details

true false Project

Project Billing GL Control Project Billing GL Control Project. GLControl--R--Project Billing
Project ID
Project ID

Project ID Project ID Project.ProjectID String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 883

site
site

true false site
Code
site ID

Code site ID site.site String
Division GL Control
Division GL Control related to site

Division GL Control Division GL Control related to site site. GLControl--R--Division
Sales Category
Sales Category

true false SalesCat
Code
Sales Category ID

Code Sales Category ID SalesCat.SalesCatID String
GL Control
Sales Category GL control

GL Control Sales Category GL control SalesCat. GLControl--R--Department
SoldTo Customer
Sold To Customer

true false Customer
884 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AR Account GL Control of Sold To Customer

AR Account GL Control AR Account GL Control of Sold Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
To Customer
Number
Customer Number

Revenue - Project Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Revenue - Project transaction type.
Actual Burden Charge
Actual Burden Charge, used only with 'Actual Burden' recognition type
Actual Burden Charge Actual Burden Charge, used only with 'Actual Burden' recognition
type
Burden Cost
Burden Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Burden Cost Burden Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Labor Cost
Labor Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Labor Cost Labor Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 885

Material Burden Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Material Burden Cost Material Burden Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition
type
Material Cost
Material Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Material Cost Material Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Other Direct Cost
Other Direct Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Other Direct Cost Other Direct Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Revenue
Revenue amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Revenue Revenue amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Subcontract Cost
Subcontract Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Subcontract Cost Subcontract Cost amount, used only with 'Manual' recognition type
Revenue Recognition - Rule Set
The Revenue Recognition transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
886 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revenue Recognition - Functions
The functions used by the Revenue Recognition transaction type are described in this section.
Revenue - Define COS Account for Given Context
Define COS Account for Given Context
Function Parameters
Description: Define COS Account for Given Context
Result Type: Account--Master
Document Line Path: Revenue
Function Text
Get Account From Revenue--Project--Details--Project Billing GL Control For Current
Book AND Given ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From Revenue--Company
Parameters--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context
Revenue - Define Recognized Account for Given Project Billing Context and Optional AR
Account Context
Define Recognized Account for Given Project Billing Context and Optional AR Account Context
Function Parameters
Description: Define Recognized Account for Given Project Billing Context and Optional AR Account Context
Function Text
Parameters--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Given
ContextIf Optional <> Empty StringIf Result is not ValidGet Account From
Revenue--Project--SoldTo Customer--AR Account GL Control For Current Book AND
Optional ContextIf Result is not ValidGet Account From Revenue--Company
Parameters--AR GL Control For Current Book AND Optional Context
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 887

Revenue--Project - Define Transaction Text
Define Transaction Text
Function Parameters
Description: Define Transaction Text
Result Type: String
Document Line Path: Revenue--Project
Function Text
Result = Revenue--Details--Recognition Type + Space Result = Result +
'Project:' Result = Result + Revenue--Project--Details--Project ID
Revenue - Define WIP Account for Given Context
Define WIP Account for Given Context
Function Parameters
Description: Define WIP Account for Given Context
Function Text
Parameters--Project Billing GL Control For Current Book AND Given Context
- Inverse Amount Sign
Inverse Amount Sign
Function Parameters
Description: Inverse Amount Sign
Result Type: Amount
Document Line Path:
Function Text
Given AmountGiven Amount.Value * -1
888 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revenue Recognition - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Revenue Recognition transaction type are described in this section.
Book Actual Burden Charge
This rule books the recognised actual burden charge amount (only for Actual Burden recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Revenue--Details--Recognition Type###=###Actual Burden###
Can Post: true
For Each: Revenue--Project
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Actual Burden Charge AND Currency
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Actual Burden Charge AND Currency
= Book Currency
Define Recognized Account for 'Sales - Burden Actual' PB Context and Empty
String AR Context
Define Recognized Account for 'Sales - Burden Provisional' PB Context and Empty
String AR Context
Transaction Text = Define Transaction Text
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Provisional Burden Account
Actual Burden Account
Else
Inverse Book Amount Sign
Inverse Transaction Amount Sign
Actual Burden Account
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 889

Provisional Burden Account
Book Burden Cost
This rule books Burden Cost (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Revenue--Details--Recognition Type###=###Manual###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Burden Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Burden Cost AND Currency = Book
Currency
Define COS Account for 'COS Burden' Context

Define WIP Account for 'WIP Burden' Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
Book Labor Cost
This rule books Labor Cost (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
890 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Labor Cost AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Labor Cost AND Currency = Book
Currency
Define COS Account for 'COS Labor' Context

Define WIP Account for 'WIP Labor' Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
Book Material Burden Cost
This rule books Material Burden Cost (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Material Burden Cost AND Currency
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Material Burden Cost AND Currency
= Book Currency
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 891


Define COS Account for 'COS Material Burden' Context

Define WIP Account for 'WIP Material Burden' Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
Book Material Cost
This rule books Material Cost (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Material Cost AND Currency Type
= Transactional
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Material Cost AND Currency =
Book Currency
Define COS Account for 'COS Material' Context

Define WIP Account for 'WIP Material' Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
892 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

COS Account
Book Other Direct Cost
This rule books Other Direct Cost (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Other Direct Cost AND Currency
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Other Direct Cost AND Currency
= Book Currency
Define COS Account for 'COS Other Direct Cost' Context

Define WIP Account for 'WIP Other Direct Cost' Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
Book Sales Revenue
This rule books the recognised revenue amount (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 893

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Revenue AND Currency Type =
Transactional
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Revenue AND Currency = Book
Currency
Define Recognized Account for 'Sales Recognized' PB Context and Empty String
AR Context
Define Recognized Account for 'Accrued Sales Recognized' PB Context and 'PB
Accrued Sales Recognized' AR Context
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Accrued Account
Sales Account
Else
Sales Account
Accrued Account
Book Subcontract Cost
This rule books Subcontract Cost (only for Manual recognition type)
Posting Parameters
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Subcontract Cost AND Currency
894 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Select Amount From Revenue--Project Where Name = Subcontract Cost AND Currency
= Book Currency
Define COS Account for 'COS Subcontract' Context

Define WIP Account for 'WIP Subcontract' Context
WIP Account
Else
WIP Account
COS Account
Set Up GL transaction Properties
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Revenue
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Revenue--Details--Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Revenue--Company Parameters--AR GL Control

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 895

Transaction Text = Revenue--Details--Recognition Type + Space

Transaction Text = Transaction Text + 'Revenue Recognition'
Reverse Cash Receipt
Reverse Cash Receipt.
Cash Receipt Header Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header GL transaction type.Posting elements
Cash Receipt Header Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header GL transaction type.
Bank Account
Bank Account

true false BankAcct
GL Control

ID
Bank Account ID (key field)

ID Bank Account ID (key field) BankAcct.BankAcctID String
896 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reconcile Balance
Flag that indicates that a Pending Cash account should be used

Reconcile Balance Flag that indicates that a Pending Cash BankAcct.ReconciledBalance Logical
account should be used
Company AR Parameters
Company-level AR parameters

true false ARSyst
GL Control
AR System GL Control

GL Control AR System GL Control Company. GLControl--R--AR Account
Prorate Discount to Lines
Prorate Discount to Lines (Settlement Discount feature)

Prorate Discount to Lines Prorate Discount to Lines (Settlement ARSyst.ProrateDiscToLine Logical
Discount feature)
Currency Master
Currency details

true false Currency
Code
Currency Code

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 897

GL Control
Currency GL control

GL Control Currency GL control Currency. GLControl--R--Currency
Customer
Bill To customer details

true false Customer
Customer Num
Customer Num (key field)

Customer Num Customer Num (key field) Customer.CustNum Numeric
GL Control
Customer GL Control

GL Control Customer GL Control Customer. GLControl--R--AR Account
Name
Customer Name

Details
Cash Receipt header details

true false CashHead
898 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Apply Date
Apply Date of the Cash Receipt reverse; entered in UI

Apply Date Apply Date of the Cash Receipt reverse; CashHead. Date
entered in UI
CheckRef
Check Reference

CheckRef Check Reference CashHead.CheckRef String
Group ID

Head Num

Rate Type
Cash Receipt rate type

Rate Type Cash Receipt rate type CashHead.RateGrpCode String
Transaction Type
Type of the payment transaction

Transaction Type Type of the payment transaction CashHead.TranType String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 899

Source Cash Header
Header of the initial Cash Receipt that is being reversed

true false CashHead
AR Ref GL Control
AR Ref GL Control

AR Ref GL Control AR Ref GL Control CashHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Group ID

Head Num

Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Reference GL Control CashHead. GLControl--F--AR Check
Cash Receipt Header Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header transaction type.
900 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Payment
Payment Amount
Payment Payment Amount
Payment Less Tax
Payment amount excluding tax
Payment Less Tax Payment amount excluding tax
Unapplied Cash
Unapplied Cash amount
Unapplied Cash Unapplied Cash amount
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee GL transaction type.Posting
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee GL transaction
type.
Details
Payment bank fee details

true false BankTran
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 901

Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

Tran Num
Tran Num

Master
Bank Fee master file

true false BankFee
Bank Fee ID
Bank Fee ID

Tax Code
Tax Code

Tax Rate
Tax Rate

Source Bank Fee
Source Bank Fee

true false BankTran
902 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Reference GL Control BankTran. GLControl--F--Bank Transaction
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee transaction type.
Fee Amount
Fee Amount
Total Tax Amount
Total Tax Amount
Total Tax Amount Total Tax Amount
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL transaction
Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line GL
transaction type.
Details
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 903

Tax line details

true false TaxDtl
Head Num
Head Num



Charge Charge



Is Liable when Fully Paid Is Liable when Fully Paid TaxDtl. Logical
904 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700


Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code
Tax Code


Source Tax Line
Source Tax Line

true false TaxDtl
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control TaxDtl. GLControl--F--Payment Tax
Tax Master
Tax master table

true false SalesTRC
GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 905


Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Bank Fee - Tax Line transaction type.
Tax
Tax
Tax Tax
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Cash Receipt Header - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Line GL transaction
type.
AR Invoice
AR Invoice Header details

true false InvcHead
Invoice Num

Invoice Num Invoice Num (key field) InvcHead.InvoiceNum Numeric
906 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Ref GL Control
Invoice GL Control

Ref GL Control Invoice GL Control InvcHead. GLControl--F--AR Invoice
Details
Cash Receipt Line details

true false CashDtl
Invoice Num

Invoice Num Invoice Num (key field) CashDtl.InvoiceNum Numeric
Invoice Ref
Invoice Ref (key field)

Invoice Ref Invoice Ref (key field) CashDtl.InvoiceRef Numeric
Source Line
Source Line

true false CashDtl
Ref GL Control
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Ref GL Control CashDtl. GLControl--F--AR Check Detail
Transaction Type
Transaction Type

Transaction Type Transaction Type CashDtl.TranType String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 907

Cash Receipt Header - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Line transaction type.
Currency Gain/Loss Amount Currency Gain/Loss Amount
Discount Rounding Difference
Discount Rounding Difference amount that can appear when discount is prorated to Invoice lines (Settlement
Discount feature)
Discount Rounding Difference Discount Rounding Difference amount that can appear when discount
is prorated to Invoice lines (Settlement Discount feature)
Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount
Invoice Amount Invoice Amount
Payment Discount
Payment Discount amount
Payment Discount Payment Discount amount
Total Discount Tax Adjustment
Total Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Total Discount Tax Adjustment Total Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
908 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax GL transaction type.Posting
Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax GL transaction
type.
Details
Tax details

true false TaxDtl


Charge Charge

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 909




Method Method

Method Method
Tax Code


Invoice Tax
Invoice Tax Details

true false InvcTax
Invoice Line
910 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700



Tax Code

Sales Tax
Sales tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Source Tax
Source Tax

true false TaxDtl
Ref GL Control
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 911

Ref GL Control

Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax transaction type.
Tax
Tax Adjustment
Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Tax Adjustment Tax Adjustment amount for payment discount
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax GL transaction
Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax GL
transaction type.
Details
Tax Details

true false TaxDtl
912 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Head Num

Head Num Head Num (key field) TaxDtl.HeadNum Numeric


Charge Charge




Method Method
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 913


Method Method
Tax Code


Sales Tax
Sales Tax details

true false SalesTRC
GL Control

Tax Code

Source Tax
Source Tax

true false TaxDtl
914 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Ref GL Control
Ref GL Control

Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Cash Receipt Header - Misc Payment Tax transaction type.
Misc Payment Tax
Tax Amount for Miscellaneous payment
Misc Payment Tax Tax Amount for Miscellaneous payment
Reverse Cash Receipt - Rule Set
The Reverse Cash Receipt transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
Reverse Cash Receipt - Functions
The functions used by the Reverse Cash Receipt transaction type are described in this section.
Reverse Cash Receipt - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Reverse Cash Receipt transaction type are described in this section.
Restore Deferred Tax
Books the tax amount back to Interim account
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully Paid### = ###TRUE###
Or ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Partial Payment### = ###TRUE### ) And ###Cash
Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method### = ###TRUE### And ###Cash Receipt
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 915

Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax--Name### =###Tax### And ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is

EC Acquisition or Reverse Charge###=###True###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL Control For
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source Tax--Ref
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL Control
Reverse Bank Fee
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--Reconcile Balance### = ###FALSE###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Source Bank Fee--Ref GL Control
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Source Bank Fee--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Source Bank Fee--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Bank Fee Context
916 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Source Bank Fee--Ref GL
Reverse Bank Fee Tax
Reverses bank fee taxes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
For Each: Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Source Tax Line--Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Source Tax Line--Ref
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Source
Tax Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Fee--Tax Line--Source Tax Line--Ref
Reverses Currency gain amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Transaction Type### = ###ADJUST###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 917

Posting Rules
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Ref GL Control For
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Ref GL Control For
Reverses Currency loss amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Transaction Type### = ###ADJUST###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Reverse Deposit Payment Credit
Reverse deposit payment amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Details--Transaction Type### = ###DEPOSIT###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
918 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control For
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control For
Reverse Discount Tax Adjustment
Reverses Discount tax adjustment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax Adjustment--Name### =###Tax
Adjustment### And ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on Invoice### = ###TRUE###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL Control For
Current Book AND Discount Tax Adjustment Context
For Current Book AND Discount Tax Adjustment Context
For Current Book AND Discount Tax Adjustment Context
Reverse Discount Tax Adjustment Total
Reverses Discount Tax Adjustment total
Posting Parameters
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 919

Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Total Discount Tax Adjustment--Name### =###Total

Discount Tax Adjustment###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Reverse Invoice Payment Credit
Reverses Invoice payment amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Transaction Type### = ###PAYINV###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Ref GL
If Transaction Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cash Receipt
Header--Line--Source Line--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Else
920 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reverse Misc Payment Credit
Reverses miscellameous payment amount (excluding tax)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Details--Transaction Type### = ###MisPay###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control For
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control For
Reverse Misc Payment Tax
Reverses tax amount for miscellaneous payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 921

Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Source
Tax--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment
Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Misc Payment Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL
Reverse Payment Discount
Reverses Payment Discount amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Amounts--Payment Discount--Name### =###Payment
Discount###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Current Book AND Payment Discount Context
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Source Line--Ref GL
Control For Current Book AND Payment Discount Context
Current Book AND Payment Discount Context
Reverse Tax
Reverses tax amount for taxes recognised at the moment of payment
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ( ( ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method###=###True###
And ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is EC Acquisition or Reverse Charge###=###False### ) Or
922 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Invoicing Collection Method###=###False### ) And ###Cash Receipt

Header--Line--Tax--Amounts--Tax###.###.### And ( ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable on
Partial Payment###=###True### Or ###Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Details--Is Liable When Fully
Paid###=###True### )
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source Tax--Ref
If Book Amount.Value > 0 Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source
Tax--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Tax Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Line--Tax--Source Tax--Ref GL Control
Reverse Total Payment
Reverses the total payment amount
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
If Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--Reconcile Balance Get Account From Cash
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 923

Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND Pending
Cash Context
Control For Current Book AND Pending Cash Context
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Pending Cash Context
Else
Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control
Control For Current Book AND Cash Context
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--Ref GL Control
Reverse Unapplied Cash
Books Unapplied Cash amount back to Receivables
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Cash Receipt Header--Amounts--Unapplied Cash--Name### =###Unapplied Cash###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Receivables Context
If Debit Account is not Available Get Account From Cash Receipt Header--Company
AR Parameters--GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Get Transactional Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--AR Ref
GL Control For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Get Book Amount From Cash Receipt Header--Source Cash Header--AR Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Receivables Context
Setup GL Journal Properties
Posting Parameters
924 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Cash Receipt Header--Details--Apply Date
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Cash Receipt Header--Bank Account--GL
Control For Current Book AND Cash Receipts Context
Cash Receipt Ref = Cash Receipt Header--Details--Head Num
Transaction Text = 'Reverse PY:'
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Cash Receipt Header--Details--CheckRef
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + ' '
Transaction Text = Transaction Text + Cash Receipt Header--Customer--Name
SingleGLJrn
SingleGLJrn
SingleGlJrn - Rule Set
The SingleGlJrn transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
SingleGlJrn - Functions
The functions used by the SingleGlJrn transaction type are described in this section.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 925

Void Payroll Check
Voids a booked payroll check
Payroll Check Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Payroll Check Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check GL transaction type.
Bank Account
Bank Account

true false BankAcct
GL Control

ID

ID BankAcct.BankAcctID String
926 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Payroll Check head details

true false PRCheck
Check Num

Check Num Payroll Check Num (key field) PRCheck.HeadNum Numeric
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Reference GL Control PRCheck. GLControl--F--Payroll Check
Employee
Employee

true false PREmpMas
GL Control
Employee GL Control

GL Control Employee GL Control PREmpMas. GLControl--R--Employee
ID
Employee ID

ID Employee ID PREmpMas.EmpID String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 927

Payroll Check Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check transaction type.
Check Amount
Total check amount
Check Amount Total check amount
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check - Deduction GL transaction type.Posting elements
Payroll Check - Deduction Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check - Deduction GL transaction type.
Alternative Deduction

true false PRClsDed
Class ID

Class ID PRClsDed.ClassID String
Deduction ID

Deduction ID PRClsDed.DeductionID String
928 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control PRClsDed. GLControl--R--Alternative Deduction
Deduction
Deduction

true false PRDeduct
GL Control

GL Control PRDeduct. GLControl--R--Deduction
ID

ID PRDeduct.DeductionID String
Special Type
Special deduction type code

Special Type Special deduction type code PRDeduct.SpecialType String
Details
Payroll Check Deduction

true false PRChkDed
Deduction ID
Deduction ID (key field)

Deduction ID Deduction ID (key field) PRChkDed.DeductionID String
Deduction Num
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 929

Deduction Num (key field)

Deduction Num Deduction Num (key field) PRChkDed.DeductionNum Numeric
Payroll Check Num

Payroll Check Num Payroll Check Num (key field) PRChkDed.HeadNum Numeric
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Reference GL Control PRChkDed. GLControl--F--Payroll Deduction
Payroll Check - Deduction Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check - Deduction transaction type.
Deduction Amount
Deduction Amount
Deduction Amount Deduction Amount
Payroll Check - Line Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check - Line GL transaction type.Posting elements
Payroll Check - Line Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check - Line GL transaction type.
930 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Payroll Check Line details

true false PRChkDtl
Line Num
Line Num

Line Num Line Num PRChkDtl.LineNum Numeric
Payroll Check Num
Payroll Check Num

Payroll Check Num Payroll Check Num PRChkDtl.HeadNum Numeric
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Reference GL Control PRChkDtl. GLControl--F--Payroll Check
Detail

true false JCDept
GL Control

GL Control JCDept. GLControl--R--Job Shift Costing
ID

ID JCDept.JCDept String
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 931

Job Shift Costing
Job Shift Costing

true false JCShift
GL Control
Job Shift Costing GL control

GL Control Job Shift Costing GL control JCShift. GLControl--R--Job Shift Costing
Shift ID

Shift ID JCShift.Shift Numeric
Payment Type

true false PayType
GL Control

GL Control PayType. GLControl--R--PayType
ID

ID PayType.PayTypeID String
Payment Type - Labour Code
Link between Payment Type and Labour Code

true false PayTLbr
Expense Code

Expense Code PayTLbr.ExpenseCode String
932 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

GL Control

GL Control PayTLbr. GLControl--R--Payment Type - Labor
Code
ID

ID PayTLbr.PayTypeID String
site

true false site
GL Control

GL Control site. GLControl--R--siteConfCtrl
ID

ID site.site String
Resource Group

true false ResourceGroup
ID

ID ResourceGroup.ResourceGrpID String
Payroll Check - Line Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check - Line transaction type.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 933

Gross Pay
Gross Pay amount
Gross Pay Gross Pay amount
Premium Pay
Premium Pay amount
Premium Pay Premium Pay amount
Shift Pay
Shift Pay amount
Shift Pay Shift Pay amount
Undistributed Gross Pay amount
Undistributed Gross Pay Undistributed Gross Pay amount
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Elements
This section displays the posting elements for the Payroll Check - Tax GL transaction type.Posting elements include
Payroll Check - Tax Posting Codes
This section displays the posting entities and posting codes for the Payroll Check - Tax GL transaction type.
934 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Details
Payroll Check Tax details

true false PRChkTax
GL Control

GL Control PRChkTax. GLControl--R--Payroll Check Tax
Ref GL Control

Ref GL Control Reference GL Control PRChkTax. GLControl--F--Payroll Tax
Tax Num
Tax Num (key field)

Tax Num Tax Num (key field) PRChkTax.HeadNum Numeric
Tax Table ID
Tax table ID (key field)

Tax Table ID Tax table ID (key field) PRChkTax.TaxTblID String
Payroll Class Tax

true false PRClsTax
Class ID

Class ID PRClsTax.ClassID String
GL Control

GL Control PRClsTax. GLControl--R--Payroll Class Tax
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 935

Tax Table ID

Tax Table ID PRClsTax.TaxTblID String
Payroll Tax

true false PRTaxMas
Employer Expense
Indicates employer expense

Employer Expense Indicates employer expense PRTaxMas.EmployerExp Logical
GL Control

GL Control PRTaxMas. GLControl--R--Payroll Tax
Tax Table ID

Tax Table ID PRTaxMas.TaxTblID String
Payroll Check - Tax Amounts
This section displays the amounts used for the Payroll Check - Tax transaction type.
Tax Amount
Tax Amount
Void Payroll Check - Rule Set
The Void Payroll Check transaction type uses the following functions, pre-posting rules, and posting rules.
936 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Void Payroll Check - Functions
The functions used by the Void Payroll Check transaction type are described in this section.
Void Payroll Check - Posting Rules
The posting rules for the Void Payroll Check transaction type are described in this section.
Reverse Accrual Deduction
Reverse Accrual deduction
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Deduction--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Book AND Accrual Context
Get Transactional Amount From Payroll Check--Deduction--Details--Ref GL Control
For Current Book AND Accrual Context
Get Book Amount From Payroll Check--Deduction--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Reverse Cash
Reverses the total payment write-off
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 937

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND
Cash Context
Get Transactional Amount From Payroll Check--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Get Book Amount From Payroll Check--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book AND
Cash Context
Reverse Employer Expense Tax
Reverses employer expense tax
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payroll Check--Tax--Payroll Tax--Employer Expense### = ###TRUE###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book
AND Expense Context
Get Transactional Amount From Payroll Check--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For
938 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Get Book Amount From Payroll Check--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current

Reverse Gross Pay
Reverses gross pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Line--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book
AND Gross Payment Context
Get Transactional Amount From Payroll Check--Line--Details--Ref GL Control For
Current Book AND Gross Payment Context
Get Book Amount From Payroll Check--Line--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Book AND Gross Payment Context
Reverse Premium Pay
Reverses premium pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 939

Posting Rules
AND Premium Payment Context
Current Book AND Premium Payment Context
Book AND Premium Payment Context
Reverse Shift Pay
Reverses shift pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
AND Shift Payment Context
Current Book AND Shift Payment Context
Book AND Shift Payment Context
Reverse Special Deduction
Reverses special deduction (employer expense)
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria: ###Payroll Check--Deduction--Deduction--Special Type### = ###ERX### Or ###Payroll
Check--Deduction--Deduction--Special Type### = ###ER401### Or ###Payroll
Check--Deduction--Deduction--Special Type### = ###RR401###
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
940 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Deduction--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Get Transactional Amount From Payroll Check--Deduction--Details--Ref GL Control
Get Book Amount From Payroll Check--Deduction--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Reverse Tax
Reverses payroll taxes
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Get Account From Payroll Check--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current Book
AND Accrual Context
Get Transactional Amount From Payroll Check--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For
Current Book AND Accrual Context
Get Book Amount From Payroll Check--Tax--Details--Ref GL Control For Current
Reverse Undistributed Gross Pay
Reverse undistributed gross pay
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 941

Can Post: true

Is Header: false
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
AND Undistributed Payment Context
Current Book AND Undistributed Payment Context
Book AND Undistributed Payment Context
Setup GL Journal properties
Posting Parameters
Selection Criteria:
Can Post: true
Is Header: true
Credit Context:
Debit Context:
Reference Context:
Posting Rules
Apply Date = Today
Journal Code = Get Journal Code From Payroll Check--Bank Account--GL Control
For Current Book AND Payroll Processing Context
942 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Posting Rules in Action
Posting Rules in Action
This section gives you some examples which show how the posting engine arrives at its results. If you compare
these examples against your own posting engine results, you will better understand the logic behind the
calculations.
GL Transaction Type Conversions
This topic uses three typical scenarios to describe how the conversion program updates GL transaction types after
an upgrade to a new service pack, or a new installation of the Epicor application.
Three scenarios describe how the conversion program updates your GL transaction types, depending on how
they are used in your data base.
• Standard GL transaction types with no customizations
• Standard GL transaction types with user customization in posting rules (or VBD)
• Standard GL transaction type with two or more GL books; optional user customization in posting rules (or
VBD)
These scenarios are also valid for manual import of GL transaction types. If you are using manual import, you
must select an xml document for the import.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 943

Posting Rules in Action Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
Standard GL Transaction Types
The following diagram shows how the conversion program works with standard GL transaction types with a
single GL book and no user customizations (Scenario 1).
The following stages take place when running the conversion program with Scenario 1 conditions:
944 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Stage 0: The conversion program selects the transaction type xml from the Standard package that comes as a
part of the installation upgrade pack.
Stage 1: VBD structure update (VBD, or Virtual Business Document, is the data structure of a transaction type).
1. The conversion program compares the version of the VBD in the imported transaction type xml to the version
of the VBD in the currently installed transaction type.
a. IF the VBD version in the imported xml is greater than the VBD version in the installed transaction
type, the conversion program updates the VBD structure as follows:
a. The conversion program adds new VBD elements to the installed transaction type.
b. The conversion program renames the existing VBD elements that should be renamed. If there are
any renamed VBD elements, the conversion program updates all posting rules (both standard and
customized) so the posting code will be correctly referenced by its new name.
c. The conversion program deletes the existing VBD elements that should be deleted. If there are
any deleted VBD elements, the conversion program searches for customized posting rules that
use the deleted element. If such rules are found, the program renames the deleted element in the
posting rules, using the prefix "DEL_". These rules must be corrected manually to use a different
VBD element.
Result: The VBD version in the installed transaction type is set equal to the VBD version in the imported
xml to signify the fact that the VBD structure was updated.
b. If the VBD version is not greater in the imported xml, the VBD structure is left as is.
Stage 2: Posting Rules update
1. The conversion program selects the single GL book that exists in the installed transaction type and checks
the Package name on it.
a. If the package name is Standard, the conversion program proceeds to the next step using the current
xml.
b. If the package name of the installed transaction type is different from Standard, (which is the case
when the installation uses the Extended rules package or one of country-specific rules packages, e.g.
Peru or China), the conversion program finds a folder with a corresponding package name and selects
a corresponding transaction type xml from there and proceeds to the next step.
2. The conversion program compares the version of the Ruleset in the imported transaction type xml to the
version of the Ruleset of the selected book in the currently installed transaction type.
a. If the Ruleset version in the imported xml is greater than the Ruleset version in the installed transaction
type, the conversion program proceeds to the step 3 of Stage 2 (individual posting rules and functions
update). The Ruleset version in the installed transaction type is set equal to the Ruleset version in the
imported xml to signify the fact that the Ruleset was updated.
b. If the Ruleset version in the xml is not greater, the conversion program leaves the Ruleset as is and
proceeds to Stage 3.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 945

3. For each posting rule/function in the imported xml, the conversion program compares the version of that
rule/function in the imported transaction type xml to the version of the corresponding rule/function in the
currently installed transaction type.
a. If the rule/function version in the imported xml is greater than the rule/function version in the installed
transaction type, the conversion program replaces the installed rule/function with the newer one from
the imported xml. The rule/function version in the installed transaction type is set equal to the
rule/function version in the imported xml to signify the fact that the rule was updated.
b. If the rule/function version in the xml is not greater, the rule/function is left as-is.
Stage 3: The conversion program finishes the update and moves to the next GL transaction type.
946 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Standard GL Transaction Types with Customizations
The following diagram shows how the conversion program works with standard GL transaction types with a
single GL book and customizations in the posting rules or the virtual business document (VBD) (Scenario 2).
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 947

Stage 1: VBD structure update
a. If the VBD version in the imported xml is greater than the VBD version in the installed transaction type,
the conversion program updates the VBD structure of the installed transaction type, adding new
elements, replacing the elements that have changed, and removing the elements that have been
deleted.
posting rules using the prefix "DEL_". These rules must be corrected manually to use a different
VBD element.
d. If the conversion program finds a custom user-defined posting code in the VBD structure, it leaves
it as is unless it has the same name as a new standard posting code present in the imported xml
and needs to be added to the VBD structure of the installed transaction type. In this case the
conversion program marks the custom posting code as Standard, and it is used as standard from
this point on.
xml to signify the fact that the VBD structure was updated.
b. If the VBD version is not greater in the imported xml, the VDB structure is left as is.
Stage 2: Posting Rules update
1. The conversion program selects the single GL book that exists in the installed transaction type and checks
the Package name on it.
a. If the package name is Standard, the conversion program proceeds to the next step using the current
xml.
b. If the Package name of the installed transaction type is different from Standard, (which is the case
Peru or China), the conversion program finds a folder with a corresponding package name and selects
a corresponding transaction type xml from there and proceeds to the next step.
version of the Ruleset in the currently installed transaction type.
a. IF the Ruleset version in the imported xml is greater than the Ruleset version in the installed transaction
type, the conversion program proceeds to step 3 of Stage 2 (individual posting rules and functions
948 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

update). The Ruleset version in the installed transaction type is set equal to the Ruleset version in the
imported xml to signify the fact that the Ruleset was updated.
b. If the Ruleset version in the xml is not greater, the conversion program leaves the Ruleset as is and
proceeds to Stage 3.
transaction type, the conversion program checks whether the rule/function in the installed transaction
type is standard or customized.
a. IF the rule/function is standard (with no changes made by the user), the conversion program
replaces the installed rule/function with the newer one from the imported xml. The rule/function
version in the installed Transaction Type is set equal to the rule/function version in the imported
xml to signify the fact that the rule was updated.
b. If the rule/function is customized, the conversion program leaves it as is.
b. If the rule/function version in the imported xml is not greater, the rule/function is left as is.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 949

Standard GL Transaction Types with Two or More GL Books
The following diagram shows how the conversion program works with GL Transaction types with two or mores
GL books. The GL books may have their own individual rulesets or use COA mapping. Some user customizations
may be present in posting rules or VBD (Scenario 3).
950 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 951

Stage 1: VBD structure update
a. If the VBD version in the imported xml is greater than the VBD version in the installed transaction type,
the conversion program updates the VBD structure of the installed transaction type, adding new
elements, replacing the elements that have changed, and removing the elements that have been
deleted.
posting rules using the prefix "DEL_". These rules must be corrected manually to use a different
VBD element.
d. If the conversion program finds a custom user-defined posting code in the VBD structure, it leaves
it as is unless it has the same name as a new standard posting code that is present in the imported
xml and needs to be added to the VBD structure of the installed transaction type. In this case the
conversion program marks the custom posting code as Standard, and it is used as standard from
this point on.
xml to signify the fact that the VBD structure was updated
b. If the VBD version is not greater in the imported xml, the VBD structure is left as is.
Stage 2: Rulesets update

The conversion program performs the following steps for each GL book in the installed transaction type.
1. The conversion program checks the selected GL book to identify whether the book has its own set of posting
rules or uses Chart of Accounts mapping to generate GL transactions.
a. If the book uses COA mapping, the conversion program skips it and moves to the next GL book in the
transaction type.
b. If the book has its own posting rules, the conversion program proceeds to step 2 (check Package name).
2. The conversion program checks the Package name on the GL book of the installed transaction type.
a. If the package name is Standard, the conversion program proceeds to the step 3 using the current xml.
b. If the Package name of the installed transaction type is different from Standard, (which will be the case
952 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Peru or China) the conversion program finds a folder with a corresponding package name and selects
the corresponding transaction type xml from there and proceeds to the next step.
version of the Ruleset in the currently installed transaction type.
a. If the Ruleset version in the imported xml is greater than the Ruleset version in the installed transaction
type, the conversion program proceeds to the step 4 (individual posting rules and functions update).
The Ruleset version in the installed transaction type is set equal to the Ruleset version in the imported
xml to signify the fact that the Ruleset was updated.
b. If the Ruleset version in the imported xml is not greater than the conversion program the Ruleset is left
as is and proceeds to Stage 3.
transaction type, the conversion program checks whether the rule/function in the installed transaction
type is standard or customized.
a. If the rule/function is standard (with no changes made by the user), the conversion program
replaces the installed rule/function with the newer one from the imported xml.
The rule/function version in the installed transaction type is set equal to the rule/function version
in the imported xml to signify the fact that the rule was updated.
b. If the rule/function is customized, the conversion program leaves it as is.
b. If the rule/function version is not greater in the imported xml, the rule/function is left as is.
Modifying Posting Rules
The posting process is a unified, multi-stage process that collects business transaction data and processes the
data using user-defined rules to create appropriate general ledger (GL) transactions. GL Transaction Type
Maintenance defines the processes you use to post accounts and journals.
Each GL transaction type has a set of elements - posting codes, functions, and amounts - specific to its posting
process. These elements contain data the posting rules need to build account and journal details. It also contains
a set of rules each book uses; each rule set can contain the functions, pre-posting rules, reference rules, and
posting rules needed to post business transactions which match the GL transaction type. These rules are flexible
and can be modified to meet the needs of a specific book.
Amend Posting Rules and View the Results

The following example shows the major steps in how to amend the posting rules to add an AP Invoice Line
Description to the general ledger (GL). First you modify the customization part of the posting rules for the AP
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 953

Invoice transaction type in GL Transaction Type Maintenance, then you enter an AP Invoice in AP Invoice
Entry and view the results in Journal Tracker.
For this example, the supplier is AB Electronics and the amount of the invoice is $100.00.
1. From GL Transaction Type, select the AP Invoice transaction type and the Add a New Revision command.
2. From the Tree View add a Description node under AP Invoice > Line > Posting Codes > Details.
3. In the Posting Code pane of the screen, add Description in the Name and Description fields.
4. In the Get Posting Codes Value From pane, enter APInvDtl in the Entity's Data Source field, add
Description to Field, and enter String in the Value Type field.
5. Highlight Book Line Expense Amount from Rules > Posting Rules in the Tree View and select the New
Rule Variable command. Enter Description in the Variable Name field.
954 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

6. Navigate to Revisions > Book > Booking Rules > Operations > Customization and select the New
Customized Rule Operation command.
A new line is added to the screen that says Please select variable and value or function. This is where
you add your formula.
7. Select the Operation radio button and in the Operation option field select Debit Transaction Text. Select
Combine string from String1 String2, String3, and String4 from the Formula field. Click the underlined
parameters and select the correct values to display. For example:
• String1 - Select ABT Field > AP Invoice > Line > Posting Codes > Details > Description
• String2 - Select Value; Delete any characters or spaces from the Enter Value screen that displays
The final phrase should look like: Debit Transaction Text = Combine String from AP
Invoice-Line-Details-Description ." . " and").
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 955

8. From GL Transaction Type, disable the old rule for posting AP invoices and activate the revision you created.
9. From AP Invoice Entry, create a new invoice for AB Electronics.
10. Create a new invoice line with an Ext Amount of $100.00 and enter testing in the Description field of
the Line > Detail sheet. You can verify the technical details of the Description field by clicking on the field
and viewing the Field Help.
956 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

11. Post the invoice.
12. From Journal Tracker, review the results.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 957

Posting Engine Troubleshooting Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide
Posting Engine Troubleshooting
Use this Posting Engine Troubleshooting section as an aid for easier understanding and troubleshooting of
errors you may receive when creating posting rules.
The following troubleshooting tools will be discussed and how to use them to find and correct errors:
• System Monitor
• Review Journal
• PE Log Viewer
A table of common errors encountered and solutions is included to aid in the troubleshooting process.
The most effective way to prevent errors from occurring is to use best practices when creating new posting rules.
This section will include tips and a checklist for working with posting rules.
Error Handling
During the posting process, various issues may occur during the different stages of the posting process. This
section describes these errors, how your Epicor application logs them, and what you can do to correct these
issues.
The posting engine can report two types of issues that may occur during the posting process:
1. Errors- Transactions which have errors reported against it are evaluated as invalid and moved to the Review
Journal. Typical errors occur because a GL control is not set up correctly. To resolve these errors, use GL
Control Maintenance to verify the correct accounts and journal codes are set up for the posting process.
2. Warnings- A warning does not prevent the GL transaction from being evaluated as valid, but each warning
does notify you about a GL transaction which is considered by the application as correct but which may
need to be reviewed later.
When errors and warnings raise, they happen when the posting engine applies validation rules. Validation rules
are defined at the book level and are applied for all generated GL transactions. Since the validation rules are both
defined and applied at the book level, each book has its own validation routine.
If you modify posting rules, you can also introduce new errors and warnings into the posting engine process.
Just like default rules, errors and warnings generate when the modified rule runs against an incoming GL
transaction.
Tip Fatal errors can also occur, and when they do, they terminate the posting engine process. These fatal
errors can appear as a specific message while a program runs or display as an error within the System
Monitor. The System Monitor is a program which automatically runs when you launch the Epicor application;
it is available within the Windows system tray. It displays all of the processes and reports launched within
your client installation for processing at the server. When you launch the posting process from a program
like AR Invoice Entry, the process displays on a sheet within the System Monitor.
A number of system issues generate due to invalid, inconsistent data or improper configuration. These issues are
fairly predictable and your Epicor application contains a list of these common issues. Each issue is classified as
either an error handled through a standard method or as a special issue which can be resolved through a predefined
method.
958 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Posting Engine Troubleshooting
Typically the predefined methods handle the issue as an error, a warning, an automatic correction, or an ignored
issue. You can define how the posting process handles these issues through parameters you define on a specific
book or the book parameters within a GL transaction type revision. The following Book Validations and Posting
Rule Validations sections describe this functionality.
You can also create user-defined issues through modified posting rules. To do this, you create operations which
check for the error condition, which then display in the Review Journal as an error or a warning. Use this
functionality to validate the financial data processed by your modified posting rules.
An error does not stop the process immediately unless for some reason it is technically impossible for the process
to continue. Issues which are not ignored or automatically corrected produce either warning or errors. If a system
or user-defined error occurs, the error is logged for the appropriate GL transaction -- indicating this transaction
is invalid. Warnings, however, do not make a GL transaction invalid. The warning displays for your review, but
the GL transaction posts to the general ledger. Both the warnings and errors log within the Review Journal.
Fatal errors can also be generated. These unexpected errors occur because of hardware failure, a bad server
connection, power outage, and so on. Fatal errors are not classified by the posting engine and so are outside of
the error handing functionality. You review these errors on the System Monitor. You access this program on the
Windows system tray; it automatically runs each time you launch the Epicor application. Use this program to see
a task was started but not completed. In this case, the process can be stopped using the System Monitor tools.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 959

Book Validations
The Validations sheet within Book Maintenance defines the overall error handling options for journals posted
to a specific book. By default, books ignore most posting errors. You can change the defaults, however, so the
book blocks and logs the errors.
The application handles invalid journals posted to the book in one of the following ways:
• Error- Blocks posting of the journal. You can view the journal error within the Review Journal .
• Warning- Allows the journal to post. An entry appears within the Review Journal detailing the potential
condition which occurred.
• Ignore- The default option for most posting errors, selecting this option allows the journal to post. No entry
appears in the Review Journal.
• Autocorrect- Causes the application to use a pre-defined process to correct the error. For example, the
application can change the Apply Date for a journal posted to a closed period to the current period.
• Warning and Autocorrect- Combines two actions. It first logs the warning message within the Review
Journal and the runs the autocorrect process to fix the error condition within the journal.
The following table lists posting errors for which the autocorrect functionality handles. It also describes how the
application resolves the error.
Error Autocorrection...
Segment is defined as 'not used,' but segment Removes the unused segment. This occurs when the Account
value is specified (depends on natural account) Segment Values program blocks the use of the segment with
a specific natural account.
Closing Period is specified, but does not exist Finds the open period for the book and posts the journal to
that period instead.
Apply Date is earlier than Earliest Apply Date Changes the apply date of the journal to the first day of the
first open period.
Fiscal Period is closed. Changes the apply date of the journal to the first day of the
first open period.
Self balancing segment does not balance. Autocorrection is applying auto-balancing algorithm.
960 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Rule Validations

The Validations sheet in GL Transaction Type Maintenance defines how the application handles rules that
create invalid journal details for a book included in a revision. If a journal generated by the revision is not valid,
it displays as an entry within the Review Journal.
Available posting rule validations:
• Error - Blocks posting of the journal. You can view the journal in Review Journal.
• Warning - The journal posts, but a warning message displays within the Review Journal.
• Ignore - The journal posts, but no entry displays within the Review Journal. This action is the default for most
posting errors.
• Autocorrect - Automatically corrects the journal using a pre-defined process. For example, the Autocorrect
process changes the apply date for a journal posted to a closed period to the current period.
• Autocorrect with Warning - Logs a warning in the Review Journal and automatically corrects the journal
using a pre-defined process.
Tip You can use the Business Process Management functionality to define additional validations. You can
create a BPM method directive which reviews the data before, during, or after a business method runs.
You can then validate additional items not reviewed by the default validation rules.
Tracing
In most situations, you can trace the progress of the posting engine.
You can monitor whether posting is running or complete and whether it was successful or not. As described
previously, you typically leverage the System Monitor to view the posting engine process. The System Monitor
displays the transaction as a task first on the Active Tasks sheet, and then when it completes, on the History Tasks
sheet. Once the posting is complete, the results are available to review within GL reports and trackers.
A Posting Engine log can also be checked using PE Log Viewer. This log is a development tool you can use to
evaluate the results of your posting rules.
When the posting engine process runs, data which the posting log generates writes to this log. Each time you
run the posting engine process, it adds processing information to this log. Because of this feature, you can review
the history of the posting process. Be aware, however, that this log contains a lot of business call detail. Only
use this log if you understand how to trace the posting results.
Posting Engine Log
The Posting Engine Log tracks the results of your posting rules. You can then evaluate how effective the posting
rules are processing transactions.
When the posting engine process runs, the data generated by the posting engine is traced by this log. Each time
you run the posting engine process, it adds processing information to the log results. Because of this feature,
you can review the history of the posting process. However this log contains a lot of business call details, so only
use this log if you understand how to trace the posting results.
Tip For more information on how to use this log, review the Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide.
To find this guide in the application help:
• General Ledger > Working With > Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide > GL Transaction
Type > PE Log Viewer
The Troubleshooting section also contains details on how you use this log.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 961

Log Options
The following log options are on the PE Log Viewer. You access them on the Settings sheet:
• Clear PE File - Click this button to clear the log results.
• Show Details - Select this check box to display all the posting transaction information recorded by the log.
• Show Warning on Parent - Select this check box to display posting warnings on parent records.
• Use Bold Font for Details - Activate this check box to display the transaction details using a bold font.
Log Location
You launch the PE Log Viewer program from these programs:
• GL Transaction Type - Right click the Transaction Type field; from the context menu, select Open With
> PE Log Viewer.
• Review Journal - Right click the Journal Entry field; from the context menu, select Open With > PE Log
Viewer.
Error Message Log
If an issue causes an error message to display, you have several features for viewing the log details.
Error messages display in a dialog box. This dialog box has options for reviewing the logged details for the
message. To display, print, email and/or save the error message log:
1. Click the Detail button to display the error message log.

The dialog box expands, showing you the following information:
• Application Error - Displays the application error generated by the system.
• Error Detail - Contains the primary information about the error, including the Message that displays,
the Program which initiated the error, and the Method that generated it.
• Client Stack Trace - Displays the call trace that generated from your client installation.
• Inner Exception - Contains the server stack trace and the exception thrown by the system.
2. Click the Summary button to restore the original error message view.
3. Click the Print button to make a hard copy of the error message log.
The Print window displays.
4. Now print the error message log.
a. From the Name drop-down list, select printer to which you will send the application error log.
b. Click OK.
The error message log is printed on the selected printer.
5. Click the Email button to send the error details in an email.

The EMail Message window displays.
a. Type in the recipient's email address in the To field.
b. If you want to send a copy of this email to other recipients, add their email addresses into the Cc field.
c. In the Toolbar, click Send.
962 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

6. You can also copy and save the error message log to a file. To do this, in the error message dialog, click
Copy.
The error log is added to the clipboard.
Note This action also adds some system information to the error log. This system information includes:
• AppServer Connection - specifies the application server address and the ERP instance - for
example, net.tcp://EpicorServer/ERP102700.
• Form Name - specifies the name of the ERP program the error occurred in - for example, Sales
Order Entry.
• Customization Name - specifies the name of the customization layer applied to the current
program, if any.
• Menu ID - specifies the menu ID of the ERP program - for example, OMMT3001.
• Software Version - specifies the ERP version - for example, 10.2.700.3.
7. Open a text editor like Notepad or a similar text editor.
8. Paste the error message log.

The error message and related system information now display in the text editor.
9. Save the error message log.
You now have an error message file you can send to your Epicor consultant or Epicor Technical Support.
Common Error Messages
The following table displays the most commonly reported posting rules-related errors to Support, along with
solution ideas. Shown in the table is the error message, application used when receiving the error, the tool used
for troubleshooting, and the most common resolution.
Error Message Error when Troubleshooting Resolution

running... Tool
The COSAndWIP is Capture
System Monitor Verify if there is anything in the General Ledger >
locked by 'userID' on COS/WIP
General Operations > Review Journal related to
,<date> [status: Posting] Activity process Note: The task is
COSAndWIP.
showing in the
system monitor If not, then run conversion 680 found in System
under the History Management > Upgrade/Mass Regeneration >
tab, but is still Conversion Workbench > User Run Conversions.
displaying as Scroll down to 680 and click Exec box. Go to
Active. Actions and Run Pending Conversions. This will
unlock any transactions with no Review Journal
error. Once ProgressPercent is 100%, complete
exit and log back into the application. You can
then run another Capture COS/WIP Activity
process.
"Header Rule: Can not Posting Process Review Journal

From System Setup > Company Maintenance >
set up Journal Code"
Company:
Navigate to Modules > All Modules > GL Control
> List.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 963

Error Message Error when Troubleshooting Resolution

running... Tool
GL Control type Inventory COS And WIP is not
listed.
File > New > New GL Control Type: search and
select Inventory COS And WIP Control, search and
select company defaults and Save.
Review Journal
Segment value is wrong • General Check to be sure that the full GL account exists
or inactive [Line 3] Ledger and is active in General Ledger Account
COACode CDD. Account Maintenance.
SegmentNumber 2. Maintenance Check that each account segment exists and is
SegmentValue 00 • GL Account active in GL Account Segment Values.
Combination of Segment
controlled segments is Values
invalid [Line 3] Company
EPIC03. COACode CDD.
Account 5100|00|AAA
Transaction Out of PE Log Viewer

• COS/WIP Use the PE Log Viewer to troubleshoot any posting
Balance
Capture with the out of balance issue.
Process If the Out Of Balance is from the COS/WIP Capture
• Posting process, there can be a large amount of data.
Process
Recommendation is to find the specific transaction
type to see if the issue is a setup problem in the
GL Controls.
Run the Inventory/WIP report for the specific day
out of balance and save to Excel.
Sort the spreadsheet by the Tran Type, Job, and
then PartNumber fields. Subtotal each of the
transaction types to verify the debit and credits
match. For the transaction type that is not in
balance, you can verify the GL controls required
using the Inventory Hierarchy or use the PE Log
Viewer.
Conversion program is Any Posting System Monitor

Make sure you complete all processes that post to
stopped. GL Transaction
GL and any GL Transaction Type import before you
Type is locked by
run the conversion program.
another process
(company:<Company>, If any posting is running, wait till it is completed,
user: <UserID>). then run pending conversions.
964 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Tools
The Posting Rules functionality contains several troubleshooting tools you can use to find and correct errors.
The error messages that display in these various tools in many cases provide you with the details necessary to
correct an error. Use these tools as an aid to troubleshooting and to ensure posting rules are created correctly:
• System Monitor
• Review Journal
• Posting Engine (PE) Log Viewer
• Check Syntax Functionality
System Monitor
Use the System Monitor to verify that the posting rules-related processes, reports, and other scheduled tasks
started and completed successfully.
Use the sheets of the System Monitor to review the status of a task and any error messages that occur. If there
is an error, the review journal number also displays.
The System Monitor is an application which automatically runs when you launch the Epicor application. It displays
all of the processes and reports launched within your client installation for processing at the server. When you
launch the posting process from a program like AR Invoice Entry, the process displays on a sheet within the
System Monitor.
For example, from the History Tasks > Task Detail sheet you can see information in the Task Log. A process can
be stopped using the System Monitor tools.
Menu Path
• System Setup > System Maintenance > System Monitor
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 965

Review Journal
Use the Review Journal to adjust, re-validate, cancel, and post accounting transactions. You use the Review
Journal to locate posting errors and to debug custom posting rules.
This program logs invalid GL transactions. You can display errors by module, date, and by user. You use the
Review Journal error log to locate and adjust source business transactions. You can then re-run the posting
process to verify the errors no longer occur.
Additionally, the Review Journal is an important tool for reviewing GL transactions which generate while you are
testing a custom posting process. Use this feature to review all GL transactions created by your modified posting
rules. This review makes sure the changes to the posting process generate valid, desired results.
Tip In order for all transactions generated by the revision to display in the Review Journal, select the
Manually review all transactions check box on the Revision Detail sheet of the GL transaction type
revision. You can then evaluate the generated GL transactions and correct any errors the revision may
cause.
You can also adjust the description and line account numbers for a transaction within the Review Journal. Leverage
this feature to correct common posting errors. After you make these adjustments, you can both re-validate and
post the journal. Typically you use this functionary when invalid journals generate from an external application.
Note You can access the PE Log Viewer from the Review Journal by right-clicking and selecting Open
with > PE Log Viewer from the Journal Entry field. Or, you can access the PE Log Viewer from a right-click
in the Transaction Type field in GL Transaction Type Maintenance.
The Review Journal contains a report which you can run to review the posting results. Run Print Review Journal
from the Actions menu.
Lastly, you can use the Review Journal to both cancel and confirm entries. Both actions remove the journal entries.
When you confirm a journal entry, it updates the GL transaction in the book to which it posts. If the updated GL
transactions are still invalid, the Review Journal displays the GL transaction again with its posting errors.
The Review Journal displays the journal entries by book. It does this because:
• Posting a single GL transaction can create different journal details in multiple books. A single journal entry
groups together all journals posted to all the books by a single GL transaction. For example, posting an AR
invoice can post a journal with one set of details to the company's financial book while a journal with completely
different lines to the company's legal book.
• Validation settings for the books and the book node in the revision determine the errors and warnings logged
in the Review Journal. The same business transaction can produce different validation results when posted
to a different book. For example, one book might ignore a GL transaction that generates an error or a warning
in another book.
Summarization can be applied to both natural accounts and accounting processes, so the summary lines become
transactions in the Review Journal. The program displays the source details for each summarized line, but no
adjustments can be made.
Menu Path
• Financial Management > General Ledger > General Operations > Review Journal
966 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

PE Log Viewer
Use PE Log Viewer to open log information on the client. You can access the Posting Engine (PE) Log Viewer
from the Main Menu or from the Review Journal or GL Transaction Type applications.
To access the PE Log Viewer from GL Transaction Type Maintenance, use a right mouse click on the Transaction
Type field. To access from the Review Journal, use a right mouse click on the Journal Entry field.
With the PE Log Viewer, you can:
• Turn logging on and off
• Set detailed logging
• Clear the log file
• Export or import the log file
• Read logging
Examples of what to look for when reading the logging:
• Is account and journal code in the GL Control?
• What amounts are in the VBD?
• What amounts were selected in each rule?
• What input and output parameters were selected for the function?
• Versions of the rules and functions used?
Menu Path
• Financial Management > General Ledger > General Operations > PE Log Viewer
Check Syntax Functionality
Use the Check Syntax button on GL Transaction Type Maintenance > Revisions > Detail sheet, GL Transaction
Type Maintenance > Revisions > Book > Functions Detail sheet, GL Transaction Type Maintenance > Revisions >
Book > Booking Rules > Operations Base and Customization sheets to validate check of the selected
revision/rule/function for compilation errors.
If the application detects an error, the revision/rule/function will be marked in the navigation tree, and the
operation causing this error will be highlighted. You can hover your mouse over the highlighted operation to
view the tip for the error.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 967

Best Practices
Using best practices when creating or customizing posting rules results in saving time by creating valid and
effective posting rules without having to troubleshoot error messages.
Creating a New Posting Rule

A posting rule is a constructor of the GL Journal Detail. If the posting rule Operations populate all the mandatory
fields, the Journal Detail will be created. The mandatory fields are:
• Book Amount
• Credit Accounts and/or Debit Account
• Journal Code
• Apply Date
To design your new rule:
• Determine which amount shall be posted.
• Select the document line based on the amount to be posted.
• Decide which table (posting entity) will be linked to the GL and as a result will drive the logic for posting.
• Decide where to take the account from and if necessary, create or adjust the GL Controls.
When creating a new posting rule:
• Create the Selection Criteria first.
• Give the posting rule a Name.
• Enter Operations for the posting rule.
• Use the Reference GL Control to set up parameters for establishing a link.
Checklist for Creating Posting Rules
Make sure the following tasks have been completed when creating a new posting rule in GL Transaction Type
Maintenance:
• Specify the Selection Criteria.
• Select the Transactional Amounts and Book Amounts.
• Make sure the Transactional Amounts and Book Amounts are positive.
• Determine the Debit Accounts and/or Credit Accounts.
• Select the Reference GL Control along with the contexts.
Tips for Creating Posting Rules

• You can resize both the Tree View and the Operations sheet. Do this as you need so that you can get a better
view of various items and leverage the interface easier.
• If you need to copy a posting rule or a set of posting rules, first highlight a node on the Tree View. Then click
on the Actions menu and select either Copy Rule or Copy Ruleset. The rule or rules then appear under the
selected Tree View node.
• If you enter something in error, always click the Undo button.
968 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

• You can make data available for future rules.

• All rules are based on the GL controls.
• To help you locate the GL control you may need for a posting rule, navigate to a program where you think
the control is being used. When you find the GL control, right-click this field and select GL Control Maintenance
from the context menu. You can then review the complete GL control record.
• Use the logical condition drop-down list to see more of an operation's context.
• The Temp Account is a user-defined variable.
• Reference accounts used within pre-posting rules and the resulting journals are different. If a reference account
is used within a posting rule, the reference account is either a debit or credit account.
• When you create an If-Else condition, make sure this condition displays on the node below the operation you
need, and not on the same node level. If you do not, the If-Else condition will not receive the data generated
by its parent operation.
• Only parent-child relationships are available for a GL transaction type. For example, you can use a GL control
from the header for use within a line rule. You cannot, however, use GL controls across child to child or from
child up to parent.
• Each rule should first select the amount value then determine the account to which the amount belongs. You
can also set up transaction text within the rule which automatically displays on trackers and reports.
• Any variables you create display within the topmost level on the context menu within the Booking Rules >
Operations sheets.
• The base part of the posting rules is executed in the first place. Then the customized part is executed.
• Do not use a single quote ( ` ) in any context. It generates an error.
• Each selection criterion is case sensitive, so be sure to enter items using the correct case.
• If you will populate something within a posting rule, always use an operation expression to automatically pull
in the data you need.
• Once a revision is defined as Active, you can no longer change it. Instead, you will need to create a new
revision based on the active revision. Only one revision for each transaction type can be active at a time.
• Blocking a revision does not affect application performance, as a blocked revision is inactive and uses no
system resources. It is ignored by the Epicor application.
• You can add alert messages in the code to trace what happens when a new or modified rule runs. You can
then use the Review Journal to check out the alert text.
• When you are satisfied with the test results of your posting rule, be sure to clear the Manually review all
transactions check box on the revision. This function is a verification step you can use to make sure the posting
results are correct, but you do not want this option running when the posting rule works properly. When the
check box is clear, only transactions which generate an error display within the Review Journal.
Further Steps
If you are not able to solve your issue after reviewing the Troubleshooting topics above, before you contact Epicor
Support, review the Gather Information for Support topic, to ensure you can provide as much data as possible
to the Epicor Support representative.
You can find current contact details for Epicor Worldwide Support on EpicWeb https://epicweb.epicor.com/reso
urces/Lists/Worldwide%20Support%20Contacts/Allitems.aspx.
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 969

Gather Information for Support
This section lists some of the data you should prepare if you have to refer your issue to Epicor Support. The data
you collect during troubleshooting may help your support representative to solve the issue more quickly.
• PE Logs (.xml)
• The full text of any error messages that displayed
• The steps in the process that lead up to the issue
• GL Transaction Type Active Revision if rules are Customized (.xml)
970 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Technical Reference Guide Index
Index
A L
account segment values 47, 57 log, error message 962
log, posting engine 961
lookup tables 47, 79
B
book components 47 M
books 33, 35, 47, 49, 52, 59
business entities 47, 53 manage exchange rates 62
multi-currency 61
C
O
chart of accounts 35, 49, 52, 57, 59
conditional operators 100 override rates 63
constants 99
containers 98
currency accounts 63
P
currency selection 62 posting engine log 961
posting engine troubleshooting 958
E posting process components 47
posting rule tips 87
error message log 962
R
F
review journal 81
fiscal calendars 67 rounding 63
rounding engine 82
G
T
general ledger accounts 68, 74
gl control types 33, 70 the posting engine 35, 39, 47
gl controls 70, 77
gl transaction type 33, 75, 81, 87, 89
U
J user-defined fields 108, 109
journal codes 70, 72, 77
Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 971

Additional information is available at the Education and
Documentation areas of the EPICweb Customer Portal. To access
this site, you need a Site ID and an EPICweb account. To create an
account, go to http://support.epicor.com.

Epicor10 TRPostEngine 102700

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Epicor10 TRPostEngine 102700

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Epicor ERP

Posting Engine Technical

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 3

4 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 5

6 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 7

AP Invoice Tax Adjustment...........................................................................................................................184

8 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

AP Payment Posting Elements...............................................................................................................207

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 9

10 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Define GL Journal Properties...................................................................................................254

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 11

12 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Post Withholding Tax.............................................................................................................309

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 13

AR Invoice--Line - This function determines account that intended to be either revenue

14 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Header Posting Elements..................................................................................................369

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 15

AR Payment - Pre-Posting Rules.....................................................................................................401

16 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 17

Bank Adjustment - Adjustment Line Posting Elements....................................................................438

18 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Bank Reconciliation - AP PI Settlement Posting Elements................................................................464

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 19

20 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Reverse posting to Misc Charge Account................................................................................538

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 21

COSAndWIP--PartTran - Determine Supplier Landed Cost Account For PartTran......................596

22 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 23

24 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revert Burden Cost Posted to WIP Account............................................................................724

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 25

STK-UKN: Post Extended Cost to Inventory Adjustment and Inventory Accounts.....................767

26 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Asset - Revaluation Posting Codes..........................................................................................799

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 27

Payroll Check - Deduction Amounts........................................................................................820

28 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Revaluation - Doc Currency Posting Elements.................................................................................846

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 29

Revenue Posting Codes.................................................................................................................881

30 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Cash Receipt Header - Line - Tax Posting Elements..................................................................909

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 31

Void Payroll Check - Posting Rules.................................................................................................937

32 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Purpose of this Guide

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 33

The main sections of this guide:

34 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

The Posting Engine

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 35

36 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Epicor ERP | 10.2.700 37

Posting Process Components

Posting process components:

38 Epicor ERP | 10.2.700

Posting Engine Elements